a) Nv eenadug teenth Neer 4 wits ety Sleate y T md ides ean io eT 2 ER it i ke f tf al te Ys ie us bel aly # SUERTE hou pay Sear Fea SA Dot ls Efe 1 th} fi ytd } t Detail 4 Bi ( tip ees ; faredit ay mtopgit sty tisis i] samt Fab Fe SAE TS 0% +704, tetas ( ‘A 4 ofa hie ( . 3fda: : oetre a § wef, He One. a eee Bile hd PEGA Oakes ! | Wrens _— vow oN &, ss Ve Pials Peg hae epgetste een yd | MPeaeaiel ty! spate i oat Os Peg ead Tae a ees ey AD eee « Wells 4 7 ah} t hing : 4 r ! oat « 5 View ak Sa uoet Py el arts att, tet ri, ’ 7h ip LGGtttts) tehe eer Sh aa ae f Fg tae Hayes vg! Ns gtag 275" ACES LIBRARY PSararncasmencnsnnsan LSLSLSLSLSIS Ls LINE B LIBRARY OF : Illinois State LABORATORY OF NATURAL HISTORY, URBANA, ILLINOIS. Ba oe Va 4, Ni tiie. ba Pepe eum 0 ie te ul be LA \h nf } TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS AND ee ORT. OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 2 ee ee ee (For 1887-8.) PRICE, (TEN: SHILLINGS. Adelaide : W. C. RIGBY, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET. APRIL, 1889. ——— Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus- tralia, from Europe and America, should be addressed ‘*‘ per W. C. Rigby, care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co., 35, Milk Street, Cheapside, London.’’ oval Society of South Austraila. Patron : HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN. Wite-Patron : HIS EXCELLENCY SIR WILLIAM ROBINSON, K.C.M.G., C.B, &c. OPE TOM nS. [Elected October 2, 1888. ] President : PROFESSOR RENNIE, D.Sc., F.C.S. Gice-Sresidvents : H. T. WHITTELL, Eso., M.D., F.R.M.S. E. L. STIRLING, Eso, M.A., M.D., F.R.C.S. Hon, Creasurer. | Hon. Secretary. WALTER RUTT, Eso, CE. | W. L. CLELAND, Esq, M.B. atlembers of Council. : PROFESSOR R. TATE, F.G.S. W..B.. POOLE, Esa; (Representative Governor. ) W. HOWCHIN, Esq., F.G.S. C; TODD, 89,, .C.01.G,, M.As (Editor. ) D, B. ADAMSON, Esa. REV. THOS. BLACKBURN, B.A. Assistant Secretary: MR. A, MOLINEUX. Baie ACES LIBRARY CON PEN TS. PAGE... Dr. JAMES JAMIESON: Drainage of Adelaide and its Influence on the Death-Rate - : - - - . - «GR Dr. H. WHITTELL: Effect of Deep Drainage on the Rate of Mortality in Adelaide and Suburbs - - - - - - Gg Pror. E. H. RENNIE: On Some So-called South Australian Rubies - 17 THOMAS PARKER: An Automatic River Guage - . - - I9: Dr. E. C. STIRLING: Preliminary Notes on a New Australian Mammal 21 J. G. O. TEPPER: Surface Features and Rocks of Nuriootpa” - me 25 JOHN DENNANT: On the Muddy Creek Beds (plate i.) - - - 30 Pror. R. Tate: New Species of Marine Mollusca from South Australia and Victoria (plate xi.) - : = : 2 5. 6x Pror. R. TATE: Supplementary List of the Lamellibranch and Pallio- branch Mollusca of South Anstralia - - ° - Cy Pror. R. TATE: A Census of the Molluscan Fauna of Australia- - 70 Pror. R. TATE: Additions to the Flora of the Port Lincoln District, with Description of two New Species - : - > - $82 Pror. R. TATE: Plants of the Lake Eyre Basin - - - 85 W. M. MAskKkRLL: New South Australian Coccidze (plates xii. to xiv.) - IOI D. B. ADAMSON: On Measuring the Power of Telescopic Eypieces - 112 Pror. R. Tate: The Gastropods of the Older Tertiary of Australia Part II. (plates ii. to x.) - . - - . - 116 Rey. T. BLACKBURN: Descriptions of New Species of Australian Coleoptera - - - - - - - - 175 WALTER HOWCHIN : On the Occurence of Coal Detritus in the Valley of the Murray - - - - - - - = 215 Dr. M. C. Cooke: List of Fungi collected near Lake Bonney - - 217 Abstract of Proceedings - Annual Report - - President’s Address - Balance-Sheet - - Donations to the Library - List of Fellows and Members Report of the Field Naturalists’ Section Report of the Microscopical Section THE DRAINAGE OF ADELAIDE AND ITS INFLUENCE ON THE DEATH~RATE. By James Jamieson, M.D., Health Officer, City of Melbourne. [Read November Ist, 1887. ! In the course of a recent visit to Adelaide I was greatly im- pressed by the evidence of cleanliness everywhere and the freedom from smells. The system of drainage adopted appeared to be excellent in its workings, and I was anxious to discover what had been the effect on the public health resulting from its introduc- tion. Accordingly I obtained, by the courtesy of Dr. Whittell, the Registrar-General, a set of the annual reports on the vital statistics of South Australia for the years 1882 to 1886, embrac- ing the period just before and that just following the completion of the deep drainage system. At the first glance it appears as if the result, in reduction of the death-rate, had been very marked. According to the reports the death-rate for Adelaide and suburbs, which had averaged 21:38 per 1,000 in the ten years 1875-84, and had never been less than 19-71 (in 1877), fell suddenly in 1885 to 14:34, and in 1886 to 14°31. Such an extraordinary reduction in the rate of mortality, suddenly produced, is probably unprecedented in the sanitary history of any city or town of similar population, and is calculated to excite suspicion that some fallacy has been allowed to creep in. The possibility of error is, of course, admitted by the Registrar-General, who says (Report for 1886): “The. peculiar circumstances of the colony during the last two or three years have caused fluctuations in different districts and towns, which may lead to some error in the estimates, which cannot be adjusted till a new census has been taken.” The probability of error, suggested by the very fact of the death-rate having fallen to such an extent, is confirmed by the circumstance that in the same years (1885 and 1886) there was likewise an almost equal lowering in the birth-rate. Now, to whatever cause this may have been due, it cannot be supposed to have resulted from the sanitary improvements, to which a reduc- tion in the death-rate might be ascribed. As regards the lowered birth-rate there can hardly be doubt that its cause is to be found in the commercial depression which has for some time existed in South Australia, and which has probably affected chiefly and most severely the capital. 2 It may be assumed as certain that there has been some drifting of population from Adelaide and its suburbs. But as the Registrar-General had no data enabling him to determine how great had been the loss of population so produced, he was com- pelled to follow the usual course in framing his estimates year by year. The population of the city and suburbs is thus represented as having increased from 103,864 in 1881, the census year, to 128,377 in 1886. It is more than probable that there has been no such increase, and I venture to suggest a means of calculating, with an approximation to accuracy, what the actual population numbered in 1885 and 1886. The calculation is based on the assumption that the birth rate is nearly a fixed quantity from ear to year, and, as a matter of fact, the fluctuation between 1881 and 1884 was only from 42:17 to 42°89 per 1,000 of the population. The sudden fall to 33:61 per 1,000 in 1885, and to 28-24 in 1886 can hardly, therefore, be taken as correctly repre- senting the true condition. It is true that hard times may lead to a lowering of the birth rate, in part directly, though chiefly by lessening the number of marriages ; but such an effect is not likely to be so rapid or so marked in Australia as in countries less favourably situated. Without claiming absolute accuracy for the calculations here presented, I venture nevertheless to in- sist that they offer a nearer approach to the true numbers than official estimates. Taking the population and the number of births in 1881 as showing the true proportion, and assuming that there was a similar proportion existing in 1885 and 1886, a simple rule of three calculation gives the following results. The births in 1881, to the number of 4,424, corresponded to a popu- lation of 103,864, and therefore 4,270 births in 1885, and 3,626 births in 1886 may be taken as representing a population of 100,248 in 1885, and 85,129 in 1886. And having obtained an approximately correct population basis we are in a position to calculate, with a similar approximation to accuracy, the true death rate in the same years, viz., 18-17 per 1,000 in 1885, and 21-59 per 1,000 in 1886. If the two years are taken together, to eliminate accidental variations, the rate is found to have averaged 19°74, or rather less than the average of the three previous years, 1882-84, which was 21:11, and almost the same as the most favourable of the ten previous years, viz., 1877, with a rate of 19°71. While it seems probable, therefore, that there has been some reduction in the death-rate in 1885 and in 1886, it must also be regarded as certain that the reduction has not been nearly so great as is shown in the official estimates. But the influence of sanitary improvements on the health of the population may be shown in a different way. There are cer- 3 tain diseases whose prevalence and fatality are generally taken as safe tests of the sanitary condition of a town or district, and in particular of the purity of the water supply and the complete- ness and perfection of the drainage system. They may be depen- dent, in greater or less degree, on other conditions ; but the mor- tality caused by them may be expected to vary with those just mentioned. The diseases which may be regarded as dependent for the degree of their prevalence, more than almost any others, on the sanitary condition of a district are typhoid fever and the group known as the diarrhceal diseases. Bad drainage, filthy surroundings, and saturation of the soil with foul water are gene- rally regarded as favouring their occurrence, while the opposite conditions, in similar degree, tend to limit their prevalence, other things being equal. Now, in Adelaide I do not understand that there has been any material change in the water supply of late years, and a marked diminution in the fatality from the diseases named may, if found, be fairly put to the credit of the improved drainage. I have endeavoured to make a comparison of the mor- tality returns of the last few years, with the view of discovering whether or not this has been actually the case. For that pur- pose, however, it has been necessary to adopt a different basis from that supplied by the total area described as Adelaide and suburbs, since, though the deaths are given according to the regis- tration districts in which they occurred, it is not possible to make out what the districts are which go to make up that area. It has been necessary, therefore, to have recourse, for purposes of comparison, to the registration district of Adelaide, which seems to be wider in extent than the city of Adelaide, though smaller than the full metropolitan area described as Adelaide and suburbs. This arrangement is, I venture to suggest, a little confusing to those who consult the annual reports without possessing the advantage of local knowledge. Still, it is possible to make a comparison of the mortality for a series of years in the same dis- trict and that corresponding closely with the area which has been efficiently provided with sewers. The following table shows the total mortality in the Adelaide registration district for each of the years 1882-86, with the deaths in the same years from typhoid and from diarrheea, dysentery, and cholera :— Deaths from Total deaths. Deaths from Typhoid. Diarrhceal Diseases. 82 1882. 1,752 174 1883. 1,604 62 | 176 1884. 1,710 68 179 1885. 1,332 46 124 1886. 1,380 40 76 It is unnecessary to discuss again whether the reduction in the 4 total number of deaths is in itself a proof that the mortality-rate has been lowered in the last two years; I wish rather to point out the fact that there has been a marked reduction, both abso- lutely and relatively, in the mortality from the diseases selected for consideration. While in the three years 1882-84 the deaths from typhoid amounted to 4.18 per cent. of the whole, they formed only 3°17 per cent. of the total mortality in 1885-86. Again, in 1882-84 the diarrhoeal diseases were responsible for 10-44 per cent. of the total mortality, while in 1885-86 that per- centage was only 7:37. These figures appear to show very satisfactory results, but it is necessary to admit that they may fairly be subjected to criticism before being accepted as proof of the benefits following sanitary improvements. It may be alleged with reference to the lowered death-rate from typhoid that it is simply due to the fluctuations observed to occur in the prevalence of this disease. And with reference to the diminution in the number of deaths from the diarrhceal class of diseases, it may be insisted that the reduction is the consequence of the lowered birth-rate, most of the deaths from these diseases occurring among infants. These criticisms are fair, and must therefore be fairly met, and that which applies to the lowered mortality from typhoid can, I think, be fully met, though it must be admitted that the figures referring to the diarrhoeal death-rate cannot be taken as very conclusive evidence. The general validity of the conclusions may be tested in the following way :—If the lessened mortality in 1885-86 was simply owing to accidental fluctuations, the result of seasonal or other influences not clearly ascertained, then there ought to have been a somewhat similar range of fluctuation in other districts. For the purpose of discovering whether or not this was the case, I have constructed the following table, the figures in which apply to the whole of South Australia, exclusive of the registration district of Adelaide. Deaths from Total deaths. Deaths from Typhoid. Diarrhoeal Diseases.. 1882 2,641 64 308 1883 2,831 73 305 1884 3,079 66 259 1885 2,655 86 210 1886 2,654 53 952 When rates are calculated, as before, it appears that, while typhoid caused 2°37, per cent. of the total mortality in 1882-84, the percentage was 2°52 in 1885-86. In the two periods the per- centage of the general death rate from the diarrhoeal diseases was 10°19 and 8°38 respectively. 5 The rates for each of the districts compared may be thrown into a table thus— Percentage of deaths Percentage of deaths from Typhoid. from Diarrhoeal Diseases. 1882-84 1885-86 1882-84 1885-86 Adelaide District ... 4:18 3°17 10°44 7:37 Rest of S. Australia .... 2°37 2°52 10°19 8:38 T am not inclined to lay stress on the reduction in the relative death rate from the diarrhceal diseases, since there was a reduc- tion in both districts, and to an extent somewhat proportional to the lessened number of births. But the figures referring to typhoid cannot admit of any explanation applying to both. Though the mortality from typhoid is, on the average, greater in Adelaide than in other parts of the colony, there has been in the former a reduction of about one-fourth, while in the latter there has been a slight increase in the second period, 1885-86. If climatic, or any other general conditions, had been the cause of the lowered rate of mortality from typhoid in Adelaide, it is dificult to see why they should not have shown their effect, at least to some extent in a similar way, in other parts of the colony. The presumption rather is that the true cause of the lessened death rate in Adelaide has been the improvement in the drainage system. If, therefore, there has been a distinct, if not very great reduc- tion in the general rate of mortality, and a marked reduction in that resulting from typhoid—the disease above all others amen- able to the influence of sanitary improvements—it is a fair infer- ence that these improvements have had the effect which might reasonably have been anticipated. Further experience may be needed to make this conclusion incontrovertible, but the proof is sufficiently strong to encourage the authorities in other cities and towns to follow the example of Adelaide. My hope is that it may strengthen the hands of those who are endeavouring to obtain for Melbourne a similar boon, since I have long been per- suaded, and often declared, that it is chiefly from the adoption of a proper system of drainage that we can expect to have a decided check given to the prevalence of typhoid, which has for many years been a constant scourge. In conclusion, may I venture to suggest that it is the duty of the Government of South Australia to have such a census taken of the population of Adelaide as will allow of an accurate calcu- lation of the death-rate, so that we may not be in uncertainty whether or not the system of drainage recently adopted has actually lowered the death-rate of the city to an extent at all ap- proaching that brought out in the official reports. The expense need not be great, and the matter is one of no small importance, and should not be waited for till 1891, the regular census year. 6 SUPPLEMENTAL REMARKS. [Read December 6th, 1887. | Many thanks for your [Dr. Whittell’s| courtesy in sending me an analysis of the paper which you have prepared for the next meeting of the Royal Society. I do not know that it is possible for me to add much to what was said in my paper, though I am sufficiently well aware of its imperfections, and indeed confessed to a liability to error from want of local knowledge. I was not long in Adelaide, on the occasion of my recent visit, till I heard the claim made that it is not only the cleanest but the healthiest city in Australasia, the mortality being as low as about 14 per 1,000. I could not help the suspicion that there was a fallacy somewhere, and, as you know, had begun collecting information before I left Adelaide to return home. By your kindness I ob- tained a set of the returns of the vital statistics of South Aus- tralia for a few years back, and proceeded to analyse these with the hope that something useful might result. So far as I can judge from the rather incomplete newspaper report of the discussion which followed the reading of my paper, there had scarcely been sufficient heed given to the saving clauses which it contained. The first part of the paper was taken up with an endeavour to arrive at some conclusion about the nature and extent of the fallacy which I supposed to exist in the estimate given in the annual report of the Registrar-General, that the death rate of Adelaide and suburbs had been only 14°34 in 1885, and 14°31 in 1886. The first and most natural supposition was that the population had somehow been over estimated, and this was con- firmed by the circumstance that the calculated birth rate had come down in about the same proportion as the death rate. Both reductions would meet with their explanation on the supposition of an over estimate of the population; while sanitary improve- ments, capable of lowering the death rate, could scarcely be sup- posed to influence the birth rate unfavourably and in about equal degree. The number of the population must always be to some extent uncertain at periods remote from the previous census year, and, as was very distinctly brought out at the census of 1881, there is always a special liability to over estimate the number. Then there was the undoubted fact that South Australia had been passing through a period of serious depression, leading to an excess of departures over arrivals. The number of persons leaving by sea cannot be known with certainty, and there can be little accurate information about those crossing the border. Without claiming absolute accuracy for its results, I believed that by taking the number of births as a fixed basis, it would be 7 possible to reckon back to the true population rate. I admitted the fallacies to which the method was lable ; but, failing a proper census, [| do not know of any other method of checking the results obtained by adding to the population of the previous year the births and deducting the deaths. I was aware that the deep sewer system had not been ex- tended to the whole area embracing Adelaide and suburbs, and the discussion, as to the population and death rate, was purely of a technical kind; it was for the statistician, pure and simple, and not for the practical sanitarian. When the inquiry came actually to be as to the probable influence of the drainage system on the public health, it was necessary to limit it as closely as possible to the population within the drained area. I knew that the whole of the City of Adelaide had been drained, but the de- tailed returns of causes of death were not given for the city separately, and if the inquiry was to be continued at all, I had no choice but to take the returns for the registration district of Adelaide. I had no means of knowing the area of that district ; and though it was apparent that its population was greater than that of the city, it was also certain that the city population formed the large majority. It was a fair assumption that any cause (e.g., drainage) which affected to an appreciable extent the health of the large majority would make that effect to be seen in the total. Clearly there were fresh possibilities of error intro- duced ; but I could only use the figures at my disposal, and these were for the Adelaide registration district. I would not have been so much inclined to place confidence in the reduced mor- tality from typhoid in that district in 1885-86, as tending to show the beneficial influence of the drainage, but for the fact that there had been no similar reduction in other districts of South Aus- tralia, rather a slight increase, as shown in table of my paper. Though the proportion of deaths from diarrhceal diseases had also been reduced, I did not feel warranted in laying much stress on that circumstance, as it was capable of explanation in another way, viz., the smaller number of infants, who supply the chief victims of these diseases. But it may be said, if the subject was surrounded with such difficulties, and if the conclusions arrived at had to be so carefully guarded by saving clauses, why did I meddle it all? In reply, I can only plead that the subject was a very interesting and impor- tant one. If further put on my defence, I would have to say that in the first instance the question was not raised by me, the claim being openly made that the mortality in Adelaide had been reduced to about 14 per 1,000, as a result of the adoption of the drainage system. But, after all, it must be admitted that I had another object in view. Here, in Melbourne, we are in the 8 throes of discussion as to the desirability of forming a Metro- politan Board of Works, with power to take in charge the drain- age of the city and suburbs, and I was anxious to find whether evidence of a reliable kind could be obtained from your experience which could be adduced in support of that measure. As the dis- cussion could best be followed up by the members of your Royal Society, I ventured to bring the paper before them, and I am gratified to learn that my endeavour, which was at least well meant, had been met in such a friendly spirit. mito KS GH eS ON THE EFFECT OF DEEP DRAINAGE ON THE RATE OF MORTALITY IN ADELAIDE AND SUBURBS. By H. Wairretyt, M.D. ‘Read December 6th, 1887. | At the last meeting of the Society a paper by Dr. Jamieson was read on the effects of deep drainage on the mortality of Adelaide and suburbs. On that occasion I made some comments which the Council has been good enough to request me to reduce to writing, with a view to their being read at this meeting as an introduction to a discussion which it is believed will be of interest to most members of the Society. lt will be remembered that in dealing with his subject Dr. Jamieson adopted two methods of investigation. First—He compared the returns from the Registration Office of the population and deaths in Adelaide and suburbs during periods just before and just following the completion of the drainage. Second—He drew a comparison of the mortality from special forms of disease (typhoid fever and diarrhceal diseases) with the mortality from other diseases occurring during the same periods in the registration district of Adelaide. The conclusions, on the whole, were favourable to the system of deep drainage, and those of us who advocate the extension of the system might accept them without comment, if it were not that our silence might be misconstrued, and leave us open to the charge of accepting a favourable conclusion, although we know that the premises are incorrect. I have examined the doctor's figures with some care, and although I am at one with him in his conclusions, I cannot accept his calculations as having any impor- tant bearing on the subject of discussion. In saying this I wish it to be understood that I have a high appreciation of Dr. Jamieson’s qualifications for the task he undertook, and also of the neighbourly interest he has manifested in his endeavour to assist us in determining a question which is of some importance to the whole of the Australian colonies. The errors into which the doctor has fallen are due to a want of knowledge of our localities, and to no other cause. Referring to the first series of figures, in which the ratios of mortality in Adelaide and suburbs are compared during periods 10 just before and just following the completion of the deep drainage, the doctor says that he finds a sudden fall from an average during the old system of 21°38 per 1,000 population to 14°34 in 1885 and 14°31 in 1886, the latter two being the years since the new system was completed. The doctor questions the accuracy of these figures, and gives reasons for the inference that the official estimate of population for the last two years is incorrect. By a method of calculation explained in his paper he arrives at the conclusion that the population of Adelaide and suburbs was over- estimated to the extent of about 26,700 in 1885 and of 43,100 in 1886, or in other words, that when compared with 1884 Adelaide and suburbs lost in 1885 as many as 23,290 of its population, and in 1886 a further number of 15,019, making in two years a loss of about 38,300—~.e., nearly one-third of the estimated popula- tion for 1884. I need but remind you that if a population be over-estimated the rate of mortality per 1,000 will appear to be less than it really is, and the locality will stand out as better from a sanitary point of view than places where the estimate is more correctly made. Having satisfied himself that Adelaide and suburbs is over-estimated, and having worked out other figures for himself, Dr. Jamieson calculates the rate of mortality on the basis of his new figures, and he arrives at the conclusion that according to his first mode of comparison the deep drainge has produced some slight diminution in the rate of mortality. I leave the question of population for the present because, although im- portant, it need not be discussed in connection with the objection T have to make against any conclusions either for or against deep drainage being drawn from the doctor’s calculations. The funda- mental error into which Dr. Jamieson has fallen is the assumption that the drainage area and the area of Adelaide and suburbs are co-extensive. Jn 1885 and ’86 the only places served by deep drainage were Adelaide, Hindmarsh, and Thebarton. ‘Adelaide and suburbs,” as explained in the Registrar’s report for 1886, means Adelaide and places within a radius of ten miles of it. This area includes Adelaide, Hindmarsh, and Thebarton, but it also includes Port Adelaide, Norwood, Kensington, Unley, Goodwood, St. Peters, Mitcham, Burnside, Glenelg, Semaphore, Crafers, Prospect, and other smaller towns, none of which, except a small part of St. Peters and Kent Town is connected with the deep drainage. The population of Adelaide and suburbs in 1884 may be set down in round numbers at 123,500; that of the drained part was about 52,300. It is therefore obvious that any calculations on the effect of drainage based on the returns for Adelaide and suburbs can only be inconclusive and misleading. I fear that the Registration Office must take some part of the blame for Dr. Jamieson’s mistake. The published returns were 11 clear enough for South Australians, but the distinction between Adelaide and suburbs was not sufficiently marked for strangers. T noticed this a few months ago, and in the last three quarterly reports the form of the return has been altered so that no further error can occur. Coming on to Dr. Jamieson’s second mode of calculation, that in which a comparison is drawn between the mortality from typhoid fever and diarrheal diseases and the mortality from other diseases occurring in the same period, I agree that such a com- parison is fair and legitimate, and in the absence of disturbing factors the conclusions drawn from it afford a fair indication of the sanitary condition of localities to which the test is applied. A glance at the figures shows that the doctor has spent much valu- able time in the preparation of this part of his paper. In the comparison he now undertakes he discards the Adelaide and suburban population because, as he explains, he could find no guide to enable him to make out what registration districts are in the Adelaide and suburban area. He therefore falls back on the registration district of Adelaide, which he supposes to corres- pond closely with the area efficiently provided with sewers. I regret that want of local knowledge has again led the doctor into fatal mistakes. Registration districts are arbitrary divisions of the colony made for the purpose of affording facilities for regis- tration, and without reference to any other requirement. Once formed, they cannot be altered without introducing confusion and probably mistakes into official records. The Adelaide registration district has no relation to the drainage area. It includes Ade- laide, Parkside, Unley, Mitcham, Mount Lofty, Belair, Brighton, Reedbeds, Salisbury, Stirling Hast, Walkerville, Glen Osmond, Dry Creek, Plympton, and many little townships scattered around the places I have named. Adelaide is the only town in the district that is within the drainage area. The other drained towns—Hindmarsh and Thebarton—are not included. The objections to the doctor’s first series of calculations tells therefore with even greater force against the second, and I believe that if we could have the pleasure of Dr. Jamieson’s attendance he would be the first, after the explanation I have given, to tell us that his figures furnish no guide to the determination of the question he undertook to discuss. Here I might close my remarks on Dr. Jamieson’s paper, but a rather long portion of the contribution is given to a discussion of a subject collateral to the main question but having an in- direct bearing upon it. The doctor notes the record of the sud- den fall in the ratio of mortality in Adelaide and suburbs from 21-21 per 1,000 in 1884 to 13-34 in 1885 and to 14°31 in 1886, and he endeavours to show by a mode of calculation of his owr 12 that there is an error in the official figures, and that the popula- tion for the latter years was over estimated. This remarkable fall in the ratios has attracted the notice of others. Mr. Hayter, in publishing the figures in the Victorian Year Book, appended a note suggesting that the area to which the respective figures re- ferred had been altered. This was also the opinion of some gentlemen in Adelaide. Others supposed with Dr. Jamieson that the population was over estimated. I became Registrar- General in 1885, a few months after Mr. Cleland, my predecessor, had calculated and published the estimated population for that year. At the year’s end when the ratios were calculated, and this falling off in the rate of mortality became apparent, my first impression was that the population for the year had been set down at too high a rate. Against this I had the knowledge that Mr. Cleland had been familiar with the vital statistics of South Australia from the early times, that his calculations had stood the test of census returns as well as, and perhaps I should ‘be correct if I said much better than, those of the statisticians of other colonies, and that an error on his part was improbable. This did not prevent an investigation. I soon found that Mr. Hayter’s surmise was incorrect, there had been no alteration in the area. Two changes had, however, occurred in the early part of 1885, either of which might affect the estimate. The first change was made in the office. Up to the end of 1884 Mr. Cleland published his returns of local population in accordance with the census of 1881, without taking into account any in- crease or decrease of numbers after the census was taken. This was stated at the head of some of the quarterly returns, but on examining the figures I find the statement was not strictly accurate. That part of the table which referred to Adelaide city was evidently based on an estimated population of the whole area of Adelaide and suburbs, and every one who knows any- thing about vital statistics will agree that this was a wise and proper change to introduce. He not only did this, but he calcu- lated the back years, and prepared a uniform table of results so as to furnish a means for comparison. This was a delicate opera- tion, in which an error might easily creep in. It was on these new estimates that the ratios for 1885 were cast, and it was in this year that the lessened mortality commented on by Dr. Jamieson was recorded. Since my appointment to the office of Registrar-General Mr. Cleland has explained to me his mode of calculation, and I can only say that after a prolonged examination of such data as were available I could find no error which would have justified me in putting aside the figures which Mr. Cleland had so carefully prepared. In preparing the estimate for 1886 we both agreed that it would not be safe to follow the usual mode 13 of calculation, and a reference to our returns will show that we made only such a trifling addition at the beginning of 1886 as. our altered circumstances appeared to warrant. The second change, in 1885, was more important. In that year, for the first time within my knowledge, the emigration from South Australia largely exceeded the immigration, and this continued to be the case during the whole of the following year.. In 1885 the excess was 6,581. In 1886 it was 7,927. These were the losses by sea. We have no means of knowing the increase or decrease of popu- lation by land, but we shall probably be near the mark if we set down 15,000 as the total loss of the colony during two years by excess of emigration. Asa matter of fact we did not suffer a diminution of population, because the excess of births over deaths during those years as nearly as possible balanced our loss. All this was taken into account and dealt with in our estimates for the whole colony ; but when we come to the estimation of local populations, our difficulties begin. In hard times there is a con- stant migration of the people from one place to another. Men travel to any part of the colony when there is a chance of obtain- ing work, and the estimate of numbers in any one locality can only be regarded as approximate. Until a new census be taken it will be impossible to guarantee a strictly accurate return. Dr. Jamieson suggests a mode of estimating local population which he thinks would be more reliable than that usually fol- lowed. He proposes to make the number of births ina given period the basis for calculation. His method of proceeding from the known to the unknown is this—we know that in the census year there was a certain population, say in Adelaide and suburbs ; we know also that in the same year there was a certain number of births. If we want to get an approximate estimate of the population in any future year, we have only to take the births during the year, and assuming there is a fixed relation between the births and population, we can estimate from the births what the population for that year ought to be. In other words, sup- posing that in the census years it required 24 people to produce one baby, we have only to multiply the births in any other year by 24 and the product will give us a fair estimate of the popula-_ tion. It will occur to you that the accuracy of the result must depend so much on other factors that this mode of calculation cannot be accepted as reliable. We want to know something more about the 24 people. How many of them are children. How many unmarried, and of those that are married how many have the depressed times separated—the wife being left in charge at home while the husband is far away working, or seeking work, to support his family. In a normal steady-going condition of society Dr. Jamieson’s method might give fairly accurate results, 14 but in this colony, subject to all sorts of fluctuation, I should be reluctant to adopt it. Let us take the city of Adelaide as a test. In the census year, 1881, the population was in round numbers 38,500; the births were 1,380. Assuming that the births are a safe index, the population fell in 1882 to about 34,000. In the next year, 1883, it bounded up to 39,000. It remained the same in 1884, and in 1885 it fell to 35,000. Those of us who reside in Adelaide know full well that there were no such upward and downward leaps as those indicated. Nothing occurred in 1881 to 1882 to justify the belief that Adelaide lost 4,500 people, nor was there anything in 1882 to 1883 to account for the sudden addition of 5,000. The question still remains—Have we at present any data to enable us to determine the effect of deep drainage on the public health? I use the words at present advisedly, because I believe we shall have to wait several years before we shall experience the full benetits which our improved system will confer onus. Those who have made Adelaide their home will remember the condition of things. A few years ago Adelaide could properly be described as a city of stinks. There were hundreds of privies with cess- pools that were simply holes in the ground, and from these the subsoil was saturated with filth of the most offensive kind. The only escape for house-slops was into the public gutters ; and we all remember the abominable pools of filthy liquids which existed from one end of the city to the other. Deep drainage has put an end to these nuisances, but it has not removed from the subsoil the filth which has been accumulating there for years. There is a common idea that earth is the great purifier for excretal matters, and so it is if there be plenty of vegetation to use up the material, but without vegetation the earth soon becomes satu- rated, and afterwards the changes become so slow that it is difficult to know when the dangers arising from this earth-poisoning willend. Two or three years ago there were some extensive altera- tions being made at the back of a drapery establishment in Rundle-street. One of these required the excavation of earth for a large underground warehouse. One morning the contractor called at the Board of Health Offices and invited me to go down to this work, where I should find something to interest me. When I went there I found that a long excavation had been inade from the back of the Rundle-street shop in a direction to- wards North-terrace. Just at the back of the shop there had formerly been an old privy, with a cesspool behind it. This had not been used for several months, having been emptied and filled up as required by the Hydraulic Department when connection was made with the sewers. The excavation had brought to view a long wedge-shaped mass of earth below the surface, differing in 1a colour from the rest, several feet thick, just below the old closet, and tapering off towards North-terrace to a thickness of a few inches. The length was 24 feet, and any part of this, even at its apex, when removed had a fecal smell as distinct as though it had just been taken from beneath the cesspool. This was only a section, but the workmen told me that the whole part excavated had a similar layer of stinking earth. I could not learn how long this privy had been in use, but we can readily imagine the filthy con- dition of our subsoil when we remember that hundreds of similar cesspools have been in use in all parts of the city during some 20 to 30 years. All this pollution has to be paid for, the purification of such soil will be slow, and until it is effected we cannot fairly estimate the advantages of having adopted a cleaner system. In dealing with figures it is easy to fall into mistakes, and the risk of this is increased when we have to draw conclusions from comparatively low numbers. But after making allowance for this and taking care to give the weight of any doubtful point against rather than in favour of the new system, I believe the experience of Adelaide, so far as it has gone, has been altogether on the side of deep drainage. At the time of the census the population of the city was about one seventh and a half of the whole colony. It is safe to assume that the ratio remained about the same down to 1884, and also that the Registrar’s estimate of the city population for that year was correct. After 1884, the year when the city drainage was completed, the loss by excess of emigration, as we have already seen, was for the wliole colony 15,000 during two years. The proportionate loss for the city would therefore be 2,000. The excess of births over deaths in Adelaide during this period was 1,077, leaving a net loss of say 1,000, but seeing that it is probable that the proportionate loss by emigration was greater in Adelaide than in other parts of the colony, we will assume that double this number represents the loss that actually occurred. This would reduce the Adelaide population to about 40,600. The Registrar’s calculations of the ratio of mortality of Adelaide have been made and published during the last three or four years on two distinct bases. In one the number of deaths occurring in the city is compared with the estimated population. In the other the rate is calculated after excluding all deaths in hospitals and public institutions of patients who have not up to their illness been residents in the city. For our present purpose it is not of much importance which of these calculations we adopt. If we take the latter, the ratio of mor- tality during two years (1883 and ’84) was about 20-4 per 1,000; the ratio for the two years since the deep drains were completed, calculated on the assumption that the population fell to 40,600, was 17°6. if we take the first method the average of the ratios 16 from the census to 1884 was 24:5. In 1885 and ’86 the average was 21:5. This is a most welcome diminution. You will have noticed that in drawing this comparison I have not closely fol- lowed the official estimates, but have allowed a wide margin for adverse factors. JI am not anxious to strain these figures beyond their legitimate use ; we want a longer time and larger numbers before we can draw positive conclusions. Meanwhile we may fairly assume that the abatement of city nuisances, the speedy removal of filth from our premises, and the blessing of pure air, have produced the beneficial results we are entitled to expect from them, and that a large part of the remarkable reduction of mor- tality in Adelaide is due to the completion of our new system of drainage. DARwaArD> 17 ON SOME SO-CALLED SOUTH AUSTRALIAN RUBIES. By Proressor E. H. REnnNiz, D.Sc. [Read May Ist, 1888.] As is well known, considerable controversy has arisen in Ade- laide as to the nature of the red stones recently found in large quantities in the northern interior of South Australia, some stating that these stones are genuine rubies, others that they are spinelles, others that they are garnets, while others still imagine that they are something quite new. The latter notion has arisen chiefly, I think, from statements made that they are infusible and harder than garnets, though scarcely hard enough for rubies. It has often occurred to me that it is somewhat strange that so far no results of any chemical examination of these stones have been published, such an examination being, in my opinion, the crucial _test of their nature. By the courtesy of various gentlemen some of these stones from three of the Companies, viz., McDonnell Ranges, Hale River, and Maude, have lately been placed at my disposal. Before stating the results obtained it may be well to state briefly the nature of the various minerals above alluded to, viz., rubies, spinelles, and garnets, and to show that they differ widely from one another in chemical composition. 1. Rubies.—These consist essentially of alumina, but there may be present small quantities of impurities, especially magnesia and silica. 2. Spinelles.—These consist essentially of an aluminate of magnesia, but there may be present, according to Dana, from about 1} to 53 per cent. of silica, with occasionally considerable quantities of lime and oxide of iron. 3. Garnets.—These vary greatly in composition, but are in all cases silicates. I have only been able to find two cases in which the silica is below 35 per cent., and in those cases the percentages are about 34 and 31 respectively. They may be silicates of lime and alumina, of iron and alumina, of magnesia and alumina, of man- ganese and alumina, of lime and iron, of lime and chromium, with varying small quantities of other constituents. To come now to the results of analysis. All the specimens I have examined have proved to be silicates of alumina and iron, with small quantities of oxide of manganese, lime, and magnesia, and hence are undoubtedly garnets, as Mr. Streeter says, “of the Almandine variety.” The following are the quantitative results obtained by the analysis of some of the stones from the Hale River :— B 18 Siliea (SiO) 0 2. > x oo 48 per cent. Alumina (Al,0O,) Rs . aa Oe Ferrous oxide (FeO.) _... st 36. 28 “, Lime (CaO) a Ae sae * Magnesia (MgO) ews yo) MILO = Oxide of manganese (MnO) = “BD “sg 98°39 Tn this analysis all the iron has been reckoned as protoxide ; in all probability some is present as peroxide, and this would account for the low total. Another sample from the Maude Company yielded 39 per cent. of silica, with large quantities of alumina and oxide of iron, and smaller quantities of lime and magnesia. A word or two now with reference to hardness and infusibility. First, with reference to hardness. Unfortunately I have no re- liable specimens at hand with which to test hardness ; but let us take for granted that the hardness of some of these stones is 8, and that is, I understand, the highest that has been given. Dana, one of the greatest, if not the greatest, mineralogical authority, places the hardness of garnets at from 6:5 to 7-5. Between the latter number and 8 there is a very small margin, and no one with any knowledge of the great difference in physical properties produced by comparatively small variations in chemical compo- position will lay any stress upon this small excess of hardness. Tn connection with this it may be noted. that the analyses above given show rather larger proportions of alumina and less of oxide of iron than are contained in most of the specimens of this variety of garnet, analyses of which are given by Dana, the silica being about the same. It is quite possible that this shght dif- ference in composition may account for the increased hardness. Then as to alleged infusibility. Very much depends upon the method of testing. These stones will not fuse if they be tested by the blowpipe as they are found, but let them be powdered first, and the powder fuses easily into distinct globules. This will never happen with true rubies or spinelles, In conclusion, it must be understood that my statements relate only to those specimens handed to me, which, however, I am assured are representatives of the vast majority of stones sent to Europe. It would be rash to say that no rubies have been found. Further, T have brought this matter before the Society simply as of some little scientific interest, and my remarks must not be taken as having any reference to the value of these stones. What they are worth from a commercial point of view I cannot say ; it may be much or it may be little. 19 AN AUTOMATIC RIVER GAUGE. By Tuomas Parker, C.E. [Read July 3rd, 1888. | Since the reading of my paper on “ Underground Waters” before the Society last year, in which I drew attention to the great need of a systematic gauging of the rivers and streams of this colony, I am glad to learn that the Government have given instructions for this work to be undertaken. During the course of my labours in gauging one of our rivers by the usual method, I was led to attempt some improvements on the existing system of taking such observations, and as a result, have designed an automatic river gauge. My object in this paper is to give a description of the invention, the method of using it, and also point out what I think are its advantages in point of economy and efficiency. I will first briefiy describe the present methods of gauging rivers. The usual methods of gauging rivers are—(1) By current meter, and (2) by a weir and graduated scale. The first method is that generally used for large rivers where a weir does not exist or is not easily erected. It is now being used by the various colonies in gauging the River Murray. It is a portable instru- ment, and so constructed that on being dipped in the stream the working parts are caused to revolve by the flow of the water, and the velocity of the river flow is indicated by the number of revo- lutions made and indicated by the instrument. This velocity ap- plied to the sectional area of the stream at the point where the observations are taken enables the observer to calculate with suf- ficient accuracy the volume of water discharged by the river in a given time. The second method, namely, gauging by means of a weir erected on the river, is usually applied to smaller streams, and it is to the improvement of this method my invention is intended to be applied. In this case a weir is erected across the river, and a lath set up marked off in inches and decimal parts, and read- ings of the height of the water above the sill of the weir are taken from time to time, and from these, by the aid of the usual hydraulic formule applicable to the stream, the quantity of water passing over the weir at any particular time may be calculated. The great drawbacks of this system are its inefficiency and costliness. 20 The instrument I have designed consists of a copper float which rises or falls with the water in the stream in which it floats freely ; attached to this float is a rod carrying a pencil which is pressed by a spring against a cylinder on which is fixed a sheet of graduated recording paper. Inside the cylinder is placed clockwork to turn it on its vertical axis, and constructed to go fourteen days. As the cylinder is turned by the clockwork the pencil attached to the float marks the height of the water on the paper graduated to inches and decimal parts. The whole of the apparatus is intended to be enclosed in a wooden case and attached to a post driven into the bed of the river and fenced round for its protection. The instrument is designed on a principle similar to that of instruments for recording automati- cally other kinds of observations, but, so far as I know, no previous instrument has been designed for river gauging. The following are the advantages of the instrument :— 1. Efficiency.—The record of the instrument will be continuous day and night. The present system of taking such observations say, only twice a day, 1s very imperfect, as in the intervals floods may come down the river and pass the gauge unrecorded, and, in this way, all present river gaugings are more or less inaceurate. 2. Hconomy.—As pointed out, this gauge can be fixed on a stream and left in operation, and only requires to be visited once in fourteen days; for this reason the expenses of an official in constant attendance can be dispensed with. As to the cost of the instrument, a leading instrument maker of Adelaide has estimated the cost at about twenty pounds. 3. Saving of Time.—This instrument, if adopted, would facili- tate the important work of gauging the flow of water in our rivers, as, by fixing an instrument on each stream, a large number can be gauged simultaneously ; in fact, the work could be carried on with accuracy and inexpensiveness, and the records collected and sent in as regularly as our rainfall observations are now taken throughout the colony. I will only add that I have handed over my invention to the Government of this colony, with the hope that it may be utilized by them in the important work which has now been undertaken of taking gaugings of the flow of our streams in South Australia. PRELIMINARY NOTES ON A NEw AUSTRALIAN MAMMAL. By E. C. Srrruine, M.A., M.D., Lecturer on Physiology in the Adelaide University. [Read September 4, 1888.] A few days ago, through the kindness of Mr. A. Molineux, of Adelaide, a small mole-like animal, which appears to be new to science, was forwarded to the South Australian Museum. It was found on the Idracowie Cattle Station at a distance, I understand, of about 100 miles from the Charlotte Waters Telegraph Station, on the overland line from Adelaide to Port Darwin, but the exact circumstances of its capture are not yet to hand. The collector, however, reports that it must be of rare occurrence, as on ques- tioning the aboriginals of the locality, there was only one old woman who said she had seen it before, and that upon a single occasion. It is evidently an underground burrowing animal, re- sembling somewhat the Cape Mole (Chrysochloris) in its general external appearance, but differing in many respects. The total length is 13 cm., inclusive of the tail, which is two cm. long. The head, relatively shorter than Chrysochloris, has a rounded muzzle, the dorsal surface of which is covered by a horny shield. Nostrils transversely slit-like. No eyes visible, the skin passing uninter- ruptedly over the ocular region, but on reflecting the skin in one side of the face a small circular pigment spot is visible on the position of the eye. No apparent bony orbit. Tongue fleshy, broad at the base and tapering toa blunt point. No external ears, but the ear-openings distinct, one mm. wide, and covered over with fur. The fore limbs are short, resembling somewhat those of a mole, but the manus is folded, so that the large nails of the fourth and fifth digits only are visible in the natural position of the limbs. Of these nails, the fourth is 15 mm. long, and of a uniform width of four mm., ending very bluntly ; the fifth is very slightly shorter than the fourth, broad at the base (eight mm.), tapering rapidly to a blunt point, the two together forming an outline rather like that of a goose-mussel (Lepas). The nails of the third, second and first digits, very much smaller, form a series gradually diminishing in size in the order named, and con- stitute a second row on the inside of the fourth and fifth, by which, as stated, they are completely concealed from view. What 22 corresponds to the palm is the cleft between the two rows of digits. The hind limbs are also short, with the soles turned out- wards. What appears to be the fifth (anterior) digit is very short, with a short, broad, and strong nail; the fourth is armed with a long (seven mm.), narrow, curved, and sharp claw; while the claws of the third, second, and first are broad, flat, rounded at their points, and joined together by a membrane which extends nearly to their points. On the sole there is a hard, elongated, horny tubercle crossing it transversely. The tail, two cm. long and five mm. wide at the insertion, tapers to three mm., and ter- minates in a knob-hke tip. About 15 mm. in front of the vent (? cloaca) there is a pouch in the integument about 4 mm. wide with the opening directed backwards and having a depth in a forward direction of from 4to5mm. The surface of this pouch is devoid of hair, but the bare area is surrounded by thick fawn coloured fur with a slightly reddish tint. It is, however, possible that this reddish tint is due wholly or in part to some ferruginous looking sand which is much mixed up with the fur. The body generally, with the exception of the lower two-thirds of the tail, which is bare, is covered with fur of a rather lighter tint. With regard to the internal parts, it is unfortunate that the specimen came to us completely eviscerated and in a bad state of preservation generally, but ina small part of the lower bowel which was left remains of ants were found. The bowel termin- ates at a wide vent (? cloaca) and I can find no trace of a separate genital aperture, nor of such openings into the supposed cloaca. I have not yet had time to examine with minuteness the skeleton, which unfortunately is also considerably damaged, especially about the occipital region, but from a cursory examina- tion of the recently skinned body I can note the following points, with, I believe, accuracy :—Cranium relatively large; no bony orbits; zygomatic arches present. Well developed shoulder girdles with slender clavicles. Pectoral muscles large. Pelvis large and strong, with a rather wide pubic symphysis, but no epipubic bones either actual or rudimentary. Ribs, 14. Angle of lower jaw markedly inflected. The teeth are peculiar, and require a more extended description than I can give at present, but the formula appears to be i. 3, c.3, m.£ (?22"4); this how- ever may require some modification, as just posterior and external to the premolar (or first molar) of the right ramus of the mandible there is a small rudimentary conical tooth which is not to be found on the opposite side or at corresponding positions in the maxilla. Until a more extended examination has been made of the skeleton and teeth of this animal, I purposely abstain from ex- 23 pressing a definite opinion as to its nature and affinities, and the following remarks must be taken as provisional only. Though the integumentary pouch and marked inflection of the angle of the mandible point to its marsupial nature, there is no trace, even in a rudimentary form, of epipubic or marsupial bones, which are nearly always present in the marsupialia. On the other hand, the absence of a separate urgo-genital orifice (if this should be confirmed) suggests that it is a new member of the order Monotremata, of which the Platypus and Echidnas are the only known representatives. The characters of the manus and pes, the well-developed shoulder girdle and relatively large pec- -toral muscles, together with the absence or extremely rudimentary condition of the eyes, are plainly suggestive of the subterranean, burrowing, and probably nocturnal habits ; while the character of the teeth and the actual contents of what little there was left of the lower bowel prove it to be insectivorous in its feeding. The dentition is certainly remarkable, and both in the shape of the mandible and in the general characters of the teeth there ap- pears both to Mr. Zietz and myself a strong resemblance to the pictures of the fossil jaws of the extinct Amphitherium figured in the works of Owen and others. If this resemblance should be confirmed by closer examination, the discovery of this animal, apart from its mole-like characters, will be of high zoological interest, inasmuch as these jaws of Amphitherium found in the lower Oolite at Stonesfield, in Oxfordshire, associated with the remains of Plesiosaurs and Pterodactyls, are among the earliest remains of the class Mammalia known to the geologist. On the interesting points which are raised by this supposed resemblance it is, however, unsafe to speculate at present, nor, as will have been seen, are we yet in a position to define with cer- tainty its relation to existing types. JI merely submit to the Society these preliminary and necessarily incomplete notes in deference to the interest which has been excited by the announce- ment of the discovery of this very interesting animal, singular even in this land of curious and antique types. To Mr. Zietz, assistant Museum Director, I am much indebted for valuable assistance in the preparation and examination of the specimen. Since the above notes were in type, Mr. A. Molineux has been good enough to forward me an extract from a letter recently received by him from his nephew, Mr. Charles Benham, who originally found the animal. Mr. Benham writes as follows :— “7 found it during daylight about 4 p.m., on a big sand hill. I tracked it for about fifteen yards, but saw no burrow. It would crawl or walk a few feet, and then scratch a very small hole, then go on again and scratch another hole. There was noknown 24 water within ten miles of the place where it was found, but there is a prickly bush with water in its roots growing on the sand hills. The animal seems to be very scarce, as this is the first that has been seen by white men about here, and there was only one old black woman who said she had seen it before. She called it by a name which sounded like “ Aurachamater.” I did not notice any pouch. - GS eere-— LS cb) | NOTES ON THE SURFACE FEATURES AND ROCKS. OF NURIOOTPA AND ITS NEIGHBOURHOOD. By J. G. O. TEPPER. [Read April 3rd, 1888.] Nuriootpa, a small township on the eastern boundary of the Hundred of Nuriootpa, is on the banks of the North Para River. Almost level flats surround it, extending eastward to the foot of the Angaston Hills, which are an extension of the Barossa Ranges, culminating in Mount Kaiserstuhl, 1,980 feet. In this direction the width of the flat plain is about three miles. Westward the Greenock and Mappa hills bound it ata distance of one to two miles. Northward it extends to within a mile or so of Stockwell, and north-westwards still further for some six or seven miles, being finally blocked by the junction of the Kapunda and Truro hills. Southward it gently rises to a low ridge, at the western end of which Tanunda is situated, and descends rapidly to a lower flat, in which Betany is situated, and through which, in a transverse direction, 7.¢., east to west, Tanunda Creek flows. From here the same formation of the ground is repeated—that is, the flat between the river, which here, as far the greater part of the way from Nuriootpa to Tanunda, skirts the hills on the western side—and the ranges to the east gradually rise, crossed by a number of deeply-excavated creeks, until gradually terminated by spurs from the eastern hills. Beyond these spurs the same feature is again repeated where intersected by the Pewsey Vale road ; but the flat is now divided into two by a narrow range of hills stretching in a curve from north to south chiefly. The eastern flat is at first narrow, containing at the foot of the steep first hills a small permanent lagoon of oval form, and about ten acres in extent. Beyond a narrow low ridge formed by a spur from the last-mentioned hill, the flat widens, and contains the shallow Hoffnungs lagoon of irregular form and an area of about 120 acres. The southern end of this flat is traversed by a creek some seven or eight feet above the level of the lagoon, and finally narrowing to about one-sixth of a mile, joins the Lyndoch Valley flat. To the west of the range of hills just mentioned, and at the northern end, the flat is interrupted by a somewhat rapid descent of about 200 feet to the Lyndoch Valley, which is a nearly level 26 ‘flat some four or five miles long by about a mile to two miles wide, through which a rather large creek flows, and which in former times was famous for its great fertility of soil. The hills, dividing the two flats or wide valleys as well as those on east and south, consist of micaceous and hornblendic schists, and show here and there remarkably steep inclines. Those on the west are much younger, and exhibit ferruginous shales and conglomerates. Spurs extend far into the flat here and there. The soil of the latter is on the surface, near the centre a black ‘tenacious clayey mould, but much more sandy nearer the margin. Below this is a dense extremely sticky grey or white clay, with numerous fantastically-formed calcareous concretions. This changes into sandy ferruginous loam, with lime nodules, which has not been pierced by wells at a depth of 70 to 80 feet; but near the southern extremity, at 40 feet and less, pure sand and coarse gravel was reached, bearing fresh water. These various flats present semblances of the bottoms of a chain of lakes drained by the bursting or wearing away of comparatively narrow barriers of hard rocks, and the flat at Lyndoch shows these features of such lacustrine origin much more conclusively than the larger and less hill-bound ones. The surface soil in the flat at Nuriootpa township along the course of the river is a rich black mould many feet in thickness ; farther to the north a more or less adhesive clay prevails, as like- wise towards the east from Nuriootpa. The township itself stands upon a fertile sand, gradually merging into the sandhills west and north-westward. South and south-east more or less loose, either fertile or almost barren sand prevails to within a mile of Tanunda. Below the sand and mould, which are of slight thickness at places or missing altogether, follows first a yellowish, sandy, and gravelly clay, in many places sufficiently pure and plastic for bricks, and from 20 to 40 feet or more thick. Underlying this and occasionally rising to the surface is a white and blue very adhesive clay, here and there stained deep rusty, and which is remarkable on account of including layers of impure salt, which were first observed in a bank of the river towards Tanunda associated with thin hard layers of a ferruginous cement, subsequently traced at various other places. No doubt this is the cause why so many saline springs exist along the river. Even the wells become brackish and finally undrinkable jn those areas which have this formation. As no fossils have been found the age is doubtful, but I think may be assumed to be either the latest Tertiary or early Pleistocene. The thickness seen varied from about two feet to over five, but as this was near the edge of the basin it must be much thicker in the middle. Under the blue clay follows a white, yellow, or red sandstone, 27 porous and water bearing, but of unknown thickness, nor is it known what is below it, as at a depth of, J. believe, ‘about 200 feet reached by boring near the hotel in search for kerosine or coal, the base rock was not reached. The river crosses the flat obliquely east of the township, no where showing rocks in the bed, but instead has mostly boggy banks on account of the many springs, usually weak and some saline in summer. An old bed, now broad and shallow, winds through and west of the township, joining the river where it approaches the western hills. Its watershed on this side is very close, only from half a mile to two miles distant, and skirting it, an interrupted band of the well-known “TRONSTONE” occurs, probably marking the edge of the former lake, but is wholly absent on the eastern side. In structure it varies from that of a real sandstone finely and evenly grained to a coarse conglomerate of pebbles three to six inches in diameter. Sometimes cavities, as if shells had been removed, are found in it, but no fossils were ever seen here, except a frag- ment of wood converted into brown hematite, found S.W. of Tanunda. Where undisturbed and developed to a considerable extent the uneven surface is homogeneous, but with occasional round holes penetrating deeply and allowing the water to flow off. Its thickness is nowhere exceeding two feet. A very interesting rock is a very hard grey sandstone grit, which here and there is found fringing low ridges. It conssts of pure grains of semitransparent quartz cemented by silica of the same character and inclosing a few larger pebbles but rarely. Sparingly dispersed occur tortuous holes, as if formed by worms. This rock is from 18 inches to three feet thick, rests on red clay, and is sometimes overlain by the ironstone. A similar hut more jaspery rock occurs on the hillsides near Sheaoak Log, showing numerous root-like enclosures. The older rocks in the eastern as well as the western hill ranges consist of micaceous and hornblendic schists, gneiss, quartzites, and near Greenock granite. The last is intrusive at and near the anticline, which is at a high angle. It outcrops only near the base of depressions, but never on the heights. The principal place observed is in the north-east corner of section 1817, near Greenock, and indications in section 208. The strike of the old pre-silurian rocks varies a few degrees beyond the magnetic and true north and south, while the dip is usually at very high angles. At Angaston, in a small quarry near Mr. Salter’s residence, the hornblendic strata are undulat- ing, and the dip varying between 48° and 65° westerly (strike N., 7° W.). Similar strata near Greenock, in the cutting of the road, gave a similar strike, but a dip of 62° to 68° easterly, while 28 that of the west side of the anticline was 77° westerly. The protru- sion of the granite is in the line of strike of this anticline and northward. Near this place cyanite, a rather rare mineral, is found in quartz veins. A fine grained, very hard white sand- stone occurs in sections 554 and 683, forming a bank-trending | nearly east and west, cleaving into almost right-angled blocks, and quite local. Magnesian limestone and a seam of very hard kaolin were noticed near Moppa, and a vein of baryta on the road near Greenock. At Tanunda, between sections 43 and 38, the river has broken through quartzites, sandstones, and micaceous slate, which proba- | bly was the original barrier above which the waters of the upper lake were confined. By the strike of intervening masses of similar rocks they appear as a continuation of those forming the highest ridge between Greenock and Nuriootpa. Another barrier, very thick, occurs north of Jacob’s Creek, and beyond Rowlands Flat the banks of the river become high and precipitous, attaining from its sharp south-easterly bend for several miles an elevation of about 200 feet. The base is formed of the old rocks dipping at steep angles, mostly easterly, The greater part above is formed of conglomerates, gravels, clay, and sand. At the ford at Both’s Mill, sections 560 and 1806, and farther past the village at Rosenthal, clay slates, frequently very fine grained and fissile, come in and reach to the summits of the hills, rising 200 to 300 feet above the river bed, and narrowing it extremely. The gradual wearing through these hills obviously opened a way for the escape of the waters accumulated over the Lyndoch Valley. Above the clay slates, and intercalated with them, occur thinner or thicker seams of crystalline limestone, mostly of a bluish or grey tint, and also iron spar, with perfect cleavage, is met with. In the bed of the creek, about section 1700, a per- fectly black coarse slate is found locally, and in section 1692 a dyke occurs of volcanic or pseudo-voleanic rock, being formed of large and smaller angular fragments united by a homogeneous cement. It is traceable in the direction of its strike, south-west and north-east, for several hundred yards, and has a width of 20 or 30 yards. In the neighbourhood also occur jasper and chalce- dony in large blocks, now no longer to be seen in situ, but re- moved for road metal or lying along the fences. About section 806 the highest point is reached for this part, called Schoof’s Hill. It is composed of a highly indurated silicious slate rock, with very imperfect cleavage, flanked eastward by a ridge of soft mica- ceous slates, North of this, in sections 101 and 102, this limestone assumes large proportions, forming a hill, on which the Wheal Nitschke Copper Mine was worked. 29 The surface soil of all these hills is a deep brown or red clay, very fertile ; in fact, a great part is the famous Bay of Biscay soil. Here and there, where thin, it is mixed with stones, the fragments of the base rocks. The higher ridges are usually ‘crowned by soft travertine in patches, gradually broken up, re- moved, and the ground turned into wheatfields. Of the above rocky and hilly character is all that eastern part of the district of Nuriootpa between the river in the east and Rosenthal in the south, and the Nuriootpa Flat and Daveyston in the north, developing further on into the Mappa Hills north- eastward of Greenock and the Belvidere Ranges west, the whole of this part of the district—besides the very narrow strip along the river—being drained by the Salt Creek and the smaller New Mecklenburg Creek. The former having received its name from the saline character of its numerous small but permanent springs in the lower two-thirds of its course. At the foot of this hilly region in the west extends a wide fiat, the surface formed of red or yellow clay, and below of the same kind of sandy calcareous loam or marl, forming the precipitous banks of the Torrens at the Botanic Bridge. It dries loose in ummer, deep cracks forming in many parts, and when heavy showers give rise to sudden floods deep crevices are formed in a short time. West of this flat, which formerly was almost wholly covered by dense mallee growth of which but small remnants are left, the land rises into gentle undulations, the surface covered by red clay and Bay of Biscay ground. The neighbourhood of the river, is flanked by hills of the old rocks on both sides, while the sum- mits and sides bear mostly the same covering of red clay. 30 NoTES ON THE Muppy CREEK BEDS, WITH BRIEF REMARKS ON OTHER TERTIARY STRATA OF SOUTH WESTERN VICTORIA. By Joun Dennant, F.G.S., Corr. Memb. [Read October 2nd, 1888. ] PLATE I. I. INTRODUCTION. Perhaps there are no fossiliferous deposits in Australia which have been more frequently visited than the Muddy Creek beds, not only by geologists, but also by those led thither by curiosity merely. Their short distance from Hamilton, the beauty of the scenery, the ease with which the fossils can be obtained, and last, but not least, the warm welcome accorded to visitors by the pro- prietors of the land where the. beds are situated, combine to make Muddy Creek an especially pleasant place for a day’s outing. Up to the present time, however, no attempt has, I believe, been made to describe the strata, though the fossils themselves have engaged the attention of our ablest paleontologists. Many years ago, the Rev. J. T. Woods worked industriously at the beds, and to him we are indebted for a knowledge of a large number of the most characteristic forms found inthem. Subsequently, Pro- fessor Tate spent some time at Muddy Creek, and made an exten- sive collection of fossils, including many new species. Since then, owing to the labours of various collectors, the material awaiting description has been gradually accumulating. A perusal of the Transactions of this Society for the last few years will show that Professor Tate has made great progress in dealing with it, espe- cially of late, in his systematic revision of the Australian Tertiary Mollusca, three instalments of which have already appeared. In the Prodromus of the Paleontology of Victoria, Professor McCoy has published excellent drawings and descriptions of about 35 species found in the Muddy Creek beds. Descriptions of many species have also been given by the Rev. J. T. Woods, F.G.S., in the Transactions of the principal Scientific Societies of the colonies. Nor have the English geologists been behindhand in the inte- rest taken in these and other Australian Tertiary deposits, the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society containing valuable memoirs upon the Corals and the Echinodermata by Professor M. Duncan, and upon the Bryozoa by Mr. A. W. Waters, F.G.S. a enna cannes ne CNN et CE LE NA A A NC Ne CE aR mes | ene =! = of Greanuye Bun 4 Nudd Crewk i | Hialeah VAawede ; Sco ; ——— Jug fi. DMcoge | | | & aye sue a ) 42x 04% MOG) goomhage--7- "7" | rag, ROY OWES. pees bee hoey Curate OA, wat YOKE: ono te Sectvow from Framge Buw ‘Vo Howl, NR Bawles to | wel ) PLATE.[. Wore = : ‘ a2 _ 33 ge : Po : ~ = : rN AD J CTE oN a= eareranls ERROR... <688 Tita cs erect mc apie eS : “gue ia Pane = ee = ee He Ce? . : Mone -tertiories Basti Putt or td ea a dl My remarks in this article will refer principally to the position of the beds, to their relation to adjoining strata, and to the differ-. ence in geological age, which I conceive to exist between certain portions of the shell deposits. As full a list of the Mollusca as. can be made out at present will be added, as necessary for the illustration of the point last named. In its course towards the Wannon, the Grange Burn is joined by two tributaries, viz., Muddy Creek and Violet Creek. Although all three are insignificant streams, and confined now in narrow channels, yet the valleys through which they flow are not only wide, but depressed considerably below the level of the sur- rounding country. I have not observed any fossil outcrops in the Violet Creek, which is the more remarkable, as they occur in so many places in both the Grange Burn and Muddy Creek. Tt may be mentioned here that the term ‘ Muddy Creek” beds. is used by common consent, as a convenient name for the whole series of fossiliferous strata in this locality, and must be under-: stood, therefore, to include not only the deposits of Muddy Creek itself, but also those of the Grange Burn, close at hand. The distance of Muddy Creek from the sea is about 40 miles,. while the fossil-bearing strata (in the place marked “a” in the map) are 385 feet above sea level. Mr. 8. Mason’s house on the table-land overlooking the creek is 130 feet higher, or 515 feet. . above sea level. This may be regarded as the general elevation of the country in the neighbourhood, the slope to the sea-coast being very gradual. These and the other levels given later on are aneroid measurements of my own. The meteorological station at Hamilton, about five miles distant, which is exactly 640 feet above sea level, has been adopted as the starting point for the observations made in the neighbourhood of Muddy Creek. In other localities, either the sea itself, or some known elevation, has. formed a basis to work from. Going northwards from the Grange Burn, no outcrops of the marine tertiaries occur in the whole of the county of Dundas, except a small outher towards its extreme western boundary, on the margin of the River Glenelg. This region, lying between the Grange Burn and the Wannon on the south, and the Glenelg on the north, forms a plateau, occupied by palozoic, granitic, trap- pean, and metamorphic rocks, and probably stood at too great an elevation during tertiary times to be submerged. To the north and north-west of the Glenelg, however, the marine beds again appear, and continue almost without interrup- tion over a vast extent of country, the river in this part of its course marking a well-defined geological boundary. By going along the Grange Burn to the westward, we soon lose sight of the tertiaries, the mesozoic strata—which they, no 32 doubt, immediately overlie in that direction—appearing as the surface rocks. The intervening country between the tertiary and the mesozoic outcrops is occupied by basalt and drift accumula- tions, so that no actual junction of the two formations can be found. Nn e> © Rm OO 6 het Co — BIRT OND © HR RE Ree Family Scalariidze— Scalaria Cirsotrema Crossea Family Solariidee— Solarium Philippia Family Pyramidellidee— Pyramidella Odostomia Actzeopyramis Turbonilla Eulimella Mathilda Aclis Eulima Mucronalia Stylifer Family Cerithiopsidee— Cerithiopsis Family Cerithiacea— Cerithium Vertagus Potamides Lampania Tympanotonos Terebralia Telescopium Pyrazus Bittium Cerithidea Triforis Diala Styliferina Planaxis Quoyia Litiopa Family Littorinide— Littorina Tectaria Risella Modulus Raulinia Fossarus Fossarina Family Heterophrosynidee— Barleeia Family Rissoidee— Rissoa Rissoina Scaliola Hydrobia Amnicola i) St St Or bo ON NN OW OP OO bd OTH BY BD OD a oe Family Rissoide— Bithynella Paludinella Tatea Bithynia Assiminea Family Paludiniidze— Paludina Larina Family Valvatidzee— Valvata Family Melaniidee— Melania Family Czciidee— Parastrophia Watsonia Ccecum ORDER SCUTIBRANCHIATA., Family Neritidzee— Nerita Navicella Neritina Family Liotiide— Liotia Adeorbis Cyclostrema _ Cirsonella Delphinula Family Rotelliidee— Ethalia Family Turbinidze— Phasianella Turbo Collonia Calcar Family Trochiidze — Trochus Zizy phinus Turcica Thalotia Cantharidus Elenchus Gibbula Solariella Monodonta Polydonta Clanculus Monilea Euchelus Trochocochlea Bankivia Leiopyrga ee CO OS = hb bS NRE ORE PbO} ~ i7 | Family Trochiide— - Astele Diloma | Family Haliotiidee— Stomatella | Stomatia Gena | Haliotis Tzeinotis Schismope Scissurella Basilissa | Minos Family Fissurellidee— Fissurella Macrochisma Fissurellidzea Emarginula Tugalia Scutus Puncturella Rimula Zeidora Family Patellidze— Patella Nacella Family Acmzidze— Acmeea Scutellina Family Ianthinidee— Ianthina Recluzia Microplax Angasia Callochiton Ischnochiton Callistochiton Chaetopleura Tonicia Chiton Acanthopleura Stenochiton Lorica Schizochiton Plaxiphora | Acanthochiton Notoplax | Onithochiton Cryptoplax 1 Family Pleurotomariidee— ORDER POLYPLACOPHORA. —_ jt pat bo © mos RrENphsA kt fod POH PRE Oo 0009 DD DD OO EE NRO Ne rt C2 OO bo re pet pt OT mE oo ORDER TECTIBRANCHIATA. Family Tornatellidaee— Actzeon Buccinulus Ringicula Family Bullidae— Bulla Haminea Atys Akera Cylichna Volvula Diaphana Tornatina Utriculus Myonia Scaphander Aplustrum Hydatina Family Lophocercidzee— Lophocercus Lobiger Cylindrobulla Family Philinidee— Philine Chelidonura Family Aplysidee— Aplysia Dolabrifera Dolabella Family Pleurobranchiadee— Pleurobranchus Pleurobranchidium Umbrella ORDER NUDIBRANCHIATA. Family Doridide—- Doris Angasiella Casella Chromodoris Gonidoris Polycera Plocamophorus Triopia Ceratosoma Family Doridopsidee— Doridopsis Family Tritoniadee— Bornella Melibzea _ Co i — Nee be © ee bo == = CO Re bo bo Go bo bD OO CO HB CO CO — = Ree oO NRENHE HORE OD 78 Family Molide— Aéolis Flabellina Janus Glaucus Family Elysiidee— Elysia Allportia Family Phyllirhoide— Phyllirhee CLass SCAPHOPODA. Dentalium Entalis Siphodentalium Cadulus Crass PrERoPoDA. Hyalea . Styliola Cuvieria Cymbula Tiedemannia Spiralis CLass PULMONATA. Family Auriculidee— Auricula Alexia Pythia Marinula Melampus Cassidula Plecotrema Family Amphibolide— Ampullarina Family Siphonariidze— Siphonaria Gadinia Family Onchidiidee— Onchidium Family Truncatellidee— Truncatella Blandfordia Family Cyclostomidee— Realia Pupina Callia Diplommatina Cyclophorus Leptopoma Helicina Georissa mS mer HRD ee en Re OO Ono a i NO WOW OQONEKER OG bp bh BPD ROME pap Family Arionidzee— Cystopelta Family Limacidee— Limax Amalia Family Vitrinidee— Helicarion Parmacochlea Family Helicoidea— Rhytida Diplomphalus Paryphanta Family Zonitidee— Nanina Zonites Stenopus Family Succineidee— Succinea Athoracophorus Family Vaginulidee— Vaginulus Family Helicidee— Coeliaxis Vertigo Tornatellina Stenogyra Bulimus Helix ‘Family Limneede--— Limnezea Amphipeplea Bulinus Physopsis Ancylus Gundlachia Planorbis Segmentina Crass LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Family Gastrochzenide— Aspergillum Humphreyia Clavagella - Gastrocheena Family Teredinide— Teredo Family Pholadide— Barnea Jouannetia Parapholas Martesia Family Solenide— Solen 79 Family Solenidze— I Cultellus Solecurtus 2 | Family Saxicavide— 2 Saxicava Panopzea 18 | Family Myacidee— 1 Mya Corbula 19 Cryptomya 4 Poromya + Nera Family Anatinide-— 14 Coelodon 36 Myodora 3 Myochama Thracia 11 Lyonsia 1 Anatina Family Mactride— 1 Mactra Rangia 1 Lutraria 10 Zenatia 6 Reeta a Eastonia sex. 24 Moldia . 261 | Family Paphide— Paphia 13 Anapa tI Ervilia 60 | Family Semelidee t Semele 4 Syndosmya 1 Cumingia 11 | Family Tellinide— 2 Asaphis Psammobia Sanguinolaria Hiatula 3 Tellina 3 Metis 2 Macoma 3 Arcopagia Phyllodia 4 Gastrana Donax 2 | Family Petricolide— 1 Petricola 2 Naranio 1 Venerupis Saxidomus ri S me [— rm OH © bo NIN rF oF = iw) lund mE Dd 4 bs et mw RMD He ee tN | - MRD eH OREN WH ONE ARE pe Family Veneridee— Venus Chione Cytherea Circe Meroe Dosinia Clementina Tapes Family Glaucomyidze— Glaucomya Family Cycladidee— Spheerium Pisidium Corbicula Cyrena Family Isocardiidee— Cypricardia Trapesium Coralliophaga Family Cardiidze— Cardium Family Verticordiidee— Verticordia Family Chamidze— Chama Chamostrea Family Tridacnidze— Hippopus Tridacna Family Lucinidee— Lucina Loripes Austriella Cryptodon Corbis Family Ungulinidzee— Diplodonta Sacchia Family Erycinidee Montacuta, Laszea Lepton Pythina Galeomma Scintilla Ephippodonta Mysella Kellia Family Solemyidzee— Solemya Family Astartidee— Crassatella e bo e bo Ss Pe Eb w — CNNONWHKEH Neem) Nw > _ or 80 Family Astartidze— Cardita Carditella Mytilicardia Thecalia Family Unionidee— Mycetopus Unio Family Trigoniidzee— Trigonia Family Nuculidee— Nucula Leda Solenella Family Arcidee— Arca Barbatia Scapharca Trisis Pectunculus Limopsis Family Mytilide— Mytilus Modiola Lithodomus Modiolaria Myrina Septifer Modiolarca Family Aviculidee— Avicula Meleagrina Perna Crenatula Vulsella Malleus Family Pinnidee— Pinna Family Spondylidee— Spondylus Pheatula Family Limidze— Lima Limea Family Pectinidze— Pecten Amusium Family Anomiidze— Anomia Placunanomia Family Placuniidze — Placuna Aa idso— ly Ostre bw 4 Family Terebratulide— Kraussina Sogy Family Rhynchonellidze— Crass PALLIOBRANCHIATA. Atretia q Terebratslidie— Family Craniidee— ie ebratula Z Crania piewe Taldheimia 1° Family Discinidee— — Terebratulina i Orbicula _ Magasella 1 | Family Lingulidee— Megerlia 2 Lingula ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF THE PoRT LINCOLN DISTRICT, INCLUDING BRIEF DESCRIPTIONS OF Two NEw SPECIES. By Proressor Rate Tare, F.L.S., F.G.S. [Read October 2, 1888. ] A hurried excursion, occupying a few days in the early part of November, 1887, in the Port Lincoln district, brought to my knowledge the occurrence of 51 species not hitherto known there. The country traversed is well within the wettest part, and is therefore the most typical portion of the phytographic district of Southern Eyre Peninsula. The route was from Port Lincoln by way of Little Swamp, the Fountain, to Lake Wangary, to Marble Range, to Kellidie Bay (an extension of Coffin Bay), to Straw- berry and Winter’s Hills on the west slope of the coast range, which extends north from Port Lincoln, and back to the seaport. The leading physical features are— 1. The coast range, consisting of metamorphic rocks, is clothed with open forests of Casuarina, and Eucalypts according to the nature of the soil. 2. A low depressed area, to the west, extends to the coast line on the south-west, and is interrupted on the north-west by isolated peaks of metamorphic rocks, as Marble Range (a mis- nomer, as the rock is a hard highly metamorphic quartzite), North Block, kc. Towards the sea-coast much of this depressed country is occupied by swamps, whilst the relatively high ground, or rises, constitutes heath lands, or grass lands interspersed with thickets and light timber, particularly of Hucalyptus corynocalyx. Ranunculus aquatilis. Swamps at Little Swamp and_ near Kellidie Bay. Ranunculus lappaceus. Thickets near Fountain. Drosera pygmexa. Wet heath near Little Swamp. Comesperma calymega. Wet heath near Little Swamp. Commergonia Tatei, /. v. Mueller. Heath ground near Fountain. This new species is a low diffuse under-shrub, with the branches extending to one foot or more, with “remarkably reduced cyme, only one or two- flowers as a rule being developed.” Thomasia petalocalyx. Heath ground, Fountain. Claytonia calyptrata. Marble Range. Rumex Brownii, Bushy places near Fountain; Marble Range. 83 Haloragis tetragyna. Heathy ground, rather general. Myriophyllum verrucosum. Swamps, common. Myriophyllum Muelleri. Swamps, common. Grevillea lavandulacea. Marble Range. Hydrocotyle hirta. Coomonoga, near Little Swamp. Lagenophora Billardieri. Kellidie Bay ; Winter’s Hill; Marble Range. Brachycome Muelleri. Bushy places near Fountain. Brachycome cuneifolia, Z'ate. Bushy places near Fountain. A tufted glabrous annual ; leaves radical, thin, narrow-cuneate or spathulate, coarsely and deeply obtusely toothed, attenu- ated into a narrow petiole, mostly one to one and a half inches. Scapes several, one flowered, about three inches long, with a linear-lanceolate bract towards the base. Heads about one quarter inch in diameter ; ray-flowers conspicuous, blue, very narrow, in a single row ; scarious margin of involucral bracts, blue ; achenes flat, with an entire membranous wing ; pappus minute. In the habit this new species recalls B. decipiens, from which it is readily distinguished by its winged fruits. Cotula filifolia. Freshwater swamps, Little Swamp, Fountain, We. - Cotula cornopifolia. Freshwater swamps, Little Swamp, Foun- tain, &e. Cotula australis. Bushy places, Coomonoga, &c. Leptorrhynchos squamatus. Marble Range. Stuartina Muelleri. Wet heath ground, Coomonoga. Erechthites hispidula. Swamp at Fountain. Podotheca angustifolia. Sandy ground, Lake Wangary to Coffin Bay. Dibeiiticaiuin exaltatum. Swamps at Coomonoga Limosella aquatica. Lake Wangary. Wilsonia rotundifolia. Kellidie Bay. Dichondra repens. Marble Range. Cynoglossum australe. Kellidie Bay. Dichopogon laxum. Winter’s Hill; Fountain. Triglochin striata. Fountain ; Lake Wangary. Potamogeton natans. Swamps about Little Swamp, and between Fountain and Kellidie Bay. Potamogeton pectinatus. Swamps about Little Swamp, and between Fountain and Kellidie Bay. Lepilena Preissii Swamps about Little Swamp, and between Fountain and Kellidie Bay. Typha angustifolia. Pools on the River Todd. Xanthorrhea semiplana. Very widely diffused. Xanthorrhea Tateana. Marble Range. 84 Juncus bufonius. Little Swamp. Juncus pallidus. Marble Range, and towards Kellidie Bay. Cladium scheenoides. Wet heath, Coomonoga. Cladium filum. In all the swamps, especially near the sea. Heleocharis acuta. Little Swamp. Tsolepis cartilagineus. Swamp at Fountain. Schenus apogon. Swamp at Fountain. Stipa semibarbata. Winter’s Hill, and other grassy places on the Coast Range. Stipa aristiglumis. Winter’s Hill, and other grassy places on the Coast Range. Stipa teretifola. Rocks by the sea, Kellidie Bay. Agrostis Solandri. Heath ground at Fountain. Danthonia penicillata. Winter’s Hill. Festuca littoralis. Kellidie Bay, and towards Lake Wangary. Lepturus incurvatus. Swampy ground at Coomonoga. Asplenium flabellifohum. Marble Range. The following additions have been determined from gatherings made by Mrs. Richards at Fowler Bay :—Ranunculus parvi- Horus, Epaltes Tatei, Gnaphalium indutum, Pterostylis mutica ;. and at Denial Bay, Orobanche Australiana. 19 ur PLANTS OF THE LAKE EYRE BASIN. By Proressor Ratpn Tare, F.LAS., F.G.S8., We. In my address delivered before the Biological Section of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science at its meeting in August, I occupied myself with the large question of the influence of climatological and geological changes on the distribution of the constituents of the Australian Flora. In it I gave summaries of facts rather than details, and among others those relating to the plants of the Lake Eyre Basin. ‘This flora will have some special interest for us, and I venture to submit to you those particulars of it which are wanting in my address. The flora of the Lake Eyre Basin was selected as best illustrat- ing the characteristics of the botanical region which I had named Eremian ; geographically it is only a small section of the region. Lake Eyre is situated nearly in the centre of the continent, and at or a little below sea level. It occupies the centre of the area of normally high barometric pressure, and minimum rainfall in Austraha. The annual rainfall on the south and west does not exceed five inches, though it is a little more on the east ; but the whole area is subjected to protracted droughts. The area has passed through extreme climatic vicissitudes, and it offers the very best initial study on the nature and origin of the Eremian flora as a whole. The basin is vast, but I restrict myself in this communication to the depressed area around the lake—an area that probably coincides with the former extension of the lacustrine waters (now salt to saturation). The bounding more elevated lands on the south, and the Peake ranges on its north-west, and hence to the MacDonnell Range yield, as far as botanically known, the same type of flora, though richer in genera and to some extent specifically distinct. The floral type, which prevails, extends all over the central region of the continent, from the west of the Cordilleras of Eastern Australia to the western seaboard between the Gascoyne and De Grey rivers. Phytographically, this region isolates the Awtochthonian (S.W. Australia) from the Huwronotian (S.E. Australia), the dry inter- vening country presenting an effectual barrier to an interchange of species. If, as I suppose, that the Lake Eyre basin, which is now a sandy-saline waste, was once occupied by a vast inland sea of fresh water, of which Lakes Blanche and Frome are out- liers, whilst contemporaneously Lake Torrens and the system of 86 lakes about Lake Gardner were conjoined, such extension of the inland waters must have largely operated in checking migration from west to east or wcé versd. The only way of intercourse then would have been in more northern latitudes which are beyond the latitudinal distribution of the related species in the two extreme regions. It seems probable that the isolation of the Autochthonian flora antedates the period of deposition of the Cretaceous rocks, which occupy so vast an area in Central Aus- tralia, and that the Eremian flora was introduced in compara- tively recent times. In the volumes of the Flora Australiensis are recorded many species from the Lake Eyre basin, chiefly based on the collections. made by Babbage, Burke and Wills expedition, the Victorian expedition (in search of Burke and Wills), and by Lewis. In most cases topographic definition has not been given, and where- ever possible they have been replaced by me in the accompany- ing list by exact localities. The collections of plants upon which the bulk of the species is. based I owe to the following gentlemen :— To Mr. J. C. Chandler a small collection gathered in the neigh- bhourhood of Peake and received in 1882. To Mr. James McLeod for a large collection made at Innam- inka, the site of Burke’s grave, eleven miles west of the Queens- land boundary, received August, 1884; a second collection by the same made in the autumn of the following year along the stock road from Innaminka by the Strzelecki to Lake Frome. To Mr. Malcolm Murray for a choice collection gathered by him early in 1885 on the south and west sides of Lake Eyre, between Callana and Anna Creek. To Mr. E. G. Millard for many species collected by him in the spring of 1886 at Kalamurina Station, on the Warburton River (or Lower Diamantina), 30 miles south-east of Cowarie. I have also examined a collection made by Dr. Cleland in 1886 on a journey from Hergott to Strangways ; and also one collected at Tingatingana Station, on the Strzelecki Creek, about midway between Innaminka and Lake Frome. Lastly, I visited the country about Callana during the winter of the present year. The sign [!] which is affixed to localities indicates that I have examined authentic specimens, and that the specific determina- tions are mine. The list contains the names of 388 species, less than half of the known species in the extratropical part of the South Aus- tralian portion of the Eremian region ; but it is almost certain that some common plants are not included, and a very slight ex- tension of the assumed southern boundary would largely add to _— Ste =:)DCUrP 87 it. The sequence of the orders and the specific names are ac- cording to Baron Mueller’s Census of the Australian Flora. In the margin I have indicated the distribution of the extra- australasian species, the abbreviations employed being as follows: —o, Oriental; rE, Ethiopian; 1, Tropics; a, Andean; MED, Mediterranean ; cos, Cosmopolitan, or nearly so. The species of exotic origin number 68, which is equivalent to 17 per cent. of the whole; whilst for the whole continent the percentage is twelve, the figures being as follows :— Immigrant species ... Het gOS 11.236 Emigrant species... a ied ha Total species 48s 343 8,800 The asterisk prefixed to the species-name indicates that the species is essentially Eremian, and the double asterisk that it is peculiarly Eremian. List of localities :— South side of Lake Eyre.—Farina, Hergott, Callana, Stuart’s Creek, Priscilla Springs; all on the Great Northern Line of Railway. West side.—Beresford, Strangways and William Springs (tableland adjoining), Anna Creek, and Peake; all on the Great Northern Line of Railway. The Margaret approaches the Railway in the vicinity of Coward Springs. Cootanoorrinna is about 30 miles south-west from Peake, and Nilpinna is about half-way. The Neales intersects the Telegraph Line 13 miles north of Peake. North-east side.— Warburton River. East side.—Innaminka, on Cooper Creek, near here the floodwaters of Cooper Creek discharge into the Strze- lecki. South-east side.—Hamilton Creek, John Creek, Paralana, and Wooltana, on the north-west side of Lake Frome. List oF SpEciEs, witH LocatiriEs, &c. ORDER CRUCIFER. * Sisymbrium trisectum. Cooper Creek (/7. Aust.) ; Strang- ways ! cardaminoides. Strzelecki Creek !; Warbur- ton River !; Innaminka ! * Erysimum lasiocarpum. John Creek!; Strzelecki Creek ! ; Warburton River ! es brevipes. John Creek; Lake Frome! ; Strzelecki Creek ! *K* 88 Erysinum Blennodia. Innaminka!; Warburton River !; Strzelecki Creek ! Stenopetalum velutinum. Between Stoke’s Range and Cooper Creek (17. Aust. ). | nutans. The same. croceum. Innaminka ! Lepidium phlebopetalum. Strangways to Hergott!; Peake! monoplocoides. Warburton River ! papillosum. Between Stokes’ Range and Cooper Creek (/7. Aust. ). ORDER CAPPARIDEZ. Capparis Mitchelli. Cooper Creek (7. v. J. ). ORDER PITTOSPOREX. Pittosporum phillyroides. South of Callana! ORDER DROSERACES. Drosera Menziesi. John Creek, Lake Frome ! ORDER MALVACEZ. Lavatera plebeia. Strzelecki Creek; Hergott to Strang- ways ! Malvastrum spicatum. Strzelecki Creek!; Hergott to Strangways !; Cootanoorrinna ! Sida corrugata. Warburton River! Innaminka ! virgata. Hergott to Strangways! petrophila. Between Stokes’ Range and Cooper Creek (Ll. Aust.). John Creek ! intricata. Peake! calychymenia. The Margaret (/7. Aust. ). inclusa. Near Lake Eyre (/7. Aust. ). Abutilon halophilum. IJInnaminka!; Peake ! diplotrichum. Between Lake Eyre and River Finke (C. Giles ). leucopetalum. Cooper Creek (Howitt). otocarpum. Lake Eyre (J. v. J. ). oxycarpum. Near Lake Eyre (#. Giles). Fraseri. Warburton River!; Peake! Avicenn. Cooper Creek ( Wright). .E. Hibiscus trinum. Cooper Creek. Krichauffianus. Cooper Creek (Victorian Eup. ). Sturtii. Wooltana, Lake Frome! Gossypium Sturtii. Wooltana!; north-east side of Lake Kyre (Sturt). Plagianthus glomeratus. Near Lake Eyre (C. Giles). kk var 89 ORDDR EUPHORBIACE®. Euphorbia Drummondi. Warburton River!; Innaminka! ; Strzelecki Creek. erythrantha. Peake! Wheeleri. Between Stoke’s Range and Cooper Creek ( Wheeler) ; Innaminka ! eremophila. Between Hergott and Strangsways!; Innaminka ! Phyllanthus Fuernrohrii. Between Lake Eyre and River Finke (£. Giles ). lacunarius. The Hamilton! Lake Frome; Warburton River ! ORDER UTICACER. Parietaria debilis. Paralana, Lake Frome ! ORDER SAPINDACE. Dodonza viscosa. Strzelecki Creek ! microzyga. Neale’s River (Stuart Hup.); Strze- lecki Creek ! Heterodendron oleifolium. Cooper Creek (/U. Austral. ). Atalaya hemiglauca. Strzelecki Creek ! ORDER HYPERICINE®. Hypericum Japonicum. Strzelecki Creek ! ORDER ELATINES. Bergia ammannioides. Innaminka ! ORDER GERANIACES. Erodium cygnorum. Innaminka!; Peake! ORDER ZYGOPHYLLE. Tribulus terrestris. Peake !; between Hergott and Strang- ways ! hystrix. Between Hergott and Strangways!; Inna- minka ! Zygophyllum glaucescens. Strzelecki Creek ! iodocarpum. Cootanoorrinna, and generally diffused on west side of Lake Eyre! Billardieri. Innaminka!; between Hergott and Strangways ! fruticulosum. Innamika! ammophilum. Warburton River!; Innaminka! Howitti. Warburton River! MED. Nitraria Schoeberi. Warburton River ! 90 ORDER FRANKENIACES. MED.Frankenia laevis. Very general! ORDER CARYOPHYLLEX. Polycarpeea synandra. Sandy flats of Anna Creek!; Wirra- wirraloo (Babbage ). 0. E Indica. Strzelecki Creek ! ORDER PORTULACE. Portulaca oleracea var grandiflora. Sandhills at Nilpinna! (vulgo ‘ muneroo’). ** Claytonia Balonnensis. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek ! ; Warburton River !; Peake! ia pleiopetala. Wills Creek (//owitt ). +s ptychosperma. Between Lake Eyre and River Finke (2. & MW.) ORDER AMARANTACE. ** Euxolus Mitchelli. Beresford Springs!; Warburton River!; Strzelecki Creek ! ; Innaminka ! Ptilotus alopecuroides. Innaminka ! is exaltatus. Lake Frome!; Peake! i Murrayi. Wills Creek (Howzvtt) ag parvifolius. Stuart Creek (Babbage) /; Farina! ae latifolius. Warburton River!; Strzelecki Creek! ; Wills Creek (Howitt) 4H incanus. Warburton River ! 0. & Alternanthera triandra. Strzelecki Creek !; the Hamilton!; Lake Frome!; Warburton River! ** Polyenemon Mesembrianthemum. Lake Eyre (£. Giles) ORDER CHENOPODIACE. Rhagodia crassifolia. Lake Eyre (Lewis ). nutans. Lake Eyre (£. Giles); Innaminka ! ‘i spinescens. Between Hergott and Strangways ! ** Chenopodium auricomum. Cootanoorrinna! ¢ cristatum. Warburton River!; Beresford Springs ! ** Atriplex nummularium. Between Hergott and Straugways ! sd rhagodioides. Strangways ! + vesicarium. General on west side ! id velutinellum. Stuart Creek (Babbage ). halimoides. Lake Hyre (Lewis); towards Cooper Creek (Howitt ). holocarpum. General on west side ! angulatum. Strangways Springs ! 91 ** Atriplex fissivalve. Cootanoorrinna! A more or less succu- lent herb, the branches and foliage covered with watery shining papille, as in A. erystal- linum. Perianth with a foliar toothed appendage on each valve, similar to the valve. ** leptocarpum. Warburton River ! Dysphania littoralis. South of Wills Creek (Hovwzitt). al siniulans. Cootanoorrinna ! Enchylena tomentosa. Strzelecki Creek ! ** Bassia bicornis. Cooper Creek (Dr. Murray ). cial lanicuspis. Cootanoorrinna ! ¥* bicuspis. Between Stokes Range and Cooper Creek ( Wheeler ). diacantha. Warburton River ! hal uniflora. Cootanoorrinna and Nilpinna! ag quinquecuspis. Warburton River! ** Babbagia dipterocarpa. Stuart and Elizabeth Creeks (Bab- bage); Paralana, Lake Frome !; gypsum flats, west side of Lake Eyre ! tel acroptera. Warburton River! ** Kochia lanosa. Warburton River! ; between Hergott and Strangways ! sia eriantha. Between Stokes Range and Cooper Creek ( Wheeler ). aphylla. Between Hergott and Strangways ! ef sedifolia. Strzelecki Creek ! !; Paralana ! villosa. Peake! ‘clas ciliata. The Margaret (Babbage); Strzelecki Creek! appressa. The Margaret (abbage ). == brachyptera. Cootanoorrinna ! cos. Salsola kali. Between Stokes Range and Cooper Creek (Howitt ). Salicornia australis. Salt flats, very generally distributed ! arbuscula. Salt flats, very generally distributed ! sp leiostachya. Lake Eyre (Lewis); Lower Barcoo River (Howzvtt ). ORDER FICOIDE. *}Tetragonia expansa. Innaminka!; Warburton River! F Aizoon quadrifidum. Strzelecki Crack | ! Warburton River ! ae zygophylloides. Mount Margaret (Babbage ). ** Gunnia septifraga. Stuart Creek (Babbage). 0.E. Zaleya decandra. Between Cooper and Wills Creek (Dr. Murray). 0.E. Trianthema crystallina. Cootanoorrinna ! ** Mollugo orygioides. Cooper Caeek ( Wright). Glinus. Strzelecki Creek and Innaminka ! | ty =“ F ** kK 92 ORDER POLYGONACEZ. Rumex crystallinus. Beresford Springs !; Strzelecki Creek !; Innaminka ! Polygonum plebejum. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek ! attenuatum. Innaminka ! Muhlenbeckia Cunninghami. Innaminka!; Hergott to Strangways !; William Springs !, We. ORDER NYCTAGINE. Beerhaavia diffusa. Peake ! repanda. Paralana!; Lake Eyre (£. Giles). ORDER LEGUMINOS#. Isotropis Wheeleri. Between Stokes Range and Cooper Creek ( Wheeler). Crotalaria Cunninghami. Between Hergott and Strang- ways!; Priscilla sandhills!; Strzelecki Creek! dissitiflora, var. eremeea. Very general ! Mitchelli. Wills Creek (Howitt); Strzelecki Creek ! Trigonella suavissima. Warburton River!; Strzelecki Creek !; Beresford Springs ! Lotus australis, var. Peake!; Innaminka!; Table land north of Callana ! Psoralea patens. Between Hergott and Strangways ! Wayr- burton River ! Indigofera brevidens. Peake!; Cooper Creek (A. C. Gregory). viscosa. Anna Creek ! hirsuta. Warburton River ! Sesbania aculeata. Cooper Creek (Howztt). Swainsonia phacoides. Warburton River !; south of Wills’ Creek (//owitt) ; Innaminka ! oligophylla. Cooper Creek (A. C. G'regory). campylantha. Cooper Creek (A. C. Gregory) ; Peake !; crabholes, Beresford Springs ! phacifolia. John Creek !; Strzelecki Creek ! oroboides. Cooper Creek (Howitt). _ procumbens. Between Hergott and Strang- ways ! Glycine falcata. Cooper Creek (Bowman). sericea. Between Stokes’ Range and Cooper Creek (Wheeler). Innaminka ! tomentosa. Cooper Creek (//owitt). . Aischynomene Indica. Beresford Springs!; seven miles ‘ , “| from Strangways ! 93 Vigna lanceolata. Anna Creek ! ** Cassia pruinosa. Between Stokes’ Range and Cooper Creek ( Wheeler). ad pleurocarpa. West of Lake Eyre (— Giles). phyllodinea. Between Hergott and Strangways ! eremophila. Warburton River ! ¥* Sturtii. Peake!; Strzelecki Creek to Lake Frome! * desolata. Innaminka!; Hamilton Creek, south end of Strzelecki ! * Petalostylis labicheoides. John Creek ! ** Bauhinia Carroni. Towards Cooper Creek (Howitt). ** Acacia Peuce. North of Wills’ Creek (Howitt). _ eyperophylla. Cooper Creek (A. C. Gregory). ** Murrayana. Cooper Creek (Dr. Murray). tetragonophylla. South of Callana ! +x a \ Cooper Creek (Victorian Exped.).. ig Sentis. Strzelecki Creek ! iad doratoxylon. Cooper Creek (Herb. 7’. VIL). x Farnesiana. Cooper Creek (Victorian Exped.). ORDER CRASSULACE. A Tillea verticillaris. Innaminka! | ORDER MYRTACEH. ** Melaleuca hakeoides. Cooper Creek (Dr. Beckler). iad trichostachya. Cooper Creek (//owzitt). ** Eucalyptus microtheca. Cooper Creek (/zowitt) ; Wool- tana ! rostrata. Flooded watercourses, general. ORDER HALORAGES. Haloragis ceratophylla. Warburton River ! ORDER LYTHRACEZ. 0. E Ammannia baccifera. Cooper Creek (//owitt). ORDER THYMELE. * Pimelea microcephala. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek ! ig trichostachya. - Innaminka ! ORDER PROTEACE. ** Grevillea pterosperma. Cooper Creek (//owitt). “e juncifolia. North of Lake Eyre (Sturt). striata. Cooper Creek (//owite). tag nematophylla. William Tableland and south of Callana ! Seal Beate KK KE *K “KK KK ** KK ed A yd 94 ‘Hakea leucoptera. Strzelecki Creek !; Cooper Creek (Dr. Murray). ORDER LORANTHACE. epee tingoihy iit } Cooper Creek (//owitt). gibberulus. William Tableland! pendulus. grandibracteatus. Cooper Creek (Vict. Exped.) Quandang. Cooper Creek (Howitt). Viscum articulatum. ORDER SANTALACE. Santalum lanceolatum. South of Callana! ORDER UMBELLIFERA. Didiscus glaucifolius. Strzelecki Creek ! Eryngium plantagineum. Innaminka; Strzelecki Creek ; Paralana and John Creek ! Dauchus brachiatus. Strzelecki Creek ! ORDFR RUBIACE. Oldenlandia tilleacea. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek! ; Warburton River! Dentella repens. Between Stokes Range and Cooper Creek ( Wheeler). ORDER COMPOSIT. Podocoma cuneifola. Hamilton Creek! ; between Hergott and Strangways ! Minuria leptophylla. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek! ; Peake ! suedifolia. Stuart Creek (Babbage). integerrima. Warburton River!; Innaminka! denticulata. General, from Hergott to Peake! Cunninghami. Between Hergott and Strangways ! Calotis cymbacantha. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek ! erinacea. Nilpinna flats !; Innaminka! lappulacea. Warburton River ! plumulifera. Cootanoorrinna!; Innaminka and Strzelecki Creek ! porphyroglossa. Innaminka ! hispidula. Innaminka!; Warburton River!; Peake! Brachycome pachyptera. Innaminka! ciliaris. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek !; Strangways !; Cootanoorrinna ! melanocarpa. Innaminka! 95 Pterocaulon sphacelatus. Innaminka !; Hamilton Creek ! ; Peake ! Pluchea Eyrea. Strzelecki Creek!; Hergott to Strang- ways!; Nilpinna flats, between sandhills ! ** Erodiophyllum Elderi. Strzelecki Creek and Wooltana! rorMosA. Epaltes australis. Innaminka ! Cunninghami. Warburton River ! ** Pterigeron liatroides. Strangways (Stwart); Beresford Springs and Peake! Flaveria australasica. Hergott; Tableland north of Cal- lana ; William Springs; and Peake! Med, $: Aiea t Cotula coronopifolia. John Creek ! ** Centipeda thespidioides. Stuart Creek (Babbage); Strze- lecki Creek ! Oo. orbicularis. Innaminka ! *% Cunninghami. Strzelecki Creek ! ** Myriocephalus Rudalli. Strzelecki Creek ! * Stuartii. Innaminka and Strzelecki Creek ! ** Gnephosis eriocarpa. Innaminka; Strzelecki Creek; and Warburton River ! ** codonopappa. Beyond Lake Eyre (Z. Gules). *% arachnoidea. Strzelecki Creek ! Craspedia chrysantha. Innaminka! pleiocephala. ** Calocephalus platycephalus. Strzelecki Creek ! Rutidosis helichrysoides. Innaminka and Warburton River ! ** Millotia Greevesii. Innaminka!; Peake! Ixolena tomentosa. Lake Eyre (2. Giles). leptolepis. Hergott to Strangways!; Innaminka! Podolepis canescens. Innaminka and Strzelecki Creek! ; Warburton River ! rutidochlamys. Innaminka ! in Siemssenia. Strzelecki Creek!; Hergott to Strangways ! Leptorhynchos pulchellus. Strzelecki Creek ! Helichrysum apiculatum. IJnnaminka! ¥* semifertile. Innaminka! ; Strzelecki Creek ! wag podolepideum, Peake! * Helipterum floribundum. Innaminka,; Strzelecki Creek ; and Peake ! oc pterochetum. Stuart Creek (Babbage). vith strictum. Warburton River!; Stokes’ Range to Cooper Creek ( Wheeler). moschatum. Innaminka; Strzelecki Creek ; Peake ; and Warburton River ! corymbiflorum. Innaminka and_ Strzelecki Creek ! 96 Helipterum incanum. Warburton River! exiguum. Strzelecki Creek ! hyalospermum. Innaminka ! ** Senecio Gregori. Warburton River; Innaminka; and Strzelecki Creek ! lautus. Innaminka!; Hergott to Strangways ! brachyglossus. Warburton River !; Innaminka! 7 Cunninghami. Warburton River and Innaminka ! cos. Gnaphalium luteo-album. Innaminka and Strzelecki Creek ! ORDER CAMPANULACE. Lobelia Benthami. Cooper Creek (Lowman). ** Tsotoma petrea. John Creek and Tooth-knob, Lake Frome ! o. Wahlenbergia gracilis. Innaminka; Strzelecki Creek ; and Warburton River ! ORDER GOODENOVIE. ** Leschenaultia divaricata. Cooper Creek (Wheeler); Anna Creek ! Goodenia glauca. Warburton River!; Strzelecki Creek ! 5. Strangways!; Peake! ila cycloptera. Peake!; Warburton River! KE Mitchelli. Lake Eyre (£. Giles). ie heteromera. Strangways ! am microptera. Warburton River ! * -Sceevola spinescens. Innaminka !; Strzelecki Creek ! * depauperata. Cooper Creek ( Wheeler). ** collaris. Lake Eyre (£. Giles); Warburton River ! * ovalifolia. | Strzelecki Creek!; Cooper Creek (Howitt) ; Lake Eyre (Lewis). ORDER GENTIANE®. LoocHoo. Erythreea australis. Innaminka and Strzelecki Creek! ORDER PLANTAGINER. Plantago varia. Warburton River!; Innaminka! ORDER ASCLEPIADE. Cynanchum floribundum. Cooper Creek (//ovwitt). ** Marsdenia Leichhardtiana. John Creek ! * Sarcostemma australis. Tableland around Lake Kyre! KK ORDER SOLANACE®. cos. Solanum nigrum. Hergott to Strangways ! ** esuriale. Hergott to Strangways ! chenopodinum. Cooper Creek (//owitt). Sturtianum. Innaminka and John Creek ! 97 * eremophilum. Hergott to Strangways!; Beres- ford Springs!; Peake! ** lacunarium. Lake Eyre (#. Giles). * ellipticum. Innaminka!; Peake ! ** orbiculatum. Warburton River ! Nicotiana suaveolens. Warburton River!; Innaminka! ; Strzelecki Creek! ; Peake ! ORDER SCROPHULARIACE. ** Mimulus prostratus. Strzelecki Creek ! * Stemodia Morgania. Warburton River; Innaminka, and Strzelecki Creek ! ** Peplidium Muelleri. Lake Eyre. ORDER ACANTHACE. y Justicia procumbens. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek!; Peake! ORDER PEDALINES. ** Josephinia Eugenie. Near Cooper Creek (Bowman). ORDER CONVOLVULACE. Convolvulus erubescens. Innaminka! t Evolvulus linifolius. Cooper Creek (/fowitt). ** Brewerla media. Cooper Creek. ** Polymeria longifolia. Cooper Creek. ad angustata. Cooper Creek. ORDER OROBANCHACES. Orobanche australiana. John Creek, Lake Frome ! ORDER BORAGINES. 0.E. Coldenia procumbens. Cooper Creek (//owztt). Nand dawries,¢ Heliotropium Curassavicum. Warburton River !; John Creek ! MED. undulatum. Near Lake Eyre (Lewis). = asperrimum. Beresford Springs! Hergott to Strangways!; John Creek ! 0.E. ovalifolium. Innaminka! +* filaginoides. Cooper Creek (/owitt). Halgania cyanea. Innaminka! 0.E. Pollichia Zeylanicum. Cooper Creek (Howitt) ; Strzelecki Creek ! Echinospermum concavum. Stokes’ Range to Cooper Creek ( Wheeler). * Cynoglossum Drummondi. Innaminka and_ Strzelecki Creek ! G KK MH 98 ORDER LABIATZ. Mentha australis. Innaminka, Strzelecki Creek, and north of Strangways ! Prostanthera striatiflora. Towards Cooper Creek ( Wheeler) ; Wooltana ! Teucrium racemosum. Warburton River!; Cooper Creek (Howitt); Strangways and Beresford Springs ! ORDER VERBENACEZ. Verbena macrostachya. Warburton River, Innaminka and Strzelecki Creek ! Neweastlia spodiotricha. Eyre Creek (Kayser). ORDER MYOPORINES. Myoporum Cunninghami. Strzelecki Creek ! et Dalyana. Stokes’ Range to Cooper Creek ( Wheeler). Sturtii. Hamilton Creek ! Latrobei. Cooper Creek (Howitt); Coota- noorrinna ! MacDonnell. Strzelecki Creek!; Paralana ! Freelingi. Innaminka!; Becelecki Creek ! ; Cootanoorrinna ! iy Peake ! Goodwini. Stokes’ Range to. Cooper Creek (Wheeler); beyond Lake Hyre (£. Giles). — Duttoni. Cooper Creek (Wright). polyclada. North-east of Lake Eyre (Stwr‘). maculata. Strzelecki Creek !; Innaminka!; Lake Eyre (£. Giles). Brownil. Innaminka! latifolia. North of Strangways Springs ! bignoniflora. Strzelecki Creek ! Bowmani. Cooper Creek ! scoparia. South of Callana!; about Lake Eyre (#. Giles). ORDER ORCHIDE. Cymbidium canaliculatum. Cooper Creek (Herb. vi v.M.). Caladenia deformis. Strzelecki Creek ! ORDER AMARYLLIDEZ. Crinum flaccidum. Cooper Creek (Vict. Haped.); Strzelecki Creek ! Calostemma luteum. Mount Margaret (Stwart) ; Cooper Creek (Veilson). lt SD ee 99 ORDER LILIACE®. Wurmbea dioica. Between Lake Eyre and River Finke (E. Giles). Bulbine semibarbata. Warburton River!; Innaminka! ; John Creek ! Tricoryne elatior. Cooper Creek (Vict. Exped.). ** Thysanotus exiliflorus. Innaminka! ORDER NAIADE®. Triglochin centrocarpa. Warburton River ! ORDER JUNCACE. Juncus planifolius. Strzelecki Creek ! ORDER CYPERACE. Cyperus gracilis \ Lake Eyre (Andrews). subulatus fulvus. Beresford Springs! ) eragrostis. Strzelecki Creek ! — Gilesii. Innaminka ! ) difformis. Beresford Springs ! 0.E. Iria. Beresford Springs !; Innaminka ! rv Fimbristylis ferruginea \ Rein Pion | velata cos Scirpus lacustris. John Creek ! cartilagineus. Innaminka ! ORDER GRAMINEAE. ** Panicum reversum _e coenicolum W. Indies adspersum Near Lake Eyre (Andrews). ce) distachyum 0.E. Panicum helopus. General on west side of Lake Eyre! decompositum. Lake Eyre (Andrews) ; Cooper's Creek ([owitt). 7p, leucopheeum. Cooper Creek (Vict. Hauped.). Mitchelli. Cooper Creek (//owztt). effusum. Hergott to Strangways ! 0.&e.Setaria viridis. Anna Creek and tableland near Strangways Springs ! ** Pennisetum refractum. Cooper Creek (/owztt). ** Spinifex paradoxus. Near Lake Eyre (Andrews); Warbur- ton River ! 0. Eriochloa annulata. Cootanoorrinna, and generally about west side of Lake Eyre ! 0. Perotis rara. Towards Cooper Creek (Wei/son). 100 o.&c. Lappago racemosa. Hergott to Strangways!; Warburtor River ! Erianthus fulvus. AnnaCreek!; near Lake Eyre(Andrews). o. Andropogon punctatus. Callana ! 0. sericeus. Lake Eyre (Andrews). exaltatus. Callana!; Lake Eyre (Andrews). ** Anthistiria membranacea. Cootanoorrinna, and general om west side of Lake Eyre! 0.E. ciliata. West side of Lake Eyre! a? avenacea., Aristida stipoides. Strzelecki Creek !; Lake Eyre (Andrews). arenaria. Warburton River! Stipa semibarbata. Innaminka! Pappophorum commune. Hergott to Strangways!; Beres- ford Springs !; Warburton River! ** Astrebla pectinata. Hergott to Strangways ! e triticoides. Lake Eyre (Andrews). Triraphis mollis. General on west side of Lake Eyre ! ** Chloris acicularis. Anna Creek ! o.&ec. Eleusine cruciata. Hergott to Strangways ! * Sporobolus Lindleyi. General on west side of Lake Eyre! ik actinocladus. Cootanoorrinna ! ** riachne aristidea. Lake Eyre (Andrews). ovata. Lake Eyre. (Andrews). Eragrostis concinna. Lake Eyre (Andrews). speciosa. Hamilton River (Stuart). eH laniflora. Beresford Springs ! x cheetophylla *% lacunaria Lake Eyre (Andrews). ** faleata ¥% trichophylla. Hergott to Strangways!; Coota- noorrinna ! sp. Anna Creek. vt. Festuca fusca. Lake Eyre (Andrews). g Trodia irritans. General on stony and sandy ground ! Poa ramigera. Anna Creek ! ORDER MARSILEACES. MHD. Marsilea quadrifolia. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek ! ORDER FILICES. 0. Cheilanthes tenuifolia. Innaminka!; Mount Nor’-West ! MED. vellea. Innaminka!; Lake Eyre (Andrews). MED. A. Grammitis rutefolia. Innaminka!; Mount Nor-West! cos. Ophioglossum vulgatum. Strzelecki Creek ! 101 On SOME NEW SOUTH AUSTRALIAN COCCIDA. By W. M. MasxKetz, F.R.M.S. [Read July 3rd, 1888. } Pirates XII. to XIV. The following paper contains detailed descriptions of some insects which Mr. F. 8. Crawford, of Adelaide, has kindly sent tome. They are all, in various ways, interesting, and some of them are quite peculiar. It would be desirable that some systematic investigations should be made amongst the Australian Homoptera. This field has hitherto been very little worked, and, from these and other specimens which have come under my notice, I believe that a student of this very curious Order will find in Australia ample opportunities for most interesting work. All these insects have some peculiar features of their own well worth examination. If nobody in their native country cares to undertake the task, I shall be very happy to do what I can if specimens are sent to me. On this I may mention, as a guide both to those who would like themselves to study Coccids and to those who might be good enough to send insects for identification, that two things are necessary. First, care must be taken to procure specimens, if possible, in all stages of existence ; secondly, attention should be directed by a student to the determination of minute points of anatomy. ‘The first is required because a Coccid, in very many cases, is quite different in different states of life; the female is quite unlike the male, the larva is often no guide whatever to the form of the adult. The second is requisite because, without minute examination, errors may very easily arise; for example, Monophlebus Crawfordi, herein described, in outward appearance very closely resembles, as to the female, Celostoma Zealandicum, and, as to the male, /cerya Purchast. The minute rostrum of the female and the tassels of the male are distinguishing char- acters, to be made out only with a strong lens or the microscope. These remarks may perhaps seem to some superfluous, yet they contain points of the greatest importance for the study of Homoptera, especially Coccids. 102 FAMILY COCCIDID/, GRoUP— DIASPIDIN-A. Genus—Aspidiotus, Bouché. Female puparium varying in colour, circular in outline, usually flat, sometimes rather convex ; pellicles central. Male puparium elongated, not carinated ; pellicle at one end. Aspidiotus eucalypti, sp. nov. Plate xii., fig. 1. Female puparium (figs. 1 and a and 5d), circular, slightly convex, dirty-white in colour ; diameter averaging ~, inch. The pellicles. in the centre are very inconspicuous. Male puparium (c) narrow, elongated, semi-cylindrical ; colour white, the pellicle yellow; not carinated above. Length nearly js Inch. Adult female (d) of the usual pegtop-shape of the genus, but with a deep transverse groove about one-third of the distance from the cephalic extremity, which divides it into two unequal portions. The other segments are not conspicuous. Colour dark brown. The abdomen is not overlapped by the anterior segments as in some species. Length, 7, inch ; diameter almost the same. Abdomen (e) ending in two median lobes, and at each side some short fine hairs. No groups of spinnerets, but rows of spin- nerets are arranged along the last three segments, and there are a few others scattered. After pressure, as shown in the figure, the pygidium is seen to extend for some distance within the edge of the abdomen, and is of a bright yellow. Adult male not known. The puparia of the females are found thickly aggregated in masses on the bark, with the males interspersed. This species is clearly distinguished by the deep transverse groove on the female, as shown in figs. 6 and d. The male pupa- rium is also narrower, and more cylindrical than usual. Habitat.—On Eucalyptus (various kinds), South Australia ; often found intermingled with the next insect, Chonaspis assimilis. Genus—Chionaspis, Szgnoret. Female puparium usually, but not always, white ; elongated, generally nearly flat ; pellicles at one end. Male puparium elongated, white, carinated ; pellicle at one end. Chionaspis assimilis, sp. nov. Plate xii., fig. 2. Female puparium (figs. 2 and @ and 6) elongated, pyriform, slightly curved, scarcely convex ; colour dark brown, the pellicles. at one end yellow. Length, about 54, inch. 103 Male puparium (c) brownish-white, narrow, semi-cylindrical ; pellicle yellow. Length, ~; inch. Adult female (d@) of the usual elongated form - the genus, the cephalic region smooth, the proomen with conspicuous segments ; colour brown. Length, about inch. The abdomen “(e) ends in two median lobes with at each side a few spines ; pygidium exhibiting five groups of spinnerets, but only two or three in each group. The larva (f) is of the normal form of the Diaspid group, but the rostrum, as shown in the figure, appears to be abnormally large. Habitat.—On Eucalyptus (various), South Australia. This insect approaches very nearly C. ewonymi, Comstock (Re- port of the Entomologist, U.S. Dept. of Agric., 1880, p. 313), especially in the small number of spinnerets in the groups; but it differs in colour in the lobes of the abdominal extremity, and in the absence of a “ventral scale” in the puparium. GRoUP—LECANIDINE. SUBDIVISION—_LECANIDZ. Genus—Pulvinaria, Zargiozz. Female insects naked, arboreal, constructing a cottony ovisac : exhibiting an abdominal cleft and dorsal lobes at all stages. Male pup in cottony or waxy tests. Pulvinaria flavicans, sp. nov. Plate xii, fig 3. Adult female (figs. 3 and a), yellowish-brown in colour, not globular or gall-like, but slightly convex, rugose; outline sub- elliptical ; naked, but producing a quantity of white cotton, which surrounds its edges, looking like a cushion on which the insect reposes; but on turning it over the ventral surface is seen to be bare, so that the insect rests rather on a ring of cotton. General form normal of the Lecanid group, exhibiting the abdominal cleft and dorsal lobes, but the cleft (b) is shallow and wide. Round the edge of the body is a row of spines, short and not very close together. Antenne of apparently eight joints (c), but the division shown in the figure at c may be a “false joint,” as in some other Lecanide, and the antenna may have really seven joints. Assuming eight as the number, all the joints are sub-equal in length, with a few short hairs; on the last joint is one hair about three times as long as the others. Feet (d and e) with somewhat thick femur, the tibia and tarsus slender ; upper pair of digitules, with long, fine, knobbed hairs, lower pair rather longer than the claw, and slightly dilated at the tips. Anogenital ring (f) with many hairs. Rostrum short and thick : 104 mentum monomerous. On the ventral surface are many spin- nerets, narrow projecting tubes, which are most numerous at the edges and near the posterior extremity. Second stage of female not observed. Larva (g) active; body elongated, very indistinctly seg- mented; colour brownish-yellow. Abdominal cleft and dorsal lobes present. The lobes are somewhat long, so that some larve seem almost to have anal tubercles; sete long and _ thick. Antenne (/) rather disproportionately large, with six joints, of which the third is the longest, the rest sub-equal; one or two short hairs on most of the joints, and one the last, which is fusiform, several hairs, of which one is very long, almost equal in length to the whole antenna. Feet also large and long, all the joints thick ; the tibia is longer than the tarsus (an exceptional character in a larva); digitules, both upper and lower. Knobbed hairs. Anogenital ring (7) with eight hairs. A few short spines round the edge of the body. Male in all stages unknown, but on the twig examined, amongst a number of females, there were a few empty, broken, glassy tests, of the usual form of Lecanide; these seem un- doubtedly the tests of male pupe. This appears to be clearly a Pulvinaria, and differs in a few particulars from described species. The cottony ovisac is shorter and more ring-shaped than usual in the genus. But the species of Pulvinaria have not been diagnosed with sufficient complete- ness. JP. vitis, Linn., P. artemisie, Licht., and P. oxyacanthe, Linn., exhibit characters found in the South Australian insect. GRouP—CoccIDIN». SUBDIVISION——-ACANTHOCOCCID&. Genus—Eriococcus, Zargioni-Tozzetti. Adult females enclosed in a sac of felted cotton ; body elong- ated, segmented; anal tubercles conspicuous. Amongst the characters hitherto ascribed to this genus are an elongation of the sac and a number of spines on the dorsum, and the sac is usually so clearly cottony as to present no difficulties. The insect about to be described is abnormal in both particulars, but other characters seem to place it in this genus—indeed, it agrees with no other—and it is therefore so allocated here. It presents several features of considerable interest. Eriococcus paradoxus, sp. nov. Plate xiii., fig. 4. ‘ . 1 i Sac of adult female (figs. 4 and a) dark reddish brown, circular, convex, aggregated in masses on the bark, and so thickly covering it sometimes as probably to smother the plant ; diameter about 105 4 inch. The aggregated mass is so thick that. on cutting a vertical section it appears like a honeycomb of cells (6), each containing an insect. At the summit of the convex sac is a very minute orifice (not apparent in every instance). This orifice (shown in fig. @) is probably intended to give access to the male insect, specimens of which may sometimes be found inside the cellular sacs with the females. The sac is so closely fitted that it has quite the appearance of being waxy instead of cottony, but a little pressure with the point of a pencil makes an impression in it as if it were leathery ; and on boiling in potash it becomes dis- solved, which is not the case with any waxy coccid test, as far as I know. The spinnerets and threads described below are also evidences that the sac is really felted, though very closely. The sac of the male (c and d) is reddish-yellow, narrow, elon- gated, convex above and flat beneath ; after its last metamorpho- sis the male escapes.by an orifice at one end. Adult female (e) somewhat pegtop-shaped, the cephalic region large and smooth, the abdomen small, segmented and tapering to the two anal tubercles, which are prominent, and béar each a long seta. Colour dark reddish-brown; length, exclusive of the tubercles, about =, inch. On maceration and boiling in potash the anatomical details can be made out. On the cephalic region, as shown in the diagram (/), there are four bands of very small, circular spinneret orifices (shown enlarged in fig. g); these bands correspond with the position of the four stigmata of the body. On the abdominal segments there are rows of double, or figure-of-eight, spinnerets (fig. h, and enlarged fig. 7); many of these also are scattered over the cephalic region. From these double spinnerets spring long white curling threads (4, /), which form the felted sac. The rostrum (m) is conical, and the mentum (x) is bi-articulate. The antenne (0) are atrophied and very short ; the number of joints cannot be clearly made out, owing to compression, which confuses them; but the normal number in the genus is six, and probably this is the case here also. The tip bears a few strong short hairs. The feet are entirely absent. The second stage of the insect has not been observed. The larva, just after leaving the egg, is of the normal shape of the genus (p)—elongated, flattish, tapering slightly posteriorly ; exhibiting the anal tubercles. Colour reddish; length about one-fortieth of an inch. Antenne (q) of six sub-equal joints, all slightly dilated at the end except the last, which is irregular and pointed, and bears some hairs; all the joints appear to be numerously ringed. Feet normal. On the body there are four longitudinal rows of figure of eight spinnerets (r). The anal tubercles bear long sete. Adult male (s), red; somewhat short and squat; the thorax 106 broad, and the abdominal segments compressed. Length of the body, about one-fortieth of an inch. The last segment of the abdomen bears on each side three longish sete. Antenne (t) of ten joints, the first very short, the rest sub-equal, elliptical, except the second, which is dilated at the tip ; all the joints bear hairs. Feet (v) slender ; upper digitules long and slender, lower pair short ; fine hairs. Abdominal spike (w) conical, pointed. Habitat.—On Pittosporum undulatum. South Australia. This is an anomalous and peculiar insect, and if the joints of the antenne, in the adult female, have really more than six joints, as they may well have, it must be removed from the genus Hrio- coccus. The absence of the feet is also an abnormal character. In general outline the female resembles the New Zealand insect Ervococcus hoherie, but in that the feet are present, though atrophied. GROUP—COCCIDINA. SUBDIVISION——DACTYLOPID&. Genus—Ripersia, Signoret. Adult females stationary, excreting much white meal and cot- ton ; antenue of six joints ; anogenital ring with six hairs ; anal tubercles present but, in the adult, not conspicuous. ipersia leptospermi. sp. nov. Plate xiv., fig. 5. Adult female flattish, a little raised and carinated on the dor- sum ; outline sub-circular, or if in a depression of the leaf propor- tionately compressed; colour dark purple, covered with white meal; producing rich red colour when immersed in potash. From the edge of the body radiate all round a large number of very long, fine, white, cottony, curling filaments which are also slightly arched, forming a kind of bower, under which is a mass of more granular cotton, slightly tinged with yellow, in which the eggs are laid and hatched. The filaments are in tufts set close together, and their average length is about twice the diameter of the insect. Antenne (a) of six joints, of which the two first are very short, the last three sub-globular and sub-equal, and the third nearly half as long as the whole antenna; on the last joint are a few short conical bristles, on the third are two hairs, and one or two hairs on the rest. A “false joint” occurs on the third joint, as in some Lecanidee. Feet (b) very long and slender; the tibia very little longer than the tarsus; claw slender ; upper digitules long knobbed hairs, lower digitules short and very fine. Rostrum (c) short ; mentum dimerous. The body has twelve inconspicuous segments, and at the edge is a row of twenty-four groups of large projecting tubular spinnerets with wide bases (two to each seg- ment), from which spring the tufts of long, white, cottony 107 filaments (figs 1 and d). On the epidermis are other spinneret orifices, circular and not projecting, from which the yellower cottony mass is excreted. Anal tubercles inconspicuous with short sete. Average diameter of the body, 5 gh average diameter from tip to tip of the cottony filaments, 1 inch. Second stage of the female not observed. Larva just “hatched (e) active, elongated, dark purple in colour, ‘slightly dusted with white meal; body segmented ; anal tubercles conspicuous, with long sete. Antenne (/) of probably four joints, but the joints are not easily distinguished. Feet thick, apparently normal. Length of body, about one-fiftieth of an inch. Male in all stages unknown. This insect is evidently a Dactylopid, from the character of the anal tubercles, the six-haired anogenital ring, and the general form of the adult female. It is referred to the genus [ipersia, on account of the six-jomted antenne. Only one species of the genus appears to have been described hitherto (2. corynephori, Signoret) ; but this seems to have nothing like the arched fringe of long white cottony filaments, and its colour is yellow. Other distinctions are in the form of the antenne, the digitules of the foot, and the character of the spinnerets. The South Australian insect appears to be clearly distinct. GROoUP—COCCIDINE. SUBDIVISION——-MONOPHLEBID&. Hitherto a distinguishing character of this subdivision has been the possession of ten or eleven joints in the adult female. For this reason Signoret expressed doubts whether the specimens observed of the insect Drosicha contrabens, Walker (from Cey- lon), which had only nine joints, were really adult females; and, having in view these doubts, I attached, in my “Scale Insects of New Zealand,” the genus Drosicha with Monophlebus. It is quite clear, from the following account of a new species, that the subdivision must be extended as regards this character, and per- haps Drosicha, when again observed, may be found to be really as Walker originally described it. Genus—Monophlebus, Leach. Adult female with nine (or eleven?) joints in the antenne ; adult male with several long tassels on the abdominal segments. A curious point about this is that, whilst all authors give generic characters for the females of Monophlebus, not one seems to have ever described, or perhaps observed, a female, at least so far as to determine its more minute features. Westwood and Leach possessed apparently specimens; and from their general 108 routward similarity to the females of Porphyrophora, Guerimia, &c., probably the eleven-jointed antenne has been taken for granted. The males of several species of Monophlebus are de- -scribed, chiefly as inhabiting the East Indies. In Cwlostoma, an allied New Zealand genus, the antennz have undoubtedly eleven joints; so also in Jcerya. As far as I know, the following is the first published detailed description of a female Monophlebus, and it is interesting, as it necessitates the revision just noted of the characters of the genus. Monophlebus Crawfordi, sp. nov. Plate xiv., fig. 6. Adult female (flgs. 1, a and 6) brick-red in colour, with two broad longitudinal stripes of purple extending the whole length son the dorsal side and on the abdominal segments beneath. The body is slug-like, fat, and distinctly segmented with twelve divisions ; somewhat convex above and flat beneath. The -cephalic and thoracic region occupies half the length, so that the feet seem placed rather in a forward position, and the insect ‘crawls slowly. There'is a quantity of white, short, cotton cover- ing the insect, and at gestation this is heaped in large masses containing the eggs. The antenne (c) are tapering, with nine joints, the first and second are wider and shorter than the rest which are sub-equal except the last which is elongated oval ; each joint bears some hairs. At the base of the antenna is situated the eye (shown in fig. c); this is small, tubercular, not facetted but with a central orifice or spot. The feet (d) are not very strong; the tibia is more than twice as long as the tarsus ; the trochanter bears one long seta; all the joints have hairs, and on the under-side of the tibia is a series of short spiny hairs or bristles ; the upper digitules appear to be absent, the lower pair being short, fine hairs. The rostrum is very minute, but may be clearly made out in a deep hollow between the anterior pair of feet (it is indicated in fig. 6); it is conical (e) and appears to have no mentum. At the tip there are some short hairs, but no long sete, as in most coccids. The body of the insect is covered with short, fine, spiny hairs, intermingled with small circular spinneret-orifices. The second female stage has not been sent tome. Judging by analogy, this will probably be found (as in the allied New Zealand genus Cewlostoma) to be encased in a large waxy test, and sta- tionary on some plant. But, unless searched for by some one more or less familiar with the peculiar variations of coccids, which are generally not a little puzzling, it may not be found for some time; and analogy may be misleading, so that this second stage may really be something resembling the adult. It would be’ interesting to clear up the doubt, the metamorphoses of coccids being one of the most curious features of the family. 109 The adult male (/) is a fine insect, rather larger than usual amongst coccids, the body measuring almost } inch and the ex-- panded wings 2 inch. It is not, at first sight, unlike the male of. the allied genus Jcerya (I. Purchasi, the cottony-cushion scale), having a red body and dark-brown wings. But the characteristic feature of the genus MJonophlebus is the presence of a number of. tassels on the abdomen—two on the last segment but one, and four on the last segment (g). In the figure one of the tassels is shown as cut off. The head, thorax, and abdomen are red, with darker patches ; the thorax smooth, the abdomen cylindrical and segmented. On each segment are a few hairs, and each of the tassels bears several long sete. The eyes are prominent, dark- brown, and conspicuously facetted. The wings are large, brown, with a strong red, bifurcated nervure, and two longitudinal whitish streaks or hyaline bands. The halteres are thick and in-- flated, with four seta-like hooks. Antenne (fand h) long and rather stout, with ten joints, each of which is constricted in the middle, and may be easily mistaken for two. Hach joint bears two rings of very long fine hairs. Feet (2) long and slender ; the trochanter has a long seta; tibia more than twice the length of. the tarsus; upper digitules absent, lower pair fine hairs. There~ are no ocelli on the head. This is a very interesting insect for several reasons, the first of which may be that, as far as my information extends, the females of Monophlebus, as noted above, have not yet been described. The: males of seven species are given in Dr. Signoret’s work, the des-- eriptions being taken verbatim from Westwood’s “Arcana Ento-- mologiz,” 1841; and nobody else seems to have examined or described the genus. Of these seven one (WZ. J/ligerz) is given as from ‘‘Van Diemen;” in size it nearly agrees with our insect, the male being about 4 inch long, with 2 inch expansion of wings ; but it [the male] is said to be “ nigricans, pedibus nigris,” and to- have tassels on each abdominal segment. These old descriptions, especially in the absence of any notice of the females, are too vague for identification. Westwood assigns 22 joints to the antenna of the male WM. Jiligeri. He had evidently examined it only with a lens, and failed to see the constriction in each joint. The female J. Crawfordi resembles very much in outward appearance the New Zealand insect Celostoma Zealandicum, and my friend Mr. Crawford sent it to me as of that genus. But the presence of a distinct rostrum, which can easily be seen although it is very small, quite removes it from Cclostoma,; and I have: pleasnre, whilst ascribing it to its proper genus, in connecting it with his name. Of proper habitat, it cannot well be said to have any, as it crawls about freely, though slowly. Probably, as stated above, the second female stage may be some day found to be stationary on some plant in waxy tests. 110 I should observe that, if the characters of Monophlebus hitherto given were correct, the insects above described, having only nine joints in the female antenna, could not be adult. But, in the first place, the whole appearance of the female, its free locomotion, its cottony envelope, its general form, all point clearly to its adult state. Secondly, and this is most important, the tibia is a great deal longer than the tarsus: and this, all through the Coccid family, with the exception of a very few genera, is only the casein _ the adult. I should be very much surprised if the female I have | been describing ever turns out to be anything but full-grown. PARASITES. Coccids are greatly subject to attacks from parasitic enemies, chiefly Hymenoptera, sometimes Diptera. If it were not so, their ravages, which are quite bad enough as it is, would be en- tirely destructive ; the parasites keep them very much in check. Amongst the insects described in this paper two clearly show parasites. I found five dead female Aspid. eucalypti, each con- taining the pupa-case of a hymenopterous parasite which had emerged and flown away; and Mr. Crawford has sent me four female Monophlebus, which are literally riddled like sieves with holes from which small dipterous flies have emerged. In New ‘Zealand I have never yet found more than one parasite in a Coccid ; these South Australian insects evidently can harbour many ; I counted 69 holesin one Monophlebus. These flies appear to be of the same kind as that which Mr. Crawford has reported as killing Icerya Purchasc; but I am not sufficiently acquainted with the Diptera to identify them. The group Monophlebide (always excepting [cerya) are not, I think, injurious insects ; and if they will breed numbers of parasitic flies which may also attack other and worse pests than they are, they might even be en- couraged, if possible. EXPLANATION -OF PLATES XIL >TO (Xiy. Prats: < Us Fig. 1. Aspidiotus eucalypti, sp. nov. Insects male and female in puparia on bark of eucalyptus ; nat. size. a. Female puparia, upper side. 6, Female puparium, underside with female. c. Male puparia, upper side. d, Adult female. e, Abdomen and pygidium of female with spinnerets. Vig, 2. Chionaspis assimilis, sp. noy. Insects male and female in puparia on bark of eucalyptus ; nat. size. a. Female puparium, upper side. b. Female, under side with female. c. Male puparia, upper side showing carination. d. Adult female, e. Abdomen and pygidium of do.’ with spinneret groups. /. Larva underside, showing rostrum. | W.M.M. del! ad nat. SURVEYOR GENERAL'S OFFICE, ADE LAIDE. Frazer S. Gawford.Phototithographer. Piatre XI _WM.M.delt ad nat. SURVEYOR GENERALS OFFICE, ADELAIDE. Frazer’ S. Grawtord.Photolithographer. PLATE XIV (W.M.M del ad nat. ‘SURVEYOR GENERALS OFFICE, ADELAIDE. Frazer S. Crawford. Phototithographer. ae Fig. 3. Pulvinaria flavicans, sp. nov. Females with cottony secretion on twig (shrub undetermined) ; nat. size. . Diagram of adult female. Diagram of abdominal cleft and dorsal lobes of ditto. . Antenna of ditto, showing doubtful joint at c. Foot of ditto. . Claw and digitules of ditto. Anogenital ring of ditto. Larva. . Antenna of ditto. Anogenital ring of ditto. PEATE XIIt, Pig. 4. Lriococcus paradoxus, sp. nov. Insects male and female, in sacs on / twig of Pittosporum ; nat. size.. . Sacs of female, upper side, showing orifice. . Vertical section of aggregated mass of sacs, with insects. Sac of male. Ditto, showing orifice of escape. Adult female. Ditto, diagram to show stigmatic spinnerets. . Stigmatic spinnerets. . Abdomen of female, showing tubercles and spinneret-bands, Abdominal spinnerets. 2, Threads from ditto. . Rostrum. . Mentum with setee. . Antenna of female. Larva ; dorsal view ; diagram to shows spinnerets. . Antenna of ditto. . Spinneret of ditto. Adult male. Antenna of ditto. . Foot of male. w. Abdominal spike and setze of ditto. EGATE XIV. Mig. 5. Lipersia leptospermi, sp. nov. Diagram of aduli female after mace- ‘ ration and pressure ; enlarged twelve diameters. a. Antenna of ditto. 6. Foot of ditto. c. Rostrum of ditto. d, Spinnerets of ditto. é. Larva. bie Antenna of ditto. a ee) ™ . QKNSENHSSKSR pg She AD Ha a. Adult female, Seceal me enlarged two diameters. . Ditto, under side showing rostrum, enlarged two diameters. Antenna and eye of female. . Foot of female. Rostrum of ditto. Adult male. . Abdomen of male, showing tassels (one cut off), . Three joints of antenna of ditto. Foot of male. mea Wan &§ Ma oF as _Mr. Maskell’s drawings being in colours, the plates are photo-litho- graph copies of them made by Mr. F. g: Crawford, ON MEASURING THE POWER OF TELESCOPIC EYEPIECES. By D. B. Apamson. [Read February Ist, 1887. ] In the course of my telescopic observations I have made a point of inquiring of parties, when they have been observing the moon, what they considered the apparent diameter of that lumi- nary to be when viewed with the naked eye. I have found the variety of opinions on this subject to be very surprising. One old gentleman informed me that to him the moon appears to be rather over six feet in diameter ; while another friend says it looks the size of a dinner-plate ; and another tells me it seems about the size of a saucer; while another gives the size of an onion as the moon’s apparent diameter. Now these different answers, although so various, might each and all of them be cor- rect, as the apparent magnitude of any object depends entirely on the distance at which that object is viewed ; so that if a six- feet rod or the dinner-plate, the saucer, or the onion, were placed between the moon and the eye of the observer, and each at such a distance that it would exactly cover that luminary from view, then their apparent magnitudes would, of course, be equal. But for this purpose those articles would require to be placed at such a distance from the observer that they could not be distinctly _ seen by the unassisted eye. When a person of normal eyesight wishes to examine any small object minutely he holds it at a distance of about eight — inches from his eye, and we find, if we hold a threepenny-piece at this distance, it far more than covers the whole of the moon’s disc, and I find when I hold the blade of my penknife at this distance, it quite eclipses the moon. Now the width of that blade is not six feet, but only about three-sixteenths of an inch. In showing persons the heavenly bodies in a telescope, they are | very often sceptical about the magnifying powers, and when they | are informed that the power they are using gives, say, one hundred diameters, they will say, “Certainly the object is ex- ceedingly sharp and distinct, and seems so near that you feel as if you could put your finger on it. But surely it is not magni- fied so much ?” To convince anyone of the magnifying power, if the instrument _ be a “refractor,” we have only to tell him to look into the tele- 113 scope with one eye, and compare the moon as seen there with the same object as seen with the other and unassisted eye, and he will very soon be convinced, for with a little manipulation the moon, as seen by the naked eye, may be brought over the mag- nified image as seen in the telescope, when it will be found that the former appears so small that it might be put into one of the craters of the latter. To perform the same experiment with my “ Newtonian Reflec- tor,” I have constructed a small metallic speculum, which can be slipped on to the eye-piece tube, and can be turned to any re- quired angle, so that the object as seen by the naked eye can be brought over the magnified image in the telescope. When the instrument with a power of 108 is turned on the Post-oftice clock we find that the whole diameter of the tower as seen in the plane reflector occupies only about the space of one of the minutes marked on the circumference of the dial as seen in the telescope. By methods such as these we can convince the most sceptical that telescopes do magnify, but for those who use telescopes for scien- tific observation it is absolutely necessary that they should know the magnifying powers of their instruments with the greatest pos- sible precision. For this purpose several methods may and have been adopted. As the magnifying power of any telescope depends entirely on the magnitude of the angle under which any object is presented to the eye in the eye-piece of the instrument, and as this angle can at once be found by dividing the focal length of the object glass or the speculum by that of the eye-piece em- ployed, this might seem a very simple way of getting at the exact power ; and indeed it is fairly satisfactory as far as low powers are concerned, or with single-lens eye-pieces, but when we come to use eye-pieces composed of several lenses the matter becomes more difficult, and when we come to use those of a very high power the exact determination of the focal length of each lens becomes a matter of exceeding difficulty, and the result of such measure- ments cannot be relied on. Another method, and one a good deal more to be depended on, is to have a circular disc of white paper on a black ground at a distance of 100 yards or so, and having a card with two black parallel lines drawn on it whose distance is exactly equal to the diameter of the paper circle, then viewing through the telescope the paper circle with one eye and the parallel lines on the card with the other let the lines be moved to such a distance from the eye that they shall exactly correspond with the diameter of the disc. The quotient found by dividing the distance of the paper dise from the eye by that of the parallel lines from the same gives the magnifying power of the telescope. This method, though good, requires some practice, and is only applicable to refractors H 114 up to a certain size, and could not be used at all with Newtonian reflectors. Another and much more convenient method consists in measuring the image of the object glass or speculum which a telescope forms in its solar focus. When we place our eye at a little distance from the eye-piece of a telescope we observe in the centre of the eye-lens a very distinct and well defined small disc of light. This is the image of the object glass or the speculum, as the case may be. Now if we can obtain a correct measure of the diameter of this disc, and also of the diameter of the speculum, by dividing the latter by the former, we have at once the num- ber of diameters which the telescope magnifies. For the purpose of accurately measuring this small disc of light as seen on the eye-lens, several kinds of « dynameters,” or as some prefer to call them, “dynamometers,” have been used. One of the latest, and perhaps the best, is that known as “ Ber- thon’s dynamometer.” This consists of two strips of thin metal with straight edges so fastened together as to leave between them along narrow triangular slit, one of the edges of which is so graduated and numbered that measures may "be made with it down to one-thousandth of an inch. While it is admitted that this measuring of the small disc is a very simple and direct method of obtaining the magnifying power, there are still several difficulties attending its application. For example, a very small disc of light is not the easiest thing to measure, besides it is not possible to measure a circular disc on its exact diameter by placing it between two lines which are not quite parallel, and Mr. Berthon has devised a very simple and efficient means by which these difficulties may be obviated, and here I would give Mr. Berthon’s own description :—‘“ Take or make a box twenty inches long and about six inches in its other dimensions, entirely open at one side. Make a hole in one end, and set it upon the other. Provide a card to fit the lower end inside ; to the middle of this card attach a narrow slip of black paper (the border of mourning note paper will do), say four inches long. Then place the eye-piece to be measured in the hole, and use my V-dynamometer, and by dividing four inches by the ascertained length of the image of the black line, you have the power of the eye-piece on a focal length of twenty inches, whence its power on any other number of inches may be ascer- tained by simple arithmetic. nai ape black slip or mark be pointed at each end, thus | FOP Re oermerpenn PEEPS aS SE AMOI Sa SIN RL Rapes ard aie ae SS pe ea er RI a ELA Hayat Hb dnee APRA AE ABO OND A MAE EN NARA TO SNe OARLANGIAT OTIS HAPOEL Monet ST NAR ASHER paren 4 Qi esa ng OME Ng Net AP AE, Ste Onn trang as SUNN at rts Win tinsidien cent ! RRING &Go, LITHO € J.H.SH } f i i i H H | ¥ i } ‘ ; x { ' i { { } ; $ i { ‘ N i i NRE ere remem tne mms at Had etmnaA NRE Ls «EIN YN Rn I RNB oA ROY A ee tm me RY PEE A ge RPO STI eS eS Pe ‘ ; ; , ad ' ="“9 } = - 4 . iS ° «= r PLIO DBE reabaned Aner CWre RRA ET I ES SEALS IEA EEN TI OARAL ESR EEE LSE EM NL LIOR ARLE EEDA SY NILES SEAL INE SLA SY CRN 1 OB ADSL EBN OB EL ET EAN EOL ROS CLAN DLE SN UII TR SM LIRO AI BEE PIN EEDS pH EL PAL pir, Ss A etme LOOP EM PhP ERE ba NENA OL AOE OVE AOL ENON SET 5 ROBT It CRAIOORL NIRS = AAD ANN AMANN RE Dregs AEN ON LAE ORIEN nk CNR 8 RO NAAR NNN US 9 Eh rm Am alt RSA REIN ONION ICE NALD HTL SEMA ION EAP CASH APP AI 2 TN RH A Sac een ent i Hn ih Ae 2] J.H.SHERRING &Go, LITHO ONT ORI DL ALO lt OURAN AE AE OS PO A NA a FLEET BEA LCT RE A AEC EN OA FARE FIR I ABNER LAY AED W.d.C. Perce mn Ln Co ee Ar Re DE AR TN RN PAA REI ARMOR RTPA So Se Ms SR ENE A Mer eis SOE ADs. SUPE. SOOT, Os Cre ae SoM REA AY AU SNE AMANO ASEM DS EERE s me eS k's SS ore ae eee TT er a en a eee ar ARAN ER KIRN LETRAS AN NM a ree Ln i GHERRING &Go LITHO Shab RONAN LOR NEALE ON IEA TTR Se NRO renee j i H 3 j i } ; ‘ NR RENT OREN Smeg oo Pans A ee Tae Sn in ee an nets PN eee NADAL BUA gil CRB AM HT APAD LET IO BOS PIE ed TAME RIE CINE PARA NVA SEN moet GRO I AS TRY I P JH. SHERRING &Co, LITHO 2 RO Ot a ee PEA RENLEELY PE NERR PRESEN BORE NE VIET ON ee ENON 8 hr at EL LL NT NOS tN AO NANA ICANN IOA AM 8 res NRW Sn ERIM 8 Wa ned S Ng ar OA AE ARN AL OEE SOC EIN ENE BREST tl OE WIN OA EOI AS NTE enon pa | AL UH. SHERRING &Co, LITHO. LOANS HR MINALN AAT SAY AENEAN ONAN VRS A PO Nl MY da ieee akan eed eee dei a edit etme et eR Ane Nt mem oe we ee JC AAs SE ANAT OTD SH UPI LTTE AT EEA Yes HRS "9 me eer eY SE vn: © Seer roe a AE RE RE TS ER RAO RE I AIR RNR yh. =“ oe = ec ee: Sere ee POSES eee — Sem anon ect A SRIESEE RSIS fe K-TON A ae Kone {EASON EIEIO N NSE ERO LG NI EMRE ET SE eto Se hE Z ¢ ¢ t 5 § ha sweemas samncniouemesacinned SHERRING &Go, LITHO. SHERRING & Go, LITHO. rr Ss = oom * - ee ee ee = ee ee es j / H | { : a —-— RS eR Ne mR mee 4 ar Dia OE NAP Ct AN A ll 1 NOY et JH. SHERRING &Co, Li T ot Ts ERIE AI Ne Se PT PRR TOMA ED PTA PRN MESIAL PANE SE Nag LS MESS ates NITE! i ; ASO Dee tN ea AN Pgh AYA { HO — Aa OA AE | Ra ee ete eee | JK. SHERRING &Co, LITHO. We : FURTHER NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. By the Rev. T. Buackpurn, B.A. [Read October 2nd, 1888. ] The following paper embodies the results of some studies I have recently made among the Phytophaga of the sub-tribe Galerucide, and among the Coccinellide of the group called by M. Mulsant “ Trichosomides.” GALERUCID. Up to the present time, so far as I can ascertain, only one spe- cies of this sub-tribe has been actually recorded as occurring in the colony of South Australia (outside the Northern Territory), and that species (Monolepta croceicollis, Germ.) I do not think that I have seen. A second species (H//opia pedestris, Er.) is attributed by Mr. Masters in general terms to “Australia and Tasmania,” by which I suppose it is intended to imply that its range is a wide one. I have frequently met with it as far west as the Port Lincoln district, where in some localities it is rather plentiful. In the following pages I describe seven new species from South Australia proper, two from the Northern Territory, five from Western Australia, and one from New South Wales. I have been compelled to supply a new generic name for one of the South Australian species. The Galerucide appear to be much more plentiful in the northern than in the southern parts of the continent. AGELASTICA. Although widely different in colours and markings from any other Agelastict known to me, the following insect does not ap- pear to display structural characters that call for generic distinc- tion. It has the anterior coxal cavities open behind, the prolonged epipleure, the appendiculated claws, the basal joint of the hind tibiz not longer than the following two joints together, the muc- ronated tibie, &c., as in Agelastica , the antennz, however, are more slender and the prothorax less transverse than is usual in the genus. A. lineata, sp. nov. Oblonga ; supra livida, capite nigro-maculato, prothorace elytrisque lineatim nigro-notatis ; subtus nigro- picea, metasterno prosterno palpis et pedibus (femoribus 176 piceo notatis exceptis) testaceo-lividis ; antennis piceis, articulis singulis (basali excepta) basi testaceis. Long. 23]. ; lat., 141. (vix). The head is entirely testaceous in front of the antennz, the hinder part being clouded with black so as to leave only a spot above each eye testaceous. On the prothorax the dark marking takes the form of an irregular and interrupted M. On the elytra the suture is narrowly blackish, and there are also on each elytron four more or less interrupted vittze wider than the sutural one. None of these dark markings extend into the apical sixth part of the elytra ; probably they are variable. In my example the vitta. next to the suture is very much interrupted, the anterior part of the third vitta is wanting, and the hinder part of the same runs into the hinder part of the fourth. The head is finely rugulose in front, almost levigate behind. The antenne are about two- thirds the length of the body, and only moderately stout, much less so than in A. melanocephala, Baly. ; joint 1 long piriform black, 2 less than half 1, 3 about twice 2, 4 and the following joints a little longer than 3. The prothorax is about a quarter again as wide as long, slightly narrowed in front, the sides gently arched, the reflexed border rather strong, the front margin truncate or even a little convex, the base widely produced hindward behind the hind angles, the reflexed margin dilated at the front and hind angles, the former being obtuse, the latter right ; the surface rather finely and not closely punctulate, more: coarsely towards the sides. The elytra are punctured about as closely as the disc of the prothorax, and scarcely so finely, having” also some much finer punctures intermingled. The apex of each femur is blackish. Taken in Western Australia by E. Meyrick, Esq. MORPHOSPH ERA. It is with considerable hesitation that I refer the following species to this Malayan genus ; it ought probably to form a new genus, but as there are several already named genera of G'alerucide. of which T have been unable to procure descriptions, I think it. better to refer the insect to an existing genus than run the risk of increasing synonymy. The examples before me agree with Morphosphera Sumatrana, Jac., in having the anterior coxal cavities open behind, the antenne short and robust, the elytral epipleuree obsolete (or very narrow and vertical) behind the middle, the tibiee with a short apical spine, and the claws append- iculate. The basal joint of the hind tarsi is a little longer than the following two together, but shorter than the following three.. It has much the facies of a very small Adimonia, but with the antenne more, and the legs somewhat less, robust It should be: 177 added that MW. Sumatrana, Jac., differs in important respects from M. maculicollis, Baly, on which the genus was founded. M. (2?) cincta, sp. noy. Oblonga ; sat robusta ; sat nitida ; fulva ; antennis (articulo 1° basi excepto), palpis, et metasterno, nigris; tibiis intermediis posticisque, tarsis omnibus, et abdomine postice, infuscatis vel piceis ; elytris marginibus omnibus cyaneo-nigris; capite prothoraceque — subtiliter crebre, elytris minus subtiliter sat crebre, punctulatis. fee be 1: lat, + 1. (vix.) The blue-black edging of each elytron is wider along the base and suture than on the lateral margins. The infuscation of the posterior 4 tibize begins a little above the middle. The antenn are very little more than half the length of the body, robust, the first and fourth joints each equal to the other and to the second and third together, the third rather longer than the second. The head bears a very strong somewhat arched transverse furrow between the eyes. The prothorax is very little wider than long, its front angles but feebly defined, its hind angles dentiform; it bears an extremely strong, round fovea on either side of the disc, _ and these are feebly connected by a shallow transverse impression. -Western Australia ; sent to me by E. Meyrick, Esq. NEORUPILIA, gen. nov. Caput sat magnum; antenne graciles corpore vix breviores ; articulo 1° elongato, 2° 1° triplo breviori, 3° 2° duplo longiori, 4° 3° longitudine eequali ; acetabula antica postice aperta; epipleure distinctze postice obsolete; tibix mucronate; unguiculi leviter appendiculati, parvi ; metasternum breve ; elytra abdomen haud tegentia. The metasternum not longer than the prosternum and the elytra separately rounded (or almost subtruncate obliquely) at the apex leaving the last segment and part of the penultimate ex- posed in one sex (in what I take to be the other sex not quite covering the antepenultimate segment) associate this insect with the group Rupiliites of Dr. Chapuis, but it is not closely allied structurally to any of the previously described genera of that group. The claws are very small, and seem to be slightly appen- diculate; they are certainly not bifid as in all the known Rupilites except Marseulia in which they are simple ; perhaps they would be best described as obtusely dentate near the base. NV. viridis, sp. nov. Oblonga; minus robusta; sat nitida; nigra, supra subaureo-viridis ; antennis basi, genubus, tibiis, et tarsis (apice excepto), testaceis; capite prothoraceque sparsim subtilissime, elytris sat crebre sat crasse subsquamose, punctulatis. Long., 11; lat., $1. M 178 The head bears a transverse furrow between the eyes and a longitudinal carina between the antenne. The prothorax is not much wider than long, almost truncate in front where it is a little wider than at the base, the sides moderately arched, the front angles obscure, the hind angles subdentiform. The basal joint of the antennz is pitchy (testaceous beneath), the second and third are dull testaceous, the rest pitchy black. The single example which I take to be the other sex of this species, in addition to having much shorter elytra, has the antennz more slender, and the parts of the legs and antennz which in the type are testaceous, are much more obscure. It may possibly appertain to a distinct species. Port Lincoln. ELLOPIA. E. Sloanei, sp. nov. Sat elongata, postice dilatata ; subnitida ; supra glabra, piceo-lurida, subcupreo-tincta ; capite antice, prothoracis marginibus, tibiisque basi, dilutioribus ; corpore subtus nigro ; hoc cum pedibus pubescenti ; coxis testaceis ; capite prothoraceque leviter minus subtiliter punctulatis ; elytris coriaceis ix perspicue punctulatis, singulis longitudinaliter profunde bisulcatis. Long., 321; lat., 141. This remarkable species agrees perfectly with L//lopia pedestris, Er., (which appears to be widely distributed in South Australia) in all structural characters, but is widely different specifically. The two deep furrows abbreviated at both ends running down the inner half of each elytron are a very distinctive character ; in some (perhaps most) examples there are traces of a much feebler sulcus at no great distance from the lateral margin. The antenne are a little less robust than in #. pedestris ; in some examples (as appears also the case in H#. jedestris) the second joint is less abbreviated than in others: { believe this to be sexual and that the second joint is elongated in the females. Mulwala (N.S.W.); taken by Mr. T. G. Sloane «nd courteously supphed to me. CANDEZEA. C. Palmerstoni, spec. nov. Sat late oblonga ; sat nitida ; nigra ; capite (labro, palpis, et antennis apicem veisus exceptis), prothorace et elytris, testaceis; pedibus plus minus pic- escentibus ; capite prothoraceque subtilissiinc svt sparsim, elytris minus subtiliter minus sparsim, punctulitis. Long, 24,1; lat., 121. The elytra in some examples are vaguely clouded with infus- cation in the hinder half. Head with a straight transverse fur- row between the eyes. Antenne about half as long as the body, 179 rather slender, the basal three joints testaceous, the rest dark piceous or black, joints 1 and 4 about equal to each other, and each about equal to 2 and 3 together, 3 longer than 2. Prothorax scarcely half as wide as the greatest width of the elytra, about half again as wide as long, moderately narrowed to the front, its angles a little thickened (the anterior nearly right, the posterior obtuse), narrowed and widely produced hindward behind the hind angles, the front almost truncate. Elytral epipleurz very well defined almost to the apex. Basal joint of hind tarsi longer than the following three together. Claws appendiculate. All the tibia mucronate. Anterior coxal cavities closed. I think there is no doubt of the correctness of the reference of this species to Candezea (not previously recorded as Australian) ; at any rate this species and the following appear to be congeneric with C. bimaculata, Jac., from New Guinea, which their author attributes to the genus. Northern Territory of South Australia; taken by Dr. Bovill. C. Bovilli, sp. nov. Sat late oblonga; sat nitida; testacea ; antennis (basi exceptis) piceis; elytris (humeris exceptis) fulvo piceis; capite prothoraceque subtiliter sat crebre, elytris sat fortiter sat crebre, punctulatis. Long., 241; lat., 121. | Each shoulder is testaceous on an area about as large as one of the eyes, and the testaceous colour is narrowly continued thence to the scutellum along the base ; the suture also is vaguely stained with testaceous near the base (probably the colour of the elytra is variable). The antenne and head scarcely differ from those of C. Palmerstom, except in the latter being a little narrower ; the prothorax too resembles that of the same species, but is much more closely and strongly punctulate, with the angles more defined and thickened; the puncturation of the elytra too is much stronger. There is a vague depression on either side of the disc of the prothorax. Northern Territory of South Australia; a single specimen taken by Dr. Bovill. MONOLEPTA. VM. angulata, sp. nov. Oblonga; sat nitida; piceo-nigra ; antennarum basi, ore, capite subtus postice, prosterno medio, pedibusque testaceis ; capite supra postice, prothorace basi, scutello et elytris gutta humerali fasciaque angulata ante medium, flavo-rufis ; capite sparsim subtilissime, prothorace subtiliter minus sparsim, elytris fortius minus sparsim, punctulatis. Long., 141; lat. #1. A furrow runs across the head between the eyes, curving for- 180 ward. The prothorax is half again as wide as long, its front al- most truncate, its front angles feeble, its sides gently arched, its hind angles sub-dentiform, its surface even. The antenne are about two-thirds the length of the body, moderately slender, the basal three joints testaceous, joints 1 and 4 about equal to each other, and each about equal to 2 and 3 together, the latter two not differing much from each other in length. The epipleurs of the elytra though very narrow and obscure behind the middle do not appear to be absolutely non-existent. The tibie are finely mucronated, the anterior coxal cavities closed. The claws are appendiculated. The basal joint of the hind tibiz equals in length the following three together. Port Lincoln ; not uncommon. M. fasciatipennis, sp. nov. Oblonga; sat nitida; testacea ; antennis (basi apiceque exceptis) femoribus basi et (nonnullis. exemplis) tibiis, infuscatis vel piceis; prothorace antice (nonnullis exemplis) et elytris totis (fascia angulata mediana excepta), nigris; capite sparsim subtiliter, prothorace elytrisque minus sparsim minus subtiliter, punctulatis. Long., 141.5; lat., #1. The puncturation is in general a little less strong and less-spar- ing; apart from this difference and its very different pattern and arrangement of colors, the present species scarcely differs from the preceding. Regarding the ground color of the elytra as black, the red fascia is much wider and less conspicuously angulated than that of W/. angulata ; this fascia is so placed that its hind margin is slightly behind the middle of the elytra. I can find no structural distinction except that the epipleure are even more obscure behind the middle, but still not entirely wanting ; if carefuliy examined under a powerful lens the elytra are seen to end laterally in (not a single sharp edge like that of a knife blade but) two very fine edges parallel to, and apparently in contact with, each other. Interior of South Austrslia ; basin of Lake Eyre. M. divisa, sp. nov. Oblonga; sat nitida; testacea; antennis (basi excepta), palpis, elytris parte dimidia apicali, et abdomine, piceis vel nigris; tarsis supra plus minus infuscatis ; capite prothoraceque vix perspicue, elytris subtilius minus crebre, punctulatis. Long., 13 1.5 lat. 41 The sculpture and proportions of the several wait ae not seem to differ noticeably from the same in WZ. angulata, except as fol- lows, viz.: The prothorax is punctured only very obscurely, and for the most part only near the margins, and it has an ill-defined transverse depression (in some examples interrupted near the mid- dle) across the dise ; the elytra are punctured much more finely 18] and more confusedly (7.e., with punctures still smaller scattered among the prevalent punctures) ; and the epipleure are still less distinct, the two fine lines (that in the hind half of the elytra represent what in front are the two margins of the epipleure) both running close before the lateral edge of the upper surface of the elytra ; thus the epipleure in the hinder part are vertical and excessively narrow, and if they be sought by looking down upon the wnder surface of the insect they cannot be seen at all. Sedan (South Australia) ; taken by Mr. B.S Rothe. M. inconspicua, sp. nov. Oblonga; sat nitida; fusca, subtus obscurior, antennis apicem versus picescentibus : capite vix perspicue, prothorace subtilius sat sparsim, elytris crassius sat leviter sat crebre, punctulatis. Long., 12 1.; lat. 31. Compared with JZ angulata, the antenne are evidently shorter and the prothorax is more transverse (about twice as wide as long), with the posterior angles less dentiform. The puncturation is not much different from that of AZ. angulata, but seems to be a little less strongly impressed. The epipleure are like those of M. divisa. The other structural characters seemed to be iden- tical with those of the preceding three species. An example with long slender antenne (not much shorter than the body) of which the 3rd joint is evidently longer than the 2nd, may perhaps be the other sex of this insect. Port Lincoln. MW. Meyricki, sp. nov. Oblongo-ovatus; niger, prothorace, femoribus, tibiis (his apice excepto), et antennarum articulis basalibus 3 (parte apicali picea excepta), testaceis ; elytris nigrocyaneis ; his crebre minus fortiter rugulose punctulatis ; subtus parce pubescens ; epipleuris mox pone medium obso- Iie lene 221: lat., 12. A well-marked curved furrow runs across from eye to eye on the head, which is longitudinally carinate down the middle of the anterior portion, and is scarcely distinctly punctulate in any part. The antenne are about three-quarters the length of the body. The prothorax is in outline and puncturation scarcely different from that of Agelastica lineata, except in being slightly more transverse ; it differs in the absence of markings and in the pre- sence across the centre of an ill-defined but wide and deep trans- verse furrow, which is almost interrupted at its middle. The puncturation of the elytra is rugulose, rather strong, and very close. A single specimen was sent to me from Western Australia by E. Meyrick, Esq. 182 M. occidentalis, sp. nov. Oblongo-ovatus ; niger, capite (vertice summo excepto), prothorace, antennarum basi, pedibusque testaceis ; elytris viridibus ; his subtiliter minus crebre haud rugulose punctulatis; subtus parce pubescens; epipleuris apicem fere attingentibus. Long., 211.; lat. 1 1. The sculpture of the head does not differ ‘noticeably from the same in M. Meyricki, and the antennz scarcely differ except in having the basal three joints testaceous and the fourth fuscous. The prothorax is nearly twice as wide as long, and has the angles less prominent and thickened than in W/. Meyricki, but otherwise is very similar. The puncturation of the elytra is much less close and a little less strong than in that insect. Western Australia ; taken by E. Meyrick, Esq. M. modesta, sp. nov. Oblonga; capite abdomineque nigris, prothorace pedibusque rufo-testaceis, elytris viridi-nigris, antennis palpisque fuscis; elytris sat crasse sat crebre squamose punctulatis ; subtus parce pubescens ; epipleuris apicem versus anguste continuatis. Long., 121; lat., 21. Var. Corpus plus minus obscurum fere usque ad totum nigrum. As regards colour, I have seldom seen a more variable species than this; all the parts that are not black or greenish-black in the type appear liable to be so exceptionally, except the tibie (which are more or less testaceous in all the examples I have seen) and the tarsi, which do not seem to get beyond dark brown. The head does not differ notably from that of MW. occidentalis, except in having the furrow between the eyes angulated in the middle ; the prothorax, too, is similar in proportions and outline, except that its front margin is equal to (not as in W. occidentalis a little narrower than) the base; it is, however, much more sparingly punctured, and has no transverse depression across the middle. The elytra are rather coarsely and squamosely, but not closely, punctured; compared with those of Luperus flavipes, Linn. (which this insect somewhat resembles), they are more coarsely and squamosely punctulate ; they are considerably narrowed at the apex. The third joint of the antenne is very little longer than second, the fourth equals the second and third together, and is a little longer than the fifth. The elytral epipleure are very narrow, but can be traced to near the apex. All the tibie are mucronated. Monolepta croceicollis, Germ., must be much like some varieties of this insect in respect of size and colours, but enter alia that species is said to have the third oe fourth joints of the antenn “ subequal.” Common near Port Lincoln. T have not seen it from other localities. 183 M. stmulatrix, sp. nov. Oblonga; sat nitida; fusca; tarsis obscurioribus; antennis (basi excepta) nigris; capite pro- thoraceque sparsim subtiliter, elytris minus subtiliter minus sparsim, punctulatis. Long., 21.; lat., 11]. (vix). Very like M. inconspicua, but larger, and with longer antenne, which, however, are shorter than those of the specimen men- tioned above as possibly the male of that species. The antenne, moreover, are wholly black, excepting the basal three joints, while in WW. inconspicua the joints beyond the third are only near their apex, of a darker shade of fuscous than at their base ; joints 2 and 3 are about equal to each other, and (together) both to joint 1 and joint 4. The puncturation of the elytra is evi- dently finer and a little closer than in W/. inconspicua. Sent to me from Western Australia by E. Meyrick, Esq. M. (?) quesita, sp. nov. Oblonga; sat nitida; eneo-nigra; anten- nis piceis basi testaceis; pedibus anticis (femoribus basi piceis exceptis) testaceis, intermediis (femoribus apice tibiisque basi testeceis exceptis) et posticis piceis ; capite vix perspicue, prothorace subtilius crebrius, elytris crassis, punctulatis. Long., 121. ; lat., #1. I unfortunately possess only a single example of this insect, and it has dried in a position in which T cannot see the structure of the anterior coxal cavities as distinctly as I could wish, but I am . almost certain that they are closed behind. I have, however, placed this doubt on record by the note of interrogation above. The species bears much general resemblance to a darkly-coloured example of Monolepta modesta, differing, however, in its antenne, which (in one sex at least) are scarcely shorter than the body, having the basal joint evidently longer than any of the following three, the second less than half the length of the first, the third a little longer than the second and only a little shorter than the fourth ; the basal four joints testaceous, the rest piceous. The head and prothorax are like those of M. modesta, but the latter is proportionally smaller. The epipleurz of the elytra are better developed behind the middle than in the other species of Monolepta described above. Port Lincoln. COCCINELLIDA. The species treated of in this paper belong to the group of Coccinellide, called by M. Mulsant Trichosonide. The number of new species I have to add—all, or nearly all, of them occurring in the southern part of this colony—are more than the entire number previously known from the whole of Australia; from which it will appear that this group of insects presents a very inviting field for the researches of the Australian naturalist. 184 In Mr. Masters’ ‘‘Catalogue of the described Coleoptera of Australia” there are twenty-two species belonging to this group recorded, but besides there are seven others that appear to have been accidently omitted from the catalogue, making a total (so far as I have been able to ascertain) of twenty-nine. The 7’richosomide of Mulsant contains a group, Epilachnides, which Dr. Chapuis has since, apparently with good reason, ele- vated to the rank of a principal division of the Coccinellide. If the Australian Hpilachnides be abstracted, the number of species of true Coccinellide of the pubescent group hitherto recorded as occurring on the continent is reduced to twenty-two. I do not think that the division of the family into a pubescent and a non- pubescent group is altogether natural, but as it happens acci- dently that my present paper has to do only with the former (owing to my having no new species of the latter before me), it will be convenient to my present purpose by accepting that division to avoid having to distinguish the new genera and species before me from any of the non-pubescent group. Dr Erichsen was the first to describe Australian insects of this group. In his “ Beitrag zur Insecten-Fauna von Vandiemens- land” (1842) he describes three species as members of the genus Scymnus. In 1851 M. Mulsant, in his great work, ‘Species des Coléoptéres T'rimeres sécuripalpes,” characterised seven additional species apportioned among three genera, and in a supplement to the same, two years later, added four more. In 1859 M. Bohemann described an additional species; in 1874 Mr. Crotch (in-his ‘ Revision of the Coccinellide”) another six, and finally in 1876 Dr. Chapuis (Gen. Col. xii.) one more still. Of these, two are attributed by their author to our own colony, one is stated to be from New South Wales, one from Victoria, one from Western Australia, while three are Tasmanian, and seven come from Queensland, the remainder being vaguely set down as in- habiting “ Australia.” The Australian Coccinellide that have received names have been more fortunate than many of our Coleoptera in having been intelligibly described, and there are comparatively few whose identification is attended with much uncertainty ; I trust that I may prove to have maintained this excellent character for the group in the descriptions that I now offer to the Society. The principal difficulty that I have encountered in dealing with the following species has been their apportionment into genera. I am of opinion that a large number of new generic names will be eventually required for the Australian pubescent Coccinellide, but I do not think that the work of providing them is one that it would be wise for a student resident in Australia to undertake. Such contributions to science, if they are to be of permanent (or 185 perhaps I should say of any) value must have regard to more than local fauna, and can hardly be made profitably by any who _have not access to the vast collections that are stored in the great museums of Europe. Recognising this fact I have adopted the principle of referring the new species I have to describe to exist- ing genera wherever it is at all possible to do so, adding as full information as I can give of the characters that render their posi- tion in those genera only provisional. I propose new generic names only for insects which would be so out of place in known genera that their location there would be likely to mislead. Ac- cordingly it will be found that I have attributed by far the larger number of the Coleoptera described to the genera Scymnus and fhizobius, although some, at least, of them can hardly be con- sidered truly congeneric with European types. To Scymnus I have referred all the species before me present- ing the following combination of characters:—Eyes neither coarsely granulated nor oblique in position; antenne short, of not less than ten joints ;* epipleure devoid of well-defined fovere ; prosternum not provided with a prolongation covering the mouth organs in repose, mesosternum not carinate longitudinally ; suture between the first and second ventral segments, obliterated (or at least much enfeebled) in the middle; claws appendiculate ; base of antennz exposed. All the species I have attributed to Scymnus correspond with the above formula, with the exception of the last, which differs in ‘specified respects. Were it not for that species I might add to the formula “abdominal lamelle incomplete.” In some respects (especially the structure of the prosternum) the insects thus as- sociated differ much inter se, as I have indicated by dividing them ‘into subgeneric groups, to which, however, I have thought it better not to apply names. The following I have treated as the essential characters of Rhizobius -—Eyes coarsely granulated and oblique in position ; -antenne more or less long, of eleven joints ; epipleurze devoid of well-defined fovez ; prosternum not with a prolongation covering the mouth organs in repose; mesosternum not carinate longi- tudinally ; suture between the first and second ventral segments, not noticeably enfeebled in the middle; claws appendiculate ; base of antenne exposed ; tibie more or less slender. The species in my hands presenting the above characters differ ‘considerably in some respects inter se, enabling me to group them ‘in sections that (unless intermediate forms be subsequently found) would seem to be of generic value. — * I belieye that in all cases they consist of eleven joints ; in the case of several *species, however, I have been unable to satisfy myself absolutely on the point. 186 Mr. Crotch (in his “ Revision of the Coccinellide” 1874) points out that ARhizobius and its allies are distinguished from other members of the family by having the anterior coxal cavities open behind. This appears to be a very important observation, but unfortunately generally involves the sacrifice of a specimen for its application, so I have not been able to make full use of it, but, so far as I have been able to ascertain, the species I have re- ferred to Rhizobius present the character in question. For five species I have been compelled, with great reluctance, to propose five new generic names; they all possess strongly marked characters that are quite incompatible with those of any genus I can ascertain to have been previously named. The remaining three species I have attributed to Hupalea (with extreme doubt) and Vovius. Of the remaining five genera already attributed to Australia, Hypoceras, Platyomus, and Pharus are known to me only by description ; the first has the epistoma emarginate and the antenne only eight-jointed ; the second has the mesosternum carinate ; and the third has the base of the antennez concealed, together with epipleurz devoid of well-defined fovez. I possess types of the other two, Cryptolemus (a Northern Australian form only, so far as I know, with the prosternum produced over the mouth organs in repose), and Sucolus (common in South Australia, having well defined epipleural fovez, together with a moderately produced prosternum). The following table indicates some of the distinctive characters of the Australian genera of pubescent Coccinellide :— A. Femora not falling into excavations of the under surface. B. Base of antennz not hidden behind the dilated epistoma. C. Epipleurz devoid of well-defined fovee. D. Antenne formed of more than eight joints. K. Mesosternum not longitudinally carinate. F. Prosternum not produced to cover the mouth organs. G. Length of antenne exceeding width of space between the eyes. H. Eyes very coarsely granulated. Rhizobwus. HH. Eyes more or less finely granulated. Eupalea (?). GG. Length of antenne not exceeding width of space between the eyes. I. Suture between first and second ventral segments enfeebled or obliterated in the middle. Scymnus. 187 II. This suture not noticeably en- feebled in the middle. Scymnodes.. FF. Prosternum produced to cover the mouth or gans. Cryptolemus. EE. Mesosternum carinate. Platyomus. DD. Antenne formed of only eight joints. K. Epistoma truncate in front. Novius. KK. Epistoma emarginate in front. §Hypoceras. CC. Epipleurz with well defined fover. L. Prosternum short. Bucolellus. LL. Prosternum long. Bucolus. BB. Base of the antenne hidden behind the dilated epistoma. M. Epipleurz with well defined fovee. Lipernes. MM. Epipleure devoid of well defined fovee. Pharus. AA. Femora fitting into excavations of the under surface. N. Tibi fitting into sulci on under surface of femora. Serangium. NN. Femora normally sulcated. Cyrema. EUPALEA. It is with much hesitation that I attribute the following species to the tropical South American genus Hupalea, notwithstanding that in the supplement to his work M. Mulsant himself (the author of the genus) attributes an Australian species to it (which, however, Mr. Crotch regards as a mistake). The possession of the following characters would seem to place the insect before me in the group of Coccinellide, which Dr. Chapuis calls * Poriites,” viz., base of antennz exposed, epipleure not bearing well-defined foveze, body pubescent, epistoma entire in front, antenne long enough to reach the base of the prothorax (or nearly so), and having the apical joints elongate. From Ahizobius (which agrees _ with it in most of these respects) it differs by its finely granulated large eyes, with their inner margins subparallel. The group Porites, according to Dr. Chapuis, contains two genera—Poria and Hupalea—both inhabiting tropical America, though Dr. Chapuis alludes to M. Mulsant’s Australian species, and adds that he has himself a species from Australia in his own collection. The present insect agrees with Hupalea in most respects— especially in the structure of the antenne, in the rather peculiar prosternal structure, in the sinuation of the epipleurz opposite the hind femora, and in the small size of the abdominal lamelle. It differs from the characters of Hupalea (as given by Dr. Chapuis) in the finer granulation of the eyes, which are not distinctly sinuated on their internal margin, in the not particularly small 188 scutellum, and in the claws. These latter are unusually small, and so bent under the last joint of the tarsi that I found them exceedingly difficult to examine. I think, however, that they are certainly appendiculate, with the inner apex of the basal piece somewhat produced, while in Hupalea they are said to be bifid, with the inner division short and basal. As this may be a different way of describing the same character, I do not like to found a genus on it. Nevertheless, the present insect is so much smaller and so differently coloured from the South American species, that it can only be provisionally associated with them. The intermediate and (especially) the hind cox are unusually widely separated—a character not mentioned as pertaining to Eupalea. The first ventral suture is as strongly marked as the others. E. (%) rotunda, sp. nov. Sub-hemisphericus; convexus; sat nitidus; pubescens; lete brunneus; prothoracis disco, metasterno abdomine medio, et tarsis, plus minus picescenti- bus ; capite prothoraceque subtiliter, elytris minus subtiliter, sat crebre punctulatis. Long., 11.; lat., £1. The almost circular outline and clear, bright brown colour (with only the disc of the prothorax infuscate) of the upper sur- face of this insect render it at a glance very different from any other Australian Coccinellid known to me. For the sake of comparing its puncturation with that of a common species, I may say that its elytra are punctured a little, but not much, more finely than those of Rhizobius ventralis, Er. In one of my two examples the suture of the elytra is a little infuscate. Port Lincoln. NOVIUS. N. Lindi, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; minus convexus ; nitidus3 pubescens ; niger; elytris macula rufa instructis ; antennis, palpis, tibiis apice, et tarsis, rufopiceis; capite prothoraceque vix perspicue, elytris crebre subtilius, punctulatis. Long.,, 1L; lat, 41. Each elytron bears a well-defined oblong bright red spot, the hinder end of which reaches about the middle of the length of the elytron, and which is placed near to the suture. The head is wide ; the eyes are large and finely granulated, their inner mar- gins parallel. The prothorax is rather more than twice as wide as long down the middle, its front bisinuate, the middle being produced forward, its anterior angles little produced and narrowly rounded off, its sides gently arched and narrowed towards the base (with which they form a very obtuse angle) the latter being strongly arched backward all across and fitting into a deep com- mon emargination of the elytra. The scutellum is triangular and 189 moderately large. The prosternum is extremely short, not longer than the mesosternum ; between the coxe it appears as a concave lamina scarcely longer than its width behind, with a continuous. elevated margin except at its line of contact with the mesosternum, and somewhat narrowed to the front, where it is rounded. The mesosternum is much like that of Orcws in size and shape, but is a little more convex; its front is truncate, or almost convex. There is a well-defined sixth ventral segment, and the basal ven- tral suture is not less marked than the others. The epipleure are moderately wide and horizontal at the base, but become gradually narrower and vertical, disappearing altogether before the apex ; they are not foveated. The femora and tibie are all stronglycompressed,the former being deeplygrooved for the reception of the latter. The tarsiare very stout. The abdominal lamelle are complete, and extend back about two-thirds the length of the basal ventral segment. The prothorax is not narrower at its. base than the true base of the elytra, but the latter dilate very rapidly immediately from the base, and the humeral angle is so slightly marked that until carefully examined the anterior part of the lateral margin might pass for a portion of the base. Port Lincoln. JV. bellus, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; minus convexus ; nitidus ; pubescens ; niger; prothoracis dimidio apical, elytris vittis. maculisque nonnullis, antennis, epipleuris in parte, et segmen- tis ventralibus in parte, lete rufis; pedibus piceis, tarsis rufescentibus ; capite prothoraceque vix perspicue, elytris crebre subtilius, punctulatis. Long., 1,5, 1.; lat., 1 1 A very pretty Scymnid, the red markings being very bright and sharply defined. On each elytron they are as follows :— (a) A vitta parallel and near to the suture, extending from the base about four-fifths of the distance to the apex, very wide in front and quickly narrowed (somewhat resembling a dumb bell with one of the knobs broken off) ; () a vitta occupying the front half of the lateral margin, and dilated at its base so as to meet the sutural vitta about the middle of the base ; (c) a large discal spot just behind the middle ; (d) an apical spot. The red parts of the epipleure correspond with the marginal and apical red portions of the upper surface. This species does not appear to differ structurally from Lindi in any respect, and its sculpture is very similar. Apart from the totally different coloration it is a larger and more convex insect. Sedan ; taken by Mr. B. 8. Rothe. SCYMNODES, yen. nov. Caput prothoraci modice insertum; antennarum basis aperta ; oculi sat magni, subtiliter granulati, intus subparalleli ; 190 epipleure antice sat late, elytrorum in parte quarta postica obsolete, haud perspicue foveate; prosternum in medio longitudinaliter depressum (spatio depresso utrinque carinato, angusto, abasi ad apicem angustato, apice acuto); mesosternum sat magnum, antice leviter emarginatum; abdomen segmentis 6 conformatum ; suture ventrales bene impresse ; lamellee abdominales segmenti basalis apicem fere attingentes, integre ; tibie et femora sat fortiter compress ; antennz articulis 10 conformate, minus breves; corpus pubescens ; unguicula appendiculata. The insect for which I form this genus differs from nearly all hitherto described Australian pubescent Coccinellide by its antenne of ten clearly defined joints. The basal two joints are large and dilated, 3 much narrower and rather elongate, 4 evidently shorter than 3, 5 and 6 a little shorter than 4, 7 to 9 gradually longer and wider, 10 pointed. From Cryptolemus, which has very similar antenne, it may be at once distinguished by the entirely different structure of the prosternum and claws, by the well defined sixth ventral segment, and the greater breadth of the elytral epipleure in front. The mesosternum is remarkably like that of Cryptolemus, near which genus I think this one should certainly be placed. S. difficilis, sp. nov. Sat late ovalis; minus convexus; nitidus; dense albido-pubescens; subtilius sat crebre punctulatus ; rufo-ferrugineus ; capite postice, prothoracis disco, elytris (apice obscure rufo excepto), prosterno medio, mesosterno, metasterno, et segmento ventrali basali medio, nigro-eneis. Long., 21. (vix); lat., 121. The superficial resemblance of this insect to some of the Aus- tralian species of Rhizobius is very remarkable. Having only a single specimen I am unable to ascertain certainly whether the anterior cotyloid cavities are open behind, but as far as I can see they are not. The prothorax is about twice as wide as long down the middle, its anterior margin feebly concave but rather strongly sinuate behind the eyes, the base about half again as wide as the front margin, the sides gently arched, the front angles rather prominent but not sharp, the hind angles well developed and gently obtuse. The whitish pubescence is dense uniform and rather woolly looking over the upper surface—it is mixed with a few erect longer ferruginous hairs. The punctura-_ tion is a little stronger on the head and a little closer on the pro- thorax than on the elytra; it does not very nearly resemble the puncturation of any other of the common species known to me, being (on the elytra) about as close as in A. ventralis, Er., but 191 besides being finer than in that insect, it has a faint, obliterated, appearance. South Australia ; I am not sure whether I took this specimen near Adelaide or in the Port Lincoln district. SCYMNUS. A. Prosternum antice equaliter convexum, nec depressum nec carinatum. S. inusitatus, sp. nov. Ovalis; pubescens; sat convexus ; niti- dus; piceus; tibiis tarsisque dilutioribus; capite protho- raceque obsolete, elytris fortius crebrius, punctulatis. Long., 11; lat. 1. The mesosternum is of moderate size and is truncate in front ; the abdominal lamelle are incomplete, their hind and external outline being confused with the outline of the basal ventral seg- ment. There are six ventral segments, the apical four not differ- ing much iter se in length; the suture between the basal and next segment is very fine and obscure in the middle; the metas- ternum is impunctate down the middle, its sides (and also the ventral segments) being lightly and sparingly punctulate. The elytral puncturation compared with that of C. flavifrons, mihi, is larger, more sparing, and much smoother. The number of ventral segments in Scymnus is stated by Dr. Chapuis as five, but even in some European Scymni there is a small sixth segment, so that the development of the sixth segment in the present species may be merely a question of degree. The entire absence of any longitudinal sculpture traversing the median part of the prosternum is also approximated by some European forms attributed to the genus. Therefore, although it is likely that these peculiarities will sooner or later be regarded as valid generic characters, I do not think they call for the immediate creation of a new name. Near Port Lincoln ; taken by sweeping low plants. AA. Prosternum medio longitudinaliter depressum, spatio de- presso utrinque longitudinaliter carinato. B. Spatio depresso sat lato plus minus parallelo. S. insidiosus, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; pubescens; sat convexus; nitidus; piceo niger; capite, prothorace (disco excepto), elytris maculis nonnullis epipleurisque, abdominis apice, et pedibus (tibiis posticis 4 plus minus infuscatis exceptis), testaceis ; capite prothoraceque vix perspicue, elytris obscure minus crebre, punctulatis. Long., {71.; lat., 1. (vix.) Var. pallipes. Pedibus totis pallide testaceis. Var. major. Corpore majore, prothorace pedibusque totis testacels. 192 The markings on the elytra are best described by regarding the testaceous portion as'the ground colour. There then appear to- be the following pitchy-black markings, viz.:—(a) A triangle whose base coincides with the base of the elytra, and whose apex falls on the suture at about half its length, and then is produced somewhat narrowly down the suture to the apex; (b) an obscure marginal border ; (c) an oblique fascia connecting the middle of the marginal border, and the suture at two-thirds of its length from the base. There are only five ventral segments, which, to- gether with the sides of the metasternum, are finely but distinctly punctulate, while the middle portion of the latter is impunctulate. The antenne are very short; I can only count ten joints dis- tinctly. In my example of the var. pallipes each elytron has an addi- tional pitchy-black portion, forming a longitudinal connection between the fascia and the middle of the side of the common basal triangle, so that the testaceous portion which in the type appears as a vitta (running from the shoulder to near the middle of the suture) is here divided into two pieces. In the var. major the markings resemble those of the type, but are less clearly defined. The puncturation in both the vars. seems stronger and better defined than in the type, and they may possibly represent a (or even two) new species. All these bear ‘a remarkable super- ficial resemblance to Bucolellus ornatus, mihi, which, however, besides its generic differences, is punctured very differently. T have met with the type near Port Lincoln, the var. pallipes on Yorke’s Peninsula, the var. major at Woodville. S. lubricus, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; pubescens ; sat convexus ; sat nitidus; vix perspicue punctulatus; niger; capite, pro- thoracis lateribus margineque antico, et elytrorum lateribus apiceque, plus minus obscure piceo-rufescentibus ; antennis, palpis, pedibusque (femoribus plus minus piceis exceptis), latius rufescentibus. Long. 141.; lat. #1. Under a powerful Coddington lens the elytra near the suture appear punctureless, but towards the sides and apex some exces- sively minute and decidedly sparse puncturation is traceable ; the: puncturation is very much feebler than in S. notescens. The underside resembles that of S. Meyrick, but the metasternum is. not distinctly wrinkled transversely. My example has a small sixth ventral segment—the first ventral suture is very fine, but: distinct. Port Lincoln. S. Meyricki, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis ; pubescens; sat convexus ; sat nitidus; crebre subtilius punctulatus; niger; capite, prothoracis lateribus margineque antico, elytrorum macula 193 magna ante apicem, antennis, palpis, pedibusque (his femori- bus plus minus piceis), rufescentibus. Long., 121.; lat., #1. Var. ? obscwripes. Capite, prothoracis lateribus, femoribus omnibus, et tibiis 4 posterioribus, piceis. The red spot on the elytra occupies the posterior declivity, and is not very conspicuous anywhere, but most so close to the suture 5 it does not quite reach the apex. The sides of the metasternum and the ventral segments are distinctly punctulate, the middle portion of the former finely wrinkled transversely. There is a small sixth ventral segment ; the first ventral suture is very fine, but distinct. The puncturation of the upper surface is very much like that of the common S. flavifrons, but appears a little less asperate. In most examples the reddish tone is less decided on the head than on the other red parts. The puncturation of the var. is slightly feebler, and more sparse than in the type; it is very likely to be a distinct species, but may possibly be the other sex of the same. The type was collected in Western Australia by E. Meyrick, Esq., the var.? near Port Lincoln by myself. S. Poonindiensis, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; pubescens; sat convexus; sat nitidus; niger; capite, prothoracis angulis anticis margineque antico, antennis, palpis, femoribus anticis, et tibiis tarsisque omnibus, testaceis ; elytris obscure rufo-umbratis, epipleuris plus minus rufescentibus; capite subtilius sat crebre, prothorace vix perspicue, elytris sub- tiliter sat crebre, punctulatis. Long., 141. (vix); lat. #1. ?Sexus alter. Capite (labro excepto) piceo. In the type the reddish tone on the elytra is comparatively slight, and is vaguely diffused over the sides and apex; in the specimen mentioned as “? Sexus alter” obscure red is the prevail- ing colour of the elytra, black being confined to a common space included within a line on either side running from the humeral callus obliquely towards the middle of the suture, and thence continued parallel and close to it to the apex. The puncturation of the elytra is much like that of S. Meyrickz, but the impunctate prothorax renders this insect very distinct. The middle of the metasternum is scarcely wrinkled ; there are five ventral seg- ments ; the first ventral suture is distinct, but fine. Poonindie, near Port Lincoln. S. Casuarine, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; pubescens ; minus con- -vyexus; nitidus; brunneo-ferrugineus ; capite, prothorace (disco piceo excepto), antennis, palpis, pedibusque (his femoribus posticis exceptis), epipleuris, et abdominis apice, testaceis ; metasterno et abdominis segmentis basalibus non- nullis piceis; capite subtiliter sat crebre, prothorace vix N 194 perspicue, elytris suturam versus antice crebre sat fortiter, his latera apicemque versus gradatim obsoletius, punctulatis. Long., 11. ; lat., 41. (vix). This species is easily distinguished by the puncturation of its elytra, which is almost coarse over a small space on either side of the suture a little behind the scutellum, and thence becomes finer and more obsolete in all directions. The sides of the metaster- num and the ventral segments are rather coarsely punctured, the middle of the metasternum is almost sculptureless. There are five ventral segments; the first ventral suture is fine, but very distinct. Port Lincoln ; beaten from Sheoak (Casuarina). S. simplex, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; pubescens; minus con vexus; nitidus; crebre subtiliter punctulatus; piceo-brun— neus; capite, prothorace (disco piceo excepto), antennis, palpis, tibiis, tarsisque, sordide testaceis; metasterno ely- trisque piceis; his obscure rufo-maculatis. Long., 121; lat. 24 The most nearly allied, perhaps, to S. Meyricki, which, how- ever, is not so closely punctured as the present species. The red marking on the elytra consists of a small ill-defined, and not at all conspicuous, blotch near the lateral margin a little behind its middle. The sides of the metasternum are finely and very closely punctured ; the middle is almost sculptureless. The puncturation of the ventral segments is moderately fine and close near the base, and becomes gradually finer and closer to the apex. There are five ventral segments ; the first ventral suture, though finer in the middle than the rest, is very distinct. Petersburg (S.A.); beaten from pine. S. aspersus, sp. nov. Ovalis; pubescens ; sat convexus; nitidus ; sparsim subtilissime (elytris latera apicemque versus magis perspicue exceptis) punctulatus ; piceus ; capite, prothoracis angulis anticis, elytris maculis nonnullis, prosterno (obscure), epipleuris, antennis, palpis, tibiis anticis, et tarsis omnibus, testaceis. Long., +1. ; lat., 31. (vix). The testaceous marks on the elytra are very obscure, and con- sist of an elongate spot on either side of the middle of the suture and an oblique line (somewhat resembling a fascia abbreviated at both ends) near the apex. The puncturation of the head and prothorax cannot be seen without a powerful lens ; that of the elytra is similar near the scutellum, but becomes gradually better defined towards the sides and apex. On the underside the middle of the metasternum is scarcely punctulate, bnt bears some fine transverse wrinkles; there is a distinct sixth ventral segment ; 195 the ventral segments are finely and sparsely punctured, the basal ventral suture almost obliterated in the middle. Port Lincoln (8.A.). S. australis, sp. nov. Sat breviter ovalis; breviter pubescens ; subtilissime crebrius punctulatus ; subtus rubro-ferrugineus, supra fusco-testaceus; prothoracis basi lateribusque et elytrorum sutura, marginibus, maculisque pone basin nonnullis, piceo-nigris ; antennis palpis pedibusque testaceis, tibiis (nonnullis exemplis) infuscatis. Long., 11. (vix); lat., 21. T do not observe any structural difference between this species and S. awrugineus, except that this is wider and less parallel in form ; its puncturation is so fine and faint as to be scarcely visible under a strong lens. The basal margin of the prothorax, and lateral margins of it and the elytra, are very narrowly blackish ; the suture is more widely so; in this typical specimen there is a black spot on the humeral callus and another between it and the suture, and an obscure piceous cloud on the hinder part of the disc, but in other examples some of these spots are wanting. On the underside the pale testaceous colour of the reflexed margin of the elytra is in strong contrast with the dark red general surface. Petersburg (South Australia). S. flavifrons, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; pubescens; niger vel piceus ; capite, prothorace antice et lateraliter, pedibus 4 anticis, tibiis tarsisque posticis, lete flavis; elytris apicem versus rufescentibus; capite prothoraceque subtilissime, elytris minus subtiliter, punctulatis; sutura ventrali prima in medio obliterata. Long., +1.; lat., 21. (vix). The yellow area on the prothorax is limited behind by a regular curve with its extremities at the posterior angles and its middle nearly touching the middle of the anterior margin of the seg- ment. The pubescence is moderately dense, and semierect (or at least not flatly depressed), and is of a shining silvery white colour. The puncturation is moderately fine and rather dense, and has an asperate appearance as though there were a tendency to granula- tion on the intervals between the punctures; it is a little more dense near the sides than elsewhere, and scarcely differs on the upper and under surface except in the middle part of the metas- ternum being almost levigate; it is not unlike that of the European SS. capitatus, Fab., but is a little finer and closer. Common, and widely distributed in South Australia, occurring as far North as Lakes Torrens and Eyre, also near Adelaide, in the West, &c. In company with the above, and equally commonly, I find specimens which I conjecture to be the other sex (probably 196 female). They differ in having the yellow colouring less vivid and confined to the mouth organs, legs (even these being in some examples clouded with brown), and (in occasional examples) the extremities of the anterior margin of the prothorax. The anterior prolongation of the metasternum appears to be a little wider than in the type, and on this account there is a possibility of their being a distinct species. The following forms appear to me to be merely varieties or local races of S. flavifrons :— var? occidentalis. Differt maris capite prothoraceque minus argute flavo tinctis, elytris postice haud vel vix rufescentibus ;. feminee pedibus leetius testaceis. Sent to me from Western Australia by E. Meyrick, Esq. var? Victorae. Differt magnitudine (1 1.) et feminee (mare haud observato) pedibus letius testaceis, prothoracis angulis. anticis letius rufescentibus, elytrisque apicem versus haud rufescentibus. Taken by me in Western Victoria. S. aurugineus, sp. nov. Sat elongato-ovalis, aureo-pubescens ; leviter minus crebre punctulatus ; piceus ; supra ferrugineus, elytris ante medium V aureo conspicue ornatis ; antennis palpis pedibus et abdominis apice ferrugineus. Long., 1,3, 1.; lat., 1. Apparently not a variable insect ; rather narrow and parallel. The puncturation of the upper surface smoother finer and less close, that of the underside very much more sparing, than in S. flavifrons; the middle of the metasternum without visible punctures. The elytra has a mottled (yellow and reddish) appear- ance difficult to describe in detail, but in all the examples I have seen there is on each elytron a golden yellow vitta (very con- Spicuous in certain lights), which runs from immediately below the shoulder obliquely to just in front of the middle of the suture, which, however, it does not quite touch—the vitte of the two: elytra thus forming a V (the two arms, however, not quite meeting at the angle). On each elytron the darkest colouring (in some examples deep pitchy) forms a margin on both sides of. the vitta. The suture between the first and second ventral seg- ments is fine but distinct. Widely distributed in South Australia, but apparently not very common. I have it from Kapunda, Petersburg, and Lake Torrens. BB. Spatio depresso angusto antice subacuto. S. notescens, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; capillis sat elongatis. erectis sat dense vestitus; sparsius subtilius punctulatus ; niger, elytris antice macula permagna testacea notatis ; labro, 197 palpis, antennis, tibiis, tarsis, prothoracisque angulis anticis, plus minus rufescentibus. Long., 1 1.; lat., +1. Maris capite, prothoracis lateribus et femoribus anticis leete rufis. Much more sparingly punctured than either of the preceding two species. The testaceous spot on each elytron comes near touching both the suture and the lateral margin ; its front edge is separated from the anterior margin by a distance equal to about two-thirds the length of the prothorax, and its hind margin falls a little behind the middle of the elytron. In shape it may be described as a quadrate figure a little wider than long, deeply emarginate posteriorly, and having its antero-external corner cut off or emarginate. The suture between the first and second ven- tral segments is fine but distinct, Common near Port Lincoln ; also in the Adelaide district. AAA. Prosternum inter coxas longitudinaliter bicarinatum, antice equaliter convexum. C. Lamelle abdominalis haud integre. S. oscillans, sp. nov. Ovalis; pubescens; sat convexus; nitidus ; piceus ; prothoracis lateribus, antennis, palpis, epipleuris, pedibusque, testaceis; elytris piceo-brunneis, latera apicemque versus dilutioribus; capite prothoraceque subtiliter minus crebre, elytris sparsius distincte, punctulatis. Long., 141.5 lat., 51. The puncturation, compared with that of S. flavifrons, simplex, &c., is much smoother and more sparse. It is not unlike that of S. Meyricki, which, however, is a wider insect proportionally. The sculpture of the prosternum at once distinguishes it from nearly all its allies. The sides of the metasternum are closely, and the ventral segments less closely, punctured; the middle of the former is finely wrinkled transversely. There is a small distinct sixth ventral segment. The first ventral suture is fine, but distinct. Petersburg, S.A. S. Sedani, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; sat convexus ; nitidus ; pubescens ; piceus; elytris rufo bimaculatis; abdomine rufescenti; tibiis, tarsis, epipleurisque, sordide testaceis ; capite prothoraceque subtiliter crebrius, elytris fortius minus crebre, punctulatis. Long., 141.; lat., 11. The elytra are broadly red in the basal third of the lateral margin, and this red mark is prolonged from its hinder end obliquely towards the suture which it approaches (but not very closely) just in front of the middle; the hinder red spot occupies the apical one-sixth of the elytra. The puncturation of the elytra is stronger than in any of the Scymni described above. The 198 metasternum at its sides and ventral segments are rather strongly punctured, the former much more closely than the latter. The middle of the metasternum is obscurely punctulate. There are only five ventral segments. The basal ventral suture is nearly obliterated in the middle. Sedan, 8.A.; taken by Mr. B. 8. Rothe. CC. Lamelle abdominales integre. S. parallelus, sp.nov. Oblongus ; subparallelus; minus convexus; nitidus; pubescens; piceus vel ferrugineo-piceus; tibiis, tarsorum basi, et elytris singulis vitta lata, testaceis ; capite subtiliter obscure, prothorace vix perspicue, elytris crassius subrugulose, punctulatis. Long., #1.; lat, 21 Not very like Scymnus in general apperance, owing to its more elongate flattened form and not very finely granulated eyes; it is, moreover, the only Australian species (known to me) attribu- table to the genus in which the abdominal lamellz are entire, but I cannot find any satisfactory character for separating it. The upper surface is of a shining pitchy colour, inclining to ferruginous about the sides of the elytra, each of which bears a wide and rather obscure testaceous vitta commencing about the middle of the front margin, running down the disc to near the apex, and then turning towards and meeting the suture ; the inner margin of this vitta is better defined than the outer, so that the two vittze (meeting near the apex) enclose an elongate common space of a deep piceous colour, and externally merge by gradual shades of colour into the general hue. In one of my two examples nearly the whole under surface is reddish, including the femora ; in the other it is pitchy, with the apical segments reddish. The pro- thorax is scarcely twice as wide as long, its front scarcely emar- ginate, the front angles but little produced and not sharp, the hind sharply rectangular, the base not much wider than the front, the sides nearly straight. The abdominal lamelle nearly reach the apex of the basal ventral segment, and are very narrow, their external margin being on the front of the segment, nearly as far from the lateral margin of the segment as the whole width of the lamella along the front margin. The first ventral suture, though perfectly distinct, is evidently feebler in the middle than the other sutures. In one example there is a distinct, in the other a scarcely distinct, small sixth ventral segment. The infuscation of the claw joint of the tarsi is (if invariable) a conspicuous character. The epipleurz are more or less testaceous. Port Lincoln. RHIZOBIUS. A. Prosternum medio longitudinaliter depressum, spatio depresso utrinque longitudinaliter carinato. 199 R. discolor, Er. [var (?) proprius.] The insect which I attribute to this species measures 2} ]. in length, whereas R. (Scymnus) discolor is said to be 2 1., and there is evidently some confusion or mistake about the size, for comparing it with 2. (Scymnus) ventralis, which is said to be 21 1., Erichsen calls it *‘duplo fere minor.” Besides this, my specimen dis- plays some colour discrepancy, its upper surface being red brown, inclining to pitchy on the head and prothorax, with the margins of the latter, the shoulders, and the suture, bright red ; whereas Erichsen makes the colour black, with the head and the lateral margins of the prothorax red. According to Erichsen the pro- thorax should be rather sparingly punctulate, whereas in my example this segment (though less closely punctured than the elytra) bears decidedly dense puncturation at the sides, while that of the disc is a little more sparse. -The elytra are strongly sub- rugosely and very closely punctured, and have obsolete indica- tions of striation, but without the slightest tendency to linear puncturation. The whole upper surface is clothed with short, very fine, sub-recumbent pubescence, among which are other hairs standing up more erectly and evidently (though not very much) stouter and longer. Compared with the European &. litwrus, Fab., this insect is very much larger and much more parallel-sided in form, with the prothorax very much more transverse (twice as wide as long), its sides being more strongly rounded. The puncturation through- out is very similar to that of A. litwrus. As I have seen several specimens of the above described form not varying inter se, except in a tendency in some to a reddening of the elytral margins as well as the suture, it would seem to re- present at least a localized variety deserving of a -name, and is very likely to be a species distinct from the Tasmanian original. I may add that M. Mulsant mentions the testaceous color of the abdominal plates as a character of #. discolor ; this is not alluded to by Erichsen, nor do I find it in specimens before me,—which have the underside of a nearly unicolorous ferruginous, the ab- dominal plates extending back not much more than half the length of the basal ventral segment, and being punctured uniformly with the segment itself. Occurs near Port Lincoln. R. cyaneus, sp. nov. Elongatus ; vix subparallelus ; pubescens ; subnitidus ; supra (capite piceo excepto) obscure cyaneus ; subtus, antennis, palpis, pedibusque, obscure ferrugineis; prothorace quam longiori minus duplo latiori, elytris sat angustiori, antice leviter angustato, lateribus leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis subrotundatis haud prominulis, posticis sub- 200 rectis; capite prothoraceque subtilius sparsius, elytris subfortiter sat crebre, punctulatis; metasterno medio sparsim subtiliter punctulato, transversim vix rugato. Long., 121. ; lat., + 1, The abdominal plates reach back nearly to the apex of the basal segment, and are punctured much more sparsely than the lateral portion of the segment. The flattened ridge of the pro- sternum is at its widest immediately behind the front. The pubescence of the upper surface is mixed with hairs that are somewhat stouter and more erect than the rest. A single specimen occurred to me in Western Victoria. ft. leticulus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus; vix subparallelus; sat cequaliter pubescens ; nitidus; piceus; capite, prothorace, pedibus, prosterno, abdominis apice, et (nonnullis exemplis) signaturis quibusdam in elytris positis, testaceis ; prothorace quam longiori fere duplo latiori, elytris angustiori, antice minus angustato, lateribus minus rotundatis, angulis anticis rotundatis haud prominulis posticis subrectis ; capite pro- thoraceque subtiliter, elytris minus subtiliter, sparsim punctu- latis; metasterno subtiliter transversim rugato, vix perspicue punctulato. Long., 11.; lat., 31. In one example (the most highly coloured) the prothorax is dark red in the middle, becoming bright testaceous at the sides ; and on the elytra the shoulders, together with an obscure vitta near the suture, are testaceous; in others the whole prothorax is uniformly reddish and the elytra are nearly unicolorous. The abdominal plates are about two-thirds the length of the basal seg- ment, and are punctured as strongly and nearly as closely as the general surface of the segment. Woodville. f. Evansi, Muls. Ovalis; sat convexus; pubescens; sat nitidus; supra piceo-niger vix zneo-tinctus ; capite, prothorace (plus minus), corpore subtus, antennis, palpis pedibusque, ferrugi- neis ; prothorace quam longiori vix duplo latiori, elytris basi parum angustiori, antice sat angustato, lateribus subrectis, angulis anticis rotundatis subprominulis, posticis obtusis ; capite prothoraceque crebrius subfortiter, elytris crebre sat fortiter (latera versus presertim) punctulatis ; metasterno medio (antice presertim) fortius crebrius punctulato. Long., 13—21.; lat., 1}—12], The abdominal plates are about three-fourths the length ot the basal segment, and are punctured more strongly and less closely than the sides of the segment. The flattened ridge of the prosternum is uniformly narrowed from its base to the front. The 201 pubescence of the upper surface is of a silvery white colour, and is much mixed with long erect hairs. Compared with the Euro- pean &. litwrus this species is much wider, with more strongly rounded sides and much stronger puncturation. I have re-described this insect, because the original description is very incomplete and founded on a very pale specimen. I do not think there is any doubt of the correctness of my identifica- tion. Apparently common all over Southern Australia. R. insipidus, sp. nov. Elongato-ovalis ; sat convexus; pubescens; minus nitidus; totus brunneus (meso- et meta-sternis et abdomine piceis exceptis); prothorace quam longiori paullo minus duplo latiori, elytris basi vix angustiori, antice vix angustato, lateribus parum arcuatis, angulis anticis plane rotundatis haud prominulis, postice subrectis; capite pro- thoraceque subtiliter, elytris sat fortiter, sat crebre punctula- tis; metasterno medio subtiliter transversim rugato vix perspicue punctulato. lLong., 141.; lat., 41. The abdominal plates nearly reach the apex of the basal seg- ment, and are punctured a little more sparingly than the sides of the segment. The flattened ridge of the prosternum is strongly nar- rowed from its base to the front, which is pointed. The pubescence of the upper surface is whitish-brown in colour, and is mixed with a few rather long erect hairs. In some examples the suture is narrowly infuscate, and in some the elytra have a slight opales- cent greenish gloss. The puncturation of the elytra is less strong than in &. Lvansi and R. cyaneus, and slightly stronger than in f. leticulus. It is very similar to that of &. liturus, Fab. Roseworthy, 8.A., and Kangaroo Island. fh. debilis, sp. nov. Ovalis; sat convexus; pubescens; nitidus ; supra piceo-niger vix zneo-tinctus ; capite, prothorace, cor- pore subtus, antennis, palpis, pedibusque, plus minus fer- rugineis ; prothorace quam longiori duplo latiori, elytris basi vix angustioril, antice sat angustato, lateribus subrectis (marginibus subfortiter reflexis), angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis distinctis obtusis ; capite prothoraceque minute sat crebre, elytris prope scutellum subtilissime sparsim (latera apicemque versus magis distincte), punctulatis ; metasterno medio vix distincte sculpturato. Long., 121; lat., #1. An obscure.species resembling #. Evansi, but smaller and differently punctured, the punctures on the elytra near the scutellum being scarcely visible under a Coddington lens. The prothorax is very wide and short, with its lateral edges more strongly reflexed than is usual in the genus, especially at the anterior angles, which are sub-explanate. The abdominal plates 202 nearly reach the apex of the basal segment, and are very spar- ingly punctulate. The flattened ridge of the prosternum (which, however, is scarcely so much flattened as usual) is parallel-sided. The pubescence scarcely differs from that of R. Hvansi. Port Lincoln; not common. An abraded specimen from near Lake Eyre seems to be identical, but its condition will not allow of certainty. ft. Inndi, sp. nov. Ovalis; sat convexus; pubescens; sat nitidus ; piceus, antennis, palpis, corpore subtus, pedibusque, plus minus rufescentibus ; prothorace quam longiori vix duplo latiori, elytris basi vix angustiori, antice vix angustato,. Jateribus subrectis, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis dis- tinctis obtusis ; capite prothoraceque subtilius, elytris magis. fortiter, sat crebre punctulatis ; metasterno medio subtiliter: transversim rugato sat distincte punctulato. Long., 1—121.;. lat. 3—1 1. The abdominal plates are as in &. insipidus. The flattened ridge of the prosternum is strongly narrowed from its base to the front, where it is truncate. The pubescence scarcely differs from that of &. Hvansi. Nearest to &. insipidus, from which its. puncturation, though not quite so strong, scarcely distinguishes. it. It is, however, a wider and shorter insect, more strongly rounded on the sides, differently coloured, and especially with the prosternal ridge wider and truncate in front. It is smaller, very much more feebly punctured, and more obscurely coloured than &. Hvansi, and differs from &. debilis, inter alia, in its stronger puncturation and prosternal ridge narrowed to the front. Port Lincoln. k. ruficollis, sp. nov. Ovalis; sat convexus; pubescens; nitidus ;. subtus ferrugineus; capite, prothorace, pedibusque leete rufis; prothorace quam longiori paullo minus duplo latiori, elytris. basi vix angustiori, antice parum angustato, lateribus parum arcuatis, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis subrectis; capite- prothoraceque subfortiter, elytris paulo magis fortiter- minus crebre punctulatis; metasterno medio transversim rugato: subfortiter punctulato. lLong., 141.; lat., +1. The abdominal plates are about three-fourths the length of the basal segment, and are punctured much more strongly and sparsely than the sides of the segment. The prosternal ridge is as in f. insipidus. The pubescence resembles that of R. Hvansi, but the longer erect hairs are even longer and stouter than in that species. Very differently coloured from all the preceding, and dis- tinguished from all but &. insipidus by the sharply-pointed pro- sternal ridge. From the latter it differs in the pubescence, the 203 shorter abdominal plates, more strongly sculptured metasternum,. rather more sparing puncturation of the upper surface where there is less difference, moreover, than usual in the genus between the punctures on the prothorax and those on the elytra, and in the dark elytral epipleure (those of 2. insipidus show up as of a pale brown colour in strong contrast to the reddish pitchy metaster- num and hind body), besides other differences of colour, &c. Port Lincoln. R. ventralis, Er. I have taken near Port Lincoln, and also near Adelaide, examples of an insect which I cannot doubt is this remarkably coloured species, but if so, it is desirable to point out that Erichsen is in error in calling it ‘ oblongo-ovalis,” as it is rather exceptionally wide. It is, of course, possible that I have not the genuine thing before me, but my specimens agree perfectly with the description in every character except that I have named, including the unusual character of having the anterior angles of the prothorax membranous. Mulsant uses a similar expression in his (apparently independent) description, but afterwards furnishes measurements that certainly do not justify it, but show the species to be of much broader proportions than others to which he applies the same term. The insect before me is rather unlike Rhizobius in facies, but does not differ structurally in any respect so far as I can discover. Since many of the species of this first section of Ahizobius are closely allied inter se, the following tabulation may be service- able :— A. Elongate subparallel species. B. Prothorax and elytra brown or ferruginous. | discolor, Er.? (var. proprius, Blackb.) BB. Prothorax and elytra cyaneous. cyaneus, Blackb. AA. Oval species. B. Upper surface clothed with long erect hairs as well as: short pubescence. C. Prosternal ridge sharply pointed in front. p. Epipleurz of elytra dark coloured. ruficollis, Blackb-. pp. Epipleure of elytra pallid (in contrast with the much darker under surface of body). insipidus, Blackb. CC. Prosternal ridge not sharply pointed in front. p. Elytra strongly punctulate (more strongly than those of &. litwrus, Fab.) Evansi, Muls-. pp. Elytra very finely punctulate ; prosternal ridge with parallel sides. debilis, Blackb. ppp. Elytra distinctly but not very strongly punc- tulate ; prosternal ridge narrowed forward. Lindi, Blackb. 204 BB. Upper surface evenly pubescent. leticulus, Blackb. AAA. Form ovate; under surface black, except ventral seg- ments, which are bright red. ventralis, Er. AA. Prosternum antice equaliter convexum, longitu- dinaliter neccarinatum nec sulcatum. B. Species majores. In this group the intercoxal portion of the prosternum is more or less carinate laterally but the part in front of the coxe is simply convex with more or less tendency to be compressed, especially in the extreme front, owing to which the middle of the front margin is more or less angularly prominent. The eyes are extremely coarsely granulated and placed very obliquely. fk. australis, sp. nov. Oblongo-ovalis; subparallelus; minus convexus ; sat nitidus; pubescens; rufus, elytris (margine laterali sat anguste rufo excepto) piceo-nigris; capite prothoraceque subtiliter sat crebre, elytris fortius subrugulose, punctulatis. Long., 221.; lat., 121. The red lateral margin of the elytra is not very sharply defined or conspicuous ; 1t is continued round the apex where it is a little dilated. The pubescence of the upper surface is uniform (7.e., not containing hairs conspicuously longer and more erect than the rest). The third joint of the antennz is as long as the following two together ; the ninth and tenth joints are transverse and have their inner apex produced in a kind of lobe which is curved for- ward against the basal part of the next joint. The prothorax is quite twice as wide as long, widest at the base which is more than half again as wide as the front margin, the latter moderately emarginate with angles quite rounded off; the sides converge slightly from the base to about the middle, thence roundly and more strongly. On the underside the puncturation is fine and A be i 4 4 ke e Hylan Srorite ond Troveysed by wamerous nkes of Qrorre woop ee ALU Nd efchel Ved eee . yeoo! ope Granite ond Qnerss factum Sine aboul 00 § cloove Seo Gevel 53 region. I have one from the Everard Plain, but they are most numerous among the portions of the plain whose surface is strewn with chalcedony and ironstone nodules. I found none in situ, but in the Peake Range, and afterwards in the Macdonnells, I picked up in the creek-debris fragments of what is apparently sanidine felspar, but of which the parent rock was not seen. EXPLANATIONS TO PLATE. Fic. 1.—SecTION ACROSS SOUTHERN END OF THE DENISON RANGE. . Table land sandstone (Tertiary). . Blue clay and gypsum (Cretaceous). . Ironstone mass. Argillaceous and talcose slates . Quartzite bands in argillaceous and hydro-mica slates ‘ Primary. OPN Fic. 2.—SECTION ACROSS MIDDLE PORTION OF DENISON RANGE. . Table land sandstone (Tertiary). . Blue clays and Gypsum (Cretaceous), . Granite. . Syenite. © . Argillaceous and hornblendic schists, . Quartzite bands and talcose slates. Quid V2 Om Fic. 3.—ALGEBUCKINNA GoLD FIELD, R. NEALES. . Sandy kaolin Gravel cement (auriferous) . Sandy cement | Gravel cement >Tertiary. Sandy cement Gravel cement | . Compact sandstone Argillaceous and Hornblendic Schists with Garnets and Copper. . Granite dyke. . Quartz-syenite dyke. OO CNIANPWN & Lond Fic. 4.—TypicaAL ESCARPMENT OF TABLE LAND. . Cretaceous clays with beds of shell limestone and gypsum. . Bed of nodular ironstone. . White sandy grits often argillaceous. . Porcelainised sandstone. PWN Fic, 5.—SEcCTION ACROSS MT. CHARLOTTE RANGE, 12 MILES NORTH OF CHAMBERS PILLAR. , I. Sandy thin beds of shale with manganic ironstone. . 2. Siliceous limestone. 3- Calcareous earthy beds with seams of manganic ironstone. 4. Argillaceous limestones of oolitic structure. 5. Fissile sandstones. Fic. 6.—SECrION ACROSS MACDONNELL RANGES TO GREAT PLATEAU. 54 GUMS, AND & RESIN, PRODUCED By AUSTRALIAN PROTEACE 2. By J. H. Marpen, F.L.S., F.C.S., &e., Curator of the Techno- logical Museum, Sydney. (Communicated by Proressor Rennis, M.A., D.Sc.) [Read September 10, 1889. | It is only of late years that the presence of gum in the Pro- teaceze has been recorded. It has not even yet, the author believes, been noted as having been found on non-Australian species. In reproducing Deputy-Surgeon-General Shortt’s state- ment as to the gum of Grevillea robusta (infra) the Gardeners’ Chronicle excusably said (1882)—“‘The statement is a remarkable one, as none of the Proteaceze were known to yield gum.” The first record I can find of a Proteaceous gum is in Captain Lort Stokes’ ‘Discoveries in Australia,” i., 132. The work was published in 1846, and he records gum froma Western Australian Hakea, termed “ Holly” by the colonists and ‘“ Tool-gan” by the blacks. The second is a statement in the Catalogue of Western Australian Products at the Intercolonial Exhibition, Melbourne, 1866—“ Gums of Hakea species are found plentifully (my italics) after the autumn rains.” The next is by Dr. Cooke, whe describes (1874) a sample of G'revillea robusta gum in the India Museum. This endemic Australian species is a common avenue-tree in Southern India and Ceylon. Then follow. Surgeon-General Shortt’s observations in South India in 1879-81 on gum of the same species. Still the same species yielded gum for Fleury’s experiments in 1885, and the author now follows with records of the gum of five additional Proteads and the resin of a sixth. These Proteaceous gums are not only of much botanical inter- est, but of high chemical importance. The present is the second occasion on which the presence of Pararabin has been recorded in any gum, so far as the author is aware. The first announcement of it having been found in gums is that of its discovery in Sterculra (‘ Kurrajong”) gum by the author, and recorded in a paper in the Pharmaceutical Journal of London, vol. xix.) Pararabin had only been previously recorded from beetroot and carrots and from certain seaweeds. Pararabin differs from _ Metarabin in its solubility in dilute acids. ao 979) GREVILLEA ROBUSTA, A. Cunn. “Silky Oak.” Found in New South Wales and Queensland. “Tn the India Museum is a sample of gum rather like that of Moringa, of a vinous-red colour, and but little soluble. It is said to have been obtained from this tree, which is cultivated to a limited extent in Mysore. It has a bright shining resinoid frac- ture, which it retains. It is much mixed with pieces of friable bark, to which it adheres. The gum is only botanically interest- ing” (Cooke, “‘Gums and Resins of India”). In some notes on the Shevaroy Hills for 1881, by Deputy- Surgeon-General Shortt, the following passage occurs :—“ Of the plants introduced in these hills, I have to notice a peculiarity as regards Grevillea robusta. One tree, which is now eleven years old, has for the last two years during the rains produced spon- taneously each year about ten ounces of a translucent gum, which has no smell or particular taste, is of a pale yellow colour, and mixes readily with water, when it forms a whitish-brown coloured mucilage, and as a paste answers all the purposes of the so-called gum arabic for adhesive purposes. The other Grevillea trees are some two or three years younger, and have not as yet evinced any disposition to produce gum.” This finding of a gum so adhesive in the Proteacez is not borne out by the author’s experiments. Fleury experimented upon gum of this species from Algeria (Journ. Pharm. {5}, ix., 479-480; Journ. Chem. Soc., xlviii., 238). He speaks of it occurring “frequently,” and being similar in appearance to cherry gum. It is yellowish-red, slightly trans- lucent, and slightly friable. In water it swells a little, and slowly produces a very persistent white emulsion, which passes through all filters. It contains no starch, but gives 3 per cent. of ash, principally calcium carbonate and a little potash. The emulsion, treated with absolute alcohol, gives a copious precipt- tate of gum proper. When the alcoholic solution is evaporated it gives 5-6 per cent. of a reddish transparent resin, with slightly acid properties ; this is soluble in alkalies and carbon bisulphide. Common as this species is in this its native country of Aus- tralia, it has not yet been my good fortune to find any gum on it M. Fleury’s specimen is almost a gum-resin; exudations from a Hakea and a Xylomelwm examined by me yield true gums, with not a trace of resin. But Grevillea striata yields an exudation which is mainly resin, so we must come to the conclusion that the Proteacez yield both gums and resins. GREVILLEA sTRIATA, Ff. Br., B. Fl, v. 462. “ Beef-wood.” Found in South Australia, New South Wales, Queensland, and Northern Australia. 56 This particular sample came from Whittabranah, Wilcannia, N.S.W. It weighs several pounds, and was obtained in large pieces from two average trees, without using a ladder. Out of reach there was about an equal quantity to be seen, and which was left on the trees ; a large quantity was also found lying on the ground, partially decomposed. It was so hard on the trees that a hammer and chisel were necessary to remove it. It is quite free from odour, and has a dark reddish colour. When pure it has a bright fracture, but much of it is mixed with woody matter ina fine state of division. The warmth of the hand is sufficient to cause the resin to adhere to it. It sticks to the teeth, but is without taste. It is reduced to powder with the utmost facility, forming a dull powder. . It is rather opaque looking. In cold water the substance whitens slightly. If the water be boiled, the liquid becomes very turbid, reminding one of coffee with excess of milk and with abundant “grounds.” No odour is developed. Petroleum spirit extracts 5:2 per cent. of a hard, transparent, brownish resin. The residue is acted upon by alcohol, which extracts 6071 per cent. of a brownish resin. This residue is then digested in water, which extracts 5-6 per cent. of a yellowish substance, consisting chiefly of arabin. The residue consists of 26°5 per cent. of a brownish substance which swells enormously in water, and which consists of metarabin (14 per cent.), while the remainder is accidental impurity. Summary.—Resin soluble in petroleum spirit .... 52 ye - alcohol. ... seh Weal Soluble in water re) ~ ee 5:6 Metarabin dee oviet «mk Accidental impur ity ar, ons oe eee Moisture... a a fs - 17 The presence of metarabin in this exudation is remarkable, in view of the fact that pararabin is the main constituent of gums of this Natural Order. I have subjected my experiments to very careful repetition and revision. It contains no tannic acid. The present is the first occasion in which a resin (or, to speak more correctly, a substance consisting mainly of resin) has been recorded from any Protead, so far as the author is aware, and certainly from any Australian species. HAKEA ACICULARIS, A. Br. The ‘ plentiful” occurrence of //akea gum in Western Aus- tralia has already been alluded to. In Southern New South 57 Wales a clear, hard, yellowish gum has been observed (May,. 1888) on a shrub (Hakea acicularis, R. Br., B. FL, v., 514) im small quantities. Since the above was written Mr. R. T. Baker has been fortu- nate enough to discover gum on a twig of this species near the South Head Lighthouse, at Sydney. The leaves were dead, and matted together by the gum, which is most plentiful near where the wood has been destroyed by an insect. The whole branch as received at once gives the idea that the gum is a pathological product. On healthy branches of the same shrub no trace of gum could be seen. It is perfectly transparent, and of a pale amber colour, much resembling (in outward appearance) ordinary Black Wattle gum (Acacia decuwrrens). It is insipid, and when placed in water forms a smooth mucilaginous liquid, having much the consistency of tragacanth under similar circumstances (though without opalescence), and, like it, exceedingly difficult to filter. Following is an analysis :— Soluble gum (arabin) 1G:52 Pararabin ... od ius Gard Moisture ca 19-1 Ash ... 1°6 Hakea Macrakcana, fF. v. MM. Found in Southern New South Wales. ; se 2 | Aly R ao & GROWER epsT ae i 67 CENSUS OF THE INDIGENOUS FLOWERING ‘PLANTS AND VASCULAR CRYPTOGAMS OF EXTRA-TROPICAL SOUTH AUSTRALIA. By Proressor Rautpu Tate, F.LS., F.G.S., &e. {Read October 2, 1889]. Plate V. Since the publication of a Census of the Native Plants of ‘South Australia, in the volume of these Transactions for 1880, much activity has been shown in botanical research—greatly ex- tending our knowledge of the species and their distribution, that. “it is deemed desirable to submit a Revised List. _ To give some idea of the distribution of the constituents of the flora of extra-tropical South Australia, this part of the province is divided into the following regions and districts, as “indicated on the accompanying map. I. THe EREMIAN REGION. This j is limited by the rainfall-line of about ten inches, which dividing line on the south closely approximates to “ Goyder’ S " yainfall-line” —demarking the northern limit of successful wheat- cultivation. It comprises the “salt-bush” country of the pas- _ toralist. About one-sixth of the species are extra-Australasian, chiefly of the Indo-Malay Province, whilst a large proportion of the endemic species belong to exotic genera.* District F. This embraces the elevated country to the north of the Lake Eyre Basin, and drained by the tributaries of the River Finke, which have their sources in the McDonnell Range. ‘The average annual rainfall does not exceed ten inches, but it is very irregular in its distribution. Disrricr C. This is the most characteristic section of the _Eremian Region ; it is subject to severe droughts, and the rain- fall does not exceed seven inches. It extends in a northerly direction, certainly as far as Charlotte Waters, is for the most part of low elevation, and comprised of Cretaceous and Tertiary clays and sands, except outlying masses of the Flinders Range which form hilly tracts of limited extent. *See Proc, Austr. Assoc, for the Advancement of Science, 1888, p. 312. 68 District 8. This has a slightly increased rainfall as compared with C, and is mostly comprised of elevated ground in parallel ranges of not inconsiderable height, collectively called the Flinders Range. Outlying areas of District N., far within its boundary, occur at Wilpena Pound, at Blinman, and in a modified degree about Mount Serle; the inclusion of so many southern forms in the list for this district somewhat masks the truly desert-character of its prevailing flora. For its southern limit, I use the watershed-line, demarking the northern from the southern stream-courses. District W. This is the south-western extension of C., and presents much the same physical characters. However, in the Gawler Range, there occurs a small collection of species, which belongs to more southern latitudes; otherwise the flora is essentially Eremian. District M.—This area in its northern parts is a southerly extension of C and 8; it comprises the Murray Desert, a plain which abuts on the west against the Adelaide Chain, and its north-east extension to the Barrier Range, and is constituted of Kocene and Pliocene strata, which are highly absorbent to water. Its south-western and southern limits, as defined by geological and topographical features, reach beyond the rainfall line of ten inches; and it becomes a question where best to fix the boundary, though on the whole there is an abrupt change in the flora wher- ever we pass from the Archean to the Eocene rocks. The terres- trial flora is largely comprised of Eremian species, but the fluviatile and paludinal species are essentially Euronotian. II. THe Evuronorian REGION. The flora of this region is of the type dominant in the wetter parts of temperate Australia, except the extreme south-west. It is essentially an aboriginal flora, being largely composed of en- demic genera and species. District A. Herein is presented one of the chief subtypes of the Euronotian flora, or at least such of it as occurs on the higher elevations of the Adelaide chain; the plants of the plains are more widely distributed throughout the Euronotian region of Australia. District N. This comprises the country to the north of a line from the head of St. Vincent Gulf to the Burra. The elevated country about Wirrabirra and Mount Remarkable, with its rela- tively high rainfall, forms a small botanical outlier of the Ade- laide chain. Districr Y. The flora of Northern Yorke Peninsula is an extension of that of N ; that of the southern part is not known, but we may anticipate certain affinities with L and K. 69 District L. Comprises Southern Eyre Peninsula, or the Port Lincoln district, and the costal tract extending to about Fowler Bay. The flora is essentially Euronotian, but the absence of cer- _ tain characteristic species of A, and the presence of identical or closely-allied species of the Swan River district, impart a distine- tinctive feature. District K. The flora of Kangaroo Island is largely comprised _ of species proper to A and L, whilst it contains also species of Autochthonian origin which have here their eastern limit, and _ others of Victorian and Tasmanian origin which here reach their - westernmost limit ; it moreover contains several restricted species and one genus. Distrricr T. Comprises the country south of M and east of Lake Alexandrina, and includes the Ninety-mile Desert and the Tatiara. -It is largely constituted of Pliocene and Pleistocene sands and clays, occupying a low-lying region subject to inunda- tion, and largely interspersed with marshes. In its south-east direction it is bounded by the low plateau of Eocene-limestones constituting the Mount Gambier district. This district has not been botanically explored in any syste- matic manner ; its species for the most part are Adelaidean, but towards the Victorian frontier it has received a few species which are restricted to the southern parts of the Wimmera-country. District G. The extreme south-east corner of this colony is well defined both geologically and meteorologically. Physically it is an elevated plain comprised of Eocene-limestones, on which are reared cones of volcanic debris to heights of about 700 feet. The rainfall exceeds 25 inches within a line drawn from Guichen Bay to about Penola, though the limestone plateau continues northward beyond Narracoorte; within this area, thus roughly defined, many species characteristic of Southern Victoria and even of Tasmania have their most western limits, the most notable of which is the Sambucus, whilst the bulk of the species occurs in district A. None of its species are restricted. © RANUNCULACEAE. Clematis, Linne (1737). aristata, R. Brown Ve “a ve aie ee iv on ne microphylla, DeCandolle He fa pai! Boe Pee aN, Mee Ta Rs Ranuneulus, Linne (1737). aquatilis, Linne Ap i soak ical Cre, Snip COA a soe he lappaceus, Smith ees Pea RNR A FY sacs. Waa eR aad bea © rivularis, Banks & Solander rr ee eee | a parviflorus, Linne ong ie tem ae Ae ye i Kk TS Myosurus, Linne. minimus, Linne a ay erty Ce ae Be ile! seg 70 DILLENIACEAE. Hibbertia, Andrews (1800). hirsuta, Bentham eee. sericea, Bentham Spy: ' . A ae stricta, R. Brown hs MAN ® hil eiag Billardieri, F. v. Mueller ses ite OR G acicularis, /’. v. Mueller e rie ve “2 since virgata, k. Brown sie oe ie WMA YS ee fasciculata, R. Brown ... ae Hi! oF 5 ye MEAL Dry Giese | glaberrima, Ff. v. Mueller... F LAURACEAE. Cassytha, Osbeck (1753). glabella, R. Brown ... at Hes eed Seager YL, Basu pubescens, R. Brown... ps a mee ek Y Ufo melantha, Rk. Brown... un 443 WMA ¥ *h, ees CERATOPHYLLEAE. Ceratophyllum, Linne (1735). demersum, Linne ie 3 ee at M PAPAVERACEAE. Papaver, Linne. aculeatum, Jhunberg ... ae i sl pea ek: CoA CON NY pla ie CAPPARIDAE. Cleome, Linne. viscosa, Linne ... ay vike gee Capparis, Linne. lasiantha, R. Brown ... ae C spinosa, Linne ... ale a une Mitchelli, Lindley ts oie RE! oak CL CRUCIFERAE. Nasturtium, R. Brown (1812). terrestre, Rk. Brown... ae a octet TE oA. T ¢G Cardamine, Linne. eustylis, /’. v. Mueller ... a fat is | laciniata, /’. v. Mueller IME Aone Oe T G flexuosa, Withering ee ie | G Barbarea, Beckmann (1801). vulgaris, R. Brown ... ar oh Nee ov OX 71 Erysimum, Linne. eurvipes, F. v. Mueller... i. ks RE Dat ON brevipes, F. v. Mueller... a5 Cre atte. aN iv, lasi oro. mueer .. FC. . M y ly Blennodia, F. v. Mueller as! EO Seay Sisymbrium, Linne. filifolium, F. v. Mueller jae on SOW N trisectum F, v. Mueller ae OC Bey BM nasturtioides, F. v. Mueller... inno eM. N ou Tate rae ae ichardsii, F. v. Mueller ae th) W cardaminoides, F. v. Mueller ... C M TG Cakile, Linne. maritima Scopoli oe cae Pee b 72 Hybanthus, Jacquin (1763). floribundus, F. v. Mueller A W A Te enneaspermus, /’, v, Mueller ... EF Tatei, /. v. Mueller... = em Hymenanthera, R. Brown (1818). Banksii, F. v. Mueller ... Hf, ee ey wo DROSERACEAE. Drosera, Linne (1737). binata, Labillardiere A : : G glanduligera, Lehm. bts ia ele err." ¥ i; 8 Whittakerii, Planchon... aS te wee ot oe yy) eee pygmaea, DeCandolle ... at aa soe ok 1 ae spathulata, Labillardiere - a re Burmanni, Vahl... F Indica, Linne sa ie Ee , Menziesii, R. Brown ... Fe C A Noe K G auriculata, Backhouse ... fi fe AN K G peltata, Smith is ots wba a3 RS: Weg | L TG FRANKENIACEAE. Frankenia, Linne. laevis, Linne hs “f 2S OM MO OA N Yo bt de tae PITTOSPOREAE. Pittosporum, Banks (1788). phillyraeoides, DeCandolle .. F CS WMAN YLKTG Bursaria, Cavanilles (1797). spinosa, Cavanilles ... gers: Toye aM IN SCS ieee Marianthus, Huegel (1837). bignoniaceus, /’. v. Mueller... i m: tan K Billardiera, Smith (1793). scandens, Smith... vais a Foe re ae sek cymosa, /’. v. Mueller ... ay ix: he ey. ee a a Sal AA | 2 92 Cheiranthera, Cunningham (1829). linearis, Cunningham ... ak o's bes A MN. Ye volubilis, /. v. Mueller aut at sth . AA POLYGALEAE. Polygala, Linne. Chinensis, Linne on ae, 73 scoparium, Steetz : it cag WM volubile, Labillardiere.. Sh otk +a Be sylvestre, Lindley ee a ee viscidulum, F’. v. Mueller ete, - oF calymega. Labillardiere fe i polygaloides, J. v. Mueller rams 8 ELATINEAE. Elatine, Linne (1737). Americana, Arnott oe, te as hee M Bergia, Linne (1771). ammannioides, Roxburgh A C M perennis, /. v. Mueller HYPERICINEAE. Hypericum, Linne. RUTACEAE. Correa, Smith (1798). aemula, F. v. Mueller ... sande alba, Andrews ae ef: sha ax ay speciosa, Andrews 2 a iy WH 03 decumbens, /’. v. Mueller < he sere tea Zieria, Smith (1798). veronicea, /. v. Mueller oy Boronia, Smith (1798) Edwardsi, Bentham 4. pan aoa coerulescens, /. v. Mueller... ne W filifolia, F. v. Mueller ... Ch rae a clavellifolia, F. v. Mueller... oo WwW parviflora, Smith A ae me sig polygalifolia, Smith pinnata, Smith ' >> \ bbb Eriostemon, Smith (1798). obovalis, Cunningham .. linearis, Cunningham ... ada me WwW difformis, Cunningham... ie ee WMA lepidotus, Sprengel é, . stepAbee tie stenophyllus, /. v. Mueller ave Lindley - an a is ere ebrandi, F’. v. Mueller... <. +P Be brachyphyllus, F. v. Mueller ... A F ont gee Labillardiere (1806). Japonicum, Vhunberg ... ee ak 2: AN sediflorus, /. v. Mueller A J, ‘WM. N capitatus, /. v. Mueller ae re a el, ae el mes A ARR AAA A le Bs Hh SeSHses 4 92 2 2 92 92 2 2 74 Geijera, Schott (1834). salicifolia, Schott ae a a i+ MM parviflora, Lindley Bs on oe ee MM. ee eee MELIACEAE. Owenia, F. v. Mueller (1857). acidula, F. v. Mueller ... ee LINEAE. Linum, Linne. marginale, Cunningham or ay aoe he es ee r-G ZYGOPHYLLEAE. Tribulus, Linne (1735). terrestris, Linne i oe a GO aba Wo M uy hystrix, R. Brown Bie iva ket by macrocarpus, /’, v. Mueller F Forrestii, /. v. Mueller seats Ge platypterus, Bentham .. oo hirsutus, Bentham vo eee ee astrocarpus, /. v. Mueller... F Zygophyllum, Linne (1735). apiculatum, fF. v. Mueller... F 5. WM N fruticulosum, DeCandolle wae EF © S Wa. BM x ammophilum, F’. v. Mueller ... F C Ww M YY ble Billardieri, De Candolle at ©.S. We. ME Ao’ 2 ¥ ae ae prismatothecum, J’. v Mueller 8 Howittii, F. v. Mueller ah CS glaucescens, fF. v. Mueller... C WM A NM- YB crenatum, F. v. Mueller ae We WM NX iodocarpum, F. v. Mueller ... F.C S W M Nitraria, Linne (1759). Schoeberi, Linne ee oh CS WM A.ROY Le GERANIACEAE. Pelargonium, L’Heritier (1787). australe, Willdenow ... ie he A N-Y L Kb Te Rodneyanum, Mitchell... tn ae Sea mene. T & Geranium, Linne. pilosum, Solander ee ae ing BW ML BIN 3 as on Erodium, L’Heritier (1787). cygnorum, Nees... yer ww FOC. S°W M.A N Mo ete Oxalis, Linne (1737). corniculata, Linne ae . F vv SW M 2 ey GC ae 75 SAPINDACEAE. Diplopeltis, Endlicher (1837). Stuartii, F. v. Mueller ... SOE Atalaya, Blume (1847). hemiglauca, F. v. Mueller ... F C Heterodendron, Desfontaines (1818). oleaefolium, Desfontaines we 2. CSW, Me ANE VY Dodonaea, Linne (1737). viscosa, Linne ... 9 w be oe WwW M ALN. ¥Y 'L KT eG petiolaris, /. v. Mueller ae lanceolata, F. v. Mueller eg rocumbens, F.v. Mueller... ack Me irs oe _ nea obulata, F. v. Mueller.. = coo ee N bursarifolia, Behr & F. 0. Me. oe ae ap Re i Baueri, Endlicher AR se ie see ae Ney. LK G hexandra, F. v. Mueller Sn Ae A Ve humilis, Lndlicher ais ¥ WwW Ye sky, OE boronifolia, G. Don... ae: #2 aa ay, macrozyga, F.v. Mueller... F tenuifolia, Lindley a Ke besser. stenozyga, F’. v. Mueller rye as Wi ¥ £ microzyga, Ff’. v. Mueller woo Ae wy WW N STACKHOUSIEAE. Staekhousia, Smith (1798). megaloptera, F. v. Mueller... aa spathulata, Sieber i aN abe sa att uf. K G linarifolia, petite Ae oe duces) Ae , Asti oli Kesh flava, Hooker : ; 7 a A Wr Th, muricata, Lindley ae yuh viminea, ‘Smith ee ee ah ayy Maegregoria, F. v. Mueller (1873). racemigera, F.v. Mueller ... F PHYTOLACCEAE. Didymotheea, J. Hooker (1847). thesioides, Hooker - a = ae oad Oe Pa a FA G pleiococca, F. v. Mueller if MA | APR EN Gyrostemon, Desfontaines (1820). -ramulosus, Desfontaines ..3 ae W Codonoearpus, Cunningham (1830). yramidalis, F. v. Mueller... 8 olius, F.v. Mueller... F C M N 76 MALVACEAE. eee R. & G. Forster (1776). Berthae, F. v. Mueller.. Do spicatus Bentham ee as M 4 K TG glomeratus, Bentham ... at OF eae y A; microphyllus, Ff. v. Mueller... i be pop Oe ge Sida, Linne (1737). ‘corugata, Lindley fy im & OO BY ayer "A intricata, Ff. v. Mueller : C N virgata, Hooker .. 5 ig A ee cardiophylla, /’. v. . Mueller... ¥F cryphiopetala, Ff. v. Mueller ... F petrophila, F.v Mueller F calyxhymenia, J. Gay ... rhombifolia, Linne ee, afte inclusa, Bentham shay hee platycalyx, F. v. Mueller F lepida, f. v Mueller Howittia, F. v. Mueller (1855). trilocularis, F. v. Mueller a PEP oe eat ae ss i Abutilon, Gaertner (1791). tubulosum, Hooker a leucopetalum, F. v. Mueller Mitchelli, Bentham cryptopetalum, F. v. Mueller . otocarpum, fF’ v. Mueller Avicennae, Gaertner oxycarpum, I’. v. Maeller Fraseri, Hooker . ong me halophilum, F. v. Mueller macrum, F’. v. Mueller . in ae W C Hef fej bey Fy Qaaaoe aa S S Lavatera, Linne. plebeia, Sims... ee oo BD Cos WeoM A ON. Xe ee Malvastrum, Asa Gray (1849). spicatum, A. Gray... sco, a age AA Hibiscus, Linne (1735). trionum, Linne ... C brachysiphonius, F. v. Mueller’ C microchlaenus, /’. v. Mueller ... F’. W Pinonianus, Gaudichd. ... F Krichauthi, IP’. v. Mueller CS WM Sturtii, Hooker ... : Cre boat We. Farragei, F. v. Mueller.. ne W Wrayae, Lindley A we Bas Ww is Re: Ee hakeaefolius, Giord. ... ue iest LAD L Gossypium, Linne (1737). australe, F. v. Mueller ... ae Sturtii, #.v. Mueller ... eta) eee 77 TILIACEAE. Triumfetta, Linne. Winneckeana, F. v. Mueller ... F Corchorus, Linne. sidoides, F. v. Mueller ... 1RE Elderi, F. v. Mueller... SABLE 8 STERCULIACEAE. Hermannia, Linne. Gilesii, F. v. Mueller ... a aa . Waltheria, Linne (1737). Indica, Linne ... se Abed Melhania, Forskael (1775). incana, Heyne ... eee iyaeet, ae Commerconia, R. & G. Foster (1776). magniflora, F. v. Mueller loxophylla, F. v. Mueller Kempeana, F. v. Mueller Tatei, F. v. Mueller hej Fy Brachychiton,, Schott & Endlicher (1832). Gregorii, F. v. Mueller ... ew Seringia, Sprengel (1818). corollata, Steetz .. el det i nephrosperma, F. v. Mueller ... F integrifolia, F. v. Mueller F Hannafordia, F. v. Mueller (1860). Bissillii, F. v. Mueller ... SORE 5 Thomasia, J. Gay (1821). petalocalyx, F. v. Mueller A ¥ Lasiopetalum, Smith (1798). discolor, Hooker... Af 4: a W A ¥ Behrii, F, v. Mueller... ae te bce, Eh Ys Baueri, Steetz ... eo oe WwW A Y Tepperi, J’. v. Mueller .. ia iat: Schulzenii, 7. v. Mv eller TREMANDREAE. Tetratheca, Smith (1793). ciliata, Lindley ... = th + yA) bie - SS a A Oe en | Deane. i pee | at ag 78 EUPHORBIACEAE. Euphorbia, Linne (1737). erythrantha, F. v. Mueller... C AW Mt Drummondii, Botssier ... i,t £3 Wom A BAy T Wheeleri, Baillon : i C eremophila, Cunningham wv. EF C%S a M.A Poranthera, Rudge (1811). microphylla, Brongniart sie i nipg AL: A = & ericoides, Klotzsch fr res ae me seat L Micrantheum, Desfontaines (1818). hexandrum, Hooker... hi =F toe ne! K Pseudanthus, Sieber (1837). micranthus, Bentham ... fe ae 33 ee: 8 Phyllanthus, Linne (1737). thesioides, Bentham... ee 3 rigens. J. Mueller 2 ; at rhytidospermus, F’ v. Muller F . S§ ~ ee S Tatei, F. v. Mueller AN calycinus, Labillardiere N L yb Fuernrohrii, F. v. Mueller C M trachyspermus, F. v. Mueller... M lacunarius, F’. v. Mueller sce ght; Ce ae M australis, J. Hooker... eh ies <. aad ae er thymoides, Sieber Bie sos sap aes irae a Gunnii, J. Hooker S. am ee AN Amperea, A. de Jussieu (1824). spartioides, Brongniart ae ae re hess a iy soot Gr Monotaxis, Brongniart (1829). luteifiora, F. v. Mueller « ... F Beyeria, Miquel (1844). viscosa, Miquel ... Ae «at SF aad i opaca, Ff. v. Mueller... 54 Ke W MAY. XY aye eo oe uncinata, F. v Mueller... ae = Peder 2d Ricinoecarpus, Desfontaines (1817). pinifolius, Desfontaanes... site ss dite sive ove aoe bee Bertya, Planchon (1845). Mitchelli, J. Mueller... dv Ms sy, a A rotundifolia, F. v. Mueller... sos ae a a: ae eS Adriana, Gaudichaud (1825). quadripartita, Gaudichaud ...° ood I 2 ge EE ee tomentosa, Gaudichaud we oF M 79 PORTULACEAE. Portulaca, Linne. oleracea, Linne ... eA ge EMEA M australis, Hndlicher ... Ape: filifolia, F. v. Mueller ... aw uG bicolor, fF. v. Mueller ... reais Claytonia, Linne (1737). pleiopetala, F. v. Mueller Ge C WwW Balonnensis, F. v. Mueller ... F C S W polyandra, F. v. Mueller ee Re i ee i volubilis, F. v. Mueller rite wee Vo AON YY LS Ke ptychosperma, F. v. Mueller ... Cs brevipedata, /. v. Mueller ee af i calyptrata, F. v. Mueller Bee dh as Bek pumila, Ff. v. Mueller ... aa ak corrigiolacea, F. v. Mueller ... F M Australasica, Hooker Sa ‘S Ss Xf pygmaea, Ff. v. Mueller is a oe > be CARYOPHYLLEAE. Saponaria, Linne (1737). tubulosa, /. v. Mueller... a“; oe 8S MA Stellaria, Linne (1753). pungens, Brongniart io ec he glauca, Withering Se aka ae ce MOA. multiflora, Hooker 4 af f. ? fee Drymaria, Willdenow (1819). filiformis, Bentham ... br uss eee | Sagina, Linne (1737). apetala, Linne ... x 2 cae we MA Colobanthus, Bartling (1830). Billardieri, Fenzl Spergularia, Persoon (1805): rubra,. Cambessedes wa ae fy De ND marina, Wahlenb. Py: a3 a“ wan COED Polyearpon, Linne (1758). tetraphyllum, Linne ... ba Ay an er: Polyearpaea, Lamarck (1792). synandra, F. v. Mueller ce C Indica, Lamarck so {P< 8 ILLECEBRACEAE. Herniaria, Linne. incana, Lamarck = os, a ee) mL N Y L eK L OOO pungens, Rk. Brown diander, Rk. Brown POLYGONACEAE. 80 Seleranthus, Linne (1737). ei sida WMARN . Rumex, Linne (1737). Brownii, Campdera flexuosus, Solander crystallinus, Lange bidens, R. Brown F Polygonum, Linne. plebeium, Rk. Brown prostratum, R. Brown... lapathifolium, Linne hydropiper, Linne minus, Hudson ... ba attenuatum, R. Brown... Muehlenbeckia, Meissner (1840). adpressa, Meissner sits ie ; Cunninghamii, F. v. Muller... F C8 MA polygonoides, F. v. Mueller BA oo CHENOPODIACEAE. Atriplex, Linne. stipitatum, Bentham a a ae paludosum, Rk. Brown ... se Wag. A mummularium, Lindley Feoc's WM cinereum, Povret a ey MA vesicarium, Heward .. Gos Weal rhagodioides, F. v. Mueller CS M incrassatum, J. v. Mueller C velutinellum, F. v. Mueller FCS WM fissivalve, Ff. v. Mueller Cc S W Quinii, F. v. Mueller CS angulatum, Bentham os M semibaccatum, R. Brown Rea peciy NaN Sa Muelleri, Bentham By M prostratum, &. Brown ... eee M leptocarpum, J. v. Mueller CS M limbatum, Bentham F S M erystallinum, Hooker ... he Sey halimoides, Lindley... C8 Wo ME holocarpum, F. v. Mueller PO. 98 We F C te Dysphania, R. Brown (1810). plantaginella, /. v. Mueller simulans, /. v. Mueller & Tat litoralis, Rk. Brown F ihe F C C S W M AZ ¥ Ke rsa L aa Ee G2 2 $2 92 Ks 81 Rhagodia, R. Brown (1810). Billardieri, R. Brown ... oa he cere oem Sane js dag rabolica, R. Brown ... sa red: ne NS DE ticisudiana, Moquin i a Ww oM crassifolia, R. Brown ... fd C Ww M Yi: G Preissii, Moquin ste ty cra W 2 § spinescens, R. Brown ... .... F C S W M ¥ nutans, R. Brown Save a aes MA b igen 9 Chenopodium, Linne. nitrariaceum, F. v. Mueller ... kd SRO DE A pid auricomum, Lindley... er ee) | microphyllum, F. v. Mueller ... 5 a5 eee A NY GL rhadinostachyum, F.v. Mueller F carinatum, R. Brown ... Bh Poe S WW BEA oN ¥ cristatum, F.v Mueller if. CSW BM N atriplicinum, F. v. Mueller... ne M Enehylaena, R. Brown (1810). tomentosa, R. Brown ... oe) eer ee ee ee ING CY | Threlkeldia, R. Brown (1810). diffusa, R. Brown ace wh Jot ee ae Koehia, Roth (1799). fimbriolata, F. v. Mueller PSS OM lanosa, Lindley ... “3 Sere > empetrifolia, Schlechtendal ... =a yeaa Mae Dillwynia, Smith (1805). hispida, Lindley si Mae sh ericifolia, Smith... floribunda, Smith cinerascens, R. Brown... patula, J. v. Mueller Gastrolobium, R. Brown (1811). elachistum, F’. v. Mueller set i W grandiflorum, F. v. Mueller ... F een i: Smith (1793). daphnoides, Wendland.. ‘6 mF wate , stricta, Sims 7 mucronata, I. v. Mueller scabra, 2. Brown mollis, Lindley ... bbb ue re Ai: ies oo on ee aad Ha | G2 42 $2 92 85 rigida, R. Brown wh vat ai nm : Lb -acerosa, R. Brown 7 ee: eee 1 9 vestita, R. Brown a ro ; L canaliculata, F. v. Mueller f. L. K largiflorens, "F. v. Mueller ier. laxiflora, Bentham ee oe rostrata, Bentham sae : involucrata, Bentham ... BA. K dunculata, Hooker ee eek L umilis, Bentham ahs . = graveolens, Tate one’ tenuifolia, R. Brown ... ae | a eS densifolia, F. v. Mueller eae Wee L villifera, Sieber ... a2 ae we A L viscidula, Jate ... Ae a aut a ae “8a a so naeeraree Smith Ashi obtusangulum, Hooker... - oe K triangulare, Rk. Brown .. ee e ae as a oer Bossiaea, Ventenat (1800). prostrata, R. Brown... 13. ese ies AN. cinerea, R. Brown Ae uit sat ne Ps ney riparia, Cunningham ... Se a se ove ie L Battii, Tate P ne sau W Walkeri, F. v. Mueller. Ast He W Templetonia, R. Brown (1812). retusa, R. Brown {fs gar ca ERG N Dek Muelleri, Bentham re ay: Po tes ie se aculeata, Bentham ch nt Mes egena, Bentham ... ee 7 ee so We OM suleata, Bentham ES ait n eae win ¥ Hovea, R. Brown (1812). longifolia, R. Brown ... Ste ath Si ie N heterophylla, Cunningham Ee wie ie sad Nematophyllum, F. v. Mueller (1857). Hookeri, F. v. Mueller... ae Goodia, Salisbury (1806). -medicaginea, Lamarck.. incana, Linne lotifolia, Salisbury “ss a Beh ee 3 medicaginea, F. v. Mueller... ‘as WwW AUN. Y EK Ptychosema, Bentham (1839). anomalum, F. v. Mueller gtd trifoliolatum, F. v. Mueller... C Crotalaria, Linne. linifolia, Linne ... F _ Mitchelli, Bentham P-¢ ‘Cunninghamii, R. Brown ae ‘dissitiflora, Bentham te 8 F F Pali R RP 2 $2 86 AEschynomene, Linne (1737). Indica, Linne ... ft wr © Glyeyrrhiza, Linne. psoraleoides, Bentham ... igs ids ee ML Indigofera, Linne. linifolia, Retzius monophylla, DeCandolle enneaphylla, Linne viscosa, Lamarck hirsuta, Linne australis, Willdenow brevidens, Bentham coronillifolia, Cunningham Foe} Fae] Fa ej ey ey yj ace Tephrosia, Persoon (1807). purpurea, Persoon : sage : sphaerospora, /. v. M ueller ... F Sesbania, Persoon (1807). aculeata, Persoon ite ape AG M Clianthus, Banks & Solander (1832). Dampieri, Cunningham es GCS. W Swainsonia, Salisbury (1806). Greyana, Lindley ee eA ex Rac. | coronillifolia, Salisbury ee C colutoides, /. v. Mueller ah ie W phacoides, Bentham... C Burkittii, /. v. Mueller oligophylla, F. v. Mueller C Burkei, F&. v. Mueller .. abe oroboides, F. v. Mueller atthe MG C C C Re campylantha, Ff’. v. Mueller procumbens, J. v. Mueller stipularis, /’, v. Mueller Oliverii, F. v. Mueller .. lessertiifolia, DeCandolle unifoliolata, /. v. Mueller microphylla, A. Gray ... laxa, R. Brown ... ne 4 4=< bee Ss & Lespedeza, A. Richard (1803). lanata, Bentham... Ligue ode Boot eae Linne iiss adscendens, FP’, v. Mueller : ; seek parva, fF. v. Mueller... a a: sec patens, Lindley ... me . FO SW. Mie ® eriantha, Bentham aa is ae Ds) M balsamica, /. v. Mueller siete ae leucantha, /’. v. Mueller Tee! 87 : Trigonella, Linne (1737). suavissima, Lindley... Wie. C. 8 Lotus, Linne (1737). corniculatus, Linne ... utd rw et ea, G australis, Andrews ik oF COS WH Siw An Nios LK) Bice Kennedya, Ventenat (1804). -monophylla, Ventenat ... oie ven oe YL Ml inkl prostrata, R. Brown at vc a0 ee. Y Ei Kio prorepens, J. v. Mueller oe Glyeine, Linne (1737). clandestina, Wendland... or rae 5 WeM.A No¥ 2? G -Latrobeana, Bentham ... a ae ak sen G falcata, Bentham Hee +f C tabacina, Bentham ae a CS W N sericea, Bentham a4. eR M tomentosa, Bentham ... tie C Erythrina, Linne (1737). vespertilio, Bentham IBGE 8 3 Rhynehosia, Loureiro (1790). minima, DeCandolle ... POM Ee Ueaai | Galaectia, P. Browne (1756). tenuiflora, Wight &@ Arnott ... F : Vigna, Savi (1824). lanceolata, Bentham ... ae de oS | Cassia, Linne. Sophera, Linne ... : ae pte RS venusta, JF’. v. Mueller .. F notabilis, F. v. Mueller ea) pleurocarpa, Pie. Mueller...) F C glutinosa, DeCandolle ... F pruinosa, Ff, v. Mueller C desolata, F. v. Mueller... F.C Ss Sturtii, R. Brown C.S. WM x artemisioides, Gaud. ... ce S -W eremophila, Cunningham ren Ra Oka = ay ald: eee Ai Spree 2 eae circinata, Bentham mn an M phyllodinea, R. Brown... FCS WMAN y Petalostylis, R. Brown (1849). labicheoides, R. Brown ae ee hee Bauhinia, Linne. Leichhardtii, 7. v. Mueller... F Carronii, F. v. Mueller... eG g Neptunia, Loureiro (1790). monosperma, J’. 7. Mueller... F gracilis, . v. Mueller ... 7%, F 88 Acacia, Willdenow. continua, Bentham Peuce, Fv. Mueller spinescens, Bentham colletioides, Cunningham genistioides, Cunningham rupicola, F. v. Mueller . tetragonophylla, /’. v. Mueller” spondylophylla, F’. v. Mueller... lycopodifolia, Cunningham minutifolia, F. v. Mueller calamifolia, Sweet scirpifolia, Meissner juncifolia, Bentham rigens, Cunningham gonophylla, Bentham sessiliceps, FP. v. Mueller papyrocarpa, lease Gilesiana, F. v. M ueller” armata, LR. ce el strongylophylla, F. v. Mueller’ Sentis, /. v. Mueller aspera, Lindley .. acanthoclada, F. v. Mueller vomeriformis, Cunningham erinacea, Bentham obliqua, Cunningham ... lineata, Cunningham sublanata, Bentham pravifolia, F. v. Mueller acinacea, Lindley anceps, DeCandolle dodonaeifolia, Willdenow microcarpa, /’. v. Mueller brachybotrya, Bentham — Spilleriana, J. H. Brown suaveolens, Willdenow ... iteaphylla, F’. v. Mueller Murrayana, F. v. Mueller notabilis, /. v. Mueller retinodes, Schlechtendal Wattsiana, /. v. Mueller pycnantha, Bentham hakeoides, Cunningham salicina, Lindley ost pyrifolia, DeCandolle ... myrtifolia, Willdenow ... verniciflua, Cunningham montana, Bentham saa impressa, I’. v. Mueller estrophiolata, /’. v. Mueller craspedocarpa, I’. v. Mueller ... cochlearis, Wendland ... dictyophleba, /. v. Mueller retivenea, /’. v. Mueller trineura, I’. v. Mueller... cyclopis, Cunningham ... ey Rj Ry Ry Fe} bey Fy he Ww a= M M > > Se yo pp. >>> b b bb A. : ZA A2AZAzA” KK 2 ae ae te K€ @ melanoxylon, R. Brown homalophylla, Cunningham stenophylla, Cunningham Osswaldi, F. v. Mueller coriacea, DeCandolle sclerophylla, Lindley ... farinosa, Lindley Whanii, F.v. Mi ueller . lanigera, Cunningham .. wh verticillata, Wil/denow.. oxycedrus, Sieber rhigiophylla, F. v. Mueller... stipuligera, F. v. Mueller lysiphloia, F. v. Mueller longifolia, Willdenow ... Kempeana, F. v. Mueller acradenia, F. v. Mueller doratoxylon, Cunningham aneura, F. v. Mueller cibaria, F. v. Mueller .eyperophylla, F. v. Mueller Burkitti, F. v. Mueller ... Farnesiana, Willdenow ... Mitchelli, Bentham mollissima, Willdenow ... dealbata, Link ... 89 SW -Qi a a0 (G2) = =: THYMELEAE. =: /; SSS SS&. Pimelea, Banks & Solander (1788). trichostachya, Lindley ... curviflora, R. Brown simplex, F. v. Mueller ... phylicoides, Meissner ... octophylla, Rk. Brown ... petraea, Meissner wna R. Brown . gustrina, Labillardiere _ stricta, Meissner spathulata, Labillardiere humilis, R. Brown microcephala, R. Brown —serpyllifolia, Rk. Brown -elachantha, F. v. Mueller flava, R. Brown.. petrophila, F. v. Mueller -ammocharis, F. v. Mueller BC Cas W W W M M M SS. ::: > > pPRP>> Pb > Z Z A Zz Z re Ke ¥ all A AAR AAA AR OR AA ae are 2 2 G 2 $2 92 RQ PM PROTEACEAE. Petrophila, R. Brown (1809). multisecta, 7. v. Mueller Isopogon, R. Brown (1809). tophyllus, R. Brown “ns if a ae G 90 Adenanthos, Labillardiere (1804). ‘sericea, Labillardiere a! vik es Be. My, va terminalis, R. Brown ... cies ne ie so A L AA om Conospermum, Smith (1798). patens, Schlechtendal ... ne vie Y ee i, Kh Tks Mitchellii, Meissner... sae ven sae vas - = os Persoonia, Smith (1798). juniperina, Labillardiere see mA ie me: 7 Grevillea, R. Brown (1809). Huegelii, Meissner bop Jy i WwW MA WBiewe Treueriana, /. v. Mueller Pee W me Q ilicifolia, R. Brown ... ets ca «a MT A WY t Feo aquifolium, Lindley 8. ae sie we ot T angulata, R. Brown F Wickhami, Meissner acy agrifolia, Cunningham ... F pterosperma, F. v. Mueller Bt WM stenobotrya, F. v. Mueller F juncifolia, Hooker I ae © W halmaturina, 7'ate oe ee des LK G nematophylla, F. v. Mueller... CS. W striata, R. Brown , a C lavandulacea, Schlechtendal ... Ws diss rai a TG aie AAA aspera, R. Brown Sek eae hesd hcg WwW pauciflora R. Brown one aN ioe Hakea, Schrader (1797). chordophylla, F. v. Mueller ... F lorea, R. Brown.. F macrocarpa, Cunningham F multilineata, Meissner . cht batt W Baxteri, R. Brown bad sae sic WwW Ednieana, Tate ... ah ct aS purpurea, Hooker ut M vittata, R. Brown ae Lak ve sat ase L nodosa, Rk. Brown a on ants ate a Be Ss cycloptera, R. Brown ... a6 ste ‘she ae a L leucoptera, R. Brown ... At 8 C25 M 4 ines, rostrata, Ff. v. Mueller... ' sie sate seed K rugosa, R. Brown ot oti oe a oi. ON ulicina, R. Brown aa nfs a aa vais HX Y K nitida, R. Brown es oy ‘sh W Banksia, Linne fils (1781). marginata, Cavanilles ... ae *. oe Aneel LK ornata, F.v. Mueller ... iis ag ae re. K SAXIFRAGEAE. Bauera, Banks (1793). rubioides, Andrews ee _ es ae K verticillaris, De Candolle purpurata, Hooker recurva, Hooker... macrantha, Hook. urbanum, Linne Potentilla, Linne (1737). anserina, Linne ... parvifolius, Linne ovina, Cunningham Sanguisorbae, Vahl Stylobasium, Desfontaines (1819). 91 CRASSULACEAE. Tillaea, Linne. Gs WM: ROSACEAE. Geum, Linne (1737). Rubus, Linne. M M Aecaena, Linne (1771). spathulatum, Desfontaines ... F aequilaterale, Haworth australe, Solander FICOIDEAE. Mesembrianthemum, Linne (1737). MA Eyes 8 W VW pre Wea MA Tetragonia, Linne (1737). CS WM expansa, Murray implexicoma, Hook. A Gunnia, F. v. Mueller (1858). septifraga, F. v. Mueller quadrifidum, F. v. Mueller C Aizoon, Linne (1737). zygophylloides, F. v. Mueller ... C turgidifolia, F.v. Mueller... F erystallina, Vahl pilosa, F. v. Mueller humillima, F. v. Mueller decandra, Burmann S Os WW Trianthema, Linne. C #C Zaleya, Burmann (1768). C S W M Na Vel eae NY, Ey, Koy k N HOY) EK .T ¥ x 92 Mollugo, Linne (1737). hirta, Thunberg .. fae) ee ee M orygioides, F. v. Mueller a, C Spergula, Linne .. fe. ys ot a. Cerviana, Seringe his So ete WM LYTHRARIEAE. Lythrum, Linne (1737). Salicaria, Linne .. xt ion “i ae a | hyssopifolia, Linne ... oe ake A Rotala, Linne (1771). diandra, F v. Mueller ... Pe verticillaris, Linne aa lie Ammannia, Linne (1737). baccifera, Linne... C multiflora, Roxburgh " ae | Sb. ONAGREAE. Epilobium, Linne (1737). glabellum, G. Forster ... se ee AN Jussieua, Linne (1737). diffusa, Forskael... ue sat os cel. MYRTACEAE. Darwinia, Rudge (1813). micropetala, Bentham ... a aie i ae Schuermanni, Bentham... Verticordia, DeCandolle (1813). Wilhelmii, F. v. Mueller Calyeothrix, Labillardiere (1806). longiflora, /. v. Mueller pe Tk tetragona, Labillardiere sie i se ge, UN mae hapa Schauer (1835). glaberrima, F’. v. Mueller Te 5 ie genetylloides, /’. v. Mueller Smeatoniana, J’. v. Mueller Thryptomene, Endlicher (1838). Maisonneuvil, /. v. Mueller ... F flaviflora, F'.v. Mueller... re Mitchelliana, 7. v. Mueller... ie paw” ML 2h aren i v. Mueller ay nae W Elliottii, F. v. Mueller... .., Ex W ericaea, Br aaa ae Miignciicna, F. v. Mueller A me wy iis Ra Y 1 ciliata, I. v. Mueller A 2 2 93 Baeckea, Linne (1753). diffusa, Sieber... om oe 2 xe tie crassifolia, Lindley nie ae Bye ericaea, F.v. Mueller ... ms ei: polystemona, F.v. Mueller... F Behrii, F.v. Mueller... ae Ses WwW Leptospermun, R. & G. Forster (1776). laevigatum, F.v. Mueller... = Ww M scoparium, Forster... At stn 8 ree lanigerum, Smith ede He aie ieee myrsinoides, Schlechtendal ... ah a sages. Kunzea, Reichenbach (1828). pomifera, F. v. Mueller aes ae us pyle 2 Callistemon, R. Brown (1814) coccineus, F. v. Mueller ; Hie 5 aw salignus, DeCandolle ... 0 ty a a A teretifolius, F. v. Mueller Ba sia A brachyandrus, Lindley... nai ep ne ses cramal Linne (1767). squamea, Labillardiere.. Wilsonii, F. v Mueller gibbosa, Labillardiere ... ‘ iat we 9. decussata, R. Brown ... ae es ie AN He squarrosa, Smith ; ek ree ae glomerata, F. v. Mueller Cie a Gace trichostachya, Lindley... C parviflora, Lindley F ts a A oe an cylindrica, R. Brown wa ao ate eis acuminata, F. v. Mueller tai i ne Maas: 8 quadrifaria, F.v. Mueller... a WwW uncinata, Rk. Brown ... ei a WMA ericifolia, Smith ... : ital nag bes MA pustulata, Hooker ate sine Bf aie cee Eucalyptus, L’Heritier (1788). corynocalyx, F. v. Mueller : 5% & gamophylla, F. v. Mueller... F tessellaris, F. v. Mueller ae incrassata, Labillardiere ous st) AB OW EA hemiphloia, /. v. Mueller... Sie aie oe gracilis, #. v. Mueller ... aa a weds Cee iis odorata, F. v. Mueller .. ee OA: rus wA pauciflora, Sieber ; as ; amygdalina, Labillardiere ... an Sa e obliqua, L’Heritier ... wre ae Ae hee Sieberiana, /. v. Mueller Ry Per Pon ae paniculata, Smith foe ay dy; settle largifiorens, F. v. Mueller... an ere, Behriana, F. v. Mueller ip he eae : oleosa, F.v. Mueller ... ae ele terminalis, F. v. Mueller setosa, Schauer ... be} Fy N Zz : ZA“mz” x Kd KKK iced gy bare! alts KK KX ae ga! AAAA > AAHH ae cela AAA A ew AA HA AA AA A A AAA a QR A AAA AA T 4 92 92 42 ep) ep) 94 goniocalyx, F. v. Mueller i i fa ye Tk leucoxylon, /. v. Mueller _... ie ie op See. | uncinata, Twurczaninow... bh shi a. i A Y cneorifolia, DeCandolle... oF she microtheca, /’. v. Mueller a Ff -¢ Stuartiana, /. v. Mueller a3 Se Aye viminalis, Labillardiere ay ot a's A rostrata, Schlechtendal . on lh SAT ee A Gunnii, Hooker ... Le os me A cosmophylla, /. v. Mueller ay santalifolia, F. v. Mueller ee. capitellata, Smith oa. macrorrhyncha, F. v. Mueller... vine Oldfieldii, F. v. Mueller ve pachyphylla, F.v. Mueller |. 424 pyriformis, Turczaninow rae W RHAMNACEAE. Ventilago, Gaertner (1788). viminalis. Hooker oat ee Pomaderris, Labillardiere (1804). myrtilloides, Fenzl vee ay W apetala, Labillardiere .. ; or ast N racemosa, Hooker AN: obcordata, Fenzl... ie. Y. Cryptandra, Smith (1798). Wayii, F. v. Mueller & Tate ... ok. OW Hookeri, F. v. Mueller .. Ae sick ne maith phlebophylla, F. v. Mueller... Sa) WO spathulata, F. v. Mueller Pe A coactilifolia, F.v. Mueller... ae a ee eL. leucophracta, Schlechtendal ... ne WM x obovata, Hooker : ne Ai ak mre vexillifera, Hooker a4 Be a ae x subochreata, FU: Mueller be ee halmaturina, F. v. Mueller ane." bifida, F. v. Mueller nea scabrida, Tate- .=. os Waterhousei, F. v. Mueller ¥ hispidula, Reisseck iss ae iN te 2 propinqua, Cunningham cu sh sh, NE amara, Smith ... - my oe W tomentosa, Lindley... oe Rs WMA x; OLACINEAE. Olax, Linne (1747). Benthamiana, Miquel ... SANTALACEAE. Santalum, Linne (1742). lanceolatum, R. Brown... settee tore acuminatum, DeCandolle ts S W M ve. eas persicarium, F. v. Mucller _... vos Oe Nee IN ia E AAAA aly ala ie AAA AA 5 = ine et AAR A AAR RA ae ae le He @ PED ED ECD! 22 G2 92 2 QQ 95 Choretrum, R. Brown (1810). N N glomeratum, R. Brown.. pe “as ee eels chrysanthum, F, v. M weller A ee Bay! spicatum, /. v. Mueller avis he sent Leptomeria, R. Brown (1810). aphylla, R. Brown es Sag Sad pe sar Anthobolus, R. Brown (1810). exocarpoides, /. v. Mueller ... F Exoearpos, Labillardiere (1798). cupressiformis, Labillardiere ... ae ee key = spartea, R. Brown v7 fae M A aphylla, R. Brown ; es py we stricta, R. Brown Ue +e ea 2d eo NE HALORAGEAE. Loudonia, Lindley (1839). Behrii, Schlechtendal ... a aie ax uel aurea, Lindley ... me ae jo oe Haloragis, R. & G. Forster (1776). Meionectes, F. v. Mueller axe = ee oe 6 heterophylla, Brongniart Ao: Cc Ss M A digyna, Labillardiere ... Ae ae We PBs A elata, Cunningham a sis a W A aspera, Lindley .. Bes ie acutangula, F. v. Mueller odontocarpa, Ff. v. Mueller... me “Ww M trigonocarpa, fF. v. Mueller ... F Gossei, /. v. Mueller oe micrantha, R. Brown ... tetragyna, Rk. Brown ... sat sae ae ee. teucrioides, A. Gray Bee $5 Pee: = laa Linne (1767) integrifolium, Hooker ... : ae. _ ie® amphibium, Labillardiere soe pedunculatum, Hooker... S a <2 Bop verrucosum, Lindley ... ee M A Muelleri, Sonder ; 2 ae a Re.’ intermedium, DeCandolle By be a) I A elatinoides, Gaudichaud a rae Si ala Callitriche, Linne (1748). verna, Linne ... — 1 athe aie a BE, NA UMBELLIFERAE. Actinotus, Labillardiere (1804). Schwarzii, F. v. Mueller Sm nee AA KK Ki He] bt egal eh ll | avs ¥ el AA shi sot AAA aia ala @ 29292 G2 92 92 RRQ MPV vulgaris, Linne ... Asiatica, Linne ... Candollei, F. v. Mueller hirta, R. "Brown... pterocarpa, /’. v. Mueller comocarpa, I’, v. Mueller tripartita, Rk. Brown -callicarpa, Bunge trachycarpa, F’. v. Mueller -crassiuscula, Tate ms -capillaris, F. v. Mueller medicaginoides, T'wrcz. -diantha, DeCandolle pusillus, F. v. Mueller ... 96 this Linne. Didisecus, DeCandolle (1828). cyanopetalus, /. v. Mueller us eriocarpus, Ff’. v. Mueller pilosus, Bentham glaucifolius, F. v. Mueller a ee ie (1810). heterophylla, /. v. Mueller pusilla, Bunge dissecta, Hooker rostratum, Cavan. as vesiculosum, Labillardiere ¥ C Xanthosia, Rudge (1810). Eryngium, Linne. plantagineum, J. v. Mueller at We, lineata, Nuttall... andicola, Lagasca prostratum, Labillardiere latifolium, Linne brachiatus, Sieber Chate, Linne Crantzia, Nuttall (1818). Caldasia, Lagasca (1821). Apium, Linne. Sium, Linne. S MAN Te S MA K G S Aw KT eG ies A L K G ae oR x S MA Yl eee W A ae Foy G roe ae. ee a ee 4 ae © S .W baa © S me LK eee" 4 ney: Lh ee oiitas ls v has © ee K G MYA K G G M VA NL yb ee » ai Daucus, Linne. ee 6 SW M.A N.Y bK Dae CUCURBITACEAE. Cucumis, Linne. EF M *Charantia, Linne Muelleri, Bentham Maderaspatana, Cogniaux -celastroides, Sieber angustifolius, R. Brown Exocarpi, Behr ... linearifolius, Hooker Murrayi, Jate ... linophyllus, Fenzl gibberulus, Tate pendulus, Steber.. Quandang, Lindley -grandibracteus, /’. v. Mueller... -articulatum, Burm. tillaeacea, F. v. Mueller Dentella, Forster (1776). repens, Lorster ... 97 Momordiea, Linne. F Melothria, Linne. a M a LORANTHACEAE. FC ha Fe} C C C C C Loranthus, Linne (1740). Wi ML: A W A Viscum, Linne. C RUBIACEAE. Oldenlandia, Linne. FC tye @: S Canthium, Lamarck (1783). latifolium, F. v. Mueller hirtella, Labillardiere ... ovata, J. Hooker varia, J. Hooker scabrida, Schlechtendal... umbellata, Solander F F S Coprosma, Forster (1776). Opereularia, Gaertner (1788). ee nag. ay Pomax, Solander (1788). W -Spermacoce, Linne. marginata, Bentham geminifolia, F. v. Mueller oligantha, /. v. Mueller umbrogum, Solander australe, DeCandolle F Asperula, Linne. dene M M Galium, Linne. S WM M b> b> ¥ L QR 98 CAPRIFOLIACEAE. Sambucus, Linne. Gaudichaudiana, DeCandolle ... COMPOSITAE. Siegesbeckia, Linne (1737). orientalis, Linne F W AN Wedelia, Jacquin (1763). platyglossa, F. v. Mueller C M- aA verbesinoides, /. v. Mueller ... F Bidens, Linne (1753). bipinnata, Linne F Glossogyne, Cassini (1827). tenuifolia, Cassini F S Flaveria, Jussieu (1789). Australasica, Hooker C Aster, Linne. Sonderi, F. v. Mueller ... a ee 6 pannosus, /. v. Mueller 38 #4 oe. ae: ae. Mee fe pimeloides, Cunningham 4. SOW BT N myrsinoides, Labillardiere Ss sis seis ae 4 Mitchelli, F. v. Mueller F M x tubuliflorus, /. v. Mueller sks i save ak axillaris, F. v. Mueller... ee ae ey ae ee ae | microphyllus, Ventenat : ae he ee ae ramulosus, Labillardiere rae WMA Y gi exiguifolius, F. v. Mueller ae Ww lepidophyllus, Persoon... cae on aes ¥ stellulatus, Labillardiere ba ae a P ” asterotrichus, fF’. v. Mueller she ee ae magniflorus, /. v. Mueller mS WM calcareus, F. v. Mueller ia > OM Muelleri, Sonder sh C wmM EA Stuartii, /. v. Mueller ... oe W decurrens, Cunningham sth Peek Ee & glutescens, Ff. v. Mueller S M A Y teretifolius, F. v. Mueller é M A Y glandulosus, Labillardiere ... megalodontus, fF. v. Mueller ... F ‘ Ferresii, F. v. Mueller ... F exul, Lindley .. ah AV ME Be INS CY asa Huegelii, F. v. Mueller 9 Ss W A ¥Y L Podocoma, Cassini (1817). cuneifolia, R. Brown EF. O48 Vittadinia, Richard (1832). australis, Richard FF... § W M.ASNo WoL A > WH PAD AA 92 42 2 22 92 2 $2 99 Dimorphocoma, F. v. Mueller & Tate (1883). minutula, F. v. Mueller & Tate Ss Minuria, DeCandolle (1836). leptophylla, DeCandolle 2. OE -C, SW Sea NY iy Cunninghamii, Bentham Pe ade 3 M x _ integerrima, Bentham ... mk CS M denticulata, Bentham ... er ie M suaedifolia, F. v. Mueller C W N¥ | eon F. v. Mueller (1883). Tatei, F. v. Mueller Pt : aa: ve Calotis, R. Brown (1820). cuneifolia, R. Brown ... 3 esis Tc NA MN hispidula, F. v. Mueller Page ag Oy pe slaps NY _ eymbacantha, 7. v. Mueller ... F C S W N N erinacea, Steetz ... CS MA S's _ scabiosifolia, Sonder & Fv. M. SF A ‘-scapigera, Hooker ; rt erat. ye _ lappulacea, Bentham Eos _ microcephala, Bentham... ee Ue, _ plumulifera, Ff. v. Mueller... CS , “pla meg wee. Maeler... F C _ Kempei, /. v. Mueller .. iy ; Lagenophora, Cassini (1818). Billardieri, Cassini * J sat ep: Huegelii, Bentham AN ¥ 4 Brachycome, Cassini (1816). _ goniocarpa, Sonder & PF. v. M. at ae ee N _ pachyptera, Turczaninow .... © 8. Wahi «AON Y collina, Bentham Bue ae = a8 oy: aa aang _ Muelleri, Sonder es ae ve si wA pone F. v. Mueller a rep WMA asaltica, F. v. Mueller as aa die ees trachycarpa, F. v. Mueller... ORR s AS 5 AN diversifolia, Fischer & M ee ef me er ciliaris, Lessing . wee, C 8S Woh A Ney debilis, Sonder ... te ae pay chrysoglossa, F. v. Mueller “3 ss athe calocarpa, /. v. Mueller i aon MA exilis, Sonder 3 a 3: MCA melanocarpa, Sonder & F.v. M. C W M cardiocarpa, Ff. v. Mueller cuneifolia, Tate ... ds decipiens, Hooker Erodiophyllum, F. v. Mueller (1875). Elderi, F.v. Mueller... oe C W Cymbonotus, Cassini (1825). Lawsonianus, Gaudichaud ... + rap waa. ¥ a ee QQ QR OO 100 Solenogyne, Cassini. emphysopus, F.v. Mueller... ey sie a Isoetopsis, Turczaninow (1851). graminifolia, Turczaninow ... b>. aS MA Toxanthus, Turezaninow (1851). perpusillus, Vurczaninow _ es M Muelleri, Bentham “ie Ae As ton, Quinetia, Cassini (1830). Urvillei, Cassini a a ye vs wA Millotia, Cassini (1829). tenuifolia, Cassini a ey 7 Oo Me A ‘Greevesii, F. v. Mueller CS M Kempei, F. v. Mueller ... os gee Sy, Erechthites, lien (1817). prenanthoides, DeCandolle z ay picridioides, Turczaninow ... F arguta, DeCandolle _... Mi ass ES A mixta, DeCandolle si : quadridentata, DeCandolle hispidula, DeCandolle ... Ses > Senecio, Linne. Gregorii, F. v. Mueller... 5 lane Oa a platylepis, DeCandolle ... is a spathulatus, Richard megaglossus, F. v. Mueller oe magnificus, F. v. Mueller wine Ae lautus, Solander.. F Behrianus, Sonder & F. v.M. . dryadeus, "Sieber... = anethifolius, Cunningham odoratus, Hornemann ... hypoleucus, Bentham ... th: ar if 2 Cunninghamii, DeCandolle ... CS) WV: MM Georgianus, DeCandolle oon ae iat ne brachyglossus, Ff. v. Mueller ... CSW Dt t- as > Fy oP) b> b> D> b> b> Cotula, Linne (1735). filifolia, Thunberg kee a cae eat Woe coronopifolia, Linne ... ee C3 M australis, Hooker ; és ak ee es reptans, Bentham bbb er Centipeda, Loureiro (1790). orbicularis, Loureiro... dé C M Cunninghamii, F. v. Mueller ... F C MA thespidioides, F. v. Mueller ... F CS M Ceratogyne, Turczaninow (1851). obionoides, T'urczaninow ie Pe « N N N pf N KK eal vag te si a = AAA AA HH: PQ fT lee a= dol G2 92 92 &2 101 p Ethuliopsis, F. v. Mueller (1861). Cunninghamii, F. v. Mueller ... CS M Epaltes, Cassini (1818). australis, Lessing Sire wel © M ‘Tatei, F.v. Mueller... — bas! ae ee si L £ Stuartina, Sonder (1852). Muelleri, Sonder ed et ashy 0S M AN YY. Ky TS Humea, Smith (1804). squamata, F. v. Mueller as de sions” WE 7 cassiniacea, F. v. Mueller “ee os ye at sek L Ixodia, R. Brown (1812). achilleoides, R. Brown... ie aS a ry. bye G Elachanthus, F. v. Mueller (1852). pusillus, F. v. Mueller ... ne ee ¥ Rutidosis, DeCandolle (1837). helichrysoides, DeCandolle ... F CS ~Pumilo, Bentham a ica aa ae wA PES d ; Pluchea, Cassini (1817), conocephala, F. v. Mueller... i Ww M N tetranthera, F. v. Mueller 1.2 ee Kyrea, F. v. Mueller... we CS N Pterigeron, DeCandolle (1836). liatroides, Bentham ... oe CS W microglossus, Bentham... adscendens, Bentham ... dentatifolius, F. v. Mueller tej ej Fy] Podosperma, Labillardiere (1806). angustifolium, Labillardiere ... At wisn I, e. Sel ees, ee e Ixiolaena, Bentham (1837). leptolepis, Bentham... ~~ CS M supina, F.v. Mueller... =e we oy: LK tomentosa, Sonder & F. v. M.. FCWSM N L Athrixia, Ker (1823). tenella, Bentham a a re M HY, L T Cassinia, R. Brown (1817). aculeata, R. Brown ... on a ee ¥ arcuata, R. Brown Dic - as eigee.| Se." a laevis, R. Brown eee punctulata, /. v. MW. & Tate . or ofa a8 NOE KK, ‘2 spectabilis, R. Brown.. re in a. ee . K 102 Podolepis, Labillardiere (1806). rutidochlamys, I’. v. Mueller ... C canescens, Cunningham acuminata, R. Brown ... rugata, Labillardiere ve ove a“ Lessoni, Bentham # ab re Siemssenia, F’. v. Mueller ad CS W YC By MA Ny Gnaphalium, Linne (1737). luteo-album, Linne das we Be Ge Indicum, Linne ... a Pipa Japonicum, Thunberg ... Brea S indutum, Hooker io oer pe ayh na yaa? (1832). tenuifolius, F. v. Mueller squamatus, Lessing... se 6 She pulchellus, F. v. Mueller sie C W elongatus, DeCandolle .. va ae medius, Cunningham .. anys ht th Waitzia, Sonder... ee am W i ie yet a ay Y = b> Z re Be a AA H 2 92 es M ga M Helipterum, DeCandolle (1837). roseum, Bentham : oad W anthemoides, DeCandolle polygalifolium, DeCandolle SW strictum, Bentham fs S W hyalospermum, F. v. Mueller . C8 W floribundum, DeCandolle 3) AOS heteranthum, Jurczaninow ue See tenellum, Turczaninow.. aa whe W pygmaeum, Bentham ... ; ‘eect We corymbiflorum, Schlechtendat .. 5.7 stipitatum, F. v. Mueller incanum, DeCandolle Cotula, DeCandolle mA ei W Haigii, F. v. Mueller... ae nae NY. laeve, Bentham ... Sr a ane “DON dimorpholepis, Bentham Fe Fy io) exiguum, F. v. Mueller.. W moschatum, Bentham ... FCS W pterochaetum, Bentham BOSS) AW. Tietkensii, F. v. Mueller F W Charsleyae, F. v. Mueller F i. M SS 8&8 eee ee A b> > Waitzia, Wendland (1808). corymbosa, Wendland ... Ke ant WMA Helichrysum, Vaillant (1719). Cassinianum, Gaudichaud ... F C W Ayersii, F. v. Mueller ... bare Lawrencella, I’. v Mueller F C W semifertile, I’. v. Mueller wth ie Vy scorpioides, Labillardiere Ry os rutidolepis, DeCandolle a: lucidum, Henckel + re podolepideum, F. v. Mueller CS p> p> i ay ae TG H. Xs T G x Y [Gc my: oe tT ¢ i rs ae N T L N ¥ i i Mie dicta. N.Y di iN oe N NY MY Nos ¥ K yD ka N dig N N T ¢& NYY - -e G 103 obtusifolium, Son. & F. v. M. seni ete Blandowskianum, Steetz or by adenophorum, F. v. Mueller ... rc Le ese ohh | leucopsidium, DeCandolle Ee: SN GaN ag 32 Baxteri, F. v. Mueller . Ms ree ad. “AG bape ambiguum, Turczaninow hn a S A Tepperi, F. v. Mueller .. ria he Oe built ad apiculatum, DeCandolle he Cua nA N YL K T&T semipapposum, DeCandolle ... aa ie ee IN X £ Dockerii, F. v. Mueller.. in e. M Thomsoni, F. v. Mueller’ Asa decurrens, J. v. Mueller 206 Me iri Mani IN. L retusum, Sonder & F. v. Mueller ae mea NY. Lok ferrugineum, Lessing sd ie sak aa : cinereum, F. v. Mueller ih af an Kempei, F. v. Mueller ... ws oF Polyecalymma, F. v. Mueller. Stuartii, F. v. Mueller ... FCS WM ut Hyalolepis, DeCandolle. rhizocephala, DeCandolle ee see cat ae NOMS Li Keck Rudallii, F. v. Mueller... foun oe Angianthus, Wendland (1809). pleuropappus, Bentham te ry L brachypappus, /. v. Mueller ... S tomentosus, Wendland... oe EB S MAA IN ¥ Ay pusillus, Bentham = ose. CCRT SM tenellus, Bentham oe ; L Skirrophorus, DeCandolle. strictus, A. Gray eo Di ze Mo AN ‘eK TE Preissianus, Steetz Sop oy ae at Pee LK 2 Gnephosis, Cassini (1820). Burkittii, Bentham ... bei W eriocarpa, Bentham ... ie C arachnoidea, Jurczaninow ... ¢ § cyathopappa, Bentham... “oh ae aa.) ME codonopappa, F. v. Mueller ... C skirrophora, Bentham ... im Cc S M Calocephalus, R. Brown (1817). Drummondii, Bentham... ae ask W A ¥vE Aly Brownii, /. v. Mueller... cat vie A aoe Vy irre Sonderi, F. v. Mueller ... oe ae aot OL lacteus, Lessing .. xa aa a “e Ae: citreus, Lessing .. -P et set aS, sl platycephalus, Bentham wir Cs Dittrichii, F. v. Mueller C 2 2 @S2 9292 G2 92 Eriochlamys, Sonder & F. v. Mueller (1852). Behrii, Sonder & F. v. Mueller a ai) aa N 1 gh 5 Aah Knappii, F. v. Mueller.. tt a 104 wi ie te A. Gray (1852). Drummondii, A. Gray... ee ‘3 WwW Gnaphalodes, A. Gray (1852). uliginosum, A. Gray ... sits oo SOY, OM ta Pterocaulon, Elliot (1824). sphacelatus, Benth. & Hook. ... F CS Billardieri, F. v. Mueller ae a aime G. Forster (1786). Richea, Cassini ... “Ad oe WeDo chrysantha, Bentham ... cae C MA globosa, Bentham ; ye: rae pleiocephala, Ff. v. Mueller... C8: Wal Chthonocephalus, Steetz (1845). pseudevax, Steetz sea ay: C W Microseris, D. Don (1832). Forsteri, J. Hooker... aaa Se ie ee: Wan | CANDOLLEACEAE. Candollea, Labillardiere (1805). graminifolia, Swartz... sa ae = sc Tepperiana, /’. v. Mueller Ss = iy calcarata, R. Brown... ae sad wee eee perpusilla, Hooker ; Be aan floribunda, R. Brown ... A euaaHee despecta, R. Brown... id iPS a | Leewenhoekia, R. Brown (1810). dubia, Sonder ... ses aa nee ie Bey CAMPANULACEAE. Lobelia, Linne (1737). rhombifolia, DeVvriese ... es ae sis ane microsperma, F’. v. Mueller bi a wai Browniana, Roem. & Schultes... simplicicaulis, R. Brown wile aa heterophylla, Labillardiere ... F purpurascens, R. Brown pedunculata, hk. Brown ae nae se Jie concolor, Rk. Brown ... a Lei es OBE platycalyx, /’. v. Mueller ey +f ie sig anceps, Thunberg he ae a ae aa: ee | pratioides, Bentham ri. yal ee a Benthami, F.v. Muller |. C Isotoma, R. Brown (1810). petraea, F. v, Mueller ... oof A Gn N scapigera, G. Don fluviatilis, /, v. Mueller Q ep) AA AA ae | PEP PQ AM 105 Wahlenbergia, Schrader (1814). gracilis, DeCandolle GOODENIACEAE. Brunonia, Smith (1809). australis, Smith ... F A divaricata, Ff. v. Mueller i) ee striata, F. v. Mueller ... fats, Dampiera, R. Brown (1810). stricta, R. Brown Catosperma, Bentham (1868). Muelleri, Bentham #3, ee Seaevola, Linne (1771). spinescens, R. Brown ... ee CCS i aoa Groeneri, Ff. v. Mueller os WwW crassifolia, Labillardiere cat oe Wr parvifolia, F. v. Mueller ea depauperata, R. Brown LS collaris, F. v. Mueller ... C W suaveolens, R. Brown ... bi; » e “a microcarpa, Cavanilles ... oe o: sie «tA aemula, R. Brown NM anor S W humilis, R. Brown i) ey — oS OW ovalifolia, R. Brown... Velen Hag & W linearis, R. Brown ae sos ce i ta, A oe Smith (1794). PRamelii, F. v. Mueller . a, ae humilis, R. Brown a cy amplexans, F. v. Mueller ovata, Smith as er ee tae wy varia, R. Brown.. ys opens 0s Aan ee Vilmoriniae, F. v. " Mueller ndiflora, Sims mbersii, F. v. Mueller Palbiflora, Schlechtendal ee wr Yea ealcarata, F. v. Mueller a NM ae i H > b> Fe] Fe} bey Leschenaultia, R. Brown (1810). candicans, F.v. Mueller ... F rosmarinifolia, Schlechtendal ... W MAN marifolia, Bentham ... a se aur lanceolata, Cunningham aed = ae PP >bb bbb bp Epaeris, Cavanilles (1797). impressa, Labillardiere mS ih Lee ays obtusifolia, Smith , lanuginosa, Labillardiere microphylla, Rk. Brown Sprengelia, Smith (1794). incarnata, Smith = Tt ah. ae ek LABIATAE. Mentha, Linne. australis, R. Brown .. vile, Ee pe M A gracilis, R. Brown a i Ae ss(FA. satureioides, Rk. Brown... ae oa | A Teucrium, Linne. sessiliforum, Bentham ... ras Me W M integrifolium, F. v. Mueller ... F corymbosum, 2. Brown Ba fe | racemosum, R. Brown ... ia, ECCS S WW Maal 2S. Ajuga, Linne (1737). australis, R. Brown ... i eGR MA Mierocorys, R. Brown (1810). Macrediana, I’. v. Mucller ... F N N A KE cot AAAAAAA A ee AA AAA Be aks & AA SS See etl ‘elise lla $2 92 92 G rigida, R. Brown Dampieri, R. Brown ei Ee ie W 111 Westringia, Smith (1797). WeoM A. NoXwhsK L Lycopus, Linne. australis, R. Brown... aS tes ee ae" Plectranthus, L’Heritier (1785). parviflorus, Wil/denow ... ae, ee vulgaris, Linne ... Prunella, Linne. Seutellaria, Linne. humilis, R. Brown id Prostanthera, Labillardiere (1806). lasiantha, Labillardiere rotundifolia, R. Brown ov e. me striatiflora, F. v. Mueller wergee Ces We Wilkieana, F. v. Mueller F eurybioides, F. v. Mueller... bee £2 or A spinosa, F. v. Mueller ... ae «3 LK Behriana, Schlechtendal iu asa ia ath Baxteri, Cunningham ... sae me WwW ringens, Bentham opine coccinea, F. v. Mueller... or e4 were) ML. Ak Yo" Ta FE chlorantha, F. v. Mueller as ae Aa ee Boel Biggs cS calycina, F. v. Mueller ... ys Ga : L LENTIBULARINEAE. Utricularia, Linne (1737). flexuosa, Vahl ... me ao a fe cS aa a dichotoma, Labillardiere ae 4 a ay. K lateriflora, R. Brown by Polypompholyx, Lehmann (1844). tenella, Lehmann = be aa re K OROBANCHEAE. Orobanche, Linne. australiana, F. v. Mueller a CS W A ¥ £ gracilis, R. Brown repens, R. Brown SCROPHULARINEAE. Mimulus, Linne (1741). Lae He 1 a i oe ee ee prostratus, Bentham he Es 222 112 Mazus, Loureiro (1790). pumilio, R. Brown Py Ber Buechnera, Linne (1737). linearis, R. Brown fs ng Limosella, Linne. aquatica, Linne . sibs Lal M AN L K Curdieana, F. v. Mueller ae . & WM Peplidium, Delile (1813). humifusum, Delile a ee | Muelleri, Bentham aP ai C Glossostigma, Arnott (1836). Drummondii, Bentham... Lae Ms i: | elatinoides, Bentham ... hod Be NG Euphrasia, Linne. Brownii, F. v. Mueller ... wad ssh W A. MAX) Dirt scabra, R. Brown “iss a? if es wA L Stemodia, Linne (1759). Morgania, F. v. Mueller a = 8 MA viscosa, Roxburgh : vid. 1 pedicellaris, F. v. Mueller... F Gratiola, Linne. pedunculata, R. Brown... M Peruviana, Linne M A K Veronica, Linne. decorosa, FI’. v. Mueller... 2 ae N Derwentia, Andrews Lk. a i Oh pRey 4 K gracilis, R. Brown ea distans, R. Brown Samet L K calycina, Rk. Brown op ee K peregrina, Linne oe ae BIGNONIACEAE. Tecoma, Jussieu (1789). australis, R. Brown... st. Ue ACANTHACEAE. Justicia, Linne (1737). procumbens, Linne ... Bee ek. BAS Bonneyana, F. v. Mueller... re ME Kempeana, I’. v. Mueller mag ae Ruellia, Linne. australis, R. Brown ... Peco mn, M wrimulacea, J’. v. Mueller a ee b] g2 QR ee r Ea 113 PEDALINEAE. Josephinia, Ventenat (1804). Eugeniae, /. v. Mueller 48 C VERBENACEAE. Verbena, Linne. officinalis, Linne was 4 te at ott i. A macrostachya, Fv. Mueller ... F C Neweastlia, F. v. Mueller (1857). cladotricha, F. v. Mueller ... F spodiotricha, F. v. Mueller ... F C cephalantha, F.v. Mueller ... F bracteosa, F. v. Mueller ore, = NE Dixoni, F. v. Mueller & Tate ... a, va VE N Dierastylis, Drummond & Harvey (1855). ochrotricha, F. v. Mueller Gilesii, F. v. Mueller Doranii, /. v. Mueller ... Beveridgei, F. v. Mueller Lewellini, F. v. Mueller W bP Fay Fa by Clerodendrum, Burmann (1737). floribundum, R. Brown... a. OS Spartothamnus, Cunningham (1830). teucriiflorus, F. v. Mueller... F puberulus, 7. v. Mueller pel Avicennia, Linne (1737). officinalis, Linne fe 42. M3 ras BJA N MYOPORINEAE. Myoporum, Banks & Solander (1786). montanum, R. Brown ... wohl CAS M insulare, R. Brown ee ae. ; AN viscosum, R. Brown ... it =F as AA N deserti, Cunningham 5s S W M N humile, R. Brown Ae. = os WMA brevipes, Bentham platycarpum, &. Brown SWMAWN Eremophila, R. Brown (1810). Dalyana, F. v. Mueller... Jae C scoparia, F. v. Mueller... des ©: 8) W oat N Delisserii, F. v. Mueller A. W crassifolia, F. v. Mueller Ly Ma: pe Behriana, F. v. Mueller sy nin ae nara Weldii, F. v. Mueller ... sit Se W Christophori, F. v. Mueller ... F densifolia, F. v. Mueller Ko KKK K 114 gibbosifolia, F. v. Mueller... BT +: oA L divaricata, /. v. Mueller ae ae eee. WA polyclada, /. v. Mueller Goodwinii, F. v. Mueller Elderi, /. v. Mueller Willsii, F. v. Mueller santalina, F. v. Mueller longifolia, F. v. Mueller Freelingii, /. v. Mueller bignoniflora, F’. v. Mueller MacDonneli, F. v. Mueller Bowmani, F. v. Mueller rotundifolia, F. v. Mueller leucophylla, Bentham ... Paisleyi, F. v. Mueller... Sturtii, R. Brown 58 exilifolia, /. v. Mueller Mitchelli, Bentham Gibsoni, F. v. Mueller ... Berryi, F.v. Mueller .. Clarkei, F. v. Mueller ... Gilesii, F.v. Mueller .. Hughesii, # v. Mueller oppositifolia, Rk. Brown Latrobei, F. v. Mueller... Brownii, F. v. Mueller ... Duttonii, /. v. Mueller... Maculata, F.v. Mueller denticulata, F. v. Mueller latifolia, F. v. Mueller ... = alternifolia, R. Brown ... ba R ae Be | an fo S WM 1 eG S W aolelolelot = = W W Pe ee a i I a : °: a! aqaa: RR NNnMNM = f= Soe WwW CONIFERAE. Callitris, Ventenat (1808). verrucosa, R. Brown ... ae eal S MA ad. Y 1p ae cupressiformis, Ventenat x 459 cae K CYCADEAE. Encephalartos, Lehmann, (1834). MacDonnelli, /. v. Mueller ... F HYDROCHARIDEAE. Ottelia, Persoon (1805). ovalifolia, Richard 4 rf ana Fe had)" ... K Vallisneria, Linne (1753). spiralis, Linne ... ae ‘ne rn site ea Blyxa, Noronha (1806). Xoxburghii, Richard... apr C 115 Hydrilla, Richard (1811). verticillata, Caspary M ovalis, Hooker ACA) ORCHIDEAE. Dipodium, R. Brown (1810). punctatum, R. Brown ... : se rae ae aX Cymbidium, Swartz (1799). canaliculatum, R. Brown a C Thelymitra, Forster (1776) ixioides, Swartz ... Sa: ae ass longifolia, Lorster parviflora, R. Brown aristata, Lindley es grandiflora, Fitzgerald ... fuscolutea, R. Brown luteocilium, Fitzgerald... urnalis, Fitzgerald flexuosa, Endlicher antennifera, Hooker carnea, R. Brown rubra, Fitzgerald D> bbb pbb bbb b> Calochilus, R. Brown (1810). > Robertsoni, Bentham Diuris, Smith (1798). punctata, Smith... palustris, Lindley maculata, Smith pedunculata, R. Brown sulphurea, R. Brown longifolia, R. Brown Pb b> Orthoceras, R. Brown (1810). strictum, R. Brown ... _ ee Be: ope Cryptostylis, R. Brown (1810). longifolia, R. Brown Bes ee se vas —elatum, R. Brown ope australe, R. Brown re fuscum, R. Brown eck patens, R. Brown ave despectans, Hooker me nigricans, R. Brown australis, Lindley Halophila, DuPetit-Thouars (1806). Prasophyllum, R. Brown (1810). Spiranthes, L. C. Richard (1818). Mi) aa HES bq KKK ae Ar G Perm? A? epliep] 116 Microtis, R. Brown (1810). porrifolia, R. Brown... = yd wA WN. Zo werioe minutiflora, F. v. Mueller ie as a son a G Corysanthes, R. Brown (1810). pruinosa, Cunningham ... a ae a ten K G Pterostylis, R. Brown (1810). concinna, Rk. Brown ... bi 72 Ae ere ak nana, R. Brown... bed ay Me W K G nutans, R. Brown Mr ; K G pedunculata, R. Brown ne ek curta, R. Brown... ae cucullata, R. Brown aig § G praecox, R. Brown oS : a reflexa, R. Brown a otek ¥ obtusa, B. Brown barbata, Lindley es bea Pe ee Y JL mutica, R. Brown a he Ls W Yb G rufa, R. Brown ... oP a ino Oe A ¥ longifolia, R. Brown... vi me a or G vittata, Lindley... i Y K Acianthus, R. Brown (1810). caudatus, R. Brown ... Mh gt at es b> ings Linne (1737). bulbosa, Haworth . a a ys Sars semibarbata, Haworth.. ae CS: WW. MA Best R. Brown (1810). vittata, R. Brown is pre fe F parviflora, R. Brown > b> “WM AN Zz be be ir: Yi 22 2 2 ¢2 2 @ 92 G2 2 118 Place tacni R. Brown (1810). paniculatum, Rk. Brown ar oa ia me ei Bas ih: minus, R. Brown Se mh a ; We ae I" strictum, R. Brown _... ot oi “ANY K TG fimbriatum, R. Brown ... 3 a si LK Thysanotus, R. Brown (1810). dichotomus, R. Brown .. Te: A tT, K G tuberosus, R. Brown ... eet y S A K. To exasperatus, F. v. Mueller... ee = Baueri, R. Brown a — =e WMA K's G Patersoni, R. Brown ... se my a. ZAN Y & & Ea -exiliflorus, F. v. Mueller ri i i Tricoryne, R. Brown (1810). elatior, R. Brown fe She C A L G Chamaescilla, F. v. Mueller (1870). corymbosa, F. v. Mueller Be me sae ee ye See G Laxmannia, R. Brown (1810). sessiliflora, Decaisne ... ae Re me. 2 K TG ii at R. Brown (1810). cyanea, R. Brown sie si a, me “ap ei so PG bauauniers: F, v. Mueller (1870). lateriflora, F. v. Mueller a he M mina capt Smith (1798). quadrangulata, F. v. Mueller . > at Bee. 2k KT Tateana, F. v. Mueller . pee ee a er. LK minor, R. Brown ey ae : jee ay ee son ee semiplana, F. v. Mueller oe i>) ree | L bhi XYRIDEAE. Xyris, Linne (1737). operculata, Labillardiere shy = ape ane gracilis, R. Brown bs. me dis m stk aid = a COMMELINEAE. Commelina, Linne. ensifolia, R. Brown ... a ALISMACEAE. Damasonium, Jussieu. australe, Salisbury ey fs a5 teal g Wik ek JUNCACEAE. Luzula, DeCandolle (1805). campestris, DeCandolle Ay Ar ne ae | L us, G. 119 Juneus, Linne. planifolius, R. Brown ... aes C v5 caespititius, = : wis ate sis wt A bufonius, Linne .. i Ce: MA homalocaulis, F. v. Mueller dss a, pallidus, R. Brown 8 MA pauciflorus, R. Brown ... << oh $6 ere communis, Meyer as ‘ie ao ra « We A prismatocarpus, R. Brown AN as aR aed maritimus, Lamarck yA PALMAE. Livistona, R. Brown (1810). Mariae, F. v. Mueller ... ee TYPHACEAE. Typha, Linne. angustifolia, Linne ... Keay, Et S M A FLUVIALES. Triglochin, Linne. centrocarpa, Hooker... = CS WO Me A mucronata, R. Brown ... ee pet sa ae.” striata, Ruiz & Pavon ... Ae. an en ae a EN: procera, R. Brown ee ca mie One ame Potamogeton, Linne. Tepperi, Bennett ih: ws M A tenuicaulis, F. v. Mueller crispus, Linne ... ve ae sds ee | ochreatus, Raoul ape oe am bits One: acutifolius, Link Ss nda as Se | pectinatus; Linne & 3 Pt cee Posidonia, Koenig (1806). australis, Hooker ve st ee + See Ruppia, Linne (1735). maritima, Linne... eA ais fe, sf) rk. Zostera, Linne (1747). nana, Mertens ... es Ree tea oe 5A Tasmanica, Mertens A Lepilaena, Drummond (1855). Preissii, F. v. Mueller ... By C australis, Drummond in fs A A ae tae 2 $2 92 $2 T Paes @ 120 Naias, Linne (1735). tenuifolia, R Brown ... ah A oe. major, Alliont ... sp i ae LEMNACEAE. Lemna, Linna (1735). trisulca, Linne ... ee ee ty yea K G minor, Linne ... ime ae oe ied oO K G oligorrhiza, Kurz ey Ii +e pea 5, ake Heh. T Wolffia, Horkel (1839). ‘Michelii, Schleiden 5 a vs sec jal G RESTIACEAE. Trithuria, J. Hooker (1860). submersa, Hooker oof ii ms uy 6M K lei R. Brown (1810). gracilis, Sonder ... bos a se ee K G pumilio, F. v. Mueller . Lo ae a Balt -% K G Centrolepis, Labillardiere (1804). polygyna, Hieron a et he A saan ae i G glabra, F.v. Mueller... ses ase Pee | aristata, Roem. & Schult. ahi eS MA Yt ea fascicularis, Labillardiere sie om se ba Sa G strigosa, Roem. & Schult. ‘a aoe AN i, & G Lepyrodia, R. Brown (1810). Muelleri, Bentham , G Restio, Linne (1767). complanatus, R. Brown G tetraphyllus, Labillardiere G Leptocarpus, R. Brown (1810). tenax, R. Brown ae Be fe a: ee. K G Brownii, Hooker ee se Le Bhd ee L G Calostrophus, Labillardiere (1806). lateriflorus, /. v. Alueller the ide Le cin G fastigiatus, /. v. Mueller me Si oo ele K G Lepidobolus, Nees (1846). drapetocoleus, F. v. Mueller ... vet ay oe G CYPERACEAE. Lepidospora, F.. v. Mueller (1875). tenuissima, J’. v. Mueller es as al Bast. G 121 eee a Rottboell (1773). monocephala, Rottboell.. ; 4 ite | intermedia, &. Brown ... ils -_ on cy Cyperus, Linne. eragrostis, Vahl... a oe c tenellus, Linne ... i eas gracilis, R. Brown pygmaeus, Rottboell squarrosus, Linne difformis, Linne... trinervis, R. Brown vaginatus, R. Brown a holoschoenus, R. Brown wii Gilesii, Bentham fulvus, R. Brown alterniflorus, R. Brown.. Tria, Linne : diphyllus, Retzius subulatus, R. Brown rotundus, Linne... me nee lucidus, R. Brown sa6 tee 384 oa ML-A exaltatus, Retzius nat se a2 8 M > > ty by QAN020' aq 2: aaad: be by Schoenus, Linne (1737). capillaris, F. v. Mueller rf =e 2 aphyllus, Boeckeler ... pas 17 he brevifolius, R. Brown ... an = Y apogon, Rém. & Schult. axillaris, Potret ... sculptus, Boeckeler fluitans, Hooker.. sphaerocephalus, Poiret ad oa a nitens, Poiret... oa: sds = a zee rams" deformis, Poiret... oe ak ee my Kure ‘Tepperi, F. v. Mueller ... as sa W A discifer, Tate - i : ee ppb Fimbristylis, Vahl (1806). communis, Kunth ae Sor ae M velata, R. Brown 94 oa C M ferruginea, Vahl a wee © barbata, Bentham a prs C Neilsoni, F. v. Mueller... Ste se ee ee : Heleocharis, R. Brown (1810). sphacelata, R. Brown ... T rv AD A acuta, R. Brown... oft a Poh ae MA multicaulis, Smith Jie ive Pode A acicularis, R. Brown ... be Pes Sag ee Scirpus, Linne. _ pungens, Vah/ ... bas maritimus, Linne oat safe oie ae lacustris, Linne ... by Cus litoralis, Schrader fe eee S I ses D> > b> b> A 2, N 2 ee A AAA AA A AR OR G 92 2 2 2 $2 2 122 Isolepis, R. Brown. fluitans, R. Brown vines setacea, R. Brown ée4 iss 7 ‘ee riparia, R. Brown a uth EF we MAN YL cartilaginea, R. Brown... a CS MAN Wd. inundata, R. Brown - ... ay eee MAN supina, R. Brown aa a ss a | nodosa, R. Brown es ahi ae M A swWuYaG Lipoearpha, R. Brown (1818). monocephala, R. Brown hh ay? ify VE Fuirena, Rottboell (1818). glomerata, Lamarck... ca ee Carex, Linne. inversa, R. Brown phy. chlorantha, R. Brown ... Be? mie at me: tereticaulis, Ff. v. Mueller... ye AN L paniculata, Linne ae Bi sine Bie caespitosa, R. Brown ... - gas Coa A pumila, Thunberg 5 es a a3 par. Wap | breviculmis, R. Brown... Ene ie oe are: Gunniana, Boott... ms ae eis A pseudocyperus, Linne .. rere: © Caustis, R. Brown (1810). pentandra, R. Brown si Cladium, P. Browne (1756). mariscus, R. Brown fe aes te ee: articulatum, R. Brown... De aia S) A glomeratum, R. Brown... an es ee 7 tetraquetrum, Hooker ... ae schoenoides, R. Brown eee L filum, R. Brown... oe tk ¥ i Gunnii, Hooker ... ate pir es te Nearee junceum, &. Brown ... a oo A MN L trifidum, F. v. Mueller.. A radula, R. Brown : Re psittacorum, Fv. Mueller Pyle lanigerum, Rk. Brown ieee Ye deustum, Rk. Brown gee’ ee | a oe Labillardiere (1804). longitudinale, Labillardiere ont eds ets ; os exaltatum, R. Brown ... ie : ote gladiatum, Labillardiere wi Y.L elatius, Labillardiere ye concavum, Rk. Brown A op he ne viscidum, Rk. Brown... N¢ aia A be laterale, R. Brown sal ae ¥ seem) ae congestum, Rk. Brown ... Ae globosum, Labillardiere ae lineare, Rk. Brown ers AA A AAAAA A AAA op) PPR PR PM fags $2 92 $2 123 semiteres, F. v. Mueller canescens, Boeck. filiforme, Labillardiere... carphoides, F. v. Mueller b> b> Chorizandra, R. Brown (1810). enodis, Nees GRAMINEAE. Setaria, Palisot (1812). glauca, Palisot ... sate macrostachya, H. B. -. ... & viridis, Palisot ... a vows a Me Triraphis, R. Brown (1810). mollis, R. Brown ¥ aw FF COS WM Danthonia, DeCandolle (1805). bipartita, F. v. Mueller... in ae 4 ode carphoides, F. v. Mueller ati se fi RE N penicillata, F. v. Mueller af ey ae AL Ree ps Fe nervosa, Hooker... es pe vel? M A NY-Y¥ K A 12 Astrebla, F. v. Mueller (1876). pectinata, /. v. Mueller triticoides, F. v. Mueller EF ¢ C S Agropyron, Gaertner (1770). M A scabrum, Palisot Elytrophorus, Palisot (1812). articulatus, Palisot Phragmites, Linne duriuscula, Linne loliiformis, F. v. Mueller Muelleri, Bentham fusca, Palisot C Arundo, Linne. EF M M Bromus, Linne (1735). arenarius, Labillardiere nce at DW. Festuea, Linne. Diplachne, Palisot (1812). 1 ee C C 8 M M A A oe: Sehedonorus, Palisot (1812). litoralis, Palisot 5S, W M A Distichlis, Rafinesque (1819). maritima, Rafinesque cruciata, Lamarck digitata, Sprengel Mitchelli, Bentham pungens, &. Brown irritans, R. Brown Eragrostis, Palisot (1812). tenella, Palisot ... Eleusine, Gaertner (1788). F F Triodia, R. Brown (1810). F C 8 M pe F Fo Gas W Mga F trichophylla, Bentham bs leptocarpa, Bentham pilosa, Palisot diandra, Steudel... Brownii, Nees concinna, Steudel speciosa, Steudel... laniflora, Bentham chaetophylla, Steudel eriopoda, Bentham lacunaria, 1. v. Mueller falcata, Gaudichaud C C ey Mh. S Ss W b ~~ S555 > b> N N 127 ' Poa, Linne (1737). Billardieri, Steudel nodosa, Vees_... hs ye we ai M-A caespitosa, Forster... Nas oc ee A lepida, F. v. Mueller ... a at! WM fluitans, Scopoli ... er Hi tes x ees Fordeana F. v. Mueller ap a saad WE - syrtica, F. v. Mueller ... +40 ae je ate ss ramigera, F. v. Mueller a CS M LYCOPODIACEAE. Lycopodium, Linne. Carolinianum, Linne ene laterale, R. Brown : Be densum, Labillardiere ... SEN. Selaginella, Palisot (1805). Preissiana, Spring va =e a ap ah uliginosa, Spring ; me — ae a RHIZOSPERMAE. Azolla, Lamarck (1783). pinnata, 2. Brown a i: > saat i L filiculoides, Lamarck ... Ph « see WL Marsilea, Linne (1735). quadrifolia, Linne a ak Os MA Pilularia, Linne. globulifera, Linne ee ite eens FILICES. Ophioglossum, Linne. vulgatum, Linne wie on € 8S W Mita Botrychium, Swartz (1800). ternatum, Swartz 5 ed on = re. Sehizaea, Smith (1791). fistulosa, Labillardiere... te ay <2 ee. bifida, Swartz x oye on yt ah. Gleichenia, Smith (1791). circinata, Swartz aa A So ot ep. Osmunda, Linne. barbara, Thunberg aoe ia te ane Seas Dicksonia, L’Heritier (1788). _ Billardieri, F. v. Mueller a = 5 di sot ee eee KK i a4 pba 92 128 Lindsaea, Dryander (1791). linearis, Swartz ... ion a ane pay Adiantum, Linne. ZEthiopicum, Linne ... Ae oa W A K Pteris, Linne (1735). aquilina, Linne ... oe ove he ae eee ee | | ae .< arguta, Aiton... aad a bs nt 8 re L incisa, Thunberg... Lomaria, Willdenow (1809). discolor, Willdenow ... es aa ave praen .* K lanceolata, Sprengel Capensis, Willdenow ... i a a Boe hs ee Asplenium, Linne (1737). flabellifolium, Cavanilles sits te os ete L furcatum, Thunberg ae aoe saw aN soe is bulbiferum, Forster Aspidium, Swartz (1800). molle, Swartz ... was me pase ae decompositum, Spren. gel Polypodium, Linne. punctatum, Thunberg ... Grammitis, Swartz (1800). Reynoldsii, F. v. Mueller... F rutaefolia, R. Brown ... tee to AS ON & leptophylla, Swartz ... me = sae eae ae | K Cheilanthes, Swartz (1806). tenuifolia, Swartz ae or eos Ww IN ee vellea, F. v. Mueller... so OS VE distans, Braun ... és Ww a De Clelandi, Ff’. v. Mueller & Tate ike W This FiLora includes :— Orders 101, Genera 553, Species 1,935. 2 2 42 C2 $2 92 129 DEFINITIONS OF FouR NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. By Proressor Ratpu Tarte, F.LS., F.G.S., We. [Read October 1, 1889. ] Cryptandra scabrida.* Spyridium scabridum, R.T. coll. An erect twiggy shrub of about three to four feet high. Leaves linear-oblong, about quarter inch long, somewhat clustered, deeply channelled above, the margins recurved, bluntly notched at the end ; upper side scabrous and sparsely hispid; under side with long subappressed hairs. Flower-heads very dense, in compact terminal cymes, surrounded by a few floral bracts much larger and broader than the leaves, densely beset with white woolly hairs. By the Eleanor River, and at Karatta, on the Stun’sailboom River, Kangaroo Island (#.7., January 24, 1883). This species is closely related to C. halmaturina and C. bifida, from which it differs by the shape of the leaves and the nature of the investiture. The differential characters of the three seem to be as follows :— Leaves cuneate-oblong, lobes short blunt, densely stellately- hairy, underside also with long simple hairs. —halmaturina Leaves narrow-cuneate, lobes longer subacute, upper side glabrous or nearly so, underside densely beset with long hairs. bifida Leaves linear-oblong, somewhat clustered, deeply channelled above, bluntly notched at the end ; upper side scabrous and sparsely hispid, underside with long subappressed hairs. scabrida Caladenia toxochila.ft A slender slightly-hairy species of about nine inches high ; one-, rarely two-,flowered. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, about four inches long. * Upper surface of leaves somewhat rough. + Bow-shaped lip or labellum. 130 * Sepals and petals brownish-red, with a yellowish or greenish margin. Dorsal sepal erect, narrower than the lateral sepals, which are flat, lanceolate, gradually pointed, and slightly clavate at the tip, with a minute glandular pubescence, and about half an inch long. Petals narrower than the sepals, of about the same length, tapering to a fine point, without any glandular pubes- cence. Labellum on a long claw, flat, crescent-shaped with a broad triangular apical extension, marked with brown forked veins diverging from the base; the anterior margins fringed with narrow blunt denticles; colour greenish-yellow, the middle lobe dark-brown. Length, quarter inch ; breadth, three-eighths of an inch. Calli on long stalks, clustered in the centre and at the base, or obscurely four-rowed. Column much curved, broadly winged in the upper two-thirds, nearly half inch long Caroona Hill, 45 miles due west of Port Augusta (Dr. W. L. Cleland, August, 1889). This species in its short petals and sepals resembles C. Cairn- siana and C. reticulata, but differs especially by the shape of the labellum. Caladenia tentaculata.* A slender nearly glabrous species from six to twelve inches high ; one- or two-flowered. Sepals and petals pale-brown with a narrow dark-centre, taper- ing into long filiform points, and densely beset with short reddish glandular hairs ; from one and a half to two inches long. Labellum narrow, ovate-rhomboid, slightly contracted towards the tip, sessile, without lobes, streaked with brown forked lines, anterior margins shortly and bluntly serrate, about quarter of an inch long and one-eighth in width. Calli in two rows extending from the base to about half the length of the labellum, traceable beyond as dark spots. Column very short, winged throughout, slightly curved, under quarter of an inch long. Caroona Hill, 45 miles due west of Port Augusta (Dr. W. L. Cleland, August, 1889). In general appearance this new species resembles C. filamen- tosa , but its labellmm is proper to the Section Phlebochilus, from other species of which it is distinguished by its filiform sepals and rhomboid labellum. In the following synopsis I have set out the leading characters of the species of Section Phlebochilus; of which two inhabit south-west Australia—C. discoidea, Lindley, and C. multiclavia, Reichenbach ; three South Australia, viz., C. reticulata, Fitz- gerald, O. texochila, Tate, and C. tentaculata, Tate; and C’. Cairnsiana, ¥. v. M., is common to the two regions. * Having tentacles or feelers in reference to the sepals and petals. o\ We > eye Fup 1 oe Ay t= eves ae, @1.46F"S4 dnd ~ Nib ® 131 Key To THE Species OF CALADENIA (SECT. PHLEBOCHILUS). Labellum-margin entire. Calli in two rows; labellum orbicular, shortly stalked ; sepals lanceolate shortly acuminate. Cairnsiana.* Calli crowded, lower ones connate ; labellum broadly ovate or rhomboidal, long-stalked ; sepals lanceolate, tapering into long fine points. multiclavia. Labellum-margin ciliated, toothed or serrate. Labellum ciliate-fringed, broadly ovate or orbicular. Calli crowded; labellum contracted at the base ; sepals subulate-acuminate. discordea. Calli in four rows; labellum short-stalked ; sepals lanceolate, shortly-acuminate. reticulata. Labellum toothed or crenate. Calli in two rows; labellum narrow ovate-rhomboid, sessile, bluntly serrate ; sepals subulate-acuminate. tentaculata. Calli crowded or in four rows; labellum crescent- shaped with a short lanceolate middle lobe, on a long stalk, toothed ; sepals narrow-lancoolate. toxochala. Schcenus discifer.t: Dwarf, densely tufted perennial. Leaves radical, linear, erect, flat, longitudinally veined, under two inches long ; leaf-sheaths short, membranous, reddish-brown, neither bearded nor pointed. Stem solitary, about one inch ; spikelet two and a half to three lines long, solitary, terminal, erect, sessile, ovate-lanceolate, pale- coloured ; the erect leafy involucral bract continuing the stem, about one inch long. Flowers about three in each spikelet, the two lower ones fer- tile ; glumes glossy, straw-coloured, membranous, with a promi- nent green keel, acute; hypogynous bristles absent; stamens three, as long as the style; style-branches three. Nut ovoid, three-ribbed, smooth, black, with white streaks and blotches, or white mottled with black, raised on a bluntly triangular lamelli- form disk. Wet heath-ground, Central Dudley Peninsula, Kangaroo Island (2.7, November, 1883). This species belong to the Section Oligostachye of Benthain’s arrangement in the Fl. Austral. and is related through its hypogynous disk to the leafless S. minutulus. In habit it resem- bles S. Zepperi, but is distinguished by its flat and veined leaves, by its two fertile flowers, and by its smooth ovoid disk-bearing nut. * Since describing C. cardiochila, certain discrepancies in the diagnosis of C. Cairnsiana given in the Fl. Australiensis have been cleared away by refer- ence to the original description ; and it seems probable that the former name is synonymous with the latter. t Having a disk. FURTHER NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEw SPECIES. By the Rev. T. Briackrurn, B.A. VI. ‘ | Read October 1, 1889. | The specimens on which the following notes and descriptions are founded have been recently acquired or determined by me. They are inhabitants of the colony of South Australia, with one exception—a Novius from N.S. Wales. As I had the honour of reading a paper last October before this Society on the Australian Coccinellide (including some new species of Moviws), it seems convenient to describe the present one here, although isolated from the other species to which this paper relates by its place in the catalogue of Coleoptera as well as by its habitat. CARABIDE. ACROGENYS. A. australis, sp. nov. Angusta ; elongata; sat depressa ; crebre (capite minus crebre) sat fortiter punctulata; supra pilis brevibus dense vestita ; prothorace canaliculato, quam latiori paullo longiori; elytris postice truncatis, striatis, interstitiis sat planis. Long., 221.; lat., #1. The antenne are about half as long as the whole insect, and are very robust; all the joints are pubescent, the basal one scarcely half as long as the head, the rest all much shorter, the second shortest. The maxillary palpi are large and stout, with the apical joint elongate-triangular, the labial very small and slender with the apical joint cylindric. On the head an impression runs obliquely forward from either eye; these two impressions are connected by a transverse one in front, and are foveately deepened near their junction with it; from some points of view these deepened portions alone are noticeable, so that the head seems only bifoveate in front. The prothorax scarcely differs from that of A. hirsuta, Macl., except in being less strongly rounded in the front part of its sides, so that it is a little narrower in proportion to its length. The apex of the elytra is rotundate-truncate ; none of their interstices are carinate. The puncturation of every part is a little less close and less coarse than in A. hirsuta. Though so very much smaller than either of the previously described species of Acrogenys, I cannot doubt that this is a 133 member of the genus. Having only a single example I have not been able to dissect the parts of the head, and in so small an in- sect it is most difficult to see them clearly without dissection, but as far as I can see they are quite as in A. hirsuta. The only structural differences that I observe consist in the more abrupt truncation of the apex of the elytra and the greater bluntness, as far as I can observe it, of the median tooth of the mentum. Adelaide district ; in flood refuse of the Torrens. DIABATICUS. The following two species appear to belong to this genus, although its diagnosis (Cist. Ent. IT., p. 324) is not very clear, unless one happened to possess a type of the American genus Pinacodera, with which it is compared, and unfortunately I have not such type, nor do I know of one in any Australian collection. Moreover, the expression ‘“‘orbitu post-oculari rotundato-angus- tato” is obscure, and the sparseness of puncturation on the elytra can hardly be regarded as a generic character. The species before me seem however to be congeneric with Plochionus australis, Er., for which the genus was formed, and agree fairly with Bates’ diagnosis as far as I can follow it, although I should scarcely call the claws “strongly” denticulated. The genus resembles Ph/wocarabus, but differs inter alia in the shorter and stouter tarsi, smaller eyes, and elytra very much shorter in pro- portion to the head and prothorax. {While this memoir has been in the printer’s hands I have re- ceived from Mr. T. G. Sloane, of Sydney, some remarks on the generic affinities of these and other Lebiides on which I had asked his opinion. Mr. Sloane occupies a foremost place among the rising entomologists of Australia, and his residence in Sydney gives him the opportunity of consulting the oldest and best Aus- tralian collections ; hence, I attribute considerable importance to his determinations. While disclaiming the ability to speak as a specialist on the Lebiides, he is disinclined to refer the following two species to Diabaticus, but is unable to refer them to any other described genus. As will be seen from my remarks (above) I think it quite possible that Mr. Sloane is right in this matter, but, nevertheless, it seems to me advisable to use the name Diaba- ticus for the present, rather than form a new genus closely allied to Diabaticus, especially as I can specify no good structural dis- tinctive character. I think I have described the species under consideration sufficiently in detail to prevent any actual incon- venience arising from my having attributed them to a genus in which they can perhaps hardly maintain a permanent place. I should add that Mr. Sloane tells me he cannot regard as genuinely pertaining to Ph/wocarabus the South Australian spe- 134 cies that I have attributed to that genus, mentioning especially as distinctive of Phlwocarabus auch smaller second joint of the antenne and a more Xanthophewa-like head. As Mr. Sloane has seen the insect on which the genus was founded I have no doubt he is right in the matter, but, nevertheless (as I pointed out in a paper read last week before the Linnean Society of N.S. Wales) these South Australian species agree very well with the published characters of Phlawocarabus, so that they can hardly be furnished with a new generic name except after a re-characterising of Phl«o- carabus. Mr. Sloane’s courtesy in making these comparisons how- ever enables me to perceive the need of pointing out that my allusion to Phiwocarabus above refers to the South Australian species which I have attributed to that genus, and might possibly not apply to the original type. | D. tumidiceps, sp. nov. Elongatus, capite prothoraceque con- junctis elytris vix brevioribus; glaber ; sat nitidus ; obscure rufescens, elytris piceo-umbratis, antennis, palpis, pedibus, meso- et metasternis abdomineque, testaceis,-hoc ad latera piceo-maculato ; capite pone oculos fortiter dilatato; hoe prothoraceque sparsim subtiliter punctulatis et subtiliter transversim rugatis; elytris sat fortiter striatis, interstitiis vix convexis minus sparsim punctulatis, postice rotundato- truncatis. Long. 331.; lat. 11 Antenne less than half as long as the whole insect, moderately robust, the second joint shorter than the rest, which are subequal. The head is subparallel, and scarcely narrower than the pro- thorax, and is longer (from the base to the apex of the labrum) than it 1s wide, being as wide across the post ocular dilatation as across the eyes ; there is a deep impression on either side at the inner front corner of the post ocular dilatation from which a furrow runs forward just within the eye, and curves forward across the head between the antenne, in front of which the sur- face of the head is uneven. The prothorax is fully as long as wide, subtruncate in front, with the dorsal channel strong but abbreviated at both ends, the anterior angles quite rounded off, the sides very finely margined, roundly divergent hindward im- mediately behind the base and then gently convergent and almost straight to the base, which is narrower than the widest part of the segment by about a third part of the width of the latter ; the hind angles are subdentiform, with the adjacent surface a little explanate ; the anterior curved impression is very strong, the base rather strongly lobed in the middle. The elytra are widest behind the middle, where they are nearly twice as wide as the widest part of the prothorax ; there are two large punc- tures on the third interstice. The mentum is strongly toothed ; — 135 the apical joint of the labial palpi is moderately securiform in the male, that of the maxillary being elongate, subcylindric, and truncate at the apex; the tarsi are moderately broad, glabrous, and nitid above, the joints of almost equal width, the fourth somewhat emarginate at the apex. Port Lincoln ; among débris on swampy ground, not common. D. minor, sp. nov. Sat elongatus ; capite prothoraceque con- junctis elytris parum brevioribus; glaber; sat nitidus ; rufescens vel testaceo-rufus ; capite, elytrorum umbris non- nullis, et sternorum abdominisque maculis nonnullis, piceis vel rufo-piceis ; capite obsolete sat sparsim punctulato, pone oculos sat fortiter dilatato ; prothorace sat fortiter transver- sim rugato; elytris subtiliter striatis, interstitiis sat plans, obsolete sparsim punctulatis, postice truncatis. Long., 221; lat., +1. (vix). Head oval, a little narrower than the prothorax, cilbeely SO long as wide, ‘and a little wider across the eyes than across the dilated part behind them. There is an obscure impression on either side between the antenne. Prothorax nearly half again as wide as long, subtruncate in front; the dorsal channel fine, lightly impressed, and abbreviated at both ends; the anterior angles quite rounded off; the sides narrowly margined, moderately rounded and scarcely sinuate behind, but with the hind angles minutely subdentiform, the widest part about half again as wide as the base, which is moderately lobed in the middle, the anterior impression moderately defined. The elytra are about one-fifth again as long as the head and prothorax together, and about one- third again as wide as the prothorax, the widest part being near the apex. The puncturation of their interstices is much feebler than in D. twmidiceps. Port Lincoln, in company with the preceding. PHORTICOSOMUS. P. robustus, sp. nov. Piceo-brunneus ; antennis palpisque mani- feste, pedibus vix, dilutioribus; antice leviter bisinuato, postice quam antice vix latiori, angulis posticis acutis sub- dentiformibus ; elytris postice adlatera sinuatis, fortiter striatis, interstitiis sat convexis. Long., 71.; lat., 241. Head (across the eyes) slightly narrower than the base of the prothorax ; the latter half again as wide as its length down the middle, at its widest in front of the middle ; the front margin and base of almost equal width, the front margin moderately concave and gently bisinuate ; the front angles much rounded, and not at all produced forward as they are in P?. mucronatus, Blackb.; the central channel moderately impressed, and at both ends much 136 abbreviated ; the sides strongly sinuated immediately before the hind angles, which are scarcely less dentiform than those of P. mucronatus ; the reflexed margin narrow, as in P. brunneus (narrower than in mucronatus); the surface transversely depressed in front of the disc, as in brunneus, Blackb., and with a curved anterior impression, also as in brunnews. The sculpture of the elytra is very similar to that of P. brunneus and feliz, Schaum., except that the interstices are more convex. The already-described species of Phorticosomus, neither very much larger nor very much smaller than this, and having the posterior angles of the prothorax sharply rectangular or subdenti- form, are similis, Blackb. (this is a good deal smaller) and mucronatus. Both these have the elytral strize very much feebler and the interstices flat. P. mucronatus also has the clypeus much less rugose, and the sides of the elytra very much more strongly sinuate near the apex. South Australia ; I am uncertain of the exact locality. PSELAPHID. CTENISTES. C. Adelaide, sp. nov. Rufescens; antennis elongatis; prothorace antice angustato, postice fovea magna impresso; elytris prothorace dimidio longioribus ; oculis sat magnis. Maris (?) metasterno profunde longitudinaliter sulcato; antennis elytrorum apicem attingentibus, articulis 1-7 conjunctis quam articuli 8-11 conjuncti multo brevioribus, articulis 8-10 gradatim brevioribus, articulo 11° quam 9"* et 10™* conjuncti vix breviori, apice oblique truncato. Long, 21. This species is, no doubt, rather close to C. parvus, Shp., which it resembles in the long antenne (reaching the apex of the elytra when set back), the well defined simple fovea of the prothorax and the elytra about half again as long as the prothorax. The antennal joints, however, are very different in their proportions inter se; the 10th joint being much longer than wide, and the llth barely equal (not to the preceding three together but) to the preceding two. These antennal differences might be sexual, but they are accompanied with certain other distinctions, the eyes in the present species being by no means exceptionally small, and the elytra being rather strongly dilated behind—which seem quite inconsistent with specific identity. From C. impressus, Shp., the present species may be known inter alia by the pro- thorax being as long as wide, and scarcely narrower at the base than in the middle, and having a simple fovea, from C. simplex, Shp., by its long antenne and non-transverse prothorax, from C. vernalis, King, and C. Kreusleri, King, by the very different antennal structure, although it is possibly the previously undes- 137 cribed sex of the latter (as the size and the antennal structure of the one sex are really the only distinctive characters mentioned in the description of that species), the size of which, however— said to be less than half a line—seems to point to distinctness, and moreover I have another species (mentioned below) which agrees much better with the description. In flood débris near Adelaide. C. Kreusleri, King. In flood débris of the Torrens I have taken both sexes of a Ctenistes, which I believe to be this species. The distinction between the sexes seems very slight except in respect of the antenne. The sex that I take to be the male has the * apical four joints of the antenne together equal to the basal seven together, and forming a distinct club in which joints eight-ten are somewhat equal in length, and gradually increase in width, joint eleven being wider still, slightly longer than nine and _ ten together, and obtusely narrowed at the apex; the second ventral segment is scarcely longer than the following segments together, and bears an obscure impression slightly in front of its apical margin. In the other sex the apical four joints together of the antennz are considerably shorter than the basal seven together, and are successively thickened, joint 8 being same length as 9, 10 scarcely shorter than the preceding two _ together, 11 scarcely shorter than the preceding three together; and the second ventral segment is decidedly longer than the following segments together and has no impression. The whole insect is of a very uniform pale castaneous colour, it is closely and rather coarsely asperate-punctulate, and somewhat closely clothed with short, crisp, whitish hairs. The prothoracic fovea appears some- what forked in front. The antenne are short (reaching back to about the middle of the elytra), and the eyes are much smaller than in C. Adelaide. C. tenebricosus, sp. nov. (?female). ? Brunneo-niger ; antennis sat brevibus; prothorace antice angustato, postice fovea magna impresso; elytris prothorace dimidio longioribus ;. oculis sat parvis. Long., 21. (vix). This species differs from all yet described as Australian of the genus, by its uniform blackish colour. It is more finely and sparsely punctured than C. Kreusleri (?), and therefore more nitid ; like that species it is clothed with short, crisp, whitish hairs. The prothorax is scarcely so long as wide, with a deep posterior fovea not at all forked in front, the general surface of the segment being even. The elytra are considerably narrower at the shoulders than behind. The antenne scarcely differ in structure from those of the specimen which I regard as the female of C. Kreusleri. Port Lincoln ; in moss, K 138 ARTICERUS. A. asper, sp. nov. Ferrugineus, antennis pedisbusque testaceis, supra (abdominis basi nitida sparsim punctulata transversim profunde excavata excepta) subopacus, crebre aspere punctu- latus ; capite prothorace elytrisque obscure pubescentibus ; antennis valde depressis, quam latiores parum longioribus, supra parte dimidia basali longitudinaliter impressa; capite quam antenn vix longiori; prothorace fortiter transverso haud foveolato. Long., 1 1. (vix). The antenne are not much longer than wide on their flattened face, both sides of which are strongly rounded in outline, but the middle of the curve is on the outer side, a little nearer to the apex than on the inner side. Of the other described species having antennz impressed above, Pascoeus, Shp., has the prothorax not transverse; auriflwus, Schauf., has the inner margin of the antenne straight, and brevipes, Shp., has the elytra punctured only indistinctly. A single specimen was taken by me in flood refuse near Ade- laide. BYRRHID/, BYRRHUS. I see no good structural character to prevent the following species being considered a true Lyrrhus, although it should be noted that I have not been able to devote a specimen to dissec- tion. It differs from the typical forms of the genus in having the body somewhat densely and evenly bristling with long erect hairs, and having the incrassation of the antenne commencing only at the seventh joint. These latter consist of 11 joints, and are inserted, as in Byrrhus ; the head is retracted in repose, but in such fashion that the eyes and labrum are visible (the former only in part); all the tarsi are laid stiffly back in repose against their tibize, which, however, are channelled by no means deeply for their reception. The apical joint of the maxillary palpi is somewhat more elongate and conic than in most species of Byrrhus. BL. Torrensensis, sp. nov. Oblongo-ovatus; nitidus; crebrius subtilius punctulatus; pilis longis nigris erectis sat dense vestitus ; supra nigro-eneus, prothorace obscure viridi; subtus rufus vel piceo-rufus, antennis (clava picea excepta), palpis, labro, pedibusque, testaceis. Long., 1-121.; lat., 3-11. The antenne, if set back, would about reach the base of the prothorax ; joint | is stout, and about as long as 3, 2 is very short, 3 nearly as long as 4, 5, and 6 together, the latter three subequal, and scarcely longer than wide, 7-11 forming a well- defined club. 139 Two specimens occurred to me in flood-refuse on the banks of the River Torrens. ELATERID~. TETRALOBUS. T. Fortnumi, Hope. I have lately received a male example of this genus taken by Mr. Read near Lake Eyre, which seems to be quite distinct from any species previously seen by me. It is broad in proportion to its length (long,, 131; lat., 41), and its prothorax, instead of being more or less canaliculate down the middle, has a very faintly raised shining dorsal line. But the character on which I rely for specific distinctness consists in the structure of the antennz in the male, the branches of which are much shorter than in any other Z'etralobus I have seen, the longest of them being no longer than the distance between the antenne at their base. The antenne, moreover, are very short as a whole, reaching when laid back not further than to the front of the basal quarter of the prothorax. The colour of the insect is dark chestnut, the legs and antenne (except the basal joint) being paler. The prothorax is (across the hind angles) exactly as wide as it is long down the middle. The elytra are very distinctly punctulate-striate, but the puncturation becomes feebler, and the striz are obsolete near the apex. The interstices are feebly convex in the front half, and are punctured more sparingly than in any other Zetralobus that I have seen. The prothorax has the usual fovea on either side of the middle line near the front strongly marked. As there are several descriptions of species of V'etralobws which scarcely mention more than generic characters it is very likely that this insect has already received a name, and it appears to me not at all unlikely to be 7’. Yortnwmi, Hope. The only difficulties in so regarding it are that 7. Yortmum should be a somewhat narrower insect, and is said to have the longitudinal line of the prothorax “‘parum impressa ;’ whereas in the specimen before me it is ‘‘haud impressa.” This latter character, however, is probably variable (judging from other species of Z'etralobus), and as it seems that 7. Fortnumi is quite incapable of certain identification, and the measurements given by its author may be a trifle inexact, I think it will be well to assign the name to this insect, at any rate until some fresh evidence to the contrary may be forthcoming. T. Manglesi, Hope. There are before me specimens of an insect belonging to my own collection and tothose of the Adelaide Museum and of the Adelaide University Museum, taken in various parts of South Australia, which, I think, may be regarded as this species. Like most of its congeners, the species varies greatly in size, the smallest examples being long., 121., lat., 351. ; the largest long., 171., lat., 51. It is accordingly one of the widest of the genus in 140 proportion to its length. It is also characterised by the elytra being (not gradually narrowed from the base to the apex, but) slightly narrowed immediately behind the base, and then lightly dilated again, so that they are very slightly wider just before the apex than at any other part. The prothorax is just barely wider across the hind angles than its length down the middle, and im- mediately in front of the middle it is in both sexes almost or quite as wide as across the hind angles, which are only very slightly produced hindward or outward, the sides being gently sinuate. It is very closely and quite rugulosely punctulate in front, less so behind. Its dorsal channel is extremely feeble in the examples before me, and the lateral fovez are only slightly marked. The front angles are more or less feeble and rounded. The elytra are distinctly striate, the strie irregularly punctulate, the external ones having stronger and larger punctures than those near the suture, all the strie and their punctures becoming more or less obsolete towards the apex. Hach apex is separately and feebly rounded, the suture ending in a very small spine. The interstices are more or less closely punctured, more strongly in the male than the female. The sides of the prosternum are very strongly and sparingly punctured—(this is a highly distinctive character, and does not seem to vary). The antenne of the male are shorter than in the large common South Australian species (7’. Australasie, or possibly Murray. it the two are really distinct), and the indi- vidual branches of the same are also shorter, though they are very distinctly longer than the distance between the bases of the antenne. The tarsi also are notably shorter, especially in the male. From 7. Lortnumi (vide “ supra”) it differs chiefly in being much less attenuate behind, with the prothorax less rugulose dor- sally ; the sides of the prosternum much less closely punctulate ; the branches of the antenne in the male considerably longer, and the apical spines of the elytra much feebler. TENEBRIONID. LEPISPILUS. L. rotundicollis, sp. nov. Oblongus; convexus; piceus; macu- latim flavo-pubescens ; prothoracis lateribus sinuatis, latitu- dine paulo ante medium quam trans basin haud minore. Long., § 1.;. lat., 321 Differs from L. suwlcicollis, Boisd., in the form of the prothorax, which is (by measurement) very nearly twice as wide as long (as 13 to 7 in the example before me), with the front about two- thirds the width of the base, the sides strongly convex in outline immediately behind the front, and from the middle to the base almost as strongly concave, so that the greatest divergence is at 141 the base and at a point a little in front of the middle. The closely punctulate depressions on the elytra bearing yellow pubes- cence are very shallow and very large, and are very irregularly placed, so that the nitid interspaces form an ill-defined and ex- tremely open network, none of them appearing as continuous longitudinal cost, even that nearest to the suture being more or less interrupted. It is not improbable, however, that there may be some variation in this respect if in some examples the de- pressed spaces happen to fall more into longitudinal lines. The average area of these closely punctured depressed spaces is about equal to that of the eye as seen from above, but in places two or three of them almost coalesce, so as to form what on a casual glance looks like a very large space indeed. A single example in the South Australian Museum is ticketed “C, A.” (Central Australia). Other specimens similarly ticketed seem to be from the southern part of the tropical region. MELOIDA. ZONITIS. Z. nigro-ened, Fairm., var.(!) A. Nigra; clypeo antice obscure piceo ; elytris cceruleis, crassissime rugulose punctulatis, in- terstitiis haud levigatis. Long., 61.; lat., l41L The antenne are two-thirds the length of the body ; joint 1 is slightly longer than 4, 2 scarcely half as long as 1, and two-thirds the length of 3. The head is equal in length to the prothorax, and also to the first four joints taken together of the antenne ; the distance from eye to eye is rather more than the length of the basal joint of the antenne, or about one-third the length of the head. The labrum is nearly as long as the basal joint of the antennee, ciliated in front and deeply channelled down the middle, its surface shiny, with a few strong punctures. The clypeus is truncate in front, its hind suture strongly angulated ; its surface is shining and only obscurely punctulate, a deep furrow crossing it near its base, its length about equal to that of the labrum. The hind part of the head is strongly and somewhat rugosely punctulate, and almost truncate behind. The prothorax down the middle is barely longer than its greatest width, which is slightly behind the middle ; its base is about a quarter again as wide as the base of the head; the width of its front is about ‘one-third of its base, from which the sides diverge sinuously not quite to the middle, where they are strongly rounded, and thence converge sinuously to the front; the front part of the suface is a little depressed ; from this depressed space a very strong central channel runs back to the base, and on either side of the channel there is a large deep fovea on the disc. The scutellum is nitid, and very sparsely, but not finely, punctulate. The elytra are 142 extremely coarsely foveolate-punctulate, the instertices quite con- fused, with no tendency to a linear arrangement, and bearing confused punctures and wrinkles. In the “mnale the basal three ventral segments are carinate down the middle, and the fourth is strongly and widely emarginate at the apex. The underside is rather closely (least closely on the hind body), squamosely, and finely punctured, and is densely clothed with black pubescence, the upper surface being glabrous. Seems to be near Z. nigro-enea, Fairm., but is larger, with the hind body of the male carinate (not + longitudinally ‘impressed ’ %, and with the scutellum and the elytral interstices punctulate. If M. Fairemaire’s description of 7%. nigro-enea can be relied upon, the insect described above is probably a distinct species. But unfortunately that author’s ‘“ Revision des Zonitis d’Aus- tralie” contains errors (perhaps of the printer) which render it unsafe to give new names to species that seem closely allied to those that are described in it. In the description of 7. indigacea (e.g.) we read of the antenne “articulo 2° tertio paulo longiore,” but further on wdigacea is distinguished from nigro-enea by “the second joint notably shorter than the third.” Port Lincoln. 4. Andersoni, sp. nov. ¢ Nigra, capite (labro excepto) rufo, elytris (apice excepta) testaceis, prothorace pedibusque brunneo-piceis ; capite antice minus producto ; elytris crebre subtilius punctulatis, obsolete costatis. Long., 74$1.; lat., oe The antenne are about half as long as the whole body ; joint 1 is rather short (little more than half as long as the distance between the eyes), 2 scarcely longer, 3 slightly longer still, 4 still longer (nearly half again as long as 1). The head is triangular, scarcely longer than the width of its base, which is gently arched hindward, its length about equal to that of the basal four joints of the antenne together. The labrum is about as long as the clypeus (the two together being less than half as long as the rest of the head), its front portion declivous, its front margin ciliated, its surface feebly and sparingly punctulate and hairy, without any furrow. The hinder part of the clypeus is flat and horizontal, with a defined mar gin or ridge, the portion in front being decli- vous ; the hind suture is feebly arched, its surface obscurely pune- tulate (most strongly on the ridge). The hinder part of the head is punctured rather strongly in front, very obscurely behind, with a feeble central longitudinal furrow running forward for a short distance from the base. The prothorax is scarcely wider than long, its front margin about a third as wide as the base and as the hind margin of the head; its sides diverge slightly and —- 143 scarcely sinuously to about the middle, where they are feebly rounded, and whence they converge bisinuately to the front; its surface is very finely and sparsely punctured, the front portion depressed ; there is an interrupted and rather feeble channel down the middle of the hinder half; the base is very gently arched hindward ; scutellum smooth behind, punctured in front. The elytra are closely, evenly, and rather finely punctulate, and bear (besides the raised suture) distinct traces of three or four costz, which almost reach the apex. The metasternum is faintly punctulate, and bears a short, close, erect pile; the ventral seg- ments are nitid, glabrous, and almost levigate. The bright red head, dark red-brown shining prothorax, and testaceous semi-opaque elytra, with their apex black, will render this species easy to recognise. Allied to 7%. tricolor, LeG., but (apart from colour) differing in its much shorter head, differently shaped clypeus and labrum, prothorax very much narrower in front, &e. Port Lincoln ; taken by Mr. J. Anderson. Z. brevicornis, sp. nov. Rufa; antennis, palpis, mandibulis apice, femoribus anticis antice in medio, tibiis (basi exceptis), tarsis, macula in capite, maculis in prothorace 2, metasterno (epis- ternis exceptis) et abdominis parte, piceo-nigris; elytris ceeruleis, crebre subtilius (postice crassius) punctulatis ; capite antice minus producto; prothorace antice minus angustato. Long., 51.; lat, l+1. The antennz are about half as long as the whole body ; joint 1 is short (scarcely as long as half the distance from eye to eye); 2, shorter still; 3 and 4 subequal, each of them equal to the basal joint. The head is not very triangular in shape, its length and breadth about equal, its length a little greater than that of the basal four antennal joints together. The labrum is scarcely so long as the clypeus (the two together not quite half as long as the rest of the head), its surface devoid of a dorsal furrow, strongly punctulate, its front ciliated. The clypeus is strongly punctulate, its hind suture strongly arched. The surface of the hind part of the head is punctulate strongly in front, and gradually less strongly hindward, and bears between the eyes a large piceous blotch, which is slightly protuberant and levigate in the middle ; the hind margin of the head is almost truncate. The prothorax is very slightly shorter than the head, very slightly wider than long, and equal in width to the hind margin of the head ; its front margin (which is emarginate) is nearly half as wide as its base; its sides are gently and somewhat evenly arched, their greatest divergence being in front of the middle; its surface is strongly and very sparingly puncturéd, with some feeble indica- 144 tion of a dorsal channel a little in front of the base, and with a distinct round piceous discal blotch on either side a little in front of the middle. The elytra are closely subrugosely and rather finely punctured, the punctures much mixed up with a system of reticular wrinkling. The upper surface (saving some hairs on the labrum) is glabrous. The underside is distinctly, though rather lightly and squamosely, punctured; the metasternum bears a short erect closely-set pile. The claws are red. The middle tibiz are strongly, almost angularly, bent (perhaps in the male only). The hind body is piceous, but bears a yellow patch (successively larger on each segment from the base) on either side of each seg- ment. In the male the ventral segments are carinate all down the middle. This species should fall, I think, into M. Fairemaire’s first division of the genus, and will be the only species therein yet described having unicolorous blue elytra ; its short thick antennz also will distinguish it. A very old and faded example in the South Australian Museum seems to be identical, although the black spots on the head and prothorax are wanting. Port Lincoln. Z.cyanipennis, Pasc. The description of this species occupies four lines in the “Journal of Entomology.” True, it is accompanied by an uncoloured figure, but, unfortunately, the figure appears to have been taken from a specimen with its head tucked down among the sterna, and gives little information beyond what the brief des- cription furnishes ; indeed, it rather presents a contradiction, for whereas the size given after the description is 61., the indicator in the plate gives 43 1., M. Fairemaire has provided a fuller des- cription of an insect in his collection which he alleges (without specifying his authority) to be cyanipennis, Pasc., and gives its length as 84}mm., which means, I suppose, 44 1. I think M. Fairemaire’s identification is possibly incorrect, both because he describes the colour (which appears to me remarkably constant in the metallic Zonites) differently from Mr. Pascoe, calling the elytra ‘“ blue-green” instead of ‘dark indigo-blue ;” and because he says that the humeral calli are almost levigate, which (if my identification of Z. cyanipennis is correct) certainly is not the case. Mr. Pascoe makes no allusion to the puncturation of any part of cyanipennis, so this important character gives no assist- ance. I have before me two specimens from Melbourne (the locality of the original type) coloured as cyanipennis is said to be, except in having the mesothoracic epimera yellow (of the length 61.). One of these—a female—agrees with Mr. Pascoe’s figure in the shape of the elytra at the apex. The other (length, 41.) is a male, and seems perfectly identical with the larger specimen, except in respect of what appear to be sexual characters, viz., 145 the antenne are more slender (three-fifths the length of the whole body); the elytra are more narrowed, and are separately rounded at the apex, and the ventral segments are different, the basal three being compressed into a keel down the middle, and the fourth triangularly depressed in the middle. The head in the insect which I take to be cyanipennis, Pasc., is nearly twice as long as its width across the base ; the labrum is quite as long as wide, is depressed down the middle, and bears a few strong setiferous punctures. I do not find any distinct separation between the hinder part of the head and anything that can be called a clypeus. The middle of a straight line drawn from the front of the labrum to the hind margin of the head would fall decidedly in front of the base of the antenne. The antenne are broken in the female example before me ; joint 1 is unusually long (equal to the basal joint of the front tarsi, and much more than half as long as the distance from eye to eye); 2, half as long as 1; 3 and 4 successively increasing in length; but even 4 distinctly shorter than 1. The pro- thorax is scarcely longer than the head, is a little (to the eye it looks a good deal) longer than its greatest width, and is at its front margin rather more than a third the width of its base. The elytra are scarcely punctulate, but appear shagreened with fine vermiculate rugulosity somewhat as in Z. rustica. Z. rustica, sp. nov. Rufa; antennis, palpis, mandibulis, femori- bus apice, tibiis, tarsis, capite toto, metasterno (episternis exceptis), et abdominis segmentis primis 3, nigris ; elytris ceruleis, crebre subtilius punctulatis, capite antice producto gradatim angustato ; prothorace fortius crebrius punctulato, antice sat fortiter angustato. Long., 431.; lat., 121 The antenne scarcely exceed the length of half the body ; joint 1 is short (less than half as long as the distance from eye to eye), 2 scarcely half as long as 1, 3 slightly shorter than 1, 4 slightly shorter than 3. The head is very slightly longer than its width across the eyes, with its hind margin con- -vex hindward; it is gradually narrowed forward so as to be rather pointed in front, its width across the base of the mandibles is little less than half its width across the eyes; its whole sur- face, including the labrum, is evenly, strongly, and rather closely punctulate, except that the puncturation becomes finer and feebler near the hind margin; the labrum is rather strongly transverse, is clothed with long hairs, and bears a deep central fovea, much abbreviated in front. The prothorax is of the same length as the head, slightly longer than its greatest width, its front margin about half as wide as its base, its sides somewhat evenly rounded (scarcely perceptibly sinuate both in front of, 146 and behind, the middle), its greatest width (which is at the middle) scarcely exceeding the width of the head across the eyes, its surface evenly, somewhat strongly, and rather closely punctu- late, with obscure traces of the middle part of a longitudinal dorsal furrow. The elytra on close examination are seen to be finely punctulate, but their readily noticeable sculpture consists of a confused system of wrinkling, making them appear finely shagreened, or coarsely coriaceous. To specify the degree of this sculpture by comparison with a familiar species, I may say that the general effect of the sculpture is a little less rough and strong than that on the elytra of Z. bicolor, Le G. The upper surface is glabrous or nearly so, the underside and legs densely clothed with short hairs. The claws are red, the ventral seg- ments are coarsely, squamosely, and rather closely punctulate. South Australia. Z. Murray, sp. nov. 3d Rufo-testacea; labro, palpis, antennis (basi picescenti excepta), femorum apice, tibiis, tarsis, meta- sterno(episternis exceptis), et abdominis segmentis basalibus 5 (5i apice rufo excepto), nigris; elytris lete cceruleis ; capite nonnullis exemplis antice infuscato; hoc fortiter minus crebre punctulato antice minus producto minus angustato ; prothorace canaliculato vix perspicue punctulato, antice sat fortiter angustato; elytris minus subtiliter vermiculato- punctulatis. Long., 51.; lat., 121 The antenne are about three fifths of the length of the whole body ; joint 1 is piriform and _ strongly curved, in some examples testaceous, decidedly shorter than in Z. cyanipennis, scarcely longer than half the distance between the eyes, about as long as in Z. rustica, but much more strongly curved, joint 2 about one-third shorter, 3 equal to 1, 4 scarcely so long as 3. The head from the front of the labrum to the base is scarcely longer than its greatest width, the front part nearly parallel-sided ; the middle of a line joining the front of the labrum, and the base of the head would fall between the inser- tions of the antenne ; the labrum is transverse and sulcate down the middle; the clypeal suture is quite undefined. The pro- thorax scarcely differs from that of Z. cyanipennis. The sculp- ture of the elytra is on the same plan as in Z. cyanipennis and Z. rustica, but is stronger, coarser, and less close than in either of them. The specimens before me appear to be all males, but (as usual in this genus) the soft hind body has become so much distorted in drying that its shape is not the same in any two. The first four or five ventral segments are compressed into a keel, which, however, does not always run down the exact middle line ; the fifth is very feebly concave all across at the apex. The , 147 ventral segments are very nitid, strongly and sparsely punctulate,. _ and only thinly pubescent. The middle tibie are very strongly compressed and strongly curved; much more so than in 4. cyanipennis. The head is quite four-fifths as wide as the _ widest part of the prothorax. Evidently must stand near to Z. cyanipennis, from which it _ differs in the yellow head nearly as wide as the prothorax, more _ coarsely sculptured elytra, much more nitid, strongly punctulate, and less pubescent ventral segments, «ec. Murray Bridge (South Australia) ; taken by Mr. Tepper. Z. gloriosa, sp. nov. Piceo-brunnea obscure rufescens, elytris antice viridibus postice purpureo-violaceis; capite antice valde producto subtilius crebrius (disco levi excepto) punc- tulato; prothorace vix perspicue canaliculato, leviter nec crebre yix subtiliter punctulato, antice rotundato-angustato ; elytris subtiliter sat crebre nec rugulose punctulato. Long., 71; lat., 31. (vix). Considerably dilated behind. The apical part of the antennze has been broken off the example before me; joint 1 equals 3, and is _ rather longer than 2 and shorter than 4. The head is more than one-third again as long as at the base it is wide, the front part parallel-sided ; the middle of a line joining the base of the head and front of the labrum would fall considerably in front of the antennz ; the labrum is nearly as long as wide, its surface punc- tulate and longitudinally sulcate. The prothorax is slightly wider than long ; its base is truncate, from which the sides diverge very slightly in nearly straight lines to immediately in front of _ the middle, where they are rounded, and whence they converge in a strong curve to the front, which is about half as wide as the base, but viewed from above the sides seem to pass into the front in a continuous curve; the surface bears no inequalities, except a barely discernible longitudinal furrow, which is abbreviated slightly in front. The puncturation of the elytra is considerably finer and less close than in Z. tricolor, Le Guill., and is not at all tTugulose. The prothorax is slightly wider than the head, and _ searcely half as wide as the widest part of the elytra. An obscure costa runs obliquely from close within the shoulder to the middle of the disc of the elytra. Seems to resemble Z. splendida, Fairm., but that species is said to have a short triangular head, and the prothorax loevigate. The present species has “the head exceptionally elongate—the anterior part being almost absolutely parallel-sided—and the _prothorax distinctly punctured. It appears to me structurally hearer to Z. cyanipennis, Pasc., than to any other previously de- scribed species. Port Lincoln district ; taken by Mr. J. Anderson. i 148 COCCINELLID. NOVIUS. NV. ruber, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; sat nitidus; pubescens ; sanguineo-ruber, subtus distincte, supra vix perspicue, hic illic infuscatus ; tarsis picesentibus ; capite prothoraceque vix perspicue, elytris crebre subtilius, punctulatis. Long., 1431; lat., 141. Much lke WV. bellus, Blackb., in form and sculpture, but decidedly larger, and very differently coloured. The whole upper surface is of a shining bright-red colour, almost like sealing-wax. On close inspection a little vague infuscation can be discerned running down the side of each elytron a little within the margin in the front half, and occupying the neighbourhood of the inner apical angle. N. cardinalis, Muls., is a still larger species with the head black and the prothorax and elytra bearing conspicuous black markings. WV. sanguwinolentus, Muls., has the head, prothorax, and scutellum black. The upper surface of V. Lindi, Blackb., is entirely black, except a large red spot on each elytron. NV. cardinalis, Muls., and bellus, Blackb., agree in having both prothorax and elytra red, with black markings; but the pattern of either is very different from that of the other. Sent to me by Mr. T. G. Sloane; taken by him, I believe, at Mulwala, N.S. W. ERRATUM. Tr. Roy. Soc., 1887, p. 224, lines 7, 24, 28, 29, and 33, for “Tindi” read “Sharpi.” 149 NOTES ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF AUSTRALIAN CHARACE&. By Baron Sir F. von MvE.ier, F.R.S., de. [Read August 6, 1889.] The following brief indications of the geographic range of various Australian Characee, which are additional to what is recorded in vol. xi. of my Fragm. Phytogr., Austral., pt. 11., pp. _ 43-44, are from the researches of Dr. O. Nordstedt, chiefly through material communicated from the Melbourne Phytologic Museum :-— Chara contraria, A/. A#r..-—Victoria; South Australia (Lake Bonney, Miss Wehl ; Kangaroo Island, O. Tepper ). Chara coronata: — Victoria; Queensland; South Australia f (Pidinga, W. Tvetkins ). Chara dichopitys :—Victoria and New South Wales. Chara fragilis, Desv.:—W. Australia; New South Wales; - Queensland. Chara gymnopitys, A/. Sr.:—S. Australia (Kangaroo Island, OG. Pepper) V.5 N-S.W.; N.A. Chara gymnopus :—W.A.; T., V.; N.S.W.; Q.; N.A. Chara leptopitys, Al. br.:—S.A. (Lake Bonney, Miss Wehl) ; Victoria. Chara macropogon, A/. Br. :—W.A.; Q.; S.A. (Kangaroo Island, O. Tepper ). Chara Muelleri, A/. Br. :—Victoria. _ Chara submollusca, Vordstedt (n. sp.) :—Queensland. Nitella conglobata :—W.A.; V.; N.S.W.; Q.; N.A. Nitella cristata:—8.A. (Tatiara-country, C. Walter); T.; N.S.W.; Q. Nitella diffusa :—Victoria ; New South Wales. Nitella gracilis :—S. Australia (Murray River, /. v. If); Victoria. Nitella Gunnii, A/. Br. :—V.; N.S.W.; Q. Nitella hyalina :—W.A.; V.; Q.; N.A. Mitella interrupta :—S.A.; T.; V.; N.S.W.; Q. Nitella leptostachys, Al. Br.:—S.A. (among Todeas above the cataract of Mount Lofty, /. v. J/., 1848). Nitella microphylla, A/. Br. :—W.A. ; T. Nitella myriotricha, A/. Br. :—S.A. (Murray River). Nitella polyglochin :—Queensland. Nitella Sonderi, A/. Br. :—N.S.W. ; N.A. Nitella Tasmanica, /. v. MW. :—Victoria ; Queensland. oe 150 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN FUNGI. CoLLATED BY J. G. O. Tepper, F.LS. [Read August 6th, 1889]. List oF Func, New or Rare For SourH AUSTRALIA. The following species were collected by Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, and named by Prof. P. Andrea Saccardo, of Padua, through the kindness of Dr. F. Ludwig, Germany :— Uromyces TEPPERIANUS, Sacc., sp. n. On Acacia salicina. It attacks the younger branches, causing fusiform swellings several inches in length, and in the middle two to four times the © diameter of the branch. The bark bursts finally in several places, and the brown spores thickly cover the surface of the wounds. The branches, and finally the shrub, so attacked die after one to three years, or support life in a stunted form to an indefinite extent. fe Black Hill, N.E. of Adelaide ; Sandy Cr., Callington. Octo- ber to November, 1887. DimErosportum Lupwie1anum, Sacc., sp.n. On Lagenophora Billardiert, forming raised pustules on the leaves; spores ferruginous. Common in open woody hill districts. Clarendon, Angaston, &c., November, 1887. CAPNODIUM ELONGATUM, B. & D. It is distributed over the leaves of some species of Acacia. Williamstown, October, 1888. Cu#®ToMIuM comatTuM (Tode), fr. A black rust upon straw, Norwood, 1888. Seproria Bromi, Sacc. On the leaves of Keleria phleordes | (an introduced grass). Murray Bridge, November 1887. H&ETrEROBOTRYS PARADOXA, Sacc., gen. and sp. n. Dr. Ludwig states that it was found on all specimens of Lertya rotundifolia, a Kangaroo Island plant. The following remarks are taken from letters and publications by Dr. Ludwig, in the “Bot. Central Blatt,” No. 11, 1888 :—“The leaves of this small shrub are rough, of a dull dark green, and densely covered by minute hairlets of a peculiar structure. The 151 stalk or erect portion is from 300 to 350 u in length, and 30 to 50 u thick, and from its apex radiates a whorl of ten to twenty bristly, one-celled branches, of about the same length, but in average only three to five u thick (excepting the much stouter base), which are placed at right angles to the stalk.” ‘In the stalk of these stellar hairs appears to be the principal seat of the - fungus, for it is frequently so much invaded by it that very little of the original contents remains. Arriving at the summit the fungal threads grow spirally around the bristle-lke stellar branches, frequently occupying all in the whorl, and twisting around them as closely and regularly as ‘beans or hops around the poles’ When developed luxuriously the threads branch and anastomose profusely, producing parcels of brown accumulated cells, which impart a still darker tint to the leaves and other _ parts. All that remains finally are small heaps of globular spores of five to six u diameter, adhering to some of the bristles. The spiral twist of this microscopic climber is from left to right almost unexceptionally ; occasionally some of the bristles themselves are _ so twisted, or several together, but this may be due to the screw- like growth of the fungus.” ‘“ The mycelium likewise invades the leaf structure, frequently filling the cells and destroying the epidermis, whén it imparts to these parts a blackish tint, which is owing to the colour of the threads and spores. In this character it exhibits affinity to /umago salicina, and probably also to Pleospora herbraum.” STEREUM HIRsuTUM, J7., var. aurantiwm. ‘Dp 'S F Nd ‘p "Ss F Re "Ss F 9 ‘VITVALSAV HLNO0S HO ALHIOOS TWAOU AHL HALIM LNQOO0V NI WAMASVAML CESRE DONATIONS-TO THE cIBRARY For the Year 1888-9. I.—TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, AND REPORTs. Presented by the respective Societies, Editors, and Governments. Baltimore—American Chemical Journal; vol. T[X., Nos. 4 to 6; vol) Xe; ‘Mos. '1"t076: Johns-Hopkins’ University Studies ; fifth series, Nos. 8 to 12; seventh series, No. 1. Johns-Hopkins’ University Circulars; Nos. 58 to 63, and 65 to 67. Batavia — Naturrkundig-Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indie ; Achtste Serie, Deel TX. Belfast (Ireland)—Report and Proceedings of the Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society for 1887-8. Belgium-——Annales de la Societé Belgique ; tomes 16 to 22. Berlin—Sitzungsberichte der K6niglich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin ; 1888; Nos. 21 to 52. ——— Koniglich Preussischen Meteorologischen Institut— Instruktion fiir die Beobachter an den Meteorolo- gischen Stationen II., III., und IV. Ordnung. Ergebnisse der Meteorologischen Beobachtungen im Jahre, 1887. Bonn—Verhandlungen des Naturhistorischen Vereines der Preus- sischen Rheinlande, Westfalens und des Reg.-Bezirks, Osnabriick ; part 2, 1886 ; 1887-8; part 1, 1889. Boston-—Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History ; vol. IV., Nos. 1 to 6. Proceedings of the American Academy of Sciences ; part’l, vol. XXTL. 3 part 2,-vel.2SxXIit. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural Sciences ; vol. XXIITI., parts 3 and 4. Buenos Ayres—Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias en Cordoba (Republica Argentina); vol. XL, 1888. California—Bulletin of the Californian Academy of Sciences (San Francisco) ; vol. IL, No. 8. 163 California—Memoirs of the Californian Academy of Sciences ; vol, fis Now 1. Cambridge (U.S.A.)—Bulletins of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College; vol. XIV.; Vol XV. S vole Vail. Nos: 2 to 5 vol: XVAI1., Now 2and 3: Canada—The Canadian Record of Science; vol. III., Nos. 3 to 6 (Montreal). Catalogue of Canadian Plants ; part 5. Cape Town—Transactions of the South African Philosophical poceur, yols. 1. the vol. dV. ; vol. V., part 1; 1877-88. Chili—Verhandlungen des Deutschen Wissenschaften Vereins zu Santiago, 1888. Connecticut (America)—Transactions of the Meriden Scientific Association ; vol. IT., 1885-6; vol. IIT. Costa-Rica—Anales dei Museo Nacional (San José); vol. I., 1887. Edinburgh—Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, for the years 1883-7. —— Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society, 1887-8. Geneva—Compte Rendu des Séances de la Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle de Geneve ; V., 1889. Gottingen—Nachrichten von der Koniglich Gesellschaft der Wis- senschaften und der Georg-Augustus-Universitat zu Gottingen ; 1887, Nos. 1 to 21; 1888, Nos. 1 to 17. Halle—Leopoldina, Amptliches Organ der Kaiserlich Leopoldino- Carolineschen Deutchen Akademie der Naturforscher ; hefte 22 and 23 (1886 and 1887). Japan—Calendar of the University of Japan (Tokio), for 1888-9. Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University (Tokio); vol. II., parts 4,5; vol. III., parts 1 and 2. Lausanne—Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Natu- relles ; series 3, Nos. 98, 99. London—Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, 1888 ; parts 5, 6, 6a; 1889, parts 1, 2, 3. Proceedings of the Royal Society; vol. XLIT., Nos. 256 to 270. List of Fellows, &c., of the Royal Society. The Eruption of Krakatoa and Subsequent Phenomena (Royal Society). — Medical Press and Circular ; May, 1889. Massachussetts—Bulletins of the Essex Institute; vol. XIX., Nos. 1 to 12. Mexico—Anuario del Observatorio Astronomico Nacional de Tacubaya; 1889, vol. LX. 164 NewSouth Wales—By Committee of Management, Technological Museum of N.S. Wales—The useful Na- tive Plants of Australia (including Tas- mania). By J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., &c. Results of Meteorological Observations made in New South Wales in 1886. By H. C. Russell, B.A. Rain, River, and Evaporation Observations made in New South Wales during 1887. By H. C. Russell, B.A., &e. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales; second series; vol. IIL, parts 3, 4; vol. IV., parts 1, 2. —_—__——__——_— List of Errata in the Catalogue of the Australia Scyphomeduse and Hydrome- duse. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph. Dr., &. Tabular List of all the Australian Birds known to the Author. By E. P. Ramsay, Curator of the Australian Museum. Minerals of New South Wales. By A. Leversidge, F.R.S. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales; vol. XXIL, part 2. —___—_—_—-— Australian Museum, Sydney: Memoir. No. 2. —___—__—__—_ Sydney Free Public Library: Report for 1888-9. —_—_—_—_—_—_ Calendar of the University of Sydney for 1889. —_______—— Australian Museum: Report of Trustees for 1888. —_____—__——— The Source of the Underground Water in the Western Districts. By H. C. Russell, B.A, FRACS... dec. Results of Rain, River, and Evaporation Observations in New South Wales. By H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S., &e. New York, U.S.A.—Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences ; vols. VI., VII, Nos. 1 to 8; vol. IV. —__—_—___—_____—_Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, late Lyceum of Natural History ; vol. [V., Nos. 3 to 6. —_—_—_—__—_—_—_——_—The Comparative Danger to Life of the Alternating and Continuous Electrical Currents. By Harold P. Brown. ate 165 New Zealand—Report of the Auckland Institute and Museum for 1888-89. —— Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute, 1888; vol. X XT. —__—_ — Reports of Geological Explorations during 1887- 8; No. 19; Colonial Museum and Geological Survey of New Zealand. —_——_—— Twenty-third Annual Report on the Colonial Museum and Laboratory. Meteorological Report for 1885. Norway—Bergens Museums Aarsberetning for 1887. Ohio, U.S.A.—The Bulletins of the Scientific Laboratories of Denison University ; vols. I., IT., and IV. Memoirs of the Denison Scientific Association (Granville); vol. [., No. 1. Paris—Societé Entomologique de France ; Bulletins for April and May, 1889. Philadelphia—Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; 1887, part 3; 1888, parts. 12, 3- Queensland—Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland ;. vol. III., parts 4, 5; vol. V., part 5. vol. VL, 1 and 2; and Annual Report, July, 1889. Rio de Janiero—Revista do Observatorio. Publicacéio mensal do Imperial Observatorio do Rio de Janiéro 3. Anno IV., Nos. 1 to 6. Annual Progress Report of the State Forest Administration in South Australia for the year 1887-8. Report of the Board of Governors of the Pub- lic Library, Art Gallery, and Museum for 1887-8. Meteorological Observations taken at the Ade- laide Observatory, May, June, July, 1888 ; Sept., Nov.-Jan. Report on a Journey from Adelaide to Hale River, by H. Y. L. Brown, Govt. Geolo- gist. ‘ Report upon the Progress and Condition of the Botanic Garden for 1888. St. Louis—The Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis; vol. [V., Nos. 1 and 2. Tasmania—Papers ordered by the Legislature to be printed. Trenton (U.S.A.)—Journal of the Trenton Natural History Society ; No. 3 (1888). Turin—Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata South Australia 166 della R. Universita di Torino ; vol. III., parts 49 to 66. Victoria—The Victorian Naturalist ; vol. V., Nos. 7 to 12; vol. VL, Nos. 1 to 5. ———— Transactions of the Geological Society of Victoria ; vol. I., parts 1 and 2. ———— Prodromus of the Paleontology of Victoria. By Frederick McCoy, F.G.8., &. Decades VI. and VII. —- Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria. By Fredk. McCoy, C.M.G., &e. Decade XVII. ts Victorian "Y ear-Book for 166/-8- ypls. 1. 10 11. —__———— Victorian Engineer ; vol. ITI., Nos. 5 to 9. Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria ; vol. L., part 1. Proceedings (new series) ; vol. I. Iconography of the Australian Species of Acacia and Cognate Genera. Baron F. von Mueller. De- cade" ALTE Key to the System of Victorian Plants. By F. von Mueller ; vols. I. and II. Select Extra-Tropical Plants, &c. Seventh edition. By F. von. Mueller. Systematic Census of Australian Plants. Fourth supplement. Baron F. von Mueller. Results of Astronomical Observations made at the Melbourne University in 1881-2-3-4. By R. L. J. Ellery, F.R.S., F.R.A.S. Catalogue of Oil Paintings, &c., in the National Gallery of Victoria. Vienna—Verhandlungen der K. K. Geologischen Reichenstalt, 1887, Nos. 1 to 16; 1888, Nos. 12 to 14; 1889, Nos. Ito 9: Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien. Sitzung der Mathematicch-Naturwissenschaft- liche Classe, 1888, Nos. [6 to 18, and 20 to 24; 1889, Nos. 1 to 3. Verhandlungen der K. K. Zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien; vols. 37 and 38. Washington (U.S.A.)—Publications by the Smithsonian Insti- tute :— Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution to July, 1885, part 2. Compilation of Notes and Memoranda bearing upon the Use of Human Ordure and Human Urine in Rites 167 of a Religious or Semi-Religious Character among Various Nations. Washington (U.S.A.)—Bibliography of the Siouian Language. By J. C. Pilling. Bibliography of the Eskimo Language. By J. C. Pilling. The Use of Gold and other Metals among the Ancient Inhabitants of Chiriqui, Isthmus of Panama. By Wm. H. Holmes. Work of Mound Exploration of the Bureau of Ethnology. By Cyms Thomas. Perforated Stones from California. By Hy. W. Henshaw. By U.S. Geological Survey :— Mineral Resources of the United States. By David T. Day. Monographs—xX II.—Geologyand Mining Industry of Leadville, with Atlas. Bulletins, Nos. 4U to 47. Mineral Resources of the United States, year 1887. 168 LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS, &c. NovEMBER, 1889. Those marked (F) were present at the first meeting when the Society was. founded. Those marked (L) are Life Fellows Those marked with an asterisk have contributed papers published in the Society’s Transactions. HONORARY FELLOWS. Barkely, Sir Henry, K.C.M.G., K.C.B. Ellery, K. L._j.. PoRsSaile; Melbourne Garran, A., L. josie San --- oydney Hull, H.M. . Hobart s Jervois, Sir W. F, 193° Te C.M. GSO) B. New Zealand .. Little, E. $s ae Macleay, Sir W., ie G's Rane Sydney * Mueller, Baron Bes von, + ik Coe. é. F.R.S. Melbourne Russell, H. rot B. yea he RAS. .. sydney CORRESPONDING MEMBERS, Bailey, F. Mo, F.L:s. = sas)» brisbane Canham, J. =e ... otuart’s Creek.,. *Cloud;- a. C. FCS: ab ... Wallaroo *Dennant, Aig EGS ay ... Melbourne ‘Taser. Ie i. age ... Prospect +E oelsche; Paul .. sie ..«.» Palmerston Goldstein, ..de. 2 Melbourne *Hayter, H. HH, UMA, ee M. Gu. ES: 'S. Melbourne Holtze, Maurice Palmerston *Kempe, Rev. J. Finke *McGillivray, P. H., M. R.C. sig kites S. Sandhurst *Maskell, W. M., New Zealand ... Nicolay, Rev. Cg a ... Fremantle, W.A. *Richards, Mrs. A. ... Beltana : ee James, FAS., Gis: ..- Melbourne FELLOWS. *Adamson, D. B. ike .»» Adelaide Adeock, DP). .2: oe ... Adelaide Angas, if. Phe sas .. Angaston : Angove, W. T., M.R.C. “i oh oot ea: Aree Gully Bagot, John ... ... Adelaide a *Blackburn, Rey. ae M. A. ... Woodville Boettger, Otto .. Z ... Adelaide Bragg, Prof., M. rr o ... Adelaide Brown, J. its ce OF > ... Adelaide Brown, L.G. ss ane ; .- lwo Weils *Browa; £1, ¥; 1b, Py Gieoirs .»- Adelaide Bussell, J. W.... ‘in ... Adelaide Date o€ Election 1857 1876 1853 1855 1878 1858 1878 1879 1876 1881 1880 1881 1888 1884 1882. 1888 1878 1882 1880 1889 1888 1886 1880 1883, 1867 1887 1874 1888 1887 1887 1884 1886 1881 1882 1883 1884 — 169 Campbell, Honorable Allan, M.L.C., L.R.C.P., Edin. ob as Chapman, R. \ eg. a ? *Cleland, W. L. ,M. B., Ch M., F.R.M. = (Lt) Cooke, E. ... te *Crawford, F. “ Davis, F. W. isk Bt *Dixon, Samuel ua - Dobbie, A. W. Elder, Sir Thomas Eyres, Thomas.. Fleming David.. Fletcher, Rev. W. R., M. ry Foote, H. Eee Fowler, W. Fraser, J. C. Gardner, Wn, M. me hs M. Gah. 1. P. aay Gill, Thomas, .. *Goyder, Geo., jun. Grasby, W. C ... Grundy, E. B.... Poems €,. FT. ... Harrold, A. L. Hay, Hon. A, MLC. Henry, A., M. 'D. *Howchin, W. 5 Gb. Hughes, H. W. (F) Kay, R. Kuevett, S. *Lamb, Prof., M. A., F.R.S. Laughton, rt Lendon, A. A., M.D. Lloyd, i} are Rs Lower, O. B. .. wiocas, KR. B. ... Magarey, A. T. *Magarey, Hon. S. J., M.B. Mayo, Geo., F.R.C S. ae Mayo, G. Boe. Mestayer, R. L., F.R.M. <4 *Meyrick, E. T., B, A. Middleton, W. 7}. E. Mitchell, J. T., M.D. Molineux, ' ie (L) Murray, Hon. David, M.L.C. Munton, H. S... *Parker, Thos. ... Phillips, W.-H. Phillipson, W. T. Poole, W. B. ... Robertson, R., F.F.P.S. ... *Kennie, Prof. E. my o).Sc., F.C.S. Renner, F. E., M. D. Robins, |e Russell, William M Adelaide Adelaide Parkside Adelaide Semaphore Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide North A ielade) Kent Town Outalpa Kulpara Adelaide Adelaide | Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide. Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Goodwood aa Booyoolie Adelaide Adelaide England Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Parkside Adelaide North Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Sydney England Upper Sturt Port Adelaide... Kent Town Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Carrieton Adelaide Port Adelaide.. 1882 1888. 1879 1876 1880: 1865 1882 1887 1876 1871 1887 1886 1876 1883. 1882 1889. 1882 1883 1885 1880: 1887 1882 1883 1876 1861 1882 1883 1883 1853 1878 1883 1874 1884 1856 18388 1885 1873 1874 1853 1874 1883 1881 1882 1885 1880 1859 1884 1883 1883 1887 1886 1882 1885 1885 1887 1879 170 *Rutt, Walter, C.E. ie Salom, Hon. M., MiL:C.09; *Schomburgk, R., PhD; Scott, Jas. L. Smeaton, shos. D. Smith, R Barr Smythe, J. T., B.A.,-B.E *Stirling, E. C. M.D. BSE Stuckey, J. i. M.A. : *Tate; Prof. R., F.G.S, Si Thomas,.J. D., M.D. F.RCS. +Tepper, J.°G. 0., ELS. *Todd, Charles, C:M;G,"M.A? FURS: Tyasy JeeWe 8. “it or Umbehaun, C.... Vardon, Ronee Varley, Av K., *Verco, J.iC., M.D., FRCS: Vickery, e Wainwright, Ed. H., B.Sc. Ware, W. L. - Way, E. W., M.B. We Way, S. J., Chief Justice ix Wheeler, F. os *Whittell, H., M. D:, F.R.MS. Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Hyde Park Mount Barker... Adelaide Glenelg Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Norwoood Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Mount Gambier Adelaide Meadows St. Peters Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide oy Freemantle, Ww. A. Adelaide Wilson, "John, F.E. aT Se Ea Goodwood *Wrasce,-C. L., F.R.GS. .2 Brisbane *Zietz, A. sit Adelaide ASSOCIATES. Hodgson, Mrs.... Port Victor 1866 1866 1865 1865 1857 1871 1882 1884 1878 1876 1877 1878 1856 1882 1879 1889 1883 1878 1868 1883 1878 1879 1859 1884 1882 1887 1887 1886 1884 171 me Fe NO TX. —_————_—_—_ FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION OF THE Koval Society of South Australia. SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE, BEING FOR THE YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30TH, 1889. The Committee have pleasure in presenting the following abstract of the work of the Section for the past year :— ELxcursions.—During the year eleven excursions have been held, at most of which the attendance has been very satisfactory. Some fresh localities have been visited, but no excursion occupying more than one day has been made, as was the case in the previous year. As a change from visits to the hills, which are mostly devoted to the study of botany, there have been a trawling trip, an excursion to the beach at Marino for the collection of shells, &c., and a visit to the Dry Creek Smelting Works. Evening Meetings.—There have been seven evening meetings during the year. The attendance at these has varied considerably, but on the whole shows an improvement on that of last year. The papers have embraced a wide range of subjects, and have been contributed by the following gentlemen, viz., Professor Tate, ¥.G.S., Messrs. J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., W.. B. Poole, D. D. Rosewarne, J. J. East, M. 8. Clark, and W. Howchin, F.G.S. The exhibits at these meetings form an important feature, and it is pleasing to notice that they are increasing in number and in interest. Show of Native Plants, &c.—This was held in the Town Hall in October of last year, and for a first attempt was a considerable 172 success. Jt may be stated that this was not intended (as some may have thought) to be chiefly a show of living wild flowers, there being obvious objections to such an exhibition. The princi- pal feature of the show was the Herbaria, while a fine collection of Algz and of floral paintings added to its variety and attrac- tiveness. In conjunction with this exhibition the Boys’ Field Club had a very creditable display of a similar character. Protection of our Native Fauna and Flora.—The Standing Committee appointed for this purpose have devoted much time and attention to the subject. From a special report of the Com- mittee which will be presented particulars will be gathered as to the progress made in this direction. Local Correspondents.—Steps have been taken with a view to secure the assistance of correspondents in various parts of the colony, who, it is thought, will in many ways be of service to the Section. It is hoped that these persons will take an interest in the Natural History of the neighbourhood in which they reside, and that their aid will be secured in the preservation of native plants and animals, as well as in furnishing information as to poisonous plants, introduced weeds, native fodder plants, &e. “ Proceedings.” —Arrangements have been made whereby the *« Proceedings” of the Section for the current year will be printed more fully than before, besides being issued at a moderate cost and at a much earlier date than usual. Membership.—Eighteen new members have been added to the roll during the year, and twenty names have been removed. Of the latter, seven have left the colony and seven have resigned, the balance being struck off for various reasons. The number now on the roll is 112. Water Howcnin, Chairman. W. H. Setway, Jun., Hon. Sec. Adelaide, 17th September, 1889. ANNUAL PrRoGRESS REPORT Presented by the Native Fauna and Flora Protection Commit- tee at the meeting of the Field Naturalists’ Section of the Royal Society held on September 17, 1889. The Committee appointed at the last annual meeting of the Section to endeavour to secure better protection for the native fauna and flora, desire to present the following progress re- port :— National Parks.—As the result of a deputation which waited 173 on the Premier of the day in October, 1888, together with con- siderable subsequent correspondence and other action, a promise has been obtained from the Government to the effect that re- serves of this character will be made, although the size and other details have not yet been settled. The Game Laws.—Through the aid of Mr. R. G. Solomon, of Newark, United States, and of local skin merchants, the Govern- ment was induced to introduce an amending Game Bill, provid- ing for the partial protection of kangaroos and opossums. The measure, however, met with strong opposition in the Legislative Council, and was rejected by that House on the second reading, without a division being taken. The arguments used by the ad- verse speakers were apparently based upon the state of affairs existing three years ago and not upon the facts as they now are. The only hope of the absolute extinction of the kangaroo being prevented seems to lie in the fact that before long its numbers will have become so small as to render its chase for the purposes of commerce unremunerative. The Bill was by no means of the comprehensive character desired by the Section, but no further legislation in this direction can be attempted till next session. In accordance with the request of the Committee, placards noti- fying the chief provisions of the Game Act have been circulated throughout the districts affected by its enactments by order of the Commissioner of Crown Lands, who has given instructions to the police to secure, as far as possible, the observance of the statute. The corresponding members of the Section have also promised to help in this work. Education in Natural History.—The Committee requested the Education Depertment to give more direct instruction in natural science, especially in its relations to the native fauna and flora, and although not much has yet been done towards this end, there is reason to believe that the next few years will see a consider- able advance in the direction indicated. The extension of the operations of the Boys’ Field Club to the country towns of the colony will also largely tend to promote that healthier public sentiment which is so desirable in the interests of the movement. Forest Reserves.— Determined efforts have been made during the year by a certain section of the community to obtain the exten- sive resumption of forest and other reserves for the purposes of cultivation. The Committee had a motion tabled at a meeting of the Section protesting against any such action being taken, and the resolution was forwarded to the Commissioner of Crown Lands. It is with much pleasure that the Committee have noticed that a motion was subsequently passed in the Upper House affirming the undesirableness of resuming the forest re- serves. 174 Information as to the best methods of securing the objects of the Committee is now being sought by the Committee from similar organizations in various parts of the world, and every feasible means will be used to attain the desired end. The move- ment has received the approval of the Royal Society and the sup- port of the Geographical Society, the Microscopical Section, and of many other organizations. The subject will be discussed at the next meetings of the Australasian Association for the Ad- vancement of Science, and vigorous efforts have been made by the Committee to excite a healthy interest in the matter in the dif- ferent colonies. In conclusion the Committee, although regretting that they can show but few distinctly tangible results, yet hope that the movement will eventually prove in a considerable measure suc- cessful, and they trust that they will have the cordial assistance of all with any love for the plants and animals of their country. SAMUEL Dixon, Chairman. A. F. Rosin, Hon. Sec. September 17, 1889. 69g Sraquiajydag yi9I ‘oprepepy ‘SNVAT ‘SOHL ‘sag uo] “Unf ‘AVAVTAS “TT ‘AM sony | ogeNviro wt {991109 punoy puv poyipny 9 z1 oS 9 zI oS$ e See a sy = ** puvy ul souryed ;, v L Ivy 0 oO €z_ yawog [ekoy ‘99g ‘UOF] 0} AO popuvy suonduosqns ,, YL teF ve ¢ I ee ee ee ee solmpung ” Oo ¢ I I ee ee ee ee a[sng 99 a Se de ae as (19yvJ01"9) soULpUd}Y ,, 8 oO ¢ ee ee ee ee SUISILIOAPYy ” o gil “ a - sosesog ,, |o o fz °° ** — suondiosqng wo. poatedor junowy ,, 9 $$ & hs uP ab >a sunuug Aq |oo Sz °** <= ** Ajat00G [ekoy Woy ULID ,, sie, ee 9 Z14 < ag ‘+ pIVAKLOF JYSNOIG vouvyeg oy, “AUN LIGNAdX HY ‘p ‘Ss 7 *“SLdIHOAY Ud ‘6881 ‘MaAMWALdAS HLO€ ONIGNA AVAA AHL VOI AYNLIGNAMXY ANV SLdIAOayY 176 MICROSCOPICALYSECTION OF THE Koval Society of S outh Australia, ANNUAL REPORT FOR - 1888-9. We are glad to be able to report that during the year in- creasing interest has been manifested in the work of the Section. The attendance at the meetings has been much better than in the past, and the members who were present appear to have profited by the various subjects brought under discussion. The plan adopted this session of devoting a short time of each evening to practical demonstration on some elementary branch of micro- scopical manipulation seems to have had a beneficial effect, and it is to be hoped that, if possible, this plan will be continued. The excursions made in search of objects have been a source of great pleasure, and many places near Adelaide have been found which afford a valuable field for microscopical research, being rich in organisms—some no doubt new to science. The Section has been fortunate during the year in receiving two large donations of books. Mr. C. C. Farr, on leaving for England, presented us with a large number of microscopical magazines ; and Mr. H. ©. Mais has again shown his interest in us by making us a further donation of all his large collection of bound works on the microscope, in all twenty-nine volumes. We have now, for a young Society, a very complete and valuable reference library. The present number of members is thirty-three. Several have resigned during the year, and six new members have been elected. The average attendance at the meetings has been eleven, exclusive of visitors. The subjects discussed at the meetings were as follows :— 1888. Oct. 9. Pollen in its relation to hay fever, by F. 8. Crawford. Nov. 13. Forms of Life found by Dredging, by Mr. Baker. 177 1889. Mar. 12 Cleaning lenses, Rips and cover-glasses, by Vir vs Crawford. Structure of the Flosculari ia, by Mr. Poole. Apr. 9. Demonstration on cell-making, by Mr. Poole. Paper on a Hydroid Zoophyte, Cordylophora lacustris, by Mr. Baker. May 14. Paper on Illumination by Condensers, by Dr. Whittell June 11. Demonstration on mounting wool and fur, by Mr. Poole. | Illumination by the Abbe-Condenser, by Dr. Whittell. July 9. Paper on Pond life, by Mr. J. W. Bussell. Aug. 13. South Australian Polyzoa, by Mr. Zietz. Sept 3. Demonstration on use of Camera-lucida, by Mr. F. 8. | Crawford. Excursions have been made to the following places :— April 6. Hope Valley Reservoir. May 1. Botanic Gardens. 6. Blackwood. Aug. 10. North Arm. Signed, F. S. Crawrorp, Chairman. J. W. Busse, Hon. Secretary. ‘Arepieg ‘uo “TTaSSAg “Mf sowpny ‘AdTavud ‘f UvoOay ‘91109 puNnoj puv pourwiex 7 oF IF OF is; a; ¢'.9 a = a puey ut yseg o..S 4 “s a Ajato0g [voy pred suondiuosqne ,, “a ee ee oe ee juvpua}y ,, y £5 @ iy - “ “ S*oapfseseysog 55 Oo zIO ‘is a x SYOog UO asvllIv9-[Iey ,, € gil = iy aS “e sourzeseyy ,, | o ¢ = s "+ AjaID0G [eAoY Woy zuLID ,, 9 “£1 © = = a Arguoneyg pur sunjung ,, |o ¢ ZL xs De = suondiuosqng siequayy », go £°6 SS S * soulzeseyy Suipurg Ag | 0 $1 9 oa 888i ‘oquiajdag tof puvy ut asoureg oy, ns 3 "AYALIGNAdXY HS taney "S1d1G9a YY "6881 ‘xequieides YIOE Sulpus ivaxX ay} 1OJ oun puedxy|] pue sjdresey VIIVELSOY HLNOS AO ALHIDOS, TVAOWU AO. NOILOAS “IVOIdODSONDIN | \\ 2 a Lt < =| B a Meadows & Co., Roprl Society of South Australia, Patron : HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN. Bice-Putron : HIS EXCELLENCY THE EARL OF KINTORE, K.C.M.G, &c. OR Fi Cre is, [Elected October 7, 1890. ] president : REV. THOMAS BLACKBURN, B.A. Wice-Mresidents : WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S. PROFESSOR R. TATE, F.G.S., F.LS. (Representative Governor.) Hon. Crensurer : Hon. Secretary : WALTER RUTT, C.E. | W. L. CLELAND, M.B. atlembers of Gouncil : PROFESSOR E. H. RENNIE, DiSe., F.C.8; E. L. STIRLING, M.D., M.A. | H. T. WHITTELL, M.D. D. B. ADAMSON PROFESSOR BRAGG, M.A SAMUEL DIXON 20. TENG D.S. YVSHA es — PART I. (Issued June, 1890). PAGE, MacGiiuivray, P. H.: An Additional List of South Australian Polyzoa (plate i.) ZieTz, A.: A List of South Australian Whales and Dolphins... Pct | ErHermpGe, R.: On Some Australian Species of the Family Archzo- cyathinez (plates i i, ii.) ioe oi ae ae Na Ae Meyrick, E.: Descriptions of Australian Lepidoptera, Part I. ik, ae BiacksurN, Rey. T.: Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera, VII. 82 MUELLER, Baron, and Tate, Pror.: List of Plants collected aS Mr. Tietkins’ “Expedition. into Central Australia ‘is 94 Krrx, T. W.: On the Soaring of the Hawk .... wn ia see TaTE, Pror. R.: On the SS ais aa and Botanical Features of Southern Yorke-Peninsula oe ; «+ LIZ PART II. (Issued December, 1890). BLACKBURN, Rey. T.: Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera, VIII. 121 Howcury, W.: Estuarine Foraminifera of the Port Adelaide-River ... 161 MUELLER, Baron: Supplement to List of Central Australian Plants . 170 Tate, Pror. R.: On the Discovery of an Older Pliocene Formation in South Australia ... pis se oe ec Ses oe ae bbe Tate, Pror, R.: On the eens Relations of the oe Formations about Adelaide ~ .. . 180 TaTE, Pror. R.: The cabanas of the Older sbeges of Australia, Part Il. ... . 185 MISCELLANEOUS CONTRIBUTIONS. Parasite of Stick-Case Moth ... ae Pe eas bes i, ... 236 Protracted Pupation of Antherwa Helene... Sim ee a ... 236 Diprotodon-Remains ... so Sa cre = or 3. ... 236 Foraminifera of the Muddy Creek-beds ... 13% aM ve wie 2 Poisonous Properties of Huphorbia eremophila ... ae at w+ 236 Fluorescence of Bursaria spinosa... es +4 ee oes dig aD lv. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Rectification of the Nomenclature of Hectoria Pontoni ... Additional Species of Australian Fungi Additional Species of South Australian Flowering Plants Additions to the Insect-Fauna of South Australia Older Tertiary Gastropods of Australia Abstract of Proceedings Annual Report ... Balance Sheet ... Presidential Address ... Donations to the Library List of Fellows, Members, &c. APPENDICES. Report of the Field Naturalists’ Section ... Report of the Microscopical Section Index AN ADDITIONAL LIST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA. By P. H. MacGiiivray, M.A., M.R.C.S., F.L.8., Corr. Memb.. [Read November 5, 1889.] Plate I. Mr. Thomas D. Smeaton has recently sent to me for examina- tion a large number of specimens of South Australian Polyzoa, The total number of species in the collection is 119, and of these 71 do not occur in the list recently contributed to the Society. They are mostly well-known Victorian forms, but several are of rare occurrence, and three have not previously been described. The following is a list, with localities, of those not previously noticed :— CLASS POLYZOA. ORDER GYMNOLEHMATA, Allman. (INFUNDIBULATA, (rervais). SUBORDER CHEILOSTOMATA. FAMILY AETEIDAi. AETEA, Lam. A. dilatata, Busk. Robe. FAMILY EUCRATEIDAL. Dimetopia, Busk. D. spicata, Busk. Robe. FAMILY CHLIDONIID/Ai, CHLIDONIA, Savigny. C. Cordieri, Aud., sp. Kangaroo Island. FAMILY CATENICELLID. CATENICELLA, Blainville. C’. alata, Wyv. Thomson. C. plagiostoma, Busk. Port Elliott. C. formosa, Busk. Port Elliott. C. gracilenta, McG. Robe. C. carinata, Busk. Kangaroo Island. C. delicatula, J. B. Wilson, sp. 2 CLAVIPORELLA, WcG.. C. geminata, Wyv. Thomson, sp. Glenelg. C. aurita, Busk, sp. Robe. FAMILY CELLULARIIDA. Dipymia, Busk. D. simplex, Busk. SCRUPOCELLARIA, Van Beneden. S. cyclostoma, Busk. S. ornithorhynchus, Wyv. Thomson. An imperfect fragment. Canna, Lamz. C. arachnoides, Lamx. Brighton. CABEREA, Lam. C. Darwin, Busk. Encounter Bay ; Robe. C. rudis, Busk. Robe. C. grandis, Hincks. The specimens are mostly very rigidly calcified. Menipea, Lamz. M. cyathus, Wyv. Thomson. Robe. M. tricellata, Busk, sp. Robe. FAMILY SALICORNARIIDA. CELLARIA, Lamz. C. hirsuta, McG. Encounter Bay. FAMILY BICELLARITDA, Biceviaria, Blarnville. B. tuba, Busk. Encounter Bay, B. gracilis, Busk. Robe. _ ‘FAMILY FLUSTRIDA. CARBASEA, Gray. C. dissimilis, Busk. FAMILY MEMBRANIPORIDA. Pyripora, D’Orbigny. P. polita, Hincks, sp. Kangaroo Island. Exvectra, Lama. EL. multispinata, Hincks, sp. (Membranipora pilosa, var. multispinata, 7incks.) Barirypora, McG. L. (Membranipora) nitens, Hincks. 3 Memsranipora, Blainville. M. membranacea, Linn. sp. Brighton, Robe. M. prelonga, n. sp. Fig. 1. Zoarium encrusting. Zocecia opposite in regular longitudinal and transverse series, very large, much longer than broad, separated by narrow raised lines; upper extremity arched and thickened ; no spines or processes. This is an exceedingly delicate species, spreading as a thin film over the surface of a broad leaf of, seemingly, Zostera. The zocecia are very regular in transverse and longitudinal rows, the separating walls being very slender. There are no spines or pro- cesses as in its nearest congener J. membranacea. A curious cir- cumstance is that many of the longitudinal rows consist entirely of aborted zoccia, which are of the same length as the others, but are narrower, destitute of mouth, and ee the transverse separating partitions straight and very thin. In many of these there is a white shining fibrous bundle, the nature of which is not apparent ; it may be parasitic. Mr. Smeaton informs me that this was found at Wallaroo by Mr. O'Halloran. M. corbula, Hincks. Robe. AMPHIBLESTRUM, C'ray. A. argenteum, McG. (Lepralia trifolium, McG.) A. cervicorne, Busk Brrtustra, D’Orbigny. Bb. jugalis, vn. sp. Figs. 2 and 2a. Zoarium crustaceous. Zoecia alternate, in regular lines, elongated, quadrate ; margins thick, granular ; upper margin thick, with a short blunt process at each end ; anterior surface for a large extent strengthened by a very thin, ‘slightly granular, caleareous layer. Of this there is only a single small specimen. The anterior thickening of the surface is very indistinct, and I am not satisfied that it should not rather be referred to Membranipora. FAMILY MICROPORID.®. THAIROPORA, WcG'. T. dispar, McG. Brighton. DiIPLoPpoRELLA, WcG. D. cincta, Hutton, sp. Brighton. Micropora, Hincks. VW. coriacea, Esper., sp. Glenelg. M. perforata, McG. Robe. 4 FAMILY STEGANOPORELLIDAL. STEGANOPORELLA, Smitt. S. magnilabris, Busk, sp. Aldinga. FAMILY CRIBRILINIDAL. Hianropora, McG. H, ferox, McG. FAMILY MICROPORELLIDZ:. MIcroPporeELLa, (ray. M., ciliata, Linn., sp. M. Malusii, Audouin, sp. M. diadema, McG. Robe. se var. longispina, McG. Semaphore. ADEONA, Lamz. A. albida, Kirchenpauer, var. avicularis, McG. FAMILY ESCHARIDA. SCHIZOPORELLA, Hincks. S. Maplestoner, McG. Figs. 4, 5, and 5a. Of this two marked forms occur, which might almost be considered as distinct species. In the typical form the zocecia are rhomboidal, separated by narrow raised margins, the surface shining and perforated. The mouth is arched above, wider than high. The lower lip straight, with a small rounded sinus. The peristome. above is slightly thickened. On each side in front, below the mouth, is a small, solid, rounded protuberance, occasionally wanting. The ocecium is broad, prominent and flattened in front, the upper margin forming a thickened and smooth band, a more or less regular row of white-bordered pores along the inner margin of the band, and others scattered over the anterior surface. The peristome of the ocecial cells is produced as a flat pointed process from each side to meet in the centre, forming an arch over the suboral sinus. The front of the ocecium in perfect specimens is usually of a bright-brown colour, forming a marked contrast to the white rim. In others, however, the bright colour is lost. I have no doubt this is identical with S. lucida, Hincks (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1885). The other form, which may be named var. avicularis, has an elliptical avicularium placed obliquely below or to one side of the oral sinus ; below or supporting the avicularium there is usually a small, irregular, glassy, calcareous mass, extending partly down the centre of the cell, and frequently with one or more shining nodules comparable to the two suboral processes in the normal form. The peristome in the barren cells is usually produced on = 0 one side. The occia are more prominent superiorly, the peris- tomial arch thicker and stronger, and the surface occasionally traversed by distinct lines. Some oecia are coloured a bluish purple, with the margin and peristome a dead-white. S. dedala, McG. Robe. S. hyalina, Linn. sp., var. tuberculata. Robe. S, Ridleyi, McG. S. Smeatoni, n. sp. Figs. 3 and 3a. Zoarium bilaminate. Zocecia in longitudinal lines, separated by furrows, at the bottom of which is a narrow raised line, elongated, raised in the centre, with numerous small perforations ; mouth arched above, lower lip with a wide sinus and a minute denticle on each side. Opercu- lum with a narrow membranous fringe. Ocecia large, granular, traversed by depressed lines, orifice wide, the lower lip with a broad shallow sinus. The zoccia at the edge of the zoarium are much elongated, farther back becoming shorter. They are arranged more or less in lines, separated by furrows. The surface is covered with small perforations, frequently arranged in a line towards each margin and one down the centre. They are raised in the middle, and below the mouth there is usually a smooth nodule or umbo. The sinus in the lower lip is wide, tolerably deep, with the angle rounded. On the occia there is generally a short, depressed line extending vertically upwards and bifurcating so as to divide the surface into three elevated portions. On the older parts of the zoarium the separating furrows are nearly obliterated. Hippotuoa, Lamu. ; H. diwvaricata, Busk. Perraia, McG. P. undata, McG. PoRELLA, Gray. P. papillifera, McG. P. marsupium, McG. Porina, D’Orbigny. P. larvalis, McG. Semaphore. Mucrone ua, /Hincks. M. vultur, Hincks. M. tricuspis, Hincks. M. diaphana, McG. Brighton. M. excavata, McG. This species is identical with WW. prestans, described by Hincks from New Zealand. The specimen figured in the Zoology of Victoria had no avicularia, which, in fact, are frequently absent. 6 Ruyncuopora, L//incks. hk. bispinosa, Johnston, sp. Semaphore. FAMILY CELLEPORIDZ. CELLEPORA, Mabricius. C. bispinata, Busk. C’. tridenticulata, Busk. C. prolifera, McG. Scuismopora, McG. S. signata, Busk, sp. S. munita, McG., sp. FAMILY RETEPORID.. Rerepora, Jmperato. LR. porcellana, McG. fk. monilifera, McG. form, munita, McG. form, wmbonata, McG. R. granulata, McG. SUBORDER CYCLOSTOMATA. FAMILY IDMONEID/Ai. FPornera, Lam. H., foliacea, McG. FAMILY TUBULIPORIDA. ENTALOPHORA, Lame. £. australis, Busk, sp. Encounter Bay. FAMILY DISCOPORELLID. Licurenopora, Defrance. L. echinata, McG. L. reticulata, McG. Brighton. SUBORDER CTENOSTOMATA. FAMILY VESICULARIIDA. AMATHIA, Lam2x. A. bicornis, Tenison-Woods. Robe. The following are additional localities for species mentioned in previous paper :— Catenicella ventricosa, Busk. Robe. C’. erystallina, Wyo. Thoms. Port Elliott. i re one a I ee ee mam — € D > Ang 5 - = Ss - 7 ' a det 2 at De 7 Calpidium ponderosum, Goldst., sp. Aldinga. Cellularia cuspidata, Busk. Encounter Bay. Scrupocellaria scrupea, Busk. Encounter Bay. Menipea erystallina, Busk, sp. Robe. Bugula cucullata, Busk. Lacepede Bay. B. dentata, Lamx. Robe. B. neritina, Linn., sp. Brighton. Carbasea pisciformis, Busk. Kangaroo Island. Flustra denticulata, Busk. Encounter Bay. Electra flagellum, McG. Brighton. Thairopora Woodsw, McG. Semaphore. T. Jervoisii, Hincks, sp. Brighton. Cribrilina monoceros, Busk. Brighton. Schizoporella schizostoma, McG. Brighton. Mucronella Elleriir, McG. Glenelg. Smittia trispinosa, Johnston, sp. Brighton ; Semaphore. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fig. 1. Membranipora prelonga, x 20. Fig. 2. Biflustra jugalis, group of zocecia x 45. Fig. 2a. Single zocecium, showing the oral flap, x 45. Fig. 3. Schizoporella Smeatoni, x 45, showing zocecia and ocecium. Fig. 3a. Operculum, x 100. Fig. 4. Schizoporella Maplestoni, normal form, x 45. Fig. 5. Id, var. avicularis, showing suboral avicularium and thickening of peristome in ordinary zoccia. Fig. 5a. Another zocecium and ocecium from the same specimen. All x 45. A LIST OF THE WHALES AND DOLPHINS OF THE SouTH AUSTRALIAN COAST IN THE PUBLIC MUSEUM, ADELAIDE, By A. Zierz, Assistant Museum-Director. [Read December 3rd, 1889.] FAMILY BALAINIDZ (Whalebone Whales). 1. NEOBALEZNA MARGINATA, Gray. Pigmy Whale. Of this species three individuals in the flesh have been received at the Museum, two from Kangaroo Island, and one very young animal from Encounter Bay ; besides which there is an ear-bone from the former locality. The species was first found on the New Zealand coast, and was described in 1870 from some plates of baleen in the British Museum and from the skull and baleen of a small individual, 16 feet long, that was cast ashore on the Island of Kawau ;* it was considered by Dr. Gray to represent in the Southern Seas the Great Right Whale of the Arctic Ocean. At a later period, it was found on the coast of Western Austvralia ; and quite recently in our own waters. The external characters of this whale were unknown till the receipt of the specimens at the Adelaide Museum ; two of which have been photographed and exact measurements taken from the fresh animals; thus adding valuable information to our know- ledge of this species. The species-name is in reference to the outer blackish margin on the baleen. 2. MEGAPTERA Boops, Linn. Rorqual. To this species probably belongs the whale which was stranded at Corny Point, the skeleton of which is displayed in the Whale- Shed, annexed to the Museum, as Mr. G. Beazley, our taxider- mist, informs me that the underside of this specimen was very strongly folded in a longitudinal direction, commencing from the anterior point of the lower jaw. According to Professor W. H. Flower it is uncertain whether all the following specimens, referred to in his Catalogue (British Mus., 1885), belong to one or several species. If to more than one their distinctive characters have not been defined. The British Museum possesses examples from Greenland, California, and New Zealand. * Hector, New Zealand Cetaceans; Phil. Soc., Wellington, 1872. ee — 9 FAMILY PHYSETERID® (Cachalots). 3. PHysETER MACROCEPHALUS, Zinn. Cachalot or Sperm Whale. The Museum possesses a skeleton, measuring 53 feet in length, obtained from an individual which was stranded at Point Boling- broke, Port Lincoln, November, 1881. This species is widely distributed. 4. Koaia BREvicEps, Blainville. Short-headed Cachalot. A lower jaw of this very small species was recently obtained by Mr. Adcock at Middleton, Encounter Bay, and by him pre- sented to the Museum. The dental formula is 5°; ;°;; the teeth being only in the lower jaw, as in the other cachalots ; the last tooth on each side has its point directed backwards, and in its whole length nearly rests on the ridge of the jaw—a peculiarity which I find not mentioned in any description of the species. The lower jaw is slight and fragile, and has scarcely any condyles ; the broad ramus is nearly as thin as paper, with the sides much inflexed. This species is recorded from New South Wales and Madras ; and now for the first time from South Australia. FAMILY DELPHINID® (Dolphins). 5. GRAMPUS GRISEUS. Grampus. A skeleton of a grampus, eleven feet long, was found on the beach between Glenelg and Brighton, the skull of which is in the Museum. It probably belongs to the above-named species, the only one in the genus which is recorded from the North Sea to Cape Town. 6. DELPHINUS DELPHIS, Linn. The Common Dolphin. This species is figured by Dr. Gray, “‘ Zoology of the Voyage of the Erebus and Terror,” under the name of D. Forsteri ; but Pro- fessor Flower, in the Brit. Mus. Cat., refers it to the Linnean species, which, according to him, has a very wide range, embrac- ing the shores of the North Atlantic, South Africa, Tasmania, New Zealand, South Seas, and Antarctic Seas. It is common on our coast. 7. STENO ROSTRATUS. This species, as in the case of the Common Dolphin, is incor- rectly called a porpoise. It is easily distinguished from the por- poise by having a much larger and thicker head, and the snout more tapering, and not so abruptly narrowed; the tail and breast- fins are also much broader, and the body narrowed behind. It is not so neatly shaped as Delphinus delphis, and the teeth are much stronger and less numerous. The Brit. Mus. Cat. records it from Cape Seas, Admiralty Islands, and India. Its presence in the Australian Seas has hitherto not been noted, though it is not uncommon on our coast. 10 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE FAMILY ARCH ZX OCYATHIN 4. By R. Erueripcr, Jun., Paleontologist to the Australian Museum and Geological Survey of N. 8. Wales Pirates. IT. and- Lil, [Read December 3rd, 1889. ] Some months ago I received from Prof. Ralph Tate, F.L.S., &c., of Adelaide University, the fossils which form the subject of the present notice. After some trouble they were provisionally determined as Archwocyathus, a low form of invertebrate life characteristic of the Cambrian strata of North America, and laid aside pending the appearance of a memoir on this and allied. genera by my friend George Jennings Hinde, Ph.D., which I casually heard was in preparation. This having now appeared,* the subject may be well resumed. Dr. Hinde’s excellent paper renders it quite unnecessary for me to retraverse old ground, but simply recommending it to those interested in these remarkable genera as an admirable solution of a difficult and obscure subject, I may at once proceed to compare the Australian fossils with the various genera comprising the Family Archeocyathine. First, however, it is requisite to fix the localities of the Aus- tralian fossils. They are from Ardrossan, Yorke’s Peninsula ; the Wirrialpa and Blinman Mines, near the Blinman, a mining township on Eurilkina Creek, Flinders Range; and Kanyka, north-east of Port Augusta. The only geological information I am in possession of relates. to the first of these localities. The Ardrossan rocks appear to. have been first described by Mr. Otto Tepper, and we are also indebted to him for the first discovery of its fossils. In his. paper, ‘“ Introduction to the Cliffs and Rocks at Ardrossan” he describes the Paleozoic rocks as consisting of the Ardrossan sandstone overlain unconformably by Tertiary rocks, and confor- mably below it a variegated and dark-coloured limestone and white and yellow marbles, called the Parara limestone. He re- marks—“ Both varieties of the upper marbles contain distinct *On Archwocyathus, Billings, and on other Genera allied to or associated with it from the Cambrian Strata of North America, &c.—Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1889, XIV., p. 125. | + Trans. and Proc. Phil. Soc., Adelaide, for 1878-79 (1879), p. 70. 11 fossils and abundantly minute fragments of such, but the upper one by far the most, conspicuous amongst which occasionally a trilobite; and coral structure appears to perfection in sea-rolled pebbles, the fossil shows in beautiful contrast of colour upon the smooth surface. Prof. Tate holds the tentative opinion that the fossils are of the Lower Silurian age of Murchison.” At p. 48 of the same volume Prof. Tate states that “the fossils consist chiefly of heads and other fragments of a species of blind trilobite, probably an Olenws, a small species of Huculiomphalus, a Capulus, a Creseis?, and fragments of corals (some of which show a cystiphylloid structure).” Below these beds Mr. Tepper describes unconformable to them the ‘“ Ardrossan Marbles,” a yellowish or pink-coloured, but not variegated, saccharoid limestone of Pre- Silurian age. The age and relation of these fossiliferous lime- stones to foreign equivalents will be discussed later. The Family Archocyathinz of Bornemann consists of the Genera Archwocyathus, Billings, Ethmophyllum, Meek, Coscino- cyathus, Bornemann, Anthomorpha, Bornemann, Protopharetra, Bornemann, and Spirocyathus, Hinde, according to the last- named author. If certain determinations of the late Prof. L. G. de Koninck are to be relied on the family is already known in the Devonian (?) rocks of New South Wales. In 1876 he describes some ill-pre- served fossils from the Yass district, provisionally called Archwo- cyathus (2?) Clarkei.* They formed a portion of the late Rev. W. B. Clarke’s collection in the Mining and Geological Museum, and were destroyed with the general body of that series in the Garden Palace fire, and I regret to say we are not again in pos- session of a specimen of this fossil. Its true affinities must for the present, therefore, remain doubtful, for we find Dr. Hinde re- marking—“ Judging from the description and figures, no definite opinion can be formed as to their real character.” According to DeKoninck A. (?) Clarkei consists of irregularly-plicated bodies of considerable extent, both laterally and longitudinally, enclos- ing deep cavities of very variable form. The tissue forming the walls is from eight to ten millimetres in thickness, the external walls being furnished with irregular protuberances, and pierced by small openings. The tissue between the walls is irregularly spongy, and retiform in structure. So far as I am aware this is the only reference to the occur- rence of a supposed Archwocyathus, or one of its allies, in Aus- tralia, but quite recently Prof. W. J. Stephens, M.A., has oblig- ingly lent me two specimens from the neighbourhood of Yass, which may turn out to be of this nature. I may, however, state * Foss. Pal. Nouv. Galles du Sud, 1876, pt. 2, p. 68, t. 2, f. 1. 12 that about five years ago, when examining the matrix of the Trilobites from Ardrossan, with Dr. Henry Woodward, we noticed fragments of an obscure fossil, believed to be those of a coral, and evidently those referred to by Mr. Tepper, which greatly puzzled us. They were described by Dr. Woodward in the following words.* The calices “ are about twelve millimetres in diameter. The septa are numerous, and very short, with a thickened spongy columella ; the corallites are irregular, and few in number, and appear to be united by a cellular coenenchyma.” The fragments referred to in this quotation I now know to be the same as those at present under description. The genus Archeocyathus, briefly stated, consists of free cup- shaped or turbinate forms, with a tubular central cavity. ‘ The wall of the organism consists of an outer and inner lamina or plate, bounding the exterior and the inner surface of the cup respectively, and a series of stout vertical radial septa, which, like those of a coral, extend from the outer to the inner wall plates. Both walls are perforate, but a delicate imperforate en- veloping lamina exists. The septa are also perforate, even in thickness, and in their distance apart, the interseptal loculi being filled with dissepiments. The outer surface of the cup is either smooth, horizontally ridged, or rugose. New septa are introduced by intercalation. This is the general structure of Archwocyathus, without enter- ing into minute details, as emended by Dr. Hinde. The genus Ethmophyllum is substantially the same, except that the inter septal locali are not filled with dissepiments, and the inner wall “instead of communicating with the interior of the cup or tube by simple perforations consists of a series of relatively large canals directed obliquely upward and inward, so that in trans- verse section they present the appearance of one or more rows of vesicles cut across.” Archeocyathus is now known to occur in North America and the island of Sardinia, and is characteristic of Lower Cambrian strata ; whilst Zthmophyllum has been met with in strata of the same age in the country first named and Spain. The fossils from South Australia are either enclosed in lime- stone or are on the weathered surfaces of the latter, with one or two exceptions. They all present, more or less, the same appear- ance, excepting only the colour of the limestone, which varies from dark bluish-grey to a light grey, or even a rock with a warm reddish tint, as that from Ardrossan. The examples from Kanyka are weathered partially out of the limestone, displaying the general * Notes on the Remains of Trilobites from South Australia. Geol. May., 1884, iii., p. 342. 13 features of the organisms to advantage. The Wirrialpa speci- mens, on the contrary, from their similarity to the colour of the limestone are difficult to discern at a first glance, a difficulty which is increased by the large number of fragments present of the broken-up wall. In the Ardrossan limestone the corals are usually seen in sec- tion, and show to advantage from the white colour of their walls and tissue as compared with the colour of the matrix. I have not examined any very complete individuals from this rock, and from its peculiar semi-conchoidal fracture it is not easy to obtain sections along any given well-defined line. A few weathered-out examples have been examined from Kanyka, and these have yielded good results, but in the majority of cases information has been gained chiefly through sections. Measurements are rendered difficult from the various angles at which the corallums are naturally cut by the fracture or weather- ing of the matrix. Taking the specimens irrespective of genus, an imperfect corallum from Wirrialpa is one and three-quarter inches long, and another seen in section from Ardrossan measures one and a half inches in its longest diameter, slightly obliquely. An imperfect calyx from the former locality is one and a quarter inches in diameter, but others from the latter are much larger, al- though some which appear in transverse section in the limestone possess a diameter of half an inch or slightly more, and this is a common measurement. An example from Wirrialpa differs from most of the others in having a markedly oval section, the longest diameter being one inch and the shorter three quarters of an inch. A more perfect fragment from Kanyka, three quarters of an inch in length, has a diameter at one end of half an inch, and at the other measures three-eighths. A well-preserved little corallum in Prof. Tate’s collection, three quarters of an inch in length, pos- -sesses a diameter of a quarter of an inch, and, judging from the number of the septa is the most rudimentary form I have seen. From these figures we learn that the South Australian speci- mens, on the whole, are of less size than the Canadian Archeo- cyathus, although one or two examples are quite as tall as the former, but fall short in the diameter of their calices.* Similarly they are undoubtedly shorter than the type specimen of Lthmo- phyllum, E. Whitneyi, Meek,t+ in which the corallum reaches as “much as six or more inches in length, and again shorter than the ‘Spanish species of the last-named genus, Lthmophyllum mari- anum, Roemer}, but the largest from Ardrossan, and the larger * Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, 1886, No. 30, p. 72. tT Ibid, t. 4, f. 1. ; { Lethzea Geognostica, Theil 1, Lethzea Palzeozoica, 1 Lief., 1880, p. 301, . 55a. 14 Wirrialpa specimens would seem to correspond well in diameter with the sectional figures of Coscinocyathus given by Dr. Borne- mann. Genus EruiMoPHYLLUM. The specimens referred to this genus are small or of medium size, with a diameter of from a quarter to three quarters of an inch. The general form of our fossils is that of a long, slowly tapering, inverted cone, at times becoming turbinate, or rather cup-shaped, and circular or oval in section, with a large central tubular, or occasionally infundibuliform cavity. When the sub- stance of the corals has weathered more rapidly than the infilling matrix, the latter is left projecting as a plug, giving to them a defined and characteristic appearance. The line of demarcation between this plug and the narrow external ring formed by the septa is a very marked one. In one of Prof. Tate’s specimens the conate outline of the calice is clearly indicated by the plug of limestone infilling it. In weathered specimens free of matrix, the outer edges of the septa are usually visible as vertical lamelle, when the resemblance to an ordinary decorticated Rugose coral is very strong. The outer covering, answering to the epitheca, has not been observed, but certain peculiar appearances here visible will be referred to later. Observation has not shown this to be other than a free form. f The minute anatomy resembles both that of Archeocyathus and Ethmophyllum, in possessing a well-marked septal area, always apparent in a transverse section (Pl. II., figs. 1-3) defined by an outer and inner lamina, bounding the outside and inside of the funnel-shaped corallum. The septa in all our specimens are stout, rigid, and well marked lamelle extending from the top to the bottom of the corallum, possessing, when viewed transversely, a general pillar-like ap- pearance, and increasing by the interpolation of new septa, through the subdivision, or bifurcation of the older. The outer and inner ends of the septa in many instances are seen to ex- pand more or less, where disrupted from the bounding lamine, and when in this condition are not unlike the pillars of Recepta- culites (Pl. II., fig. 4). In Archwocyathus dissepiments are profusely developed, divid- ing the interseptal spaces into loculi, a character which is excel- lently shown in one of Dr. Hinde’s figures. In Lthmophyllum, however, this dissepimental tissue is said to be apparently want- ing, and the vast majority of the specimens before me agree with Lthmophyllum in this peculiarity (Pl. IL., figs. 1 and 3). At the same time one section (PI. II., fig 2) does exhibit simple, straight, transverse bars between the septa more or less in a line, dividing _ the loculi into rhomboidal spaces. These dissepiments, for such» 15 must be their nature, are more prevalent near the outer margin of the septal area, and in places are much broken up, as if porous. On the whole, however, the general features of trans- verse sections of the septa are so essentially those of Lthmophyl- lum, as exemplified in Mr. C. D. Walcott’s figure of £. Whitneyt, Meek,* Dr. Hinde’s illustration of the same species,+ and Prof. F. von Roemer’s representation of the Spanish 2. marianum t that we must consider that the characters of the South Austra- ian coral to be more in harmony with this genus than Archwo- cyathus. The septa are very regular in appearance, of uniform width, and equi-distant, presenting in these particulars a strong con- trast to the crowded and somewhat irregular condition in Archeocyathus. Furthermore they extend completely across the septal area, as figured by Dr. Hinde, Mr. Walcott, and von Roemer, and again, unlike those of Archeocyathus, do not stop short of the inner margin, curve round, and unite with one another. It has proved difficult to ascertain the number of septa, owing to the imperfect condition of the calices, or the awkward angle at which the natural section of the coral has been fractured. A small specimen of Prof. Tate’s possesses about twenty thick and widely separated septa (Pl. ITI., fig. 10), and this is the least num- ber I have observed. Between twenty on the one hand, and forty-five, thirty-five, forty-nine on the other, but in some cases these do not represent the complete cycles, the specimens being imperfect. The septal area has an average width of from three to four millimetres, but is so frequently cut in oblique section that accurate measurements are difficult to obtain. The structure of the septa and the inner and outer lamine is usually very compact, dense, and homogenous, and it is seldom that any details can be made out. But in one horizontal section certain peculiar appearances are present, in the form of small, clear, circular spots in the substance of the septa, which can only be explained on the supposition that they are either vertical tubuli or pores passing through the septa obliquely. Another section, taken from a specimen from Wirrialpa, shows decided _ evidences of a secondary deposit in the form of a lining of clear calcite following the outline of each interseptal loculus, easily dis- tinguished from the denser material of the septa, and with a more or less undulating margin (PI. IT., fig. 1). The inner and outer lamina, or wall-plates, have exactly the Same structure as the septa. The former is, however, much * Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, 1886, No. 30, t. 4, f. 1-1h. + Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1889, xlv., t. 5, f. 7. ~ Lethza Geognostica, loc cit, p. 300, f. 55d. 16 broken up, probably from its perforate nature, as described by Dr. Hinde, both in Archwocyathus and EHthmophyllum. The inner lamina, on the contrary, entirely departs from the Archeo- cyathus-type, and closely follows that of Lthmophyllum. In the former it is delicate, and directly “ perforated by closely set cir- cular apertures regularly arranged in quincunx.” In the latter, however, this inner lamina “consists of a series of relatively large canals directed obliquely upward and inward, so that in transverse section they present the appearance of one or more rows of vesicles cut across.” This is the fundamental difference between the two genera, and is precisely the structure we have presented in the South Australian fossils. In Pl. IL, figs. 3 and 4, the septa will be seen to dissolve into a single, or at the utmost a double row of irregular or partially-preserved vesicles. It will, therefore, be apparent that the fossils now under description must be referred to Hthmophyllum rather than Archeocyathus. Dr. Hinde describes the outer wall-plate as protected by an epithecal lamina, apparently non-perforate, in Archewocyathus; but mention is not made either of its absence or presence in Lthmophyllum. I have quite failed to detect any non-perforate epithecal layer, a point in which the present specimens resemble the Sardinian Archwocyathus examined by Dr. Hinde; this may be, however, a mere matter of preservation. With the view of confirming the reference here made to Ethmophyllum, a comparison may advantageously be made of the cross section of the inner lamina-tubes of Pl. II., fig. 4, with Mr. Walcott’s figure* of the same structure in 2. Whitneyi; our illustration of dissepiments with his figuret of these divisions in the same species ; and lastly, the secondary deposit investing the septa in Pl. II., fig. 1, with their clothed condition in another of the same author’s figures of 4. Whetneyi. In dealing with fragmentary material such as the present it is very difficult to limit the characters on which specific separation can be based, but it is possible that two species may be differen- tiated on the size, form, and number of the septa. For instance, the dissimilarity visible in the structure of Pl. III., fig. 10, with its small corallum and few and widely-separated septa, with that presented by Pl. IL, figs. 2 and 3, may be specific ; but so much variation in the number of the septa has been noted that, for the present, the specimens had better be regarded as forming one species only, under the name of Lthmophyllum Hinder. As here detined £. Hindei has been found at Kanyka (PI. IT., fig. 2), the Blinman (PI. IT., fig. 3), and at Wirrialpa (PI. IL, fig. 1). * Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey, 1886, No. 30, t. 4, f. le. t+ Loc. cit., t. 4, £1 h. TF, LOC, Ctbes ts Byrds 1, 4 : ! : 17 Genus CoscINOCYATHUS. Associated with Lthmophyllum Hindei, at least one locality, are other fossils, usually more or less fragmentary, which possess,. in addition to the structure common to both Archwocyathus and Ethmophyllum, the distinguishing features of Coscinocyathus, Bornemann.* This genus, according to Dr. Hinde, contains. “turbinate, open saucer-shaped, or subcylindrical forms, resem- bling Archeocyathus in the character of the outer and inner wall- plates, and of the septa, but possessing in addition transverse cribriform plates, which subdivide the vertical interseptal loculi. These transverse plates, which may be compared to the tabule in fossil corals, only that they are perforate, extend quite across the space between the outer and inner lamine of the wall, but they do not extend into the interior hollow cup. In some cases they are nearly horizontal, in others they are arched, or even oblique.” And here I may remark on the extraordinarily resemblance which exists between the lithological features of the Sardinian rock, with the appearance of its fossils when seen in section, and the Wirrialpa and Ardrossan limestones, so much so as almost to make one boldly assert that the limestones are identical. The fossils, now referred to Coscinocyathus, are of larger size than the preceding, Lthmophyllum, with a greatly increased number of septa, usually in the form of portions of the septal area, straight or curved, or more or less irregularly shaped coral- lums, sometimes oval or oblong, similar to Bornemann’s C. cancel- latus:;+ or, at other times, semi-meandering masses, but the out- line, as now seen, always more or less dependent on the angle at which the limestone is cut or fractured (Pl. ITTI., fig. 1). In a fragment of a large septal, area (Pl. ITI., fig. 7) tissue is visible between the septa, in every way answering to Dr. Hinde’s description, and Bornemann’s figures of Coscinocyathus dianthust and C. anthemis.§ This specimen, which seems to conclusively prove the presence of this genus, is from Wirrialpa. In another specimen, which from the number of the septa, and their size,. would also appear to be part of a Coscinocyathus, the outer wall plate (Pl. III., figs. 5 and 6) with its perforations is plainly visible. The pores are arranged in vertical alternating rows, from three to four between every two septa, and give rise to a roughly quincuncial arrangement. It also shows the increase in the number of septa by the interpolation of new ones. In * Die Verst. Cambrischen Schichtensystems der Insel Sardinien, 1886, p. 59. + Loc. cit., t. 20, f. 2. $ Ibid, t. 17, f. 6 and 7. § Ibid, t. 21, f. 2. B 18 another example from Wirrialpa (Pl. ITI., fig. 8) consisting of the inner ends of a few septa, there is also visible the inner perfor- ated wall plate precisely similar to the parallel structure of C. pandora, Bornemann,* and C. anthemis? Bornemann.+ Some portion of this tissue is also perceptible on the side of the end, or last septum, as a pellicle-lke lining. Identical characters can likewise be detected in a more perfect example in the richly-coloured Ardrossan limestone (Pl. IIL, fig. 3). This figure represents a partially oblique fractured section from the base upwards, cutting the interseptal tissue at more than one angle, and it further illustrates the dense nature of the corallum substance. On the upper side this specimen measures one and three-quarter inches by one and a quarter inches, the septal area varying from one to two-eighths of an inch in width. The inner perforated lamina, or wall-plate, is also visible (Pl. III,, figs. 2, 4, and 8). To this fossil I purpose applying the name of Coscinocyathus Tater, in honour of Prof. Ralph Tate, F.L.S., of Adelaide University, to whose kindness I am indebted for an opportunity of describing these interesting fossils. Genus PROTOPHARETRA. This name was applied by Dr. Bornemannj{ to bodies from the Sardinian limestones, regarded by him as the ‘lower or vegeta- tive state of development of forms of Archwocyathus and Coscino- cyathus.” Dr. Hinde, on the other hand, is not satisfied “ that these fossils are merely the lower state of development of Archwo- cyathus forms,” as very small specimens of both Protopharetra and Archeocyathus are present in the same hand specimens. A detailed diagnosis of this genus has not been given by Bornemann, but Hinde describes it thus :-—‘‘ It includes bodies of very varying forms, either cylindrical or growing in extended masses, from which simple or furiated stems are given off. The stems have a tube- like, axial cavity, crossed by tabule : and bounded by the porous walls. These consist of a delicate, fibrous, calcareous tissue, of dull, nearly opaque, milk-white aspect in thin sections. ‘The fibres may be cylindrical or flat- tened, and they anastomose with each other J The forms now referred to Protopharetra occur but sparingly at Kanyka, associated with Hthmophyllum Hvindei, as round or oval, more or less cylindrical bodies, possessing a central cavity, surrounded by a zone of rather dense vermicular tissue, and when viewed with a low power closely resemble Bornemann’s figures of P. densas and P. radiata.|| The tubular cavity occupies but a * Loe Ch t fot § Loc. cit., t. 8, f. 6. and 7. + Ibid, ty 24; fb. || Lbid, t. 7, f. 1 and 2. + Loc. cit., p. 46. 19 small space as compared with that of Lthmophyllum and Coscino- pora, and in fact is not continuous longitudinally throughout the corallum. ‘The figures represented in Pl. IT., figs. 5 and 7, are taken from the same specimen, the latter with the centre filled by tissue from near the base of the corallum, and the former taken at a point much higher up, at points which in Lthmophyllum would be occupied by the inner and outer perforated laminz, at the periphery and around the central cavity. The intermedial tissue consists of thickened irregular walls of granular calcite, enclosing oval or oblong spaces, or without regular form. In these walls a dense dark, and at times broken, line is visible (Pl. IT., fig.6), apparently of the nature of a primordial wall; the inter- spaces are all filled with clear calcite. A radial arrangement of the tissue is here and there visible, assuming a septa-like appearance asin P. radiata, Bornemann.* Towards the base of the cylinder | the tubular cavity becomes filled with tissue, and that round the periphery enormously thickened (Pl. f1., fig. 7). Tabule have not presented themselves to view. The fibrous structure of the walls is visible in Pl. II., fig. 6, and there are many other peculiar features which I am not at present prepared to explain. For in- stance, the so-called proper wall is broken through by pore-like channels of communication, without a corresponding piercing of the secondary fibrous thickening. In other places are a few pores or vertical canals cut across and filled with clear calcite. The material before me is not sufficient in quantity for the proper elucidation of this form, but I propose to provisionally name it Protopharetra (7?) Scoulari, in memory of one of the in- vestigators of South Australian geology, hoping to return toa more detailed study of it at some future time. Genus GIRVANELLA. In 1878 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and the writer establishedt the genus Girvanella for flexuous or contorted microscopic tubuli, cir- cular in section, and forming loosely compacted masses. The tubes are apparently simple cylinders, without perforations and destitute of partitions. The tubes of the type species G. problematica are from 1-600th to 1-700th of an inch in diameter, twisted together in loosely reticulate or vermiculate aggregations of a rounded or irregular shape. G'. problematica is characteristic of a Lower Silurian horizon in the South-East of Scotland, known as the Craighead Limestone. Dr. J. G. Hinde has shown,{ however, that Dr. Bornemann has redescribed similar *Loe. c.,t.:7, £. 1 and 2. + Mon. Silurian Foss., Girvan in Ayrshire, 1878, fascie 1, p. 23. + Geol. Mag., 1887, IV., p: 227. 20 _ bodies from the Sardinian Cambrian rocks as Siphonema, re- ferring it to the calcareous Algee ! The further history of Girvanella has been admirably worked out by Prof. H. A. Nicholson* and Mr. E. Wethered,; but it does not bear on the subject now before us. In one of the sections of the limestone occur a number of vermiform bodies represented in Pl. IT., fig. 8, consisting of tubes intertwined and crossing one another in all directions. Some are seen in longitudinal section, others obliquely so, and others again transversely. No absolutely clear connection can be traced between the tubes and the cavity of the Lthmophyllum or Cosciz- ocyathus within which they are nestling. Without unduly asserting these tubes to be those of Girvanella, which they very closely resemble, and taking the whole circumstances into con- sideration, the identity is even probable, and I do not see any other solution of their structure. I have only studied them so far by means of thin sections prepared for the microscope, and even in this condition there are certain anomalous features difficult of explanation. Chief amongst these are the large circular tubes seen here and there, and which are certainly foreign to the struc- ture of the original Garvanella, but the want of organic connec- tion with either of the corals described renders it in my mind quite possible that the tubes may be those of Gurvanella. The general appearance of this organism, when magnified, closely re- sembles that of Z. (Siphonema) incrustans, Bornemann.t . GEOLOGICAL POSITION. So far as I am aware the age of the fossiliferous rocks at Kanyka and the Blinman has not been investigated [The siliceous lime- stones of the Flinders Range are known to overlie unconform- ably the metamorphic rocks which occupy the country to the east- ward bordering on the New South Wales frontier.—Eb. |, or at any rate published. As already pointed out, however, Mr. Otto. Tepper, acting on the suggestion of Prof. Tate, has classed the Ardrossan limestone as Lower Silurian, a point later confirmed by Prof. Tate§ himself. Mr. Gavin Scoular, in his paper on “The Geology of the Hundred of Munno Para,”|| states the age of the rocks forming the Adelaide chain and Munno Para Hills as Pre-Silurian. Again, Dr. Henry Woodward, when describing {] the Trilobites found by Mr. Tepper, under the names of Dolicho- * Ibid, 1888, V., p. 22. + Ibid, 1889, VI., p. 199. © DOCu thes ter De ees § Jour. R. Soc. 8. Australia for 1883-84 (1885), VII., p. 76. || [bid for 1879-80 (1880), III., p. 110. J] Geol. Mag., 1884, ITI, p. 344. ee a 21 metopus Tatei and Conocephalites wustralis, says they are “clearly of Lower Silurian age, being equivalent to the Swedish, Bohe- mian, Tasmanian, and North American beds with similar fossils.” He refers later to the resemblance of these Trilobites to similar species described by myself from Tasmania* and by Prof. James Hall from the Potsdam sandstone of New York State. The Tas- manian beds I had already relegated to the horizon of the Pots- dam, or its British equivalent ; and the inference to be drawn from Dr. Woodward’s remarks, although he simply says Lower Silurian, is to the same effect. Now the Potsdam Sandstone is Cambrian, and I think we may with all reason refer the Ardros- san marble to the same horizon, and by induction the Kanyka and Blinman beds also. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. Plate IT. ETHMOPHYLLUM HINDEI, sp. nov. Fig. 1. Portion of a transverse section of the septal area, showing the septa and the secondary deposit lining them. Wirrialpa Nearly complete transverse section of a corallum, showing the general appearance and proportions of the parts, and the interseptal loculi traversed by a single line of dissepiment-like divisions. Kanyka ales Imperfect transverse section, with vesicular canals of the inner lamina of the septal area cut across. Blinman : Ki2: Four septa of another example highly magnified, ‘showing the foregoing structure in a more marked condition. Wirrialpa. bo ~ PROTOPHARETRA (7) SCOULARI, sp. 70v. 5. Transverse section of a small corallum, with a central vacuity as in Ethmophyllum, but the septal arrangement lost in a mass of dense vermicular tissue. Kanyka ... x 3. Highly magnified portion of the tissue, showing ¢ a ramifying ‘primordial wall (?), surrounded by a dense secondary deposit, enclosing oval, oblong, or irregular spaces. 7. Transverse section of the same individual (fig. 5) taken from a lower position in the corallum, with the central vacuity filled by vermicular tissue, but the peripheral portion resolved into a septal area as in Ethmophyllum and Coscinocyathus. Kanyka A Ae x 3. & GIRVANELLA, sp. td. oa) . Portion of a section showing a number of vermiform bodies cut at various angles, which may be of the nature of this genus. * Papers and Proc. R. Soc. Tas. for 1882 (1883), p. 157. ge x I 2. 22 Plate ITI. CoscINOCYATHUS TATEI, sp. nov. A mass of light grey to cream-coloured limestone with portions of the septal areas as cut at various angles. Wirrialpa. Nat. Transverse section of a large corallum showing the septal area, and inner perforated lamina. Ardrossan. Nat. . The same example seen partly in oblique-horizontal, and partly oblique- vertical natural fractured sections, with the septal area, Inner per- forated lamina, and an external tissue, which may perhaps repre- sent the outer perforated lamina. Ardrossan. Nat. Three septa and inner perforated lamina of fig. 2 ¥ x 5. Portion of a naturally weathered specimen, showing the outer ends of the septa seen longitudinally, covered by a portion of the outer per- forated lamina. Kanyka. Nat. Five septa of fig. 5 to show the interpolation of new septa by bifurca- tion, and the perforations of the outer lamina aeRe ee in from three to four perforations to each septum ... x 3. A small portion of the septal area of another specimen with remains of the cribriform interseptal tissue. Wirrialpa lic x 5d. . Fragment of another example with the inner ends of six septa exposed and partially covered by the inner perforated lamina. Wirrialpa x 2. ETHMOPHYLLUM HINDEI, sp. nov. Transverse section of a corallum. Wirrialpa. Nat. 10. A small weathered corallum seen partly horizontally, partly in verti- cal or longitudinal section, to show the central plug of matrix and limited number of septa. Kanyka ... wis mst oe KZ. TONEI EDN ERINY #8 iy ak ok dar OHM ule Gy OPaate arNsaW Cr wl da nsdasaining Aa inven. SO PERN Oe Wal WANN PUAN OR NAD SS Ope Acie Prema te awe snes min - ay « ° ' e, i 3 ; sad ee fi4 F 1 ote: , i ‘ i j - > . we enema coat \ ane einer Pee VA Ne HMO tae ne renee 6 aie iaaciatng _— ~+ 14+ rma. -enmannanstinatan ene tinsiinaeiinia nessa lla . ere en not 5 ™ ‘ vy oa) "ae ¥ r we w 2 7 Sas us . c % she : _ . fs ‘ , Pers Pt, . S Sgu.2 — \ \ , f — > ‘ . , - = ‘ - . 23 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. By E. Meyrick, B.A., F.E.S. Part: ®. [Read December 3rd, 1889. ] I have selected for the subject of this paper one of the families of the Z%neina, which contains some of the largest and most characteristically Australian species of that group. The more spe- cially developed genera are further remarkable through the curious habits of the larve, which have no parallel in any other family of the Lepidoptera. The perfect insects are often very retired in habit; and it is probable that when local collectors turn their attention more carefully to the discovery and rearing of the larvee, many additional species will be found. It is the object of papers such as these to stimulate the search for these msects by enabling collectors to identify the species which they possess, and indicating the direction in which fresh investigations may be made. XY LORYCTIDE. Head smooth or with more or less loosely appressed hairs ; ocelli absent ; tongue developed. Antenne 2—?, in male pectinated, ciliated, or simple, basal joint without pecten. Labial palpi re- curved, terminal joint pointed. Maxillary palpi very short, more or less appressed to tongue. Abdomen in male with uncus developed, variable in length. Forewings with vein | furcate towards base, 7 and 8 stalked or rarely separate or coincident, 11 from middle of cell. Hindwings as broad or generally broader than forewings, trapezoidal to ovate, 1b clothed with long hairs above towards base, shortly furcate at base, 3 and 4 from a point or stalked, 6 and 7 stalked or approximated towards base, 8 connected with upper margin of cell by a short bar. Most related to the Oecophoride ; probably the two families are parallel developments from a common source; they are analo- gous in many respects, but are easily separated by the neuration of the hindwings. None of the Xyloryctide possess the basal pecten of the antennz, which is so common in the Oecophoride. Whether this family is represented to any extent outside Aus- tralia, I am not at present able definitely to say. One species alone is found in New Zealand ; it isan Australian insect, which has perhaps made its way thither within recent times. Perhaps some exotic forms described under the name of Cryptolechia are 24 to be referred here ; but I am indebted to Lord Walsingham for pointing out that the original type of Zeller’s Cryptolechia be- longs in fact to the Oecophoride. It is therefore impossible to employ for this family the name Cryptolechiade, which I formerly used for it, and I have renamed it accordingly. It consists of a group of Australian genera which are intimately connected to- gether ; and even if it should be found hereafter that many South American and African forms are capable of being placed with them, they would probably not interrupt the close connec- tion of the Australian genera, and any systematic change that might be necessary would perhaps be rather in the direction of a widening of the family characters. The structure of the head is essentially identical with that of the Oecophoride. The neuration of the forewings is also identical in the typical forms, except that vein 2 is commonly much more widely remote from the angle of cell; but there is a wider range of structure, since there can be no question that the forms in which veins 7 and 8 are separate are rightly included. The hind- wings are pal always relatively broader, and the neuration as described contains the essential points of distinction of the family ; but J may say that the connecting bar between vein 8 and the cell, often very short when these are close together, is by no means so conspicuous a structure as might be supposed, and may very readily be passed over, especially when near the base; I have however satisfied myself that it is invariably present. The following is a tabulation of the genera :— 1. Antenne of male bipectinated. 2. : ciliated or simple. 3 2. Forewings with vein 7 absent (coincident with 8). 2. Pilostibes. ot “ present. 3. Cryptophaga. _ 3. Hindwings with veins 6 and 7 separate. 4. “¢ ‘4 from a pointorstalked. 8. 4, Thorax crested. 10. Notosara. ‘¢ smooth. D. 5. Hindwings in male with long costal hair-pencil from base. 8. Crypsicharis. “ without costal hair-pencil. 6. 6. sess joint of palpi longer than second. 7. Phthonerodes. a not longer than second. a Ve pulleiady tibie rough-haired. 9. Lichenaula. id smooth-scaled. 6. Catoryctis. 8. Hindwings in male with very long costal hairs towards base. | a: we without long costal hairs. 10. 25 9. Forewings with vein 7 absent (coincident with 8). 19. Hypertricha By present. 18. Procometis 10. Forewings with veins 7 and 8 separate. 21. that it was impossible to drive it, and another tube had to be in- serted ; this was put down a considerable distance further, in a_ very fine sand, but eventually shared the same fate. As a last resource, a third tube was inserted, and arrangements were made to carry on the work night and day without intermisdion. “A little water began to flow below 300 feet. At about 320° feet we came on to the marine shells, and these continued down to about 400 feet, At 400 feet to 410 feet very few shells oc- curred, and a little clay was mixed with the sand. There were — also occasional pebbles of quartzite and schist. At 400 feet water — commenced to flow very freely, and at 410 feet the flow increased to a quantity estimated at 100,000 gallons per day, and continues ~ to-day (July 5, 1890) as strong as when first struck. There is also a marked improvement of the nual of water* now ~ flowing.” The site of the bore is about 14 feet eae sea-level, and is at the margin of the Recent Marine silts overlapping the red: loams of the Adelaide Plain. The upper 120 feet of the bore-section — doubtlessly belong to the Pliocene or Mammaliferous Drift, but until the fossiliferous bed at 320 feet was reached I had not * See Appendix. 173 visited the bore. I am, therefore, unable to express an opinion as to the nature and probable age of the intervening portion of the section ; moreover, I had not the opportunity of examining any of the extracted material. Particular interest, as regards this geological section, belongs to the fossiliferous sands extending in depth from 320 to 410 feet ; because, if IT have rightly correlated the fauna here brought to light, we have now knowledge of a marine deposit of Pliocene age, which partially fills the hiatus separating our Older Tertiary series from the Pleistocene and Recent Marine formations. The sand is very sharp and somewhat coarse ; it resembles broken quartz-crystals, and shows little or no attrition. With it there is freely mingled dark-brown or blackish carbonaceous chips, apparently belonging to stout stalks of sea-weed ; the dissolved sulphurretted hydrogen in the outflowing water may have origi- nated partly from the chemical. action of the decomposing vege- table matter on the alkaline sulphates, whilst some of the animal tissues, which in the form of the ligamental union of bivalve- shells is still preserved in some of the larger species, may have contributed in a like manner. The organic debris consists largely of broken shell-substance ; whilst the more or less perfect shells, which also show no signs of extensive rolling, have lost their original lustre ; though in one species of Phasianella traces of colour are not infrequently clearly discernible, though the original polish has been wholly obliterated. The presence of quartzite- pebbles at from 400 to 410 feet would indicate an approach to the base of the Tertiary series ; the pebbles range to about one ‘inch in diameter, and are only slightly eroded. _ The fauna comprises 10 species of foraminifera, a coral ( Cyclicia rubeola, Q. & G.), a few species each of crustacea (Hliminius simplex, Darwin, &c.), echinoids ( Goniocidaris, sp., Stronglyocen- trotus, sp.), and polyzoa, 60 species of lammellibranchs and 150 gastropods. The species have been carefully compared with Recent and Tertiary forms belonging to Australasia, and less exhaustively with Recent and Tertiary faunas of exotic areas ; with the general result that about one-half of the species is pecu- liar, about 30 per cent. common to the Miocene fauna as known at Hallett’s Cove and southward to Aldinga Bay, at Muddy Creek and at the Gippsland Lakes, whilst about 20 per cent. belongs to the recent fauna of Southern Australia. This result would not be anticipated from a cursory survey of the collection, which has a strong modern facies, though the majority of the species after careful comparison prove to be distinct. Details of the result of a comparison of the Lamellibranchiate fauna with those of the Recent and Tertiary Epochs I am able 174 to submit, as follows ; whilst as regards the Gastropod-fauna, the comparisons are not completed—the magnitude of the task being disproportionately great, though estimated by so much as has been determined, there are fewer species represented in living creation or in older Tertiary deposits, and a larger number pecu- liar to the fauna. Table of the Genera of Lamellibranchiata, with the number of their species belonging to the Pliocene. | Family Gastrochenide— Family Carditidee— Humphreyia Jom 1 Cardita y Family Saxicavidee— Carditella 1 Saxicava ive 1 | Family Nuculide— Family Corbulidee— Nucula 1 Corbula se 1 Leda 1 Family Anatinidee— Family Crassatellide— Myodora is 2 Crassatella 1 Myochama sas 1 | Family Arcidee— Family Mactride— Limopsis 1 Mactra ra 1 Pectunculus 2 Hemimactra rhe 1 Cucullea 1 Family Tellinidee— Arca 1 Tellina axe 3 Barbatia 1 Family Veneridee— Family Aviculide— Chione he oi Meleagrina 4: 1 Cytherea 2 | Family Spondylide— Rupellaria af 1 _ Spondylus Se 1 Family Cardiidee— Family Limide— Cardium ee 2 Lima i Family Lucinidee— Limatula 1 Lucina 7 | Family Pectinide— Divaricella ] Pecten i 3 Miltha 1 Pleuronectes ae | Loripes 501 1 | Family Anomiide— Family Erycinide— Placunanomia & i Lepton 3 | Family Ostreide— Pythina 1 Ostrea aid i ' Mysella 1 — Cyamium 1 Total species ~. OO TABLE of the DEFINED Species of LAMELLIBRANCHIATA, occurring in the Pliocene Sands, showing their DistriputTion 1n TIME within the AUSTRALIAN AREA. The sign xx before the name indicates that the species is abun- bant; x that it is not uncommon. The asterisks in the columns showing distribution indicate that the species are characteristic. Eocene. Miocene. Pleistocene, Recent. Humphreyia Strangei, Adams... . : ‘ x x Saxicava arctica, Linn. Pad ce: x e x Corbula ephamilla, Z'ate ... cote Oe x : Myodora brevis, Sow. an oe x Bs Muactra Hamiltonensis, J'ate * : L a 175 Eocene. Miocene. Pleistocene. Recent. xx Hemimactra ogame Tut! |... =. : - Tellina albinelloides, 7'a od A ; : xx Chione striatissima, Sirti bi OF ; ‘ 23 propinqua, T.- Woods, var.... X x ’ subroborata, Tate .. 1g Bs * Cytherea submultistriata, Pate... =. x Rupellaria pauperita, Tate... tw ote x : f ~ Cardium tenuicostatum, Dank. ... *. * : Pe cygnorum, Desh. Rah, We : ‘ = xx Lucina nuciformis, Jate ... ae * sz leucocomorpha, 7'ate hed ae fabuloides, J'ate affinis, 7’ate ... Tatei, Angas... quadrisulcata, ‘D'Oro. Loripes simulans, 7'ate xx Lepton trigonale, 7'ate Mysella anomala, Angas yagi ee Crassatella oblonga, 7'.-Woods ... xX é Cardita Preissii, Menke. ... ag, Bs ba . D.< * * ww ee ea tm bo ae x Nucula tumida, 7'.- Woods ... et. eX x Limopsis Belcheri Adams & Rv. ... * xx Pectunculus obliquus, Reeve Rah os d x p. convexus, J'ate, var.... . *. Cucullzea Corioensis, McCoy Lt A x x ‘ Arca navicularis, Brug. ... Beet, : : p. Meleagrina crassicardia, T'ate Lima Bassii, 7’.- Woods Limatula Jeffreysiana, Tate xx Pecten anti-australis, 7'ate ... spondyloides, Tate ... subbifrons, 7'ate Pleuronectes lucens, Tate ... Placunanomia Ione, Gray ... Ostrea Angasi, Sowerby 7 BM |- woe Ma ea ee ee Sigs Se aS ks Total species, 40. 12 27 A summary of the distribution of the 60 Pliocene species is as follows :— Living species ae 16 or 27 per cent. nearly Extinct species of the Eocene and Miocene fauna ees ae Restricted Pliocene species 20 Total oe ven) Ae Table of the Genera of Gasteropoda, with the Number of their Species belonging to the Pliocene :— urex (Chicorens) po 1 | Vitularia 1 (Ocinebra) vig 2 Trophon l (Rhinacantha) sd | Fusus i] 1 (Pteronotus) as 1 Sipho 176 Fasciolaria 2 | Odostomia 2 Triton 2 | Turbonilla 3 Ricinula 1 | Alaba 1 Nassa 3 | Lacuna l Cominella 1 | Rissoina 4 Phos 1 | Rissoia 3 Voluta 2 | Hydrobia 2 Ancillaria 2 | Phasianella 2 Mitra pe 3 Eucosmia l Costellaria ... 3 | Astralium 2 Columbella 9 | Cyclostrema ahs one 5 Cassis 1 | Teinostoma icp oo Pelicaria 1 | Liotia l Terebra 1 | Cantharidus 3 Cancellaria 2 | Calliostoma ad ian 1 Marginella 3 | Clanculus ta Bos 2 Pleurotoma 1 | Elenchus 2 Bela 1 | Diloma l Sureula 1 | Solariella 1 Cithara 1 | Euchelus . Drillia * 1 | Haliotis 1 Clathurella 5 | Nacella | Cypreea 55 1 | Fissurellidza 1 Crepidula 2 | Fissurella 1 Trochita 1 | Emarginula aii 1y Amalthea 1 | Ringicula via I Natica 5 | Tornatella 2 Sigaretus 1 | Atys 1 Vermetus 1 | Volvula l Siliquaria 1 | Tornatina 1g Turritella 1 | Utriculus 1 Mesalia 1 | Cylichna 4 Cerithium, 3 | Ischnochiton 1 Campanile 1 | Schizochiton i Bittium 3 | Chitonellus 1 Triforis 2 | Entalis l Cerithiopsis 3 | Dentalium 3 Eulima 1 | Cadulus 1 Syrnola 3 Table showing the Vertical Distribution of some Gastropoda occurring in the Pliocene Sands. (Explanations as before). Eoc. Mioc. Pleist. Rec. Nassa Jacksoniana, Quoyd G. ... . : 3 x @ Nassa Tatei, 7’. Woods io aoe ae x ; Cominella subfilicea, Zate ... ba ead 3 Triton armatum, 7J'ate Hee eee: Rs x? xX sexcostatum, Vate ... Pas x Ancillaria orycta, T’ate : xXx pseudaustralis, Tate (dwarfed) + Columbella exoptata, n. sp.. hres Kaylee : : Cassis fimbriatus, Quoy & ee iret. y ‘ é x oy Pelicaria coronata, J’ate aes J Cancellaria Wannonensis, Tate Cypraea Jonesiana, T'ate Crepidula monoxylon, Lesson ; immersa, Angas ... Bre We y : x ame : | : Eoe. Mioc. Pleist. Rec Amalthea conica, Lam. ... dishes x be = Natica aurantia, Lamk. eee at ; - x =x ovata, Hutton he ar * Xx gibbosa, Hutton —... EN ¥ * sagittata, Menke Pe er . xx Mesalia Provisi, n. sp. — ee ae x xx Cerithium tenue, Sow ; xx Potamides dubium, Sow. Rissoina lirata, Angas , Rissoina elegantula, Angas... Cyclostrema micra, 7’. Woods Liotia Angasi, Crosse Elenchus irisodontes, Quoy Bil Euchelus Tasmanicus, T’. Woods .. Haliotis nevosa, Reeve Fissurella scutella, Gray Emarginula candida, Reeve ... Utriculus eumicrus, Crosse ... Volvula rostrata, A. Adams Cylichna pygmaea, A. Adams Dentalium elephantinum, Lin. octogonum, Lamk. x Entalis sectum, Deshayes 4s. og : Cadulus acuminatus, Deshayes ... . x Po . e Mo OO OM OO OO OO OO List oF SPEcIES OF FORAMINIFERA FROM THE Dry CrEEK-BorgE, determined by Mr. W. Howchin, F.G.S. Rotalia Becearii, Linn. Common ; fine examples. Polystomella crispa, Linn. Rather scarce and small. subnodosa, Miinst. Common; fine examples, carinate and conspicuously umbonate. Discorbina turbo, D’Orb. Rather scarce. rosacea, D’Orb. Rather scarce. Truncatulina lobatula, W. and J. Very rare. Miliolina Ferussacii, D’Orb. Very rare. oblonga, Montag. Very rare. (Triloculina) tricarinata, D’Orb. Rare. Biloculina bulloides, D’Orb. Very rare. The above are all shallow-water species, and each has been noted in one or other of the Muddy Creek-beds ; but the list is much more characteristic of the Upper Bed (Miocene) than the Lower (Eocene).—W. H. I have already stated that the fauna has a strong modern facies, but at the same time it does not materially differ in its generic grouping from that of our Miocene, which presents so: many points of contrast with the Eocene. The only genera of special interest are Lacuna and Cyamium, both now known for the first time as constituents of a Tertiary fauna in Australia, and as yet unknown in its recent one. The former belongs to. M 178 the Palearctic fauna, though well represented in the Parisian Eocene. It is remarkable that it is here represented by a species so closely near to L. pallidula as to cause hesitation to inscribe it under a different denomination. One is almost tempted to place it in the same category as Saxicava arctica, Lasaea rubra, and a few others which are common to the temperate seas of both hemispheres. Cyamium is Paleo- and Neo-arctic, though known by one species in the Paris-Basin. A fact of some significance, suggestive of a colder climate pre- _ vailing during this life-epoch, as compared with the Miocene on the one hand and the Recent Period on the other, over the same areas, is the large proportion of diminutive shells, either in re- gard to the genera to which the species belong, or in re- gard to identical species of older or recent date. This is very conspicuous in the genera Columbella, Phasianella, and Chione, and exemplified by the species Corbula ephamilla, Arca navicularis, Hemimactra Howchiniana, Cucullea Corioensis, Ancillaria pseudaustralis, Pelicaria coronata, &c., whilst on the other hand Saxicava arctica attains to large dimensions, as in forma Angasi. The fauna is certainly distinct from the Older Miocene, as known at the localities previously named, and is a new one for Australia. In its higher percentage of living species it occupies an intermediate place in the scheme of geological periods between the Miocene and the Recent ; and though I provisionally employ the stratigraphical designation of Older Pliocene for it, I am fully aware that the proportion of living species is too low to justify its employment as measured by the European standard ; yet in this case the percentage-principle of classification does not adequately express the modern complexus of the whole fauna. The majority of the living species range from low-water mark to five or six fathoms in depth. Most certainly the fauna belongs to the shallow water. The sharp sands and the fragmentary and unrolled condition of the fossils are rather suggestive of shallow- water material having been swept into a depression of the sea bed, or perhaps indicative of rapid accumulation on a sinking bottom. The general elevation of the fossiliferous Miocene skirting the east coast of Gulf St. Vincent is about 80 feet above sea level ; so that there is a difference of level of about 500 feet between the marine equivalents of the Miocene and Older Pliocene. The- Older Pliocene fossil-bed is at from 320 to 410 feet in the Dry Creek hore, which is equal to 306 to 396 feet below sea level, and if we deduct 36 feet as the probable depth at which the species lived, then there has been a general depression of the coast-line ; = OE a OEY SP ¥ are. a. geen ory a 179 since the Older Pliocene period of 360 feet: The opinion that this deposit has been thrown by a fault is hardly worthy of con- sideration ; though it is absolutely demanded if the extreme view is held that the Dry Creek deposit is synchronous with the Miocene, the nearest site to which is in the city of Adelaide, five miles distant, at an elevation of 110 feet above sea-level. The above estimate of movement closely accords with those founded on other data, namely, the extension of the Mammalifer- _ ous Drift below sea-level, to which I have appealed as some war- ranty for the opinion that elevation was a factor in climatic change during the time when glaciers existed in the southern part of Australia. The following quotation is significantly ap- plicable :—‘“ I am unacquainted with marine Pliocene beds in South Australia, or even in Australia, . . . . therefore the marine equivalents to the Pliocene [Mammaliferous] Drift, if extant, are submarine.” Arguing on the lacustrine origin of the Pliocene Drift, and its extension below sea-level, as evidence of the depression of the land since then, reference is made to the Pliocene Drift at Port Wakefield extending to 312 feet below sea-level, and overlying Cambrian or Pre-Cambrian strata ; at Port Augusta to 356 feet below sea-level (but the base not reached). _R. T., in Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., vol. APPENDIX. Analysis of water from the Dry Creek-Bore. By Professor Rennie, D.Sc., &e In parts per 100-000. Total solids dried at 180 deg. C.... ie eee” After ignition and restoration of carbonates ... 302°50 Sodium a aa hte bee ae! 2g ber oO Potassium ... a om ote ae sts 3°06 Calcium 2 eee oo es ire i <<. LOS Magnesium ... ae Bie ak Mc wa MOSS Pron) «...3 ded yer a és bi eh 23 Aluminium ... sin _ fa — adh ‘21 Silica (SiO,).. oe = a = = 2°7 Chlorine as oa vi baie on LISS Sulphuric acid (SO, 4 rp 3h Af .. 49°45 Phosphoric acid (PO, Te eee iad “ts sess) MBL Total carbon dioxide. (CO,) Se me -«t oy AO OO *(Free or semi-combined CO,) _... ee ramen | bee Sulphurretted hydrogen (SH,) ... ie ph “80 * Calculated. These may conveniently be supposed to be combined as follows, but it must be clearly understood that such combinations are toa large extent arbitrary, there being no known method of ascer- 180 taining with certainty how the acids and bases are combined in the original water :— Parts per 100-000. Potassium chloride _... iy 5°845 Sodiun. chloride id -/o) D756 Sodium sulphate es ier Oe © Magnesium sulphate ... .» 98°357 Magnesium carbonate... ve, (hkghee Calcium carbonate... .» 40°700 Oxide of iron (Fe, Os) at 335 Alumina YF 315 Silica: 5; i iy es 2°700 317°407 This takes no account of organic matter, which is present in sufficient quantity to blacken the residue on ignition. THE STRATIGRAPHICAL RELATIONS OF THE TER= TIARY=FORMATIONS ABOUT ADELAIDE, WITH ESPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE CROYDON- BORE. By Proressor Ratpu Tate, F.G.S., F.L.S., &c. Plate IV. ’ [Read October 9, 1890]. Not many weeks since a bore was commenced at Croydon, three and a-half miles from Adelaide; but at the present date operations have been suspended, when a depth of 800 feet was reached. Whether the boring will be resumed is not yet de- cided on; but it is earnestly hoped, in the interest of geologic science, and to the attainment of the fullest knowledge of the water-bearing capabilities of the formations underlying the Ade- laide-plain, that the bore will be extended into the Archean rocks, which is necessary to ensure a certain measure of finality as regards the scientific as well as the utilitarian aspect of the — exploration. The geological information hereby gained is supplementary to the foregoing communication on the Dry Creek-bore ; and because of this it is deemed undesirable to postpone the publication of 181] the facts on the uncertain chance of the resumption of boring operations. The main stratigraphical features, summarised from the boring account (kindly furnished by the Conservator for Water, and herewith appended), are introduced in the accompanying section, Plate IV., which represents in the fullest manner the strati- graphical relationships of the various formations of the Tertiary Period in South Australia; the eastern part of the section has already been published, Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., vol. V., pl. 1, p. 40, 1882, and is here added for the sake of completeness. The section shows that the Old Tertiaries, (Eocene and Miocene), underlying the City of Adelaide, crown a steep escarpment of Archean rocks, against which have been deposited in succession the marine beds of the Older Pliocene and the Mammaliferous Drift; whilst at Port Adelaide, recent marine deposits margined _by sand-dunes, resting unconformably on the Mammaliferous Drift, mark a post-tertiary shore-line ; and finally modern sand- dunes line the present shore. The Section affords clear evidence of a time-interval between the Miocene and Older Pliocene ; and induces me to remark that a closer study of “erosive surfaces” among our Tertiary beds will prove of high value in determining their relative ages and check the conclusions drawn from paleontologicui data aione. The remarkable diversity of sedimental conditions and concurrent faunal changes within the same geologic basin may lead us to incorrect conclusions if we do not admit that paleontology is based wholly on stratigraphy. _ The superposition of the dissimilar Miocene-fauna on the Eocene is in most localities unaccompanied by any visible strati- graphical break ; feebly so, however, at Muddy Creek, but in this case the paleontological conclusions led up to the recogni- tion of an interruption in the succession of deposits. However, the stratigraphical break is most pronounced in the maritime tract in mid-southern Gippsland, where the Muiocene-beds are laterally in juxtaposition with Eocene-strata, which rise to much greater altitudes—a relationship analogous with that of the Newer and Older Tertiaries at Adelaide as exhibited in the present Section. Thus all the grander groups, Eocene, Miocene, Older Pliocene, and Pleistocene, are separable on stratigraphical data ; and when these are obscured or not determinable, then our knowledge of the fauna of each, when sufficiently varied and well-developed, will enable us to identify geological horizons within the same geological basin or probably in contiguous ones. 182 MAMMALIFEROUS DRIFT. At several localities, within two and three miles of Croydon, the clayey loams and associated gravels that form the more superficial deposits of this horizon have yielded species of extinct Mammalia—of Diprotodon, Palorchestes Azael, Phascolomys, &c. At about the position indicated on the Section, carbonaceous debris was obtained, some years ago, at a depth of 50 feet; on this bare fact, an appeal is made to speculators to invest capital in a search for coal at this place. The comparatively recent geological age of the Mammaliferous Drift had been early proved by me by the discovery of chalky limestone-pebbles, containing the Eocene-species, 7'urritella Aldinge, in the loams forming the cliffy banks of the River Torrens near the present Weir, whilst later discoveries of mammalian debris in the same deposit have settled the relative position of this geological horizon. Having in view the age of the deposit, its limited vertical depth, and its restricted area on the east, as made certain by the data derived from the Croydon-bore, there seems to me very little hope of any useful purpose to be served by sinking in it in search of coal, unless it be to supply the exact position of boundary-lines between the successive formations, instead of the conjectural ones of my section. The details of the nearly 400 feet of Mammaliferous Drift passed through in the Croydon-bore are appended. The base of the formation has been fixed at the first marine bed, though a higher position may have been selected on lithogical considera- tions ; seeing that the main mass of the Older Pliocene consists of sharp sands and those at 380 feet closely resemble an Atolian formation, it may be questionable if the beds from 350 to 395 feet should not be included in the Older Pliocene. OLDER PLIOCENE. The Croydon-section supplies very detailed information as to the thickness and nature of the beds passed through ; the official record I have in part revised, as the outcome of a careful exam- ination of the material submitted to me. In these particulars, the Dry Creek-bore was deficient, though on the other hand the paleontological data furnished by the Croydon-bore are meagre, probably because of the very much less quantity of material available. Nevertheless the small collection of fossils, which has heen gathered, proves that the Dry Creek shell-bed was reached — in the Croydon-bore at about the same horizon, 340 feet below sea-level. Some species additional to those obtained from the Dry Creek- bore occur, but they do not affect the general paleontological ed ore Tem # 183 conclusions previously arrived at. It seems needless to furnish a list of the species, as [ hope at an early date to examine exhaus- tively and report upon the fauna as a whole. Below the chief shell-deposit, from 395 to 450 feet, species of mollusca prove to be rare and in a fragmental condition. The few forms which seem largely to make up the more calcareous portions, included within the depths of 605 and 738 feet, afford no very trustworthy index to age, of these Ditrypa Wormbetensis, McCoy, which is the most abundant, has hitherto been known to me only from undoubted Eocene-beds, but as it 1s associated in the higher levels of the Croydon-bore with some determinable fragments of the characteristic mollusca of this formation, it must be conceded that this dentaloid annelid is a survival from Eocene times. The great thickness of the Older Pliocene, 406 feet at the least, is unexpected, as I had conjectured that its base was near- approached in the Dry Creek-bore at a level corresponding with the superior beds only passed through in the Croydon-bore ; but admitting the correctness of the assumption, then, the new facts simply indicate a great inequality of the floor on which the Older Pliocene deposits have accumulated. SECTION OF THE STRATA PASSED THROUGH BY THE CROYDON- BORE. ‘“¢MAMMALIFEROUS DRIFT.” Depth in feet eta sca Nature of strata. Remarks. sea-level). to 10 Brown clayey loams. 10185 Brown clay. 185 to 19 Brown sandy clay. 19 ** 45 Brown clay. 45 ‘* 57 Coarse quartzose sand and Bie ud gravel. Clay and gravel. 75 ** 95 Brown clay. 95 “©110 Clay with limestone-nodules. 110 ‘£212. Brown clay. 212 ‘215 Grey clay. 215 ‘235 Clay and quartz gravel. Water at 215ft. {rising to 30ft. 235 ‘260 Yellow clay and sand. Water at 245ft. | from surface 260 ‘£295 Brown clay. 295 ‘£315 Brown clay and quartz-gravel. 315 ‘* 320 Brown clay. 320 ‘£325 Brown sand. 325 ‘* 330, Brown clay. 330 ‘* 350 Light-brown sandy clay. 350 ‘* 378 Yellow sand. 378 ‘382 Yellow sand with calciferous lumps. 382 ‘* 385 Light-grey sharp sand. 385 ‘* 395 | Greenish-grey and brown clay. Depth in feet below surface (56ft. below sea-level). 395 415 “A415 *° 416 416 ** 430 430 ‘* 435 435 ‘* 450 450 * 455 455 ‘* 470 470 ** 500 500 ‘* 520 520 to 525 ** 550 ** 570 ** 572 ** 595 ** 605 ** 655 cs 720 795 ‘* 800 184 “OLDER PLIOCENE.” Nature of strata, ee Grey sharp sand, with small angular gravelandshell-chips Hard blue calcareous sand- stone, with shells. Grey sharp sand, with shell- chips. Greyish-brownsharpsand, with small shell-fragments. White, medium-grained, fairly well-rounded sand, mixed with sharp shell-debris. Black and grey, fine sand; shell-chips rare. Grey sharp sand, with small angular gravel and_ shell- chips. White sharp sand, with small sharp gravel and broken shells Greyish - brown sharp sand, with small shell-fragments. Shelly gravel, with white sand. Very fine grey sand; shelly chips very rare. Fine, grey, sharp sand,, with some shell-debris. Fine grey sand-rock, with much comminuted _ shell- debris. Very fine grey sand. Fine grey sand and sand rock and shelly fragments. Yellow gritty calcareous sand. Yellowish - grey _calciferous sand and sand-rock. Very tenacious blue clay, with | foraminifera and small nests of iron-pyrites. Sandstone. Remarks, Ostrea Angasi, Pectunculus obliquus, P. convexus, Lim- opsis Belcheri, Crassatella oblonga, Mesalia Provisi, Cassis fimbriatus ; Orbito- lites complanatus. Pectunculus obliquus. Small gastropods. Only small mollusca entire, some with colour; Laga- num ; Orbitolites, abundant. Ostrea Angasi. Carditta Preissi, Cucwlea Corioensis, Limposis Bel- cheri, Lucina quadrisulcata, Ostrea Angasi, Pelicaria ° Mesalia Provisi; Cassis Jimbriatus, Crassatella ob- longa, Meleagrina crassi- cardia Fragments of large Cellopore abundant. Ostrea, Spondylus, polyzoa ; Ditrypa (common). Natica balteata, Corbula epha- milla, Ostrea Angasi, Ditry- pa, Echinus. Ostrea, Cucullwa, Pecten anti- australis, P. spondyloides, Lucina quadrisulcata, Sili- quaria, Turritella, Ditrypa, Echinus, Laganum. Water at 630ft., rising to 20ft. from surface. Foraminifera; fragments of polyzoa, echinoids and Di- try pa. THE GASTROPODS OF THE OLDER TERTIARY OF AUSTRALIA. (Parr III.)* By Proressor Ratpu Tare, F.G.S., F.L.S. [Read October 7, 1890.] FAMILY TRICHOTROPIDA. The ten species of this family forming part of the Eocene fauna of Australia are all congeneric; but I am uncertain as to their correct location—whether with the type genus or with Mesostoma. Mesostoma was defined by Deshayes in 1864, and included in it four species from the Parisian Eocene ; the genus was referred to the Family Rissoide. In my Appendix to Woodward’s Manual of the Mollusca, 1867, I ventured to transfer it to the Family Cerithiidz, in which arrangement I am followed by Tryon in his Systematic Conchology, 1883. In my “Census of the Fauna of the Older Tertiary of Australia,” Roy. Soc., N.S. Wales, October 3, 1888, I referred our species to ‘“ Mesostoma (if distinct from 7’richotropis),” and was disposed to regard Z'richo- tropis inornata, Hutton, recent and fossil in New Zealand, as congeneric therewith. Dall, in his Report of the ‘ Blake” Mol- lusea, Part I1., June, 1889, places Mesostoma as a subgenus under 7’richotropis, without, however, indicating the differential characters; but remarks that “the degree of affinity which Mesostoma, Dolophanes, &c., bear to the original type of the family yet remains to be determined.” | _ §$So far as my own investigations permit me to form an opinion, I fail to appreciate any differences of generic value, from a con- chological point of view, between 7'richotropis and Mesostoma. * In the natural sequence of the families, Marginellide, Columbellide, and Pleurotomidz should have formed part of this or the preceding fasci- - culus ; but because of the difficulty experienced in correctly illustrating the species of the first two families, which are for the most part small or minute, their inclusion has for the present been abandoned. In respect of the Family Pleurotomide, the cause of their temporary exclusion is want _ of leisure to elaborate the very numerous species (not less than 60) of this perplexing group. ‘ Eleven species of Marginella have been described, though not figured ; of Columbella, represented by about 26 species, very few are diagnostically known ; but of Pleurotomidz about 20 have been described, and about half of them figured. The plates to illustrate this communication are unavoidably postponed. 186 | The family is represented by 24 living species, two of which antedate to Pliocene times ; by 15 Eocene species, 4 of the Paris- basin, 1 from Alabama, and 10 herein described. GENUS TRICHOTROPIS. SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES. Spire-whorls medially angulated. Ye T. angulifera. Spire-whorls flattened or sloping behind. Costated, lire crenulated ; outer lip lirate. 2. T. tabulata. Transverse and spiral ornament of fine threads. 3. TT. subquadrata. Spire-whorls rounded. Spirally lirate, transverse ornament not prominent. Lire 3, pullus lirate ; outer lip suleate within. ' 4, T. triplicata. Lire 5, pullus smooth ; outer lip smooth within. Whorls rapidly increasing, lire equal. 5. T. accrescens. Whorls slowly increasing, medium lira prominent. 6. 7. quinquelirata. Lire 10 or more, pullus and outer lip lirate. Lire equal. "63 T. apicilorata. Lire alternately stout and slender. 8. 7. interlineata. Spirally lirate and conspicuously costate. Lire many slender, pullus obscurely lirate. 2. T. costata. Lire 4 prominent, pullus lirate. 10. T. fenestrata, The species may be arranged into two sections, according to whether the embryonic whorls be ornamented or not. Section L., in which the embryonic whorls are lirate, contains tabulata, swb- quadrata, triplicata, apicilirata, wnterlineata, costata, fenestrata ; Section I[., with smooth embryonic whorls, includes angulifera, — accrescens, and quinquelirata. There are no close alliances with Parisian species, though 7’. triplicata presents some analogy with Mesostoma grata, Desh., and 7. angulifera has a distant resem- blance to W. angulata, Desh. 1. Trichotropis angulifera, spec. nov. Shell minute, thin, slenderly fusiform, imperforate. Whorls six ; spire elevated, ending in a prominent obtuse apex consist- — ing of two smooth whorls, the first of which is relatively small subglobose, with tip centrally immersed, Spire- whorls three, medially angulated, the periphery defined _ by a broad flat rib, between which and the anterior suture are. q : _ 187 two equal and equidistant narrow flat lire ; the posterior slope is spirally striated, with or without an inconspicuous medial thread ; the whole surface is traversed by close-set sigmoid striz of growth, and at regular distant intervals by raised threads, which produce slight denticulations as they pass over the peripheral angulation. Last whorl truncatedly carinated at the periphery ; its posterior slope is transversely close-striated and feebly costated (costulee about 12), and further ornamented by one or two slender, more or less medial, spiral threads ; the base has about six encircling flat threads, separated by about equally wide sulci, crossed by close- set striz. Aperture acutely oval, channelled in front; outer lip thin, smooth within ; columella-pillar very prominent, arched; inner lip slightly reflected near the front. Dimensions.—Length, 4:0; greatest breadth, 2:0; height of aperture, 1°75. Locality.— Eocene; glauconitic clayey sands, Adelaide-bore (2 exs.). 2. Trichotropis tabulata, spec. nov. Shell small, thin, broadly fusiform, imperforate; whorls six and a-half ; spire! conical, scalar, ending in a blunt apex of two and a- half lirate whorls, the first of which is relatively very small. Spire-whorls three, of rather rapidly-increasing width, with a flattish shoulder and angled in the posterior two-thirds, anterior to which they are convex ; the suture is deep. The spiral orna- mentation consists of two equal and equidistant threads on the posterior area ; and of four elevated, equal, equidistant and some- what undulose threads, crenulated on the edge, which occupy the anterior convex area; the posterior lira forms the peripheral angulation ; on the anterior whorls a more or less slender thread is interposed between the third and fourth. The transverse orna- mentation consists of broad subacute costa-like folds on tt.e front of each whorl (about 15 on the penultimate), continued very ob- liquely to the posterior suture as depressed undulations ; and of rather distant coincident striz of growth, which produce crena- tures as they pass across the lire. The body-whorl is broad and short, rather tumid, with a rounded convex base, which contracts rapidly into a very short triangular beak. The ornamentation is like that of the spire- whorls, except that there are several threads (seven or eight) on the posterior slope, and that the convex medial area has a slender _ thread alternating with the lire ; the base is ornamented with concentric threads alternately large and small. Aperture rhomboid-oval, shortly channelled in front ; outer lip thin, strongly lirate within ; inner lip reflected, nearly covering the umbilical chink. 188 Dimensions.—Length, 7:0; greatest width, 4:0; height of aperture, 3:0. Locality.—Eocene ; glauconitic clayey sands, Adelaide-bore (6 exs.). 3. Trichotropis subquadrata, spec. nov. Shell small, thin, fusiform, subumbilicated ; whorls five ; spire conical, rather high, scalar, ending in a blunt apex of two lirate whorls, the first one of which is rel:.tively small. Spire-whorls two, with a sloping shoulder and angled post- medially, anterior to which they are slightly convex. The spiral ornamentation consists of four slender subacute threads on the posterior area, of four stouter equidistant threads on the anterior area, sometimes with a supplemental one in front of the posterior thread, which is at the peripheral angulation. The transverse ornamentation consists of oblique thread-like costule, with two or three finer threads in the interspaces; the intersections of the spiral and transverse threads produce a very conspicuous and regular tessellated ornament. The body-whorl is broad and short, rather tumid, with an an- terior and posterior angulation, between which it is slightly convex ; the base is flatly convex, and contracts very rapidly. The spiral ornament consists of four threads above, six stouter ones in the median portion and three on the base ; the transverse ornament consists of slender costule, which are directed back- wards on the posterior area, incurved on the median area and ecurved on the base ; the lire are slightly denticulated at their _ intersection with the costule; the interspaces are traversed by two coincident raised lines. The aperture is rhomboid-rotund, inconspicuously channelled at the front ; the outer lip is thin on the edge and smooth within ; the inner lip is medially incurved, slightly reflected, but not con- cealing the long narrow umbilical chink. Dimensions.—Length, 3:5; greatest width, 2°8; height of aperture, 1:5. Locality.—Lower beds (Eocene) at Muddy Creek (4 exs.). This species, which is founded on what are probably immature specimens, has a general resemblance to 7’. tabulata, from which it differs conspicuously in its neat tessellated ornament. 4. Trichotropis triplicata, spec. nov. Shell small, thin, imperforate ; whorls four and a-half, convex ; spire short, conical, ending in a blunt apex of two lirate whorls. Spire-whorls convex with three strong, equal, equi-distant, truncated lire, with a fourth partially concealed at the anterior suture, crossed by arched costule which produce slight nodula- tions on the lire, and by lamelle of growth two or three in each fee ya 189 interspace, the lamelle appear as slight subimbricating squame on the lire. Body-whorl short and broad, ornamented with four strong lire and otherwise as the spire-whorls; the base is abruptly contracted, flatly convex and ornamented with four concentric threads, the two outer ones distantly separated, the two inner ones approxi- mate. Aperture quadrately rotund, attenuated in front to a slight channel ; outer lip thin, crenulated on the edge and deeply sulcated within corresponding with the external lire. Columella slightly arcuate, with the inner lip reflected and almost concealing the umbilical chink. Dimensions.—Length, 3:5 ; greatest width, 2; height of aper- ture, 1°5. Locality.—Eocene ; glauconitic clayey sands, Adelaide-bore (1 ex.). 5. Trichotropis acerescens, spec. nov. Shell of moderate size, imperforate, whorls seven, convex, much narrowed at the sutures; spire elevated, ending in a blunt: apex of one and a-half smooth inflated whorls. Spire-whorls convex, rapidly increasing in width, with five strong equal and equidistant elevated truncated lire, with a sixth partially concealed at the anterior suture ; crossed by stout, arched threads, about equal in breadth to the interstitial angular furrows, about 10 in a breadth of 1 mm. on the penultimate whorl. Last whorl convex, gradually contracted at the base into a very short beak, ornamented with about 10 raised truncated threads and transversely by arcuate strie. Aperture quadrately rounded; outer lip thin, smooth within; columella nearly straight, inner lip reflected, almost concealing the umbilical chink. Dimensions.—Length, 11:5; greatest breadth, 5-5; height of aperture, 4°5. Locality.—Lower beds (Eocene) E Muddy Creek (2 exs.). 6. Trichotropis quinquelirata, spec. nov. Shell of moderate size, rather thick, turriculate, imperforate ; whorls seven, convex, of slow increase, medially subangulated, ending in a blunt apex of two smooth convex whorls. Spire-whorls four; spirally ornamented with five equidistant, raised, truncated lire, the medial one is stouter than the others. and forms a subangulated periphery; transversely ornamented by fine, close-set, regular, slightly oblique strie. Body-whorl narrow and long, rapidly but not abruptly nar- rowed at the base ; ornamented with about 12 truncated cingula, 190 separated by one and a-half to two times wider, flat, transversely striated furrows. Aperture roundly oval, channelled at the front; outer lip smooth within; columella slightly arched, inner lip reflected, quite concealing the umbilical chink. Dimensions.—Length, 6:5; greatest width, 3:0; height of aperture, 2. — Locality.—Eocene; glauconitic calciferous sand-rock, Bird-rock Bluff, Spring Creek, near Geelong (1 ex.). 7. Triehotropis apicilirata, spec. nov. Shell of moderate size, rather thin, turriculate, imperforate ; whorls seven and a-half, of gradual increase, convex or medially subangulated, ending in a subacute apex of two and a-half, small, convex, lirate whorls. Spire-whorls four; the spiral ornament consists of about ten narrow threads, five on the posterior area are unequal and irregu- larly disposed, the four on the front are stouter, equal and equi- distant, the posterior one of which forms a slight angulation, especially on the posterior whorls; the transverse ornament con- sists of oblique equidistant threads producing a rhomboidal — tessellation by intersection with the spirals which are slightly crenulated. Body-whorl rounded with six irregular spirals on the posterior slope, five prominent ones on the medial area, and five irregular ones on the short, flattish, subangulated base; the whole surface crossed by sigmoid threads. Aperture rotund, channelled in front ; outer lip thin ; columella nearly straight, inner lip reflected. Dimensions.—Length, 9°75 ; greatest breadth, 4:5; height of aperture, 3:0. Localities.—Bird Rock Bluff, Spring Creek ; blue clays Schnap- per Point (2 exs.). 8. Trichotropis interlineata, spec. nov. Shell of moderate size, rather thick, turriculate ; whorls convex spirally lirate and transversely closely striated, embryonic whorls lirate. Spire-whorls three, convex, slightly flattened at the posterior suture: spirally ornamented with about 12 lire, alternately large and small, which are minutely serrated by regular, close-set, oblique striz. Body-whorl convex, rather tumid, with a regularly convex base ; ornamented with subacute spiral threads, alternately large and small, crossed by arched striz. Aperture rotund, rather broadly channelled at the front ; outer 191 lip lirate within ; columella concave behind, a little twisted to- wards the front, inner lip reflected, almost concealing the um- bilical chink. Dimensions.—Length, 7:0; greatest breadth, 4:0; height of last whorl, 2:5 nearly. Locality.— Eocene ; glauconitic sands, Adelaide-bore (3 exs.). 9. Trichotropis costata, spec. nov. Shell of moderate size, thin; whorls of rather rapidly increas- ing width ; spire broadly conical, ending in an obtuse apex of two and a-half obsoletely trilirate whorls. Spire-whorls two, medially subangulated ; spiral ornamentation of three slender rounded threads on the posterior slope, and about six alternately large and small anterior to the peripheral angu- lation ; the transverse ornamentation consists of oblique convex cost, narrower than the convex interspaces, and of regular stria- tions, which produce the appearance of fine punctations in the spiral furrows. Body-whorl convex,.a little tumid, subangulated at the base, ornamented with minutely serrated lire, alternately large and small, about eight on the posterior slope, about twelve above the basal angulation, and about ten on the base. The transverse orna- mentation consists of about ten arched costations, which are evanescent at the basal angulation, and of coincident striz. Aperture rotund, obliquely channelled at the front; outer lip obscurely lirate within ; columella-lip reflected, almost concealing the umbilical chink. Dimensions.—Length, 5:0; greatest breadth, 3:0; height of aperture, 20. A fragment has a diameter of last whorl of 4:5. Locality.— Eocene ; glauconitic sands, Adelaide-bore (4 exs.). 10. Trichotropis fenestrata, spec. nov. Shell small, thin, turriculate; whorls five, of slow increase, separated by a channelled suture, terminating in a blunt apex of two convex lirate whorls, the tip relatively very small. Spire-whorls two, moderately convex, ornamented with four equal, equidistant, very promirent lire, crossed by equal, equi- distant, straight costule of about equal strength to the lire ; the rectangular intercostal spaces with about three or four transverse threadlets. The intersections of the lire and costule are more or less denticulated. } Body-whorl regularly convex, high and narrow, encircled with about twelve principal lire, with an intermediate threadlet be- _ tween the medial lire ; the costule are acute, separated by broad shallowed interspaces, about fifteen in number, the anterior ones of which are continued on to the base; the intercostal spaces with from four to five coincident threadlets. 192 Aperture roundly-oval, channelled at the front; outer lip smooth within; columella-reflection concealing the umbilical chink. Dimensions—Length, 3°75; greatest breadth, 2; height of aperture, about 1:0. _ Locality.—Kocene ; glauconitic sands, Adelaide-bore (2 exs.). FAMILY SEQUENZIIDA. GENUS SEQUENZIA, Jeffreys (1876). The genus includes certain small trochiform shells, thinly nacreous, with an infra-sutural sinus resembling that of some Pleurotomiide, a sharp and shallow sinus at the periphery, and a third, more open, at the base; the columella is more or less twisted, with an anterior tooth-like projection ; the base is either deeply umbilicated or imperforate. Eight species are known from off Pernambuco, and in tropical and subtropical latitudes on both sides of the North Atlantic at depths ranging from 100 to 1,500 fathoms. One of the living species occurs in the Upper Miocene of Calabria and in the Middle Pliocene of Sicily. The author of the genus placed it near Solarzum. Tryon in © his Manual of Conchology (1883) includes it among Pleurotoma- riide in the vicinity of Scisswrella. It forms part of Tryon’s © Monograph of the Family Trichotropide. Prof. Verrill re- moved it, on anatomical characters, far from its former assigned positions, and made it the type of a distinct family. Watson, Challenger Rep. Gastr. (1886), retains it among the Trochiide. — Dall, Blake Rep. Gastr. (1890), follows Verrill, and places the family in the neighbourhood of Trichotropide. The presence of the genus in the Older Tertiary deposits of — Australia was notified by me in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, pp. 243, 249; it is represented by a single species which differs from all others by the crenulated margin to the umbilicus and by the bisinuated base of the aperture, as well as by the strongly developed radial ornamentation. Sequenzia radialis, spec. nov. Shell small, thin ; broadly conical; flat and sharply angulated . at the base, perspectively umbilicated; ornamented by radial sigmoidal threads, latticed by spiral ones. Whorls seven, those of the spire flat, with the peripheral angu- | lation exsert, or varying to biangulated, ornamented by equal, — equidistant, sigmoid and radial lamelliform threads, and above — the peripheral angulation by about four equal equidistant spiral — threads, the intersections producing square- to rhomboid- inter-_ spaces. The radial lamelle are more or less continuous from — ij 193 whorl to whorl, and the suture is consequently usually concealed ;. there are about 10 in 1 millimetre-space on the penultimate whorl. Body-whorl] with about five spiral threads crossed by the radial lamelle above the periphery ; the peripheral angulation is formed of two approximate large exsert threads, with a small thread on the outside of each. The base is flat, with eight encircling threads, the first two or three narrower than the sulci, the others crowded ; the whole surface tessellated by radial threads. The umbilicus is wide and perspective, margined by about sixteen stout. granulations, from which proceed the radial threads in twos and threes. Aperture rhomboid, peristome completed by a thin nacreous. growth. Outer lip roundly insinuated near the suture between the first and third spiral threads ; sharply and shortly notched at the posterior carina; at the exterior of the base roundly in- sinuated, separated by a similar sinus at the inner angle by a tubercle corresponding with umbilical carina. Columella oblique, thickly rounded and slightly reverted on the edge, with a broad deep sinus above ; a strong twisted projec- tion tooth at about two-thirds of its length, below which is the inner basal sinus. Dimensions.—Height, 2°75 ; greatest breadth, 3-00 ; height of aperture, 1°25. Locality.— Eocene at Muddy Creek (9 examples). This species is simulated by an undescribed Baszlissa of the ' Family Trochiide, obtained from the Eocene sands in the Ade- laide-bore; the latter is generically distinguished by its thick | nacreous test, by the absence of the sharp tooth of the columella, PEEP 2 A ee) ee ee eh en and has only a sutural sinus. FAMILY CONID. GENus Conus. SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES. Spire flat, or nearly so. Pullus small. No spiral ornament; pullus acute. 1. C. cuspidatus. Spiral threads, wavy-wrinkled transversely. 2. C. ptychodermis. Spiral rows of flat granules. 3. C. complicatus. Spiral linear-grooved. 6. C. heterospira, var. Pullus large, obtuse; body-whorl more or less spirally striated. 4, C. pullulescens.. N 194 Spire short, scalar. Peripheral angle margined ; posterior slope flat or concave. } C. ligatus. Peripheral angle not margined ; shoulder sloping backwards. 6. C. heterospira. Spire moderate, with an uninterrupted slope. Suture of spire-whorls crenulated ; body-whorl smooth. qi C. Ralphu. Suture concealed ; body-whorl with spiral rows of granules. 8. C. acrotholoides. Spire moderate, the whorls slightly angulated. Pullus small, subacute, the tip obliquely immersed. Body-whorl spirally sulcate ; posterior spire-whorls crenu- - lated at the keel. 9, C. extenuatus. Body-whorl smooth or obsoletely lirate; anterior whorls nodulose at the keel. 10. C. Hamiltonensis. Pullus subcylindrical, obtuse. ll. C. Murravianus. Spire elongate ; outer lip broadly sinuous, anal sinus deep and oblique (ConorRBIS). 12. C. atractovdes. SPECIES EXCLUDED AND SYNONYMIC. C. Trailli, Hutton. The published occurrences of this species in Australia refer to C. Murravianus and C. ligatus. C. papillosus, Tate (ms.). The name being preoccupied cuspt- datus is herein substituted. C. scalaris, Tate (ms.). The name being preoccupied ligatus is herein substituted. 1. Conus ecuspidatus, spec. nov. Shell conoidal, about twice as long as wide, with a flat or very low spire ; spirally fine-ribbed on the spire and at the base, other- wise usually smooth. Spire consisting of seven whorls separated by a well-defined, impressed, linear suture with rudely crenate margins ; ornamented spirally by flatly-rounded unequally-sized threads (usually about nine cn the penultimate whorl), varying somewhat in thickness, but usually as wide as the interstitial furrows, crossed by incurved growth-lines. The spire terminates in a slender, pyramidal, acutely-pointed pullus consisting of five smooth moderately convex whorls of slow increase. Body-whor] obtusely angled at the periphery, regularly tapering _ to about three-fourths of its height where it is slightly constricted ; ornamented with sigmoid strize of growth, and in the anterior- fourth by wrinkled threads, narrower than the interspaces. Some young shells have punctated impressed lines on the body-whorl. 195 Dimensions.—Total length, 58; greatest diameter, 30; length of aperture, 56 ; length and breadth of pullus, 2. Localities.—Rather common in the lower beds at Muddy Creek, and in the blue clays at Schnapper Point. Calciferous sandstones of the River Murray Cliffs near Morgan. 2. Conus ptyehodermis, spec. nov. Shell narrow, conoidal, a little more than twice as long as wide ; spire very low, ending in a small obtuse pullus of two smooth whorls. _ Spire consisting of four and a-half narrow flat whorls separated by a narrow channelled suture ; ornamented spirally by a medial, more or less prominent, thread, with or without a few thread'ets, crossed by arched prominent growth-ridges and by coincident strie. Body-whorl obtusely angled at the periphery, regularly tapering to the front ; ornamented by inconspicuous spiral threads, which are wrinkled by the intercrossing of growth-folds, between which the surface is slightly contused. Dimensions.—Length, 30; greatest width, 13; height of aper- ture, 28. Locality.—Eocene beds at Muddy Creek. 3. Conus complicatus, spec. nov. Shell varying from broadish- to narrow-conical, about twice as long as wide, spire very short, ending in a small obtuse pullus of two smooth whorls, the tip centrally immersed. Spire-whorls four, narrow, the periphery slightly exsert, behind which they are slightly concave; ornamented by three or four broad depressed lirze, tessellated by regular, deeply arched, growth- ridges. Body-whorl sharply angled and slightly elevated at the peri- phery, regularly tapering to the front; sculptured by somewhat regularly-disposed linear sulci; separated by broad depressed ridges of which the first and fourth are usually broader, more elevated, and covered with flat granulations which range more or less in lines coincident with the striz of growth. Growth lines proniinent, moderately ecurved, which produce slight crenatures in the spiral furrows. Outer lip slightly ecurved medially, deeply arcuately notched behind the peripheral angu- lation. Dimensions.—Length, 18:5; greatest width, 10; length of aperture, 16°5; of another specimen, they are respectively 21, 10, 18. Localities—Eocene beds at Muddy Creek and Schnapper Point. 196 4. Conus puneceene: T'’. Woods. Refe New South Wales, vol. IV., p. 3, plex, Ge 4 (non. 3), 1880. The author of the species-name included two different species under it, but both examples represent very young, almost un- recognisable, shells ; however in respect of one (fig. 4), I have been able to trace it up to a shell of moderate size (herewith figured), to which the specific designation is very applicable. The species is conspicuous by its large turbinated pullus of three smooth tumid whorls. The spire is either flat or very shortly elevated, its whorls nar- row, separated by a linear suture ; ornamented with four or five spiral threads and rather slender, close, arched growth-lines. The body-whorl is sharply angled, and is ornamented with flat spiral threads, becoming more or less obsolete with age (except at the front). Dimensions.—Length, 32; greatest width, 15; length of aperture, 27 ; diameter of pullus, 3:5. Localities.—EKocene beds at Muddy Creek, Schnapper Point, and River Murray Cliffs. 5. Conus ligatus, spec. nov. Shell biconic ; spire of variable height, but usually moderately low, consisting of about seven gradated whorls, ending in a small naticiform pullus of one and a-half smooth whorls ; body-whorl more or less subpyriform. Spire-whorls with an obtuse thick shoulder, the two slopes in- clined approximately at a right angle and of about equal width ; the posterior area is usually flat or slightly concave, rarely with a sight upward inclination ; it is ornamented with four or five ~ spiral threads, separated by narrower furrows, and rather close- set strie of growth, conformable with the anal insinuation of the outer lip ; the anterior area is provided with one or two threadlets margining the rib-like keel. Body-whorl varying from pyriform to elongate-ovate, the peri- pheral keel defined anteriorly by a linear constriction, posterior to which there are one or two threads on the peripheral band. The surface is sculptured at the posterior part with incised linear lines, which towards the front become wider, and are finally re- placed by ribs narrower than the shallow interspaces ; the whole is crossed by growth-lines, which produce punctations in the linear sulci, and a fenestrated ornament anteriorly. The strength of the encir cling lines is variable, and may be obsolete in the pos- terior half of the body-whorl. The aperture is narrow, with a short anal sinus corresponding 197 with the posterior slope of the whorl ; the outer lip is conspicu- ously ecurved medially. Dimensions.—Of a large typical example. Length, 41 ; greatest width, 22; length of aperture, 34; length of last whorl, 35. Of a pyriform variety, the corresponding measures are— 32, 20, 27°5, 28-5. Localities.—Kocene beds at Muddy Creek and Schnapper Point. Affinity._-This species exhibits much individual variation in shape of body-whorl and length of spire, but presents in the cord-like appearance of its peripheral keel a character which readily distinguishes it from other Australian species. A figured variety so closely resembles C. deperditus of the Hampshire and Paris basins, that it is only by comparison of actual specimens possible to separate them. Though in this individual the gradation of the spire and the peripheral rib have ° lost much of their prominence, yet the defining threads on the keel are present—a character absent in C. deperditus ; moreover, the latter is further distinguished by having two spiral and dis- tant threads on the posterior area of the whorls. At the same time, the Australian similitude is no more than an extreme variation from a type which is obviously distinct from C. deper- ditus. However, it may be well to note that our Australian Cones are very difficult of specific definition, so much so that it is possible to bring all the species into very close relationship, through extreme individual variability. 6. Conus heterospira, spec. nov. Shell acutely oval, biconic, with the anterior whorls of the spire gradated, the posterior ones more or less flatly depressed, rarely with a regular gradated spire throughout. The pullus arises abruptly from the spire as a small, smooth, shining papilla of one and a-half naticiform whorls. Spire-whorls five ; the penultimate one medially angulated, its anterior slope perpendicular, the posterior slope slightly inclined, but with a faint medial depression ; on the ante-penultimate, the _keel is close to the anterior suture, thence to the pullus the whorls are fiat with a slight backward inclination whilst the keel appears as a slight rim. The body-whorl is elongated and tapers to the front; the peripheral keel is sharp ; the posterior slope, as also that of the spire whorls, is ornamented with prominent, much-arched, growth- lines, crossed by a few, usually obscure, spiral threads ; the rest of the body-whorl is ornamented with close-set, equidistant, in- cised lines, punctatedly impressed by the faint growth-lines. 198 Aperture narrow ; outer lip ecurved medially and somewhat deeply arcuately sinuated at the posterior angle. Dimensions.—Length, 34; greatest width, 16; length of aper- ture, 28 ; of body-whorl, 30. Localities.—Blue clays at Schnapper Point, not uncommon ; calciferous sandstones, Bird Rock Bluff, near Spring Creek. A ffinities.—This species has much resemblance to C. ligatus, but it is more elongate and has not the rim-like keel of that species. — A characteristic feature is the abrupt gradation of the anterior whorls in the adult ; in adolescent specimens the regular sloping low spire make it difficult at first sight to attach them to the adult ; at this stage it resembles C. complicatus, but differs by its ornamentation, and the young of C. cuspidatus, from which it differs by its obtuse pullus and by the strongly arched growth- lines on the slightly concave spire-whorls. The elate variety closely resembles C’. Huttoni, mihi (C. T'railli, Hutton, non Adams), of the Pareora formation, New Zealand, which has a much narrower outline, more elongated spire, and a more inclined posterior slope of the whorls. 7. Conus Ralphii, Venison- Woods. Reference.—Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S.W., vol. III.,. p. 228, t. 20, fig. 4 (1878). Shell pyriformly oval, with a moderately elevated broadly conical spire, ending in a small naticiform pullus of one and a- half smooth whorls. Spire-whorls seven, plane or flatly convex, separated by a slightly channelled suture, which is crenulated, or even nodulated, ~ at the posterior margin of. the earlier whorls ; ornamented on the posterior-half of each whorl with usually three conspicuous equi- distant incised spiral lines. Body-whorl bluntly rounded, rarely subangulated, at the peri- phery ; ornamented on the posterior slope with a few incised lines, the rest of the surface varying from smooth to faint, spirally- linear-grooved, punctatedly impressed; the base is usually spirally wrinkled, but sometimes inconspicuously so. Aperture narrow, obliquely incurved at the posterior angle ; outer lip slightly ecurved medially. Dimensions.—Length 40 ; greatest width, 21; length of aper- ture, 34; height of body-whorl, 35. Localities —Very common at Muddy Creek ; rare in the cal- _ ciferous sandstones-of the River Murray Cliffs, near Morgan. The species varies slightly in the height of the spire and in the proportion of the width to the length, also the spire-whorls may show a slight convexity and even a perceptible angulation at the posterior margin of the suture ; rarely does the nodose crenulation J f 199 continue beyond the fourth whorl. C. Ralphii was founded on a very young individual, 10 mm. in length, at which stage of growth there are only four spire-whorls, but from an authentic specimen of that size I have traced it, through many intermediate stages, to the adult example which is here figured. The comparisons made by the original describer with certain species of the Vien- nese Miocene and with C. Carmeli of Australian waters are now no longer applicable, as the coronation of the whorls of our fossil is a character restricted to juvenile examples. 8. Conus acrotholoides, spec. nov. Shell pyriformly oval, with a low, broadly conical, almost hemispheric spire, ending in a small, obtuse, apiculate pullus of two smooth whorls, the first of which is vertical and its tip im- mersed. Spire-whorls four, suture more or less concealed by the overlap- ping of the posterior edge of the whorls; ornamented by four rounded threads, about as wide as the intervening furrows, and by fine curvilinear transverse striz, the posterior suture is mar- gined by a broader flat band. Body-whorl bluntly rounded at.the periphery, on which are three spiral threads; anterior to the periphery there are about ‘14 flat granulose threads, defined by linear lines, the flat inter- spaces are more or less spirally striated; the granulose lire be- come crowded towards the front; the whole surface is marked with fine close-set strize of growth. The outer lip is post-medially ecurved, and obliquely and shortly notched at the posterior angle. Dimensions.—Length, 14; greatest width, 7; length of aper- ture, 11°5. Locality.—Blue clays at Schnapper Point. 9. Conus extenuatus, spec. nov. Shell narrowly biconical, two and a-half tiines as long as wide; the spire subscalar, gradually tapering to the small obtuse pullus of two whorls, the first of which is oblique, with its tip im- mersed. Spire-whorls seven, with the periphery slightly exsert, behind which they are slightly concave, separated by a narrow well- defined suture. The earlier whorls are slightly nodulose or crenu- late at the keel, but this ornament disappears with the revolution of the spire. The spiral ornamentation consists of three or four unequal fiat threads, which is crossed by close-set arched striz. Body-whorl bluntly keeled at the periphery, concave behind, slightly contracted in the anterior-third, but otherwise much at- tenuated towards the front. The surface with distant, regular, punctated, spiral grooves, between which are wider flat ridges. 200 Outer lip moderately ecurved medially ; the anal notch is broad and shallow. Dimensions.—Length, 60; greatest width, 24 ; length of aper- ture, 50. Localitves.—Muddy Creek; River Murray Cliffs; Spring Creek, near Geelong ; Cheltenham (doubtful identifications). 10. Conus Hamiltonensis, spec. nov. Similar to C. extenuwatus, and perhaps only a variety, though not yet connected by intermediate forms ; it differs by being pro- portionately broader, by the absence of nodulations and a keel on the earlier whorls, and by the more numerous spiral threads (about eleven) upon the spire-whorls. The penultimate and body-whorl are obtusely keeled and nodu- late. The median area of the body-whorl is smooth or obsoletely spiral-lirate, not sulcate. Dimensions.—Length, 32:5; greatest breadth, 14; length of aperture, 25. Locality.—Lower beds at Muddy Creek. 11. Conus Murravianus, spec. nov. Shell narrowly biconical, more than twice as long as wide ; spire scalar, gradually tapering to the cylindroid pullus of three and a-half smooth convex whorls. Spire-whorls six, suture concealed by reflection of their posterior margin, bluntly angled a little in front of the middle, the longer backward-sloping area slightly concave; ornamented with close- set sigmoid striz and obsolete spiral threads. The posterior-half of the first whorl is slightly costated. Body-whorl broadly lanceolate in outline and narrowly trun- cate at the front, roundly angular at the periphery with a con- cave shoulder, which is obsoletely lirate; whole surface marked with finesigmoidal growth-lines, and atthe front by encircling ridges. Outer lip with a shallow, obliquely-cut, notch at the posterior angle, thence with a gentle outward curve to the middle, and more rapidly declining to the front. Dimensions.—Length, 61; greatest width, 26; length of aperture, 46. Locality.—Calciferous sandstones of the River Murray Cliffs near Morgan. This species comes near to C. gradatulus, Sow., and differs so far as one can judge by the figure, by the ante-medial position of the blunter keel on the spire-whorls. 12. Conus (Conorbis) atractoides, spec. nov. Shell ovately fusiform, biconic ; test moderately thick ; surface spirally furrowed, smooth and shining. Spire regularly conical, 201 about one-third the total length of the shell, consisting of five whorls, ending in a small, blunt, turbinate pullus of two and a-half smooth rounded whorls. Spire-whorls slightly convex, separated by a well-defined linear suture ; ornamented by six flat spiral ribs, the three posterior ones separated by flat shallow sulci of about equal width, the three anterior ones by linear grooves sometimes almost obsolete ; the interstitial furrows are punctulatedly impressed. Body-whorl obtusely angled at the periphery, regularly attenu- ated anteriorly ; ornamented with flat spiral ribs (about 30), separated by narrow furrows, crossed by sigmoidal lines of growth which produce the appearance of punctations in the interstitial furrows. Aperture narrow, broadly emarginate in front; outer lip thin and sharp on the edge, smooth within, much ecurved medially. Dimensions.—Length, 16°5; greatest width, 6:5; length of aperture, 10. Locality.—Clayey greensands, Adelaide-bore. Compared with actual specimens of C. dormitor, from the Eocene of Hampshire, it has a narrower outline and a longer spire, but especially differs by the ornamentation which consists of engraved, punctated, spiral lines, and not of raised threads with elegantly tessellated interspaces. - By its sulcate sculpture and greatly arched outer lip it is more allied with C. alatus, F. Edwards, of the Hampshire basin ; but it seems to differ by its blunt-pointed apex and rounded shoulder to the whorls, whilst the proportional measurements indicate a narrower shell with a shorter aperture. FAMILY CYPRAIDA. GENUS CYPREA. I have not been successful in arranging the species in confor- mity with the sectional subdivision of the genus as employed by recent conchologists. Those sections are largely based on external shape, and as some of our fossil species show extensive-enough variability as to necessitate the inclusion of the same species in two sections, I have been induced to group them in respect to themselves. Some of them are wholly unprovided for in the scheme of recent species, such as C. gastroplax with its wing-like base ; and the group typefied by C. eximia, which though having a near ally in C’. wmbilicata of the same geographic region, yet markedly differs by the dental-sulcations of, and widely extending upon, the inner lip, though in one individual-specimen, through extreme age, the normal dentition is acquired. 202 SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES. I. Base rounded. 1. Aperture notched or extending into a short canal behind. Shell cylindroid ; teeth small, numerous. 1. C. parallela. Shell oval- oblong ; teeth large. Back elevated ; spire concealed. 2 C. scalena. Back depressed ; spire prominent. 3. C. subsidua. Shell elongate-oval ; surface contused. 4. OC. ampullacea. Shell oval-subpyriform. Spire slightly exsert ; tumid ; posterior canal distinct. 5. C. Archeri. Spire nearly concealed ; less tumid ; posterior canal very short. 6. C. Jonesiana. Shell globose ; spire exsert ; surface contees: r€ C. contusa. 2. Aperture roundly produced behind on left side, not distinctly notched posteriorly. Shell cylindroid, spire exsert. 8. C. subpyrulata. Shell cylindroid-subpyriform ; spire umbilicated. 9. ~C. brachypyga. Shell oval-subpyriform. Spire concealed, umbilicated ; outer lip much arched behind. 10. C. pyrulata. Shell pyriform. Spire concealed, slightly impressed ; shell under one inch long. ll. C. Murraviana. Spire exposed, deeply umbilicated ; shell two inches or so long. 12. C. leptorhyncha. Shell globose ; spire convex. 13. C. ovulatella. II. Base flat, not winged. 1. Inner lip strongly dentate-sulcate. Anterior canal much produced, attenuated. Beak straight or nearly so. Shell oval-pyriform; beak with two dorsal tubercles. 14. C. exrmia. Shell globose-pyriform ; beak with or without basal tubercles. 15. C. spherodoma. Beak much upturned, without basal tubercles. Shell oval-oblong, very gibbous. 16. C. toxorhyncha. Anterior canal short, obtuse, without basal tubercles. Shell oblong-subpyriform ; posterior canal subtruncate with a very wide base. 17. = -C.. platypyga. Shell more oval ; posterior canal narrow, short. 18. — C. consobrina. 203 2. Inner lip tuberculate or tooth-ridged, not dentate-sulcate (also C. spherodoma, pars), or edentulous. Anterior canal much produced, depressed. Shell pyriform ; aperture almost edentulous. 19. C. platyrhyncha Anterior canal short. Shell broadly oval, with a low convex back ; anterior canal straight ; both lips dentate throughout. 20. C. amygdalina. Shell oval, very large, back very gibbous, anterior canal upturned ; aperture almost edentulous. 21. C. gigas. Shell spheroidal, very large. 22. C. dorsata. III. Base flat, dilated into a horizontal circular disk. Shell oval, very gibbous. 23. C. gastroplax- EXCLUDED SPECIES. C. oviformis, Sow., is attributed to Tenison-Woods as author, and to South Australia for habitat, by Johnston in Geol. Tas- mania, 1888; but Tenison-Woods refers (Geo. Obs. in S. Aust., p- 83, 1862) to this species as a London Clay fossil, and not as occurring in South Australia. 1. Cyprza parallela, spec. nov. Shell cylindrical, twice as long as wide; the spire exsert, around which the body-whorl is flatly rounded ; the longitudinal curva- ture of the back is interrupted at intervals, which gives rise to the appearance of spiral threads, usually conspicuous towards the two ends, but is sometimes obsolete. The aperture is shortly produced into a bluntly-pointed canal at the ends, narrowed at the front. The outer lip is margined at the two extremities, leaving a median unmargined portion of variable length ; the teeth are small and numerous (about thirty). The inner lip is thickened, and slightly projecting posteriorly ; there are about twenty teeth in its whole length; the columella projects internally towards the front as a broad, concave, ridged plate. Dimensions.—Length, 18; width, 9; height, 8. Locality.—Eocene; Muddy Creek. This species resembles dwarfed examples of C. Isabella, Linn., of the Indo-Australian region, but has an exsert spire, and is slightly more narrowed at the front. 2. Cyprea sealena, spec. nov. Shell oval-oblong, somewhat gibbous, highest near the middle, with a steep slope anteriorly and rather abruptly narrowed at 204 the front, subtruncated at both ends; left side swollen ; spire in- completely concealed, slightly exsert. Aperture narrow, margined with elongate teeth; outer lip slightly margined at the two extremities, shortly projecting beyond the spire; inner lip thickened posteriorly and confluent with the outer lip, forming a very short canal; front part of columella much elevated internally, concave and ribbed. Surface of the shell smooth or marked with faint distant spiral lines and obscure contusions. Dimensions.—Length, 37 ; width, 24; height, 21. Locality.—Eocene ; Muddy Creek. This fossil comes very near to C. Reevei, Gray, recent in S.W. Australia, but is proportionately higher and consequently the slopes from the highest point are more rapid, the front is more . narrowed, whilst the swollen left-side gives it a distinctive lop- sided profile. The corresponding measures of C. Reever are 37, 22, and 19. 7 3. Cyprza subsidua, spec. nov. Shell oval- inclined to trapezoidal- oblong, depressedly convex, obtuse at both ends ; the right side flatly rounded, the left more arched and rather abruptly contracted to the front ; spire exsert. Aperture narrow, base rather flat; outer lip not margined, © broadly subplanulate medially, with about twenty-five stout rounded ridges. Inner lip developed behind into a prominent protuberance margining the short anal canal and posterior part of the aperture, with about twenty acute ridges ; it is somewhat flattened towards the front, and runs out into a narrow triangu- lar extension of the base, supporting the very short, truncate, an- terior canal. The columella is much elevated internally and very concave. The surface of the shell is smooth. _ Dimensions of a large example.—Length, 26; width, 17:5; height, 14. Of a small example, 18, 11:5, and 9. Locality.— Eocene ; Muddy Creek. The squat-form, flattish base and post-ventral protuberance dis- tinguish this species from C. scalena, which from its undeveloped appearance might be regarded as an inmature state of that spe- cies. But the numerous examples under observation prove that the adolescent feature is proper to the adult as it is in the living C. Reevei and its fossil analogue C. scalena. Without comparison — of actual specimens, I am not sure if this be distinct from C. Bartonensis, F. Edw., of the English Eocene, though the Aus- tralian shell appears different, by its large posterior boss and the less prominent spire. 205 4. Cyprsea ampullacea, spec. nov. Shell elliptic-oval, highest and widest a little behind the middle ; obtusely rounded apically with a very narrow, flat, exposed spire ; gradually narrowed to the front ; surface transversely and spirally lineate, the small rectangular interspaces contusedly im- pressed. Aperture moderately wide; slightly curved and obsoletely notched posteriorly ; extended into a short straight beak, which is somewhat effusively expanded at the tip. Outer lip not mar- gined, distantly toothed (about thirty), making a very acute angle at its junction with the inner lip. Inner lip with a short, slight ridge-like thickening at the posterior end, provided throughout with long tooth-ridges (about twenty-five). Dimensions.—Length, 34; width, 19; height, 18. Locality.—KEKocene blue-clay at Schnapper Point ; one example, apparently not quite mature, as the posterior canal and _ the lips are incompletely developed. 5. Cypreea Archeri, Z'enzson- Woods. Reference.—Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, tab. 1, figs., 9-9a, p- 22 (1876). Shell oval-subpyriform, moderately inflated. Shortly narrowed and truncated at each end; spire exsert; surface smooth or spirally lineate. Outer lip margined externally, thickly inflected, very slightly produced behind, with about 20 rounded dental ridges ; inner lip having a short elevated callosity confluent with the outer lip intervening between which is a slight anal notch ; the inner lip has about 15 subacute dental ridges. Dimensions.—The species varies a little in shape, particularly as to the proportionate length. I give the measures of a short and long example. (1) Length, 20; width, 13; greatest height, 11, at 9 mm. from the posterior end. (2) Length, 27; width, 15°5 ; height, 14. Locality.—Table Cape, Tasmania ! (A. M. Johnston). I cannot attach any of our Continental cowries to this species, though it has a distant resemblance to C. pyrulata and C. Murraviana. Its inclusion in the published lists of River Murray and Muddy Creek fossils is now withdrawn. 6. Cypreza Jonesiana, spec. nov. This is comparable with C. Archeri ; from the short variety of _ which it differs by being less tumid and proportionately narrower, from both varieties it differs by its gentle front slope similar to C. pyrulata, but it has not the produced posterior emargination of that species. 206 The spire is more or less concealed. The outer lip is broadly reflected, prominently’ margined, and is furnished with 20 prominent teeth ; the inner lip has 18 narrow elongate teeth. Dimensions.—Length, 17:5 ; width, 11; greatest height, 9, at 7 mm. from the posterior end. Localities. —Miocene ; Muddy Creek. Older Pliocene; Dry | Creek-bore, near Adelaide. The species-name is a public acknowledgment of the valuable aid rendered to geologic science in South Australia, more par- ticularly in reference to Tertiary Geology, by Mr. W. J. Jones, Conservator for Water. 7. Cyprea contusa, McCoy. Reference.—C. (Luponia) contusa, Pal. Vict., Decade V., tab. 49, figs. 3-3c, 4-4a@ (1877). Shell globular; spire slightly projecting, consisting of three slightly convex whorls, the apex obtuse and prominent ; anterior canal very short. Surface irregularly reticulated with small contusions or irregular polygonal bruise-like depressions. Dimensions.—Length, 30; proportional width, =73,; height, ON 10 Localities, —Eocene. Muddy Creek!; Schnapper Point !; (McCoy); River Murray Cliffs, rather common, but usually dwarfed ! 8. Cyprzea subpyrulata, spec. nov. Shell cylindroid or narrowly oval-oblong ; spire exposed, the rounded periphery of the penultimate whorl exsert and constricted above and below ; the body-whorl arises abruptly from the suture with a well-rounded curve to the highest point of the low back, which is a little behind the middle; surface smooth. Aperture rather wide, shortly loop-like behind, without a dis- tinct posterior canal, anteriorly produced into a short straight beak with effuse lips. Outer lip margined, inconspicuously re- flected, denticulated (about 25), shghtly roundly-extending beyond the spire. Inner lip with a slight ridge-lke thickening at the anal insinuation and confluent with outer lip, there are about 20 long narrow tooth-ridges. Dimensions.—Length, 25:5 ; width, 13; height, 11. Locality.—Eocene ; Muddy Creek (common). This species is somewhat intermediate in outline between C. parallela and C. pyrulata; from the former it differs by its outer lip more arched and projecting behind, by its less abrupt front- truncation, and its short anterior canal; from the latter by its cylindroid outline. 9. Cyprea brachypyga, spec. nov. | Allied to C. subpyrulata, but is much attenuated to the front 207 and always small; the spire is exserted. In shape it varies from ellipsoid-cylindrical to cylindroid-subpyriform. ‘The outer lip is narrowly reflected, distinctly margined, emarginate but not canal- iculate behind, and provided with about 20 transverse teeth ; the inner lip has about 15 teeth. Dimensions.—Length, 15:5; width, 8; height, 7 (at 5-5 mm. from the posterior end). Localities.— Eocene ; Muddy Creek and Schnapper Point. 10. Cypreea pyrulata, spec. nov, Shell cylindroid-pyriform, inflated posteriorly and gradually tapering to the front ; spire more or less concealed, narrowly but deeply umbilicated, from the edge of which the whorl arises abruptly with a well-rounded curve to the highest point of the back, which is at about two-fifths the total length from the pos- terior end. Surface smooth or spirally lineate. Aperture rather wide, emarginate but not canaliculate behind, extending at the front into a short straight truncated beak. Outer lip narrowly inflected, not distinctly margined, transversely ridged (about 25), much-curved behind and projecting beyond the spire. Inner lip hardly thickened and not at all produced posteriorly, with about 20 dentate ridges. Dimensions of two examples.—Length, 27 and 24; width, 16 and 13:5; height, 13:5 and 11°5. Locality.— Eocene ; Muddy Creek (very common). 11. Cypreea Murraviana. spec. nov. Shell pyriform, back ventricose, abruptly rounded to the con- cealed faintly-depressed spire, tapering rapidly but not so abruptly to a straight, broadish, very short, truncated beak, which is rounded on the margins. Aperture narrow, gently curved posteriorly, the outer lip pro- jecting backwards into a short lobe with a thickened quadrate margin ; there is no anal canal. Outer lip broadly inflected, externally margined, with about 20 narrow tooth-ridges ; inner lip convexly rounded, with from 12 to 15 long slender ridges ; columella-plate narrov, ridged, anteriorly running out in an oblique tooth-like ridge to the extremity of the beak. Dimensions.—Length, 20; width, 14; height, 11-5 (at 875mm. from the posterior end). Localities. — Eocene. River Murray Cliffs!; near Mount Arapiles, Victoria (J. Dennant ). _ This fossil cowry resembles C. pyru/ata by its protuberant arched outer lip and the absence of a posterior canal, but differs by being more ventricose in the dorsal profile, more abruptly narrowed at front and by the much incrassated outer lip. From j 208 C. Archeri it differs in its globosely pyriform shape and the greater posterior curvature of the aperture. Among extra- limital species it makes a near approach, judging by illustrations, to C. inflata, Lamarck, of the English and Parisian Eocene, but is more abruptly attenuate to the front, and the aperture not so gradually arched behind. 12. Cyprza leptorhyncha, McCoy. Reference.—C. (Luponia) leptorhyncha, Pal. Vict., Decade V., tab. 49, fig. 1—le. (1877). Pyriform, ventricose ; spire exposed, deeply depressed ; outer — lip much arched and protuberant posteriorly, no distinct anal canal; anterior canal straight, short, narrowed and subtruncate at the front. Dimensions.—Length, 58 ; width, 36 ; height, 31. Localities. — Eocene. Muddy Creek !; River Murray Cliffs! Schnapper Point ! (McCoy) ; Cheltenham ! The author of the species compares it with C. inflata ant C. globularis, of the European Eocene, and with C. Haveri and C. Genei, Michelotti, of the Italian Miocene; but distinguishes it by the greatly inarched posterior end of the outer lip as well as the different form of the anterior beak. 13. Cyprzea ovulatella, spec. nov. Shell globose, abruptly descending to the broad flatly-convex — spire, less abruptly descending to the short truncate anterior canal, which is bevelled on the inner margin and somewhat effus- ively reflected. Aperture roundly-narrowed posteriorly, thence widening to the base of the anterior canal, which is almost closed by the approxim- ation of the large basal plications of each lip. Outer lip narrowly-reflected, flat, but with a sharply rounded exterior margin, furnished on the inner edge with from eight to ten strong tooth-ridges, the anterior one of which is oblique, and margins the left side of the canal. Inner lip with ten to eleven small transverse ridges ; the columella-plate is high, abruptly as- cending from the inner lip, bluntly crenate on the edge; columella with a strong fold, which runs out to the front of the anterior canal. Dimensions. Length, 11; width, 8-5; height, 7 (at 45mm. from the posterior end). Localities.—Kocene ; Aldinga Cliffs and Adelaide-bore. This species has a ‘general. resemblance to the recent Z'rivia ovulata, Lamarck, but the produced oe eh canal separates it generically. > 209 14. Cyprsea eximia, @. B. Sowerby. References.—Sow. in Strzelecki’s ‘‘ New South Wales,” p. 296, tab. 19, figs 1—3 (1845). C. (Aricia) eximia (Sow.), McCoy, Pal. Vict., Dec. ITI., tabs. 28, 29, figs. 2—2b (1876) Pyriform, ventricose posteriorly, beaked at both ends, abruptly and obtusely subtruncate over the flat almost-concealed spire, tapering gradually into a long convex straight beak, which is sup- ported on each side by a narrow triangular, straight and sharp- edged, plate-like extension of the base. At the base of the beak on each side of its upper aspect is an oblong rounded tubercle. The posterior canal is shorter than the anterior one, supported by a flange-like extension of the base, slightly upturned and bent to the left ; its right side is broader, and carries an oblong tubercle. Outer lip inflected, strongly toothed on the inner margin ; inner lip with narrow deep sulci, with broad intervening flat ridges. Columella without an internal plate-like extension. Dimensions. saenien varying noe about 100 to 65 cae ; the oper enal * eeeing =59.; height length of snout of anal canal, 58°, but variable. Localities.—Eocene. Muddy Creek!; Schnapper Point!; Fyansford, and three miles west of Gellibrand River (McCoy). Well-sinking at Franklin, near Launceston (Strzeleckz), at a depth of 140 feet ; Table Cape (//obart Mus.). This species is the type of a section not represented in living creation, though having a general resemblance to C. wmbilicata, Sow., constituting Josseaume’s Section Umbilia, which may be characterised by the dentate-sulcated inner lip, not denticulate- ridged, as pointed out by G. B. Sowerby in his description of it. Sowerby’s comparison was with C. Scottw, C. wmbilicata being at that time yet unknown. Both Sowerby’s and McCoy’s figures show the anal canal bent to the right, whereas all of several specimens which I have had under examination have it twisted in the opposite direction. > 100 > We ait 15. Cyprzea sphzrodoma, spec. nov. A near alliance of C. eximia, but differs by its globose body- whorl, also by the abrupt sinistral curvature of the posterior- third of the aperture and the strong torsion of the posterior canal In other particulars there is a close agreement. Dimensions.—Total length, 84 ; length, excluding canals, 46 ; width, 48 ; height, 40. The proportional measures of these two closely-related species are— Length (excl. canals). Width. Height. C. eximia +h, 100 82 70 C. spherodoma ... 100 104 87 O 210 Localitves.—Kocene. Kiver Murray Cliffs, near Morgan! ; Muddy Creek! (J. Dennant). Var.? The example from Muddy Creek is of the length of about five and a-quarter inches and has the inflated back of the type, but otherwise it presents differential characters, which might from an extreme point of view be regarded as of sectional value, though I am inclined to consider them as the result of individual variation of an extreme senile growth. The anterior canal is longer and slightly curved upwards, but the basal flanges are broad and acutely rounded on the edge ; there are no basal tubercles. The posterior canal is the same, except that the basal flanges are flatly, broadly, and thinly ex- panded. But the chief differences belong to the aperture ; on the columella-side the base is broad and flatly-rounded to the inner margin, which carries about thirty short, convex, dental ridges, about equal in width to the interspaces ; the outer lip, instead of being convexedly inflected, is flat or slightly concavedly-declinous from the exterior to the inner margin, on the latter of which there are about thirty sharply-rounded narrow dental ridges be- coming effaced at from one-half to one-third the width from the inner margin. Thus the chief exceptional characters are the short teeth and flat inner lip, replacing the dental-sulcations on a steeply-inclined area, in which regard this variety makes a con- necting link between C. exumia and C. wmbilicata. Dimensions.—Length, 135; width, 75; height, 55; length of anterior canal, 35; of posterior canal, 25. 16. Cyprzea toxorhyneha, spec. nov. Resembles C. eximia, but differs by its high steep-sided back and bent canals. The back is very ventricose, abruptly rounded to the flat almost-concealed spire, abruptly tapering to the anterior canal ; the left side is very steep, but the right is less abrupt. The pos- terior canal, viewed from above, is very broad at the base, with thick rounded margins, the beaked-portion is broadly convex, not upturned though slightly bent ; its margins are much thickened, the inner side extends beyond the other; there is no basal tubercle. The anterior canal is supported by a thick round- edged extension of the base, and has no basal tubercles ; the canal is cylindroid, almost closed, much upturned and slightly bent to the left. Dimensions.—Total length, 94; length from spire to base of anterior canal, 55 ; width, 47 ; height, 43. The relative propor- tions to the length of the shell, exclusive of the canals, of the two species are as follows :— | C'. exumia—Length, 100; width, 82 ; height, 70. C'. toxorhyncha—Length, 100 ; width, 85; height, 78. 211 ° Though these proportionals indicate a wider and higher shell for C. toxorhyncha, yet they fail to express the striking differences in the profiles of the two species. Locality.—Eocene ; Muddy Creek (J. Dennant ). 17. Cyprza platypyga, McCoy. Reference.—C. (Aricia) platypyga, Pal. Vict., Decade IIL, tab. 30, figs. 1—1c (1876). This somewhat oblong-pyriform shell is remarkable for its short, extremely wide, subtruncate, posterior beak; the right side of which is much wider than the more-pointed left side. Dimensions.—Length, 75; width, 45; height, 39. Localities.—Eocene. Schnapper Point! (McCoy); Muddy Creek !; Table Cape (2. I. Johnston ). 18. Cypreea consobrina, McCoy. Reference.—C. (Aricia) consobrina, Pal. Vict., Dec. V., tab. 49, figs. 2-—2c (1877). “Related to C. platypyga, but is more oval, much shorter canals a concealed spire. Length, 2 inches 8 lines ; width, 5% ; height, 58. Very rare at the Moorabool River.” —McCor y. Erroneously quoted as occurring in the River Murray Cliffs. 19. Cypreea platyrhyneha, McCoy. Reference.—C. (Aricia) platyrhyncha, Pal. Vict., Dec. III., tab. 30, figs. 2—20 (1876). Pyriform, gradually tapering to a broad, flat, elongate truncated beak ; posterior canal short and abruptly reflexed; spire con- cealed ; anterior part of aperture with a few small obtuse teeth, the rest edentulous. Dimensions.—Length, 100; width, 47 ; height, 43 ; length of anterior canal, 25. Localities.—Eocene. Bird-Rock Bluff Spring Creek (J/cCoy) ; Table Cape (2. M. Johiston). 20. Cyprzeea amygdalina, spec. nov. Shell broadly oval, with a moderately low convex back, highest at about three-sevenths from the posterior end, thence flatly convex to the abrupt margin of the slightly- sunken concealed spire; the anterior portion tapers gradually to the short, straight, broad, subtruncated canal. The posterior canal is short, though prominent, obtuse, slightly upturned, and bent to the left. Aperture rather wide, the hinder part g gently arched to the left. Outer lip flatly rounded, broadly inflected, with about twenty short rounded teeth on the inner margin, Sehich are somewhat evanescent posteriorly. The base on the right side is very broad in the middle, concavely sloping at the aperture, which is fur- 212 nished in the anterior-half with about eight obtuse tubercles, sometimes shortly prolonged on to the base, and towards the pos- terior end with four or five elongated teeth, the rest of the inner lip obsoletely denticulate. The columella is rounded, not inter- nally extending in the form of an erect plate. Dimensions.—Length, 57 ; width, 36; height, 28. Locality.— W ell- sinking i in the Mur ray Desert. This species is not much unlike C. Mappa, but it has a different dorsal and transverse outline. 21. Cyprea gigas, McCoy. References.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 438 oe C. (Aricia) gigas, Pal. Vict., Decade | IT., tab. 15, ‘tab. 16, fig. 2, tabs. 17 and Loy fre 1 (1875) ; Dee. FIT, ‘tabs, 28 and 29, ‘fig. 1 (1876). Shell very large, oval, back very gibbous, roundly sloping at both ends ; anterior canal deep, narrow, elongate, projecting up- wards ; posterior canal obliquely truncate, reflexed upwards, and adherent to the spire. Base flattened, oval, much thickened ; inner lip rounded, smooth within, flattened near the anterior canal ; outer lip inflected, tumid, broad, with nine or ten obsolete obtuse teeth near the anterior end and a few near the posterior end. Sie tain pe 8 inches; proportional width, 55%; height, 53,%- Localities.—Muddy Creek, Schnapper Point, and near the mouth of the Gelibrand River (McCoy). Casts probably of this species, River Murray Cliffs. This is the largest known Cowry, living or fossil. 22. Cyprezea dorsata, spec. nov. Shell very large, spheroidal ; abruptly rounded at both ends, inflatedly rounded at the sides; spire concealed. Anterior canal deep, narrow, short, upturned, obliquely truncate ; posterior canal rather broad, deep, short, confluent with the spire. Base as in C. gigas. Dimensions.—Length, 95; width, 75; height, 65. Localities.—Kocene. Muddy Creek (J. Dennant) ; Schnapper Point (#. T7.). This rival, in point of size, to C. gigas (as it attains to con- siderably larger dimensions than those of the type-specimen) 1s separable from it by its spheroidal form and very short anterior canal; it stands to that species in much the same way that C. decipiens does to C. Thersites. 23. Cyprzea gastroplax, McCoy. veference.—C'. (Aricia) gastroplax, Pal. Vict., Decade IT., tab. 16, fig. 1; tabs. 17 and 18, fig. 2; 1875. 213 “The enormously extended circular thin flange into which the base is extended renders this cowry totally unlike any previously known living or fossil species. Length and width of body-whorl 24 and 2 inches ; with disc length ‘and width 4} inches. Spire small, blunt, of two volutions. Rather rare at Mornington, Hobson’s Bay.” —McCoy. GENusS TRIVIA. SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES. Shell cross-ribbed. Shell globose, with linear dorsal furrow. l. 7. avellanoides. Shell oblong, with large dorsal smooth area. 2. 7’. erugata. Shell smooth, without cross-ribs, globose. 3. 7. pompholugota. 1. Trivia avellanoides, McCoy. 1876. Cyprea (Trivia) avellanoides, McCoy, Pal. Vict., Decade ITI., tabs. 28, 29, figs. 3—3e. 1877. Trivia Europea (Montfort), Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, p. 91. 1879. Trivia minima, 7'enison- Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, vol. [V., p. 4, tab. 1, fig. 8. 1884. Trivia avellanoides ( McCoy y), Tate, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasm., p- 209; id., Johnston, p. 222. Shell thin, oval-globose ; surface ornamented with very narrow, sharply defined, thread-like ridges, which are usually interrupted by a narrow smooth space along the middle line of the back. As pointed out by McCoy, it is much more globose and has much fewer and more distant cross-ribs than 7". australis ; but it is the counterpart of 7’. avellana, Sow., of the English Crags (hence its specific name), distinguishable especially by its uni- formly shorter and more spheroidal form. Tenison-Woods referred dwarfed examples of this species to T. Europea, from which it is separable by much the same char- acters as it is from 7’. australis. Tenison-Woods figures and describes an early stage of growth of this species as 7’. minima, relying for a differential character on the absence of a dorsal division between the ridges ; he judged, moreover, the shell to be an adult because of the thickened lips, overlooking the fact that 7'rivia, unlike Cyprea, exhibits no shell- metamorphosis. An examination of many small examples of T. avellanoides permits me to state that the smooth dorsal area does not begin to develop until the shell has reached a length of about eight millimetres. Dimensions.—Length of a large specimen, 31; the average 214 proportional width is 5755, height, ;%°,; but dwarfed examples of from 10 to 15 mm. are more common. Localities.—This is one of the commonest and most widely diffused species of the Australian Eocene-beds. Sourn Avusrra- LiA.—River Murray Cliffs; Turritella-clays, Aldinga-cliffs ; bore at Adelaide. Vicrorta.—Schnapper Point !, Muddy Creek! and Corio Bay ! (McCoy) ; Spring Creek! Tasman1a.—Table Cape! ; and Turritella-limestones, Flinders’ Island (Johnston ). . 2. Trivia erugata, spec. nov. Shell thin, narrowly oblong, spire concealed. The back is broadest and highest near the posterior end, is depressedly convex in a longitudinal direction, abruptly sloping to the posterior end, but more gently to the front; the right side is rather steep, medially slightly depressed, the left side is more convex. In young shells the median constriction is very pronounced, and the spire 1s prominently exsert. The aperture is narrow ; the outer lip narrowly thickened and indistinctly margined, it is slightly incurved medially, rounded at the extremities, and ornamented with about 25 teeth. The cross-ribs are evanescent at about half the length of the sides, being thus interrupted by a large oval smooth dorsal area. Dimensions.—Length, 5:5 ; greatest width, 3 ; and height, 2:5. Locality.—Lowermost horizon of the Muddy Creek-section. T. erugata differs from known, recent and fossil, species by the combination of an oblong shape with a large smooth dorsal area. 3. Trivia pompholugota, spec. nov. Shell globose, smooth and shining, abruptly descending to the excessively short anterior canal and to the slightly-projecting spire. Aperture moderately wide, rounded behind. Outer lip slightly projecting behind, narrowly thickened and inflected, minutely wavy-wrinkled, margined externally, provided with sixteen stout elevated ridges ; inner lip with a keel-like margin, which is tuber- culate-dentate (eight tubercles in the anterior-half and sixteen in two rows in the posterior-half); the columella-plate is high, flatly- concave, smooth, and reaches to the front. Dimensions.—Length, 7:5; width, 5:5; height, 5. Locality.—Adelaide-bore. The apertural characters, which, however, indicate a somewhat adolescent shell, are those rather of 7’rivia than Cyprea. Genus Erato. The affinities of this genus are considered by some concholo- gists to be with Marginella, but I revert to its location in the Family Cypreide. 215 SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES. Back without a longitudinal furrow | Eraro, sensw stricto]. Columella spirally ridged at the front ; aperture narrow. Pyriform-oval; spire very short. 1. E. minor. Fusiform-oval ; spire elevated. 2. E australis. Columella ending in a strong spiral plait; aperture mode- rately wide. Pyriform-oval. Outer lip squarely shouldered behind. 3. E. pyrulata. Outer lip roundly sloping behind, more attenuated to the front. 4. FE. Morningtonensis. Cylindric-oblong. 5. L. duplicata Back with a longitudinal sulcus [ Eraropsts]. Columella tooth-ridged at the front ; shell pyriform-oval. | £. wlota. SPECIES EXCLUDED. E.? octoplicata (Woods), Tate, is a true Marginella as originally placed. 1. Erato minor, Jaze. Reference.—Trans. Roy. Soc. 8, Aust., vol. I., p. 96, 1878. Shell minute, shining, triangularly pear-shaped, rather tumid, abruptly narrowed in front; spire short, obtusely pointed, the terminal whorls narrow and flat. Aperture narrow, straight, emarginate behind. Outer lip roundly inflected with about fifteen denticles, broadly and varicosely reflected on the body- whorl, callously spreading behind on the penultimate whorl ; the varicose reflection is minutely granulate or pustulate. The outer lip is squarely curved behind, and ascends to about the middle of the penultimate whorl. The columella has five crowded, slender, oblique ridges at the front, which are succeeded by denticles for the greater part of the rest of the lip. Dimensions.—Length, 4; width, 2-5; height, 2°25 (at 1:25 from the posterior end). Localities.—Kocene. Muddy Creek; River Murray Clifts, near Morgan; probably Table Cape and Schnapper Point (the single specimen from each locality not satisfactorily determined), Worn specimens are similar to L. Sandwicensis, Pease, but are broader, and more inflated posteriorly with a shorter and more abrupt spire ; the resemblance to £. nana is greater, but the broader squared-shoulder distinguishes the fossil. Unworn examples are like to a dwarfed Z. lachyrma, except for the conspicuous pos- terior angulation of the outer lip. 216 Marginella macula, mihi, a cohabitant species, very closely simulates this Hato. 2. Erato australis, 7'a/c. Reference.—Op. cit., p. 96, 1878. Shell elongate-oval, fusiform, acute at both ends ; spire acutely conical, rather elevated. Whorls five, body-whorl rotundately angled in front of the suture and constrictedly attenuated at the front. Spire-whorls slightly convex, ending abruptly in a small flattened pullus of one and a-half exceedingly narrow whorls. Aperture rather narrow, slightly insinuated behind, narrowed at the front. Outer lip moderately thickened and _ inflected, ascending to the middle of the penultimate whorl, with about 20 tooth-ridges. Columella with four (usually), slender, oblique rounded thread-like ridges succeeded behind by a few denticles (not always developed). Dimensions.—Length, 8; width, 4:25; height, 4 (at 4 mm. from the akan end). Aldinga Cliffs and Adelaide- bore (very coluiuen) ; rare at Spring Creek ! 38. Erato pyrulata, spec. nov. Shell pyriformly ovate, tumid, the right side steeply sloping, the left somewhat inflated; highest near the posterior end, steeply rounded to the very short spire of three depressed whorls (in senile examples, callously covered), rapidly attenuated to the front. Aperture moderately wide, nearly straight, but widest and emarginate behind, narrowed to the short anterior canal. Outer lip thickened and reflected, its inner margin with from 14 to 16 short prominent tooth-ridges; bent at right angles to meet the spire on which it extends or projects beyond it, thence it is straight to the front. Inner lip angulated, with small denticles on the keel behind the twisted columella-plait which runs out on the short beak as an elevated margin. Dimensions.—Length, 7:5; width, 5; height, 4 (at 2°5 mm. from posterior end). ga Cliffs and Adelaide-bore. LE. pyrulata is not well placed generically, its terminal spiral plait on the columella, running out to form the left margin of a slightly effuse canal, recalls Margiunella and Cyprea, and to some extent Ovulum ,; but as it presents, in the adult, the characteris- tic angulated and denticulated inner lip of Hrato, IT am unwilling to establish a new genus for it and the two following species —_— ee oe el ee ee ee eS oe 217 possibly on a more extended knowledge of the recent and fossil species of Hrato, this may prove a desirable course. The denticles on the two lips appear when the adult stage is reached, but the columella-plait belongs to all ages. In its adolescent stage this species resembles Marginella edentula, mihi, a more inflated shell with a convex pillar. The present species differs in shape, being broader and more truncated behind, from all living forms. 4. Erato Morningtonensis, spec. nov. Similar to #. pyrulata, but is not so tumid, has a longer and more gradually attenuated body-whorl, is more pointed behind, the outer lip with a broadly-rounded shoulder and slightly incurved towards the front. The columella has only two or three denticles behind the ter- minal plait. Dimensions.—Length, 6; width, 3:5; height, 3 (at 2:5 mm. from the posterior end). The proportional measures of the two species are :— £. Morningtonensis—Length, 100; width, 58:3; height 50. £. pyrulata—Length, 100; width, 71:4; height, 57:1. Locality.— Eocene clays ; Schnapper Point, near Mornington. 5. Erato duplicata, Johiston. Reference.—Geol. Tasmania, tab. 31, fig. 14; no description 1888). ; Shel minute, cylindric-oblong, bluntly pointed at both ends’; dorsal profile, flatly convex on the right, rounded and narrower on the left ; spire very short and blunt. Aperture moderately wide, nearly straight. Outer lip nar- rowly inflected, somewhat abruptly arched behind, spreading cal- lously on the spire ; denticulate ridges narrow, about 14. Inner lip slightly angled, with a row of small denticles on the keel, exterior to which are a few scattered denticles and ridges forming an irregular outer row. Columella extending internally as a high, slightly concave, smooth plate, the anterior edge of which runs out into an oblique plait, sulcate at the tip, margining the anterior canal. The high columella-plate with its anterior plait-like margin re- calls Cyprea ; but as the unique example seems somewhat imma- ture it may be unsafe to speculate on its probable generic position, and so | leave it as originally placed. Dimensions.—Length, 5°30; width, 3:5; height, 3. Locality.— Eocene ; Table Cape (2. M. Johnston /). 6. Erato (Eratopsis) illota, spec. nov. Shell minute, pyriform-ovate ; spire short, obtusely pointed ; 218 whole shell, except a broad dorsal sulcus, covered with a smooth enamel. Outer lip broadly inflected, not margined, smooth, with eighteen to twenty narrow tooth-ridges; inner lip with three stout oblique ridges at the front, which are succeeded by denticles. Dimensions.—Length, 4; width, 3; height, 2°5. Locality.—Miocene ; Muddy Creek. The few specimens under observation are slightly worn, and may be mistaken for rolled examples of #. minor. In Hratopsis it comes nearest in shape to #. nana, but it is broader, shorter, and not granulated. FAMILY OVULIDA. Grnus SrImniA, fissoa (1826). Simnia (Neosimnia) exigua, spec. nov. Shell narrow-elongate, a little more than four times at long as wide, shortly rostrate, and straight at both ends; tapering reg- ularly towards the bluntly-rounded posterior end from a point between a third and a fourth of the whole length from the front; obliquely subtruncated anteriorly. Viewed from above, the left profile is slightly arched, being almost straight ; on the right it 1s nearly straight in the medial-third, thence gently curving to the extremities, but more rapidly behind than to the front. The sur- face is smooth, and beautifully spirally wavy-striate. The aperture is very narrow behind, gradually widening from about the middle to near the front, where it again narrows, though somewhat dilated. Columella distinct, sharply truncate in front, with a wide canal; posteriorly with a strong oblique callous fold. Outer lip thickened, margined externally, edentulous, medially straightish, gently curved to the very short effusively dilated posterior canal, abruptly curved to the short anterior canal. Dimensions.—Total length, 11:5; greatest width, 2°75; height, 2. Locality.— Eocene ; Muddy Creek. By its narrow outline and short rostral prolongations the pre- sent species comes nearest to S. acicularis, Lamarck, of the West Indies, but apart from the posterior fold it appears to be a nar- rower shell; S. /anceolata, Sow., is narrower, but the extremities are longer in proportion to the enrolled portion of the shell, and it lacks the posterior fold. Not one of the recent species included in the Section Neosimnia has the narrow profile of this fossil- species ; Dall* remarks of Meosimnia that “it is a convenient section of Simnia, but the distinction between the two is very * Blake-Mollusca, vol. II., p. 234. 219 slight in some species, and it sometimes happens that one might easily assign the same species to one or the other, according to the stage of growth which it has attained.” Having regard to the opinion of this distinguished conchologist, I have made my com- parisons among species of the genus in its widest acceptation. FAMILY SCALARIID. The Australian Tertiary species of this family belong to two well-defined genera, Crossea and Scalaria. Crossea contains the turbinate species with an entire peristome, the columella slightly produced and infolded to form a short canal, the umbilicus more or less concealed or margined by a funicular rib ; the genus has certain affinities conchologically with Lthalia, and some species of Avssoina and Lacuna simulate it in their apertural characters. Scalaria, used in its widest sense, contains the more or less pyramidal species, without the canaliculate aperture ; it numbers about 400 species, recent and fossil, and there is great need for the dismemberment of the genus to facilitate specific reference. The Eocene-species of France have been arranged by MM. De Boury and Cossmann into several genera and numerous subgenera ; and though the subdivision is perhaps rather strained, yet I have largely availed myself of their classification in the elaboration of our Tertiary species. I do not altogether appreciate the relative values of their genera and subgenera ; and find it convenient to admit only Scalaria as of generic value, though its species seem to fall naturally into two chief groups—Scalaria (sensu stricto) with an entire aperture and Aczrsa with its incomplete peristome. Genus Crossea A. Adams (1865). SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES. Outer lip plain; shell depressed turbinate; spire-whorls punctate. sl. C.princepa. Outer lip variced. Conic-turbinate, lirate. 2. C. sublabiata. Globose-turbinate, smooth or obsoletely linear-sulcate at the base. . 3. C. lauta. EXCLUDED SPECIES. Crossea parvula, Z’enison- Woods, is transferred to Collonia, “t9?4 The genus has hitherto been unknown in a fossil state, being represented by six species, two inhabiting Japanese and four the Australian seas. These species fall into three sections, to two of which the fossil-species belong ; all are briefly indicated in the following synopsis :— 220 I. Shell with several varices. C. Pa ari A. Adams. Recent; Japan. II. Shell with a variced lip. C. labiata, Tenison-Woods. Recent ; Tasmania, 8. Australia. C’. sublabiata, Tate. Eocene; Australia. C. lauta, Tate. Miocene ; Australia. III. Shell with a simple lip. 1. Whorls punctate (at the least the posterior ones). C.. concinna, Angas. Recent ; N.S. Wales. C. princeps, Tate. Eocene ; Australia. 2. Whorls cancellate. C. bellula, A. Adams. Recent; Japan. C’. cancellata, Tenison-Woods. Recent ; Tasmania. C’. striata, Watson. Recent; N.E. Australia. 1. Crossea princeps, spec. nov. Shell depressedly conoidal, rather solid, polished, of five rounded whorls. Apex of one and a half smooth narrow depressed concave whorls ; the next whorl is flattened in the posterior-half and orna- mented with a few spiral rows of large punctations. With the revolution of the spire the rapidly increasing whorls become con- vex, the lines of punctations increase, and the punctures become - smaller and numerous; finally at about the half-turn of the penul- timate whorl the punctated ornament disappears. The last whorl is smooth, convex, finely transversely striated, and faintly spirally lined ; whilst the anterior suture is bordered by a narrow, somewhat ascending ligatural band, which continues on to the penultimate for about a half-turn; afew spiral punctate strie appear on the base. Aperture circular, outer lip simple, inner lip double. Columella with a narrow triangular excavation on its inner face, extending from about the maddle position to the front, where it is inter- rupted by an oblique tooth-like plait, which defines the outer margin of a very short canal, phe hia by the basal funicular rib. The narrow umbilical chink is "Wordared by a rounded stout, elevated funicular rib, which ends at the inner basal angle of the aperture, and on which the apertural canaliculation is formed. Dimensions.—Length, 4.25 ; width, 4:25; height of aperture, 2:5; width of aperture, 2-25, Localities.—Eocene. Adelaide-bore !; River Murray Cliffs near Morgan !; Muddy Creek ! This neat species is the fossil analogue of C. concinna, Angas, but in that species the posterior whorls are sbi lirate and | 221 eancellate, whilst the ordinary spire-whorls are conspicuously and broadly flattened behind, but are without an infra-sutural liga- ture. 2. Crossea sublabiata, spec. nov. Synonym.—Crossea labiata, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, for 1876 (name only) ; 7d., Johnston, P. R. 8., Tasm., for 1884, p. 221. Shell conoidal-turbinate, somewhat solid; spire elevated ; whorls five, rounded, and distantly, irregularly and coarsely spirally-lirate ; suture distinct. Body-whorl relatively very large; aperture oval, posteriorly angulate, obtusely angled and obsoletely channelled at the columella-margin ; outer lip varicosely dilated. Umbilical chink narrow and deep, bordered by a rounded not very prominent funicular rib. Dimensions.—Length, 4; width, 2-5; height of aperture, 2°5 ; width of aperture, 1-5; unusually large specimens have a length of 5 mm. Localities—Kocene. Muddy Creek!; Table Cape (Hobart Mus. ). | The Table Cape-specimens of this fossil species were originally referred by Tenison-Woods to his C. labiata,;, and were subse- quently carefully compared by Mr. Johnston with an extensive collection of the living forms, who remarks, “‘ That although the fossil representatives are decidedly larger than the living ones, there are no characteristic differences between them so far as the tests are concerned, if we except the fact that in the living form the varix is generally sharper and more decidedly reflexed. In the fossil representatives the strize upon the varix are almost obsolete and consequently the latter has not that appearance which Mr. Woods describes as ‘fringe-like.’ So far as the trifling differences go, I must admit that they are sufficiently constant to enable a careful classifier to recognise the living from among the fossil representatives with a considerable degree of confidence.” After a minute comparison of an extensive suite of specimens of C. /abiata, including authentic examples from Tasmania, with many examples from Muddy Creek ; I can confidently endorse the opinions of Mr. Johnston, touching the differential characters of the two, though at the same time I fail to recognise the “fringe-like” varix described by Mr. Woods, probably his type is only an extreme individual development. In addition to the angular outer margin of the broader varix of the living species, I have recognised that the lirate ornament is very fine and close, whilst it is coarse and distant in the fossil. With these two characters one cannot fail to separate the living from its fossil representative—characters which I regard as of specific value. 222 I have not seen examples from Table Cape, but there cannot be any doubt ‘hat they are conspecific with the Muddy Creek types of C. sublabiata. 38. Crossea lauta, spec. nov. Shell globosely turbinated, with a large tumid body-whorl and very low broad conical spire. Whorls four, convex, smooth and shining. Body-whorl with a narrow infrasutural band and a few obsolete linear-sulcations at the base. Aperture broadly oval; outer lip stoutly variceally thickened, sharply margined behind; columella much arched ; umbilical chink wide and deep, bordered by a stout, rather sharply elevated, furnicular rib. Dimensions.—Length, 3; width, 3; height of aperture, 2; width of aperture, 1°5. Locality.— Miocene. Muddy Creek! C. Jauta somewhat resembles in shape C. princeps, but has a variced outer lip; in which latter character it agrees with C. labiata and C. sublabiata, but is readily distinguished from them by its globose profile. GENUS SCALARIA. SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES. I. Peristome entire ; no basal rib. ay . Shell costated, with or without varices ; aperture circular [CLuarHRus ]. No varices ; cost lamellar ; spirally lineate, t S. unterstriata. Shell variced ; spirally linear-punctate-grooved ; peristome thick [ Nopiscaua ]. Whorls subangular ; coste thick, evanescent behind. 2. S. basinodosa. bo Whorls rounded. Suture crenate-dentate ; coarsely punctured. 3. S. prionota. Suture plain ; finely punctated. 4. S. Hamultonensis. . Shell lamellate-costated ; with or without varices ; umbilical chink margined by a funicular rib adherent to the pillar [ CrisposcaLa ]. Lamelle distant, pointed behind; spirally lirate and striate. 5. 8. echinophora. SN) Il. Peristome entire ; base with a concentric rib. 4, Shell lamellate-costated, with or without varices ; impunct- ate; basal keel ending at inner angle of aperture adjac- ent to the funicular rib [C1rcuLoscata |. 223 Coste lamellose, near together. 6. S. foliosa. Coste filiform, varices prominent; fenestrated; whorls almost disjointed. re s. orycta. 5. Shell costated and variced, punctate ; basal keel ending at inner angle or middle position of aperture | Puncriscaa ]. Whorls medially angulated ; shell tur ae ; spirally finely- lirate, 3. S. loxopleura. Whorls not angulated. Shell elongate-turrited. Whorls convex, spirally lirate. 9; S. bulbulvfera. Whorls flattish, spirally lnear-sulcate. 10. S. eritima. Shell pyrimidal; whorls slightly convex, spirally wavy-striated, coste dentate at posterior suture. Pk, S. mocrorhysa. 6. Shell costated and variced, impunctate ; basal keel ending at outer angle of aperture [CrrsoTrEma ]. Coste filiform ; coarsely lirate, subgranose at intersections. 12. S. transenna. Costze lamellose ; spirally lirate and striated. Lamellz lamellose, straight-edged. 13. S. Marvae. Lamelle crowded, frilled. 14, S. plecophylla. IIL. Peristome incomplete. 7. Periphery angulated, aperture subquadrate, columella flat- tened and angulated in front, base lirate; shell thick, tessellated, without varices | Eexist1a ]. 15. S. triplicata. 8. Periphery angulated, aperture oval; shell thin, cancellated, with or without varices [ AcrILLA]. Base disk-like. Shell smooth, minutely umbilicated. 16. S. tnornata. Shell costated, imperfectly variced. 17. S. pachyplewra. Base subangulated and lirate. Coste filiform and distant. Whorls convex. Tessellated by equal lire and coste. 18. S. escharioides. Coste stout, lire slender; apical whorls angulated. 19. S. glyphospira. Cost thick ; spirally linear-suleate ; apical whorls bulbiform. 20. S. mutica. 224 Costee stout, lire feeble; pullus pyramidal, whorls convex. 21. S. cylindracea. Whorls shouldered, trilirate in front, smooth behind ; pullus subcylindrical. 22. S. gonioides. Coste lamelliform and crowded. 23. S. erebrelamellata. 9. Periphery rounded ; aperture oval; shell stout, costated, lirate and variced | Hemractrsa |. Coste and lire few and stout. 24, S. lampra. Costze and liree more numerous, slender. 25. S. polynema. 1. Sealaria (Clathrus) interstriata, sp. nov. Shell turrited, small, slender, acute, thin, translucent, imper- forate; ordinary whorls eight, convex, separated by a deep suture; nuclear whorls three, smooth, gradually attenuate to the tip. The transverse ornament consists of thin, moderately elevated, oblique lamelle which are continuous from whorl to whorl; there are 17 to each of the anterior whorls. Varices absent. The spiral sculpture consists of intercostal incised lines. Aperture circular ; peristome entire ; outer lip thin, reflected, formed by the last costal-lamella. Base convex, traversed by the costz, without a basal keel or funicular rib. Dimensions.—Length, 11; width, 3; diameter of aperture, 2. Locality.—Kocene ; Muddy Creek (J. Dennant ,; very rare). This is the oldest-known species of the subgenus, which accord- ing to M. de Boury did not appear till the Miocene ; from the Italian Miocene and Pliocene species, it is distinguished by its more numerous and thin cost. If we admit the subgenus Hyaloscala, De Boury (1890), which includes the thin and trans- parent species of Clathrus, then our fossil has few alliances, it most resembles the elate variety of S. Jukesiana, which has, how- ever, no intercostal spiral striations. 2. Sealaria (Nodiseala) basinodosa, spec. nur. Shell very small, slender, acute, solid, imperforate, with six ordinary whorls and two and a half smooth shining rounded nuclear whorls. : Spire-whorls slightly convex, with an angulated profile by reason of the medial enlargement of the coste. The spiral orna- ment consists of crowded punctated engraved lines, and a narrow band, crenated on the margin, at the anterior edge of the suture to which it is closely appressed. The transverse ornament con- sists of slightly angular and medially thickened ribs (12 on the penultimate whorl), which do not reach the posterior suture ; on 225 the anterior-half of the body-whorl, the ribs are reduced to stout nodosities. There are three stout varices on the spire. Aperture nearly circular ; peristome complete with a groove around its inner margin, the exterior of the outer lip formed by the very thick varix ; base rounded. Dimensions.—Length, 4:5; width, 1; height of aperture, 1. Locality.—Eocene ; Muddy Creek (one ex. ). This species is separable from S. Hamiltonensis, by its smaller size, slenderness, and discontinuity of the cost, ec. This and the next two species I have referred to De Boury’s genus Vodiscala, despite the absence of a basal disk, though some of De Boury’s species which have the disk feebly developed may be regarded as connecting these extreme forms with the typical species. 3. Sealaria (Nodiseala) prionota, spec. nov. Shell turrited, slender, acute, stout, imperforate; ordinary whorls eight, slightly convex, costated and sparsely variced ; nuclear whorls unknown. The transverse ornament consists of stout rounded nearly straight costee, which are a little produced upon and adpressed to the preceding whorl, so that the sutural line is conspicuously sinuate-dentate ; on the body-whorl they extend on to the base, are a little angulated and nodosely enlarged at the periphery. There is only one varix on the spire. The spiral ornament con- sists of very narrow flat threads, with linear punctated inter- spaces (about 20 on penultimate whorl), which are continuous across the coste. _ Aperture obliquely oval; peristome entire, grooved around ; the exterior lip formed by the very thick varix. Base rounded, without carina or special sculpture. Dimensions.—Length, 8; width, 2°5; length of aperture, 2. Locality.— Eocene. Muddy Creek (one ex.). S. prionota differs from S. Hamltonensis in being less slender, coarsely punctated, and by its crenate-dentate suture. 4. Sealaria (Nodiseala) Hamiltonensis, spec. nov. Shell elongate-turrited, acute, stout, imperforate ; ordinary whorls seven; flatly convex, costated and sparsely variced, suture linear ; nuclear whorls two, smooth, rounded. The trans- verse ornament consists of thick, filiform, nearly straight coste, slightly attenuated at the posterior suture, but continuous from whorl to whorl ; on the anterior-half of the body-whorl, they are slightly nodosely elevated in the middle, but are evanescent at the base ; there are about 10 on the body-whorl, but about 12 on the penultimate-whori. Varices very irregularly disposed rarely more than two or three on the spire. \ 226 The spiral ornament consists of crowded regular linear punct- ated grooves. Aperture oval, oblique, almost lunate ; peristome entire, with a groove around its inner margin, outside of which is the punct- ated face of the very thick varix. Base convex or slightly de- pressed, without a distinct basal keel. Dimensions.—Length, 8; width, 2-25 ; length of aperture, 2. Locality.— Eocene. Muddy Creek (not rare). 6. Sealaria (Crisposeala) echinophora, spec. nov. Shell broadly turrited, thin, acute, imperforate, with eleven normal whorls and three smooth shining tumid nuclear whorls. Spire-whorls very convex, but by reason of the posterior trun- cation of the costz the profile is gradated. The transverse ornament consists of numerous (about 20 on the anterior whorls) oblique, elevated, frilled, lamelliform coste, usually composed of two or three connate lamelle ; the cost are roundly shouldered at the posterior two-thirds, and are extended there into an erect short-lanceolate plate ; there are no proper varices. The spiral ornament consists of broad, subacute, prominent lire ; the angular and narrow interstitial furrows are sculptured by a few distant linear spiral grooves. Aperture circular; peristome complete ; columella margined externally by a narrow funicular rib which runs-out to the tip of the slightly flattened and expanded columella; the base is rounded. Dimensions.—Length, 20 (estimated) ; width, including coste, 6 ; width of aperture, 3. Localitres.—Eocene. River Murray Cliffs!; Corio Bay, near Geelong ! S. echinophora has some analogy with Crisposcala jwnctilamella of the Paris-basin, but it is more elongated, and is further dis- tinguished by its frilled lamelle and spiral lire. It might be mistaken for S. foliosa, S. Marie, or S. plecophylla ; but the ab- sence of a basal keel at once separates it. 6. Sealaria (Cireuloseala) foliosa, spec. nov. Shell rather large, somewhat thin, imperforate. Similar to S. echinophora, but the lamelle are more numerous (25 and two thick varices on the body-whorl), less apiculate at the rounder shoulder. Aperture nearly circular, a little higher than wide ; peristome complete ; outer lip broadly and varicosely expanded, crenated on the sharp margin. Columella margined by a funicular rib, in close contiguity to which is a revolving rib which terminates at the inner angle of the aperture. 227 This species is intermediate between Criposcala and Circuloscala, the basal rib which is in an alignment with the posterior angle of the aperture terminates a little in front of the umbilical funic- ulus, and not at the outer angle of the aperture, as in Circa- loscala. It has very distinctive characters, though simulating Crisposcala echinophora and Cirsotrema pleiophylla. Dimensions.—Length, unknown ; height of body-whorl, 8 ; width of body-whorl, 6 ; of aperture, 2°25. Locality.— Blue clays at Schnapper Point ! 7. Sealaria (Cireuloseala) oryeta, spec. nov. Shell rather thin, elongate, imperforate ; whorls very convex, almost disunited, variced, tessellated by thick spiral lire and ‘fili- form cost. The spiral ornament consists or broad flat equidistant lire alternating with smooth and somewhat-wider interspaces ; on the penultimate whorl, there are five medial threads, succeeded an- teriorly by four narrower ones, and on the posterior area there are about eight threads. The transverse ornament consists of slightly-arched filiform costee which by intersection with the lire produce rectangular in- terspaces on the medial and anterior areas; there are two thick filiform varices to each whorl. Aperture circular; peristome entire; base rounded, inter- rupted by a raised convex anti-peripheral rib, dentate-serrated by the coste passing across it; columella margined by an adherent funicular rib. The species has very distinctive characteristics. Dimensions.—Length, unknown ; width of body-whorl, 3:5 ; height of body-whorl, 5:5 ; of aperture, 2:5. Locality.—Eocene ; Muddy Creek! 8. Sealaria (Punetiseala) loxopleura, spec. nov. Shell stout, rather slender, imperforate ; ordinary whorls six, medially subangulated, separated by a well-defined linear suture; apical whorls unknown. The spiral ornament consists of numerous (about 20 on the penultimate whorl) crowded undulose threadlets, separated by slightly-narrower punctated linear grooves. The transverse ornament consists of stout-filiform, oblique and slightly-bent costz (about 20 on the penultimate whorl), which are crenulated by the spiral lire ; there are about three very prominent oblique varices on the spire. Base angulated by a broadish depressed keel which is nodosely- crenulated by the coste ; the area in front of the basal keel is slightly concave and concentrically lirate. Aperture circular ; 228 peristome entire, the outer margin of which is bordered by the punctate-lirate face of an elevated varix. Dimensions.—Length, 5 ; width, 1-5. Locality.—Kocene ; Adelaide-bore (4 exs.). 9. Sealaria (Punctiseala) bulbulifera, spec. nov. Shell small, slender, acute, solid, imperforate ; ordinary whorls seven and a-half, moderately convex ; nuclear whorls two, smooth, very tumid, disproportionately large, the last one and a-half forming an obtuse bulbiform apex to the spire. The spiral sculpture consists of linear sulcations or flattened crowded threads (about 15 on the penultimate whorl); the ex- tremely narrow interspaces are punctate, at least those on the last and penultimate whorls. The transverse ornament consists of rather stout, subacute medially thickened, slightly oblique cost, about 10 on each of the anterior whorls ; and of elevated, narrow rounded varices, two on each whorl. The spiral threads pass across the cost but are interrupted by the varices. Aperture circular, with a groove around its inner margin, out- side of which is the punctate-striated anterior face of the elevated varix. Base slightly concave, defined by a strong keel, concen- trically finely striated. Dimensions.—Length, 6; breadth, 2; aperture, 1. Locality.—Eocene ; not rare at Muddy Creek ; worn and pro- bably derived in Miocene-beds at the same place. 10. Sealaria (Punctiseala) eritima, spec. nov. Shell stout, elongate, acute, imperforate ; ordinary whorls 11, flatly convex, suture partially concealed by the crenatedly-extended margin of the preceding whorl ; apical whorls three, very convex, of gradual increase. The spiral ornament consists of punctated linear sulecations (about 20 on the penultimate whorl), rather crowded in front of the suture, but about twice the width of the linear furrows on the rest of the whorl. The transverse ornament consists of nearly straight, rather thick and elevated, convex cost, slightly denticulatedly-produced at the posterior suture, but are in an alignment from whorl to whorl; there are about 12 coste to a whorl, and five or six pro- minent varices on the spire; both costz and varices are crossed by the spiral grooves. Base angulated by a prominent keel, widely crenulated by the coste ; the anti-peripheral area is narrow and abruptly concave, somewhat undulose transversely, concentrically punctatedly- grooved. Aperture circular ;~peristome entire, with a groove around its t 229 inner margin, outside of which is the punctated-sulcated and transversely striated anterior face of the elevated varix. Dimensions.—Length, 13; width, 3; diameter of aperture, 1. Locality.—Eocene ; Muddy Creek ! 11. Sealaria (Punctiseala) mierorhysa, spec. nov. Shell stout, pyramidal, obtuse, imperforate ; ordinary whorls five and a-half, flatly convex ; suture deep, partially concealed by the protuberant costee of the preceding whorl ; apical whorls two and a-half, the median portion of the pullus very tumid and excentric, the tip is relatively very small and immersed. The spiral ornament consists of very slender, crowded, undulose threadlets ; the slightly-wider linear interspaces punctatedly-im- pressed. The transverse ornament consists of slightly-oblique, broad, convex cost, extending beyond the posterior suture of the anterior whorls in the form of blunt denticulations; there are about 14 cost on the penultimate whorl. The concave inter- costal spaces, which are a little wider than the cost, and the cost are transversely microscopically striated. There are no varices on the spire. Base angulated by a broad convex keel; the anti-peripheral area flat or very slightly concave, concen'rically striate, and faintly radially-ribbed. Aperture oval; peristome completed by a callous growth, but not double ; outer lip formed by a costa. Dimensions.—Length, 9°5 ; width, 3°25. Locality—Eocene. Bird-rock Bluff, Spring Creek, near Geelong (J. Dennant, very rare). The subgeneric position assigned to this species is not satis- factory, though the incompleteness of the aperture may merely indicate an adolescent stage of growth. 12. Sealaria (Cirsotrema) transenna. spec. nov. Shell large, elongate, stout, acute, imperforate, with 11 ordinary moderately convex whorls ; the nuclear whorls not known. | The spiral ornament consists of four or five stout filiform lire, one median and one on each side of it are about equidistant, the fourth is close to the third, whilst the exsert basal keel forms a fifth, margining the anterior suture, there are a few smaller threads on the posterior area ; the interliral spaces have three or four linear sulcations separated by broad flat threads. The transverse ornament consists of filiform cost, not so stout as the stronger lire, which produce slight nodulations at the intersections with the lire ; there are 25 costz on the penult- imate whorl, they are slightly oblique, equal, and equidistant. The posterior slope is transversely striated. There are two stout 230 filiform varices on the spire, they are longitudinally striated and crossed by the lire. The base is defined by a rounded peripheral keel ; ornamented by irregular-disposed, flat, concentric threads, which are more or less wrinkled, and radially striated and obsoletely costated. Aperture roundly oblong; peristome complete; columella slightly reflected and projecting, margined externally by a funicular rib; outer lip margined by a very stout varix, lirate and longitudinally striated. Dimensions.—Length, 21; width, 6; height of aperture, 4 ; width of aperture, 3. Locality.—Blue clays at Schnapper Point. Sealaria (Cirostrema) Mariz, Tate. References.—Caloscala Marie, Tate, Southern Science Record, January, 1885, p. 3; Cirsotrema Marie, De Boury, Etude sur les Sous Genres de Scalide, p. 40, 1887. Shell turrited, about three times as long as wide, imperforate; whorls numerous, convex, suture deep; transversely laminate- costated, variced, and spirally lirate. Costz lamellar, thin, equi- distant, increasing from about 12 to 20 in a whorl with the revol- ution of the spire. Varices conspicuous, more elevated than the costz, subacute on the edge, about one in a whorl, usually two, sometimes three on the body-whorl. Lire subacute, prominent, equidistant, about 10 ; the flattish interstitial furrows (a little wider than the lire) and the lire are sculptured with a few distant linear spiral grooves alternating with wider depressed threads. Body-whorl regularly convex to the peripheral rib; base con- cave, traversed by the costz and spirally striated. . Aperture circular ; peristome entire, varicosely thickened and reflected, with a groove around its inner margin; columella flatly expanded and slightly projecting at the front, where it is sup- ported by an umbilical funiculus which is limited behind by the penultimate varix. The posterior whorls are occasionally slightly angular, and their ribs and varices are usually subspinosely produced behind near the suture. Dimensions.—Length, about 35 ; breadth, 10°5; height of last whorl, 15 ; diameter of peristome 8, of aperture 5. Locality.—Kocene ; glauconitic limestones of Aldinga Bay. This species is the type of my subgenus Caloscala, which through inadequate appreciation of the characters of Cirsotrema I had thought to be different from it; M. de Boury says it is incon- testably a Cirsotrema, and that it has much affinity with Scalaria acuta, Sowerby, of the Hampshire and Parisian Eocene. S. acuta 231 has the whorls flatter behind and is (usually ?) without varices ; but S. Marie has nearer allies in S. Zelebori, Frauenfeld, and S. lyrata, Zittel. From the former it is easily separable by its fewer costie, distinct varices and more elevated and thinner lire ; from the latter by its more numerous and lamellated cost. | 14. Sealaria (Cirsotrema) pleiophylla, spec. nov. Shell hke Cirewloscala foliosa, but with a distinct basal keel. Its numerous frilled lamelle separate it from Cirsotrema Marie. There are two rounded apical whorls, the first of which is somewhat depressed, and about ten ordinary whorls ; there are 20 to 25 costze to a whorl. Dimensions.—Length, 20 ; width, 5:5. Localities.— Eocene. Adelaide-bore ; Corio Bay and Spring Creek, near Geelong. 15. Sealaria (Eglisia) triplicata, spec. nov. Shell moderately stout, turrited, about four times as long as wide, imperforate ; whorls about 15, of which the two nuclear ones are roundly angled and obscurely lirate, apex acute; the earlier spire-whorls medially angulate, the convexity becoming more and more tricarinate with the slow revolution of the spire, more contracted in front than behind. Suture distinct. The spiral ornament consists of three prominent elevated rounded lire, which are equidistant and approximate, the middle one is the stouter and is slightly in front of the middle line of the whorl; a small thread is interposed between the posterior carination and the suture. The transverse or axial ornament consists of thin slightly elevated lamelliform costz, equal and equidistant, about 25 to a whorl, are continuous from whorl to whorl and become wider apart with the revolution of the spire; the lamelle are oblique, but curved forward at and decurrent with the posterior suture. There are no varices. Body-whorl with four strong lire, the anterior one in an align- ment with the suture (though there concealed) forms a basal keel; base flatly convex, with about 10 concentric threads, crossed by radiating threads continuous with the lamelliform costee. Aperture squarely rounded, peristome incomplete; outer lip thin; columella reflected and slightly effusedly dilated at the front. Dimensions.—Length, 28; width, 7; height and width of aperture, 5. Localities.—Not uncommon in the Miocene-strata at Muddy Creek ; and at Red Bluff, Gippsland Lakes. Also Older Pliocene ; Croydon-bore, near Adelaide. I have attached this species to Hylisia, because of the close 232 resemblance, judging by figures, it bears to the recent LZ. tricarinata, and in a less degree to the extinct S. (Lglisia) unpar, Deshayes; from the first it is distinguished by the absence of a slight shoulder to the whorls and by its conspicuous tessellated orna- ment, whilst the latter species is quadrilirate and very small. Our Australian fossil presents many points of resemblance to Acrilla, but is devoid of the disk-like base ; and as a whole the characters are rather those of Scalaria than of T'urritella. 16. Sealaria (Acrilla) inornata, spec. nov. Shell minute, thin, very slender; with eleven, smooth, rather tumid, slowly-increasing whorls. Base disk-like, spirally lineate, margined exteriorly by a thread- like rib ; slightly perforated. Aperture quadrately rounded. Dimensions.—Length, 3°75; width, 0°75. Locality.—Kocene ; Table Cape, Tasmania (2 exs.). 17. Sealaria (Acrilla) pachypleura, spec. nov. Shell thin, elongate-turriculate, imperforate ; ordinary whorls eight, convex, separated by a moderately deep suture ; pullus of two smooth rounded whorls, the first slightly angulated and de- pressed. The ornament consists of flat spiral threads crossed by slightly more-distant, thicker, and rounder cost ; the rectangular inter- liral spaces, which are a little longer in a spiral direction than wide, have a double row of three to four punctures ; there are about 30 coste and 15 lire on the penultimate whorl, and five or S1x varices on the spire. Base flattened, smooth, margined externally by an acute thread. Aperture roundly oblong, peristome incomplete, outer lip thin. Dimensions.—Length, 11:5; width, 3; height of aperture, 2°25. Locality.—Eocene at Muddy Creek. This species has a close resemblance to Scalaria reticulata, Solander (S. decussata, Lamk.); but on a comparison of actual specimens, our fossil differs from the Hampshire and Parisian one by its thicker costi, finer and more numerous spiral threads, by its varices and more slender form, and particularly by the punctures. 18. Sealaria (Acrilla) escharoides, spec. nov. Shell thin, slender, imperforate ; ordinary whorls seven, rather flat, tessellated ; pullus rather large, consisting of two smooth rounded corrugated whorls. The spiral ornament consists of stout flat threads, increasing from six in the posterior whorls to ten in the penultimate whorl ; the spirals are crossed by slightly-oblique costal threads, usually not so stout as the lire, somewhat granosely thickened at the intersections ; there are about 25 cost on the penultimate whorl. re ened a le 235 Body-whorl convex, with a flattish base defined by the anterior spiral; anterior to the peripheral angulation, there are three or four encircling threadlets. Aperture oval, outer lip thin. Dimensions.—Length, 7 ; width, 1:75; height of aperture, 1:5 ; an incomplete example has a greatest width of 2:5. Locality.—Eovene ; Muddy Creek ! 19. Sealaria (Aerilla) glyphospira, spec. nov. Shell minute, thin, slender, imperforate ; ordinary whorls five, moderately convex, strongly costate and slenderly lirate ; the apex is obtuse, and consists of two and a-half smooth large angu- lated turns. The costz are filiform, prominent, and slightly arched, equal and equidistant, about 12 on the body-whorl. The spiral orna- ment consists of narrow subacute threads, separated by wider intervals, about 9 on the penultimate whorl; the lire do not cross the costie. Body-whorl convex with a flattish spirally-lineate base, which is margined by the anterior spiral-thread. Aperture oval, outer lip thin. Dimensions.—Length, 4; width, 1. Locality.—Eocene ; Muddy Creek. 20. Sealaria (Aerilla) mutica, spec. nov. Shell small, elongate-turriculate, imperforate ; ordinary whorls six, moderately convex, costated and spirally lineate-sulcate ; apex obtuse, consisting of two smooth convex whorls. The cost are moderately stout, distant, ten on the body-whorl ; the intercostal spaces with about four to six engraved spiral lines. Base of body-whorl flatly-rounded, obscurely lirate, and subangulated on the periphery ; aperture oval. Dimensions.—Length, 5; width, 1:25. Locality.— Eocene ; Muddy Creek ! (not uncommon). 21. Sealaria (Acrilla) eylindracea, spec. nov. Shell small, rather stout, turriculate, imperforate ; ordinary whorls eight, almost flat, costated, and obscurely lirate ; nuclear _ whorls four, gradually tapering to an acute apex. The cost are stout, nearly straight, about ten to a whorl ; the intercostal spaces with about five slender spiral threadlets. Base subangulated, obsoletely spirally-lirate ; aperture oval. Dimensions.—Length, 55; width, 1°75. Locality.— Eocene ; Muddy Creek. 22. Sealaria (Acrilla) gonioides, spec. nov. Shell minute, thin, elongate-turriculate, imperforate ; ordinary whorls angulated post-medially, costated, and lirate; nuclear whorls two, smooth, shining, somewhat-tumid. 234 The cost are subacute, moderately elevated, slightly angulated post-medially. The median area of each whorl with three flattish equidistant lire; there is a slender threadlet at the anterior suture, but the posterior slope is smooth. There are four stout liree on the median portion of the body-whorl, the anterior one of which forms a basal keel; the base is ornamented with three distant, encircling, filiform lire. Aperture quadrately oval, outer lip thin. Dimensions.—Length, 4 ; width, 1, Locality.—Kocene ; Muddy Creek ! (very rare). 23. Sealaria (Acrilla) erebrelamellata, spec. nov. Shell rather thin, very slender, imperforate; ordinary whorls nine, flat, with a slightly channelled suture ; nuclear whorls two and a-half, the anterior one much contracted and ornamented with crowded oblique threadlets, the next is inflated and smooth ending in a bulbiforni tip. The transverse ornament of oblique, crowded, short, erect Jamelle, which are usually so dense as to conceal the suture and the spiral ornament; the latter consists of five, equi-distant, equal, narrow, elevated, flat-edged lire. Body whorl with six spiral lire, the anterior one interrupting the convexity of the base; base with a strong spiral thread and radially striate. Dimensions.—Length, 9 ; width, 2. Locality. —Eocene ; Muddy Creek (very rare). 24. Sealaria (Hemiacirsa) lampra, spec. nov. Shell Zurbonilla-like, subulate-turrited, stout, smooth and shining ; ordinary whorls about 10, nearly flat, costated, variced and spirally linear-grooved ; apex pointed of about two small convex whorls. The coste are straight, slightly oblique, subacute and moder- ately raised, separated by much wider concave interspaces ; from about 12 to 15 in each whorl. The varices are broad and rather depressed. The spiral ornament consists of flat grooves, with wider flat interspaces, somewhat irregularly disposed and varying from about five to eight in number. Base convex, concentrically wrinkled-grooved ; aperture oval, well-rounded at the front ; outer lip thin, ” margined behind by a varix ; columella slightly thickened internally. Dimensions.—Length, 12; breadth, 3; diameters of aperture, 2:25 and 1°75 Locality.—Kocene; not uncommon in the Z'urritella-bands, Blanche Point, Aldinga Cliffs. 235 25. Sealaria (Hemiacirsa) polynema, spec. nov. Shell subulate-turrited, stout, smooth, shining, imperforate ; ordinary whorls about nine, nearly flat, feebly costated and variced, spirally striate ; apex unknown. The cost are slightly arched, subacute, slender, separated by as wide concave interspaces, about 18 on the anterior whorls ; varices broad, depressed, about six on the spire. The spiral ornament consists of slender subacute threads, separated by equally-wide incised furrows, about 12 to 15 on the anterior whorls. The suture is concealed by a narrow ante-sutural band, most conspicuous on the anterior whorls. Base convex, concentrically lirate ; aperture oval, well-rounded at the front ; outer lip rather thin, margined-behind by a varix ; columella slightly-thickened internally. Dimensions.—Length, 9; width, 2; an imperfect example width, 3; height of aperture, 2; width, 1:5. Locality.—Eocene ;_ Bird-rock Bluff, Spring Creek near Geelong. This species is closely related to the last, differing by its more slender and numerous costee and lire. 236 MISCELLANEOUS CONTRIBUTIONS, PARASITE OF THE Stick-casE Motu (Entometa ignobilis ). Mr. Tepper records the larva of a large fly, Tachina sp., de- structive to the caterpillars of this moth. On THE PROTRACTED PupaTION OF ANTHERZA HELEN. A female example of this large moth was bred by Mr. Tepper from a caterpillar, which did not emerge from its cocoon till after the lapse of 2 years 8 months and 25 days. DIPROTODON-REMAINS. A large skull, one shoulder-blade, one axis, two cervical verte- bree, one nearly complete rib-bone and a portion of the sternum have been added to the Public Museum, exhumed under the direction of Mr. Zietz from a depth of 12 feet below the surface in loam and gravel in the eroded bed of a tributary of the Baldina Creek on the edge of the Eastern Plain. FORAMINIFERA OF THE Muppy CREEK-BEDs. Mr. W. Howchin reports the following species of Polystomella inadvertently omitted from his paper (Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., vol. xii., p. 16.) :— P. striato-punctata, F. v. M. Upper bed, rare. P. subnodosa, Munster. Upper bed, very common. P. crispa, Linn. Upper bed, rather scarce. Poisonous PROPERTIES OF EUPHORIA EREMOPHILA. Although this spurge plant has been previously reported as occurring in the Gawler Ranges, I have only met with three plants of it during the past two years at this particular place (Caroona, Lake Gilles). It has not previously been gathered here. The plant is very familiar to me, as I have seen much of it in Queensland and the northern parts of New South Wales. As W. F. M. Bailey, in his work on the Queensland flora, refers to this plant, and writes of it that it is reported to be poisonous to animals, it may be interesting if I refer to the symptoms of 237 poisoning which I have myself observed on sheep. The plant grows abundantly in low, swampy ground, and should sheep happen to get to it with empty bellies it causes the following symptoms :—On the second day after eating the heads are swollen, the ears drooped, and a yellowish discharge oozes through the pores of the skin. On lancing the skin, a yellowish fluid escapes. In a large percentage of the sheep affected, their ears drop off altogether, whilst others again succumb to its effects and die. I have seen as many as 500 or 600 sheep lying dead on the camp after feeding on this plant. It has not the same marked effect on sheep with full bellies as it has on those that are fasting. A number of the former, however, will suffer severely from its poisonous effects, and even die. The plant appears to be of wide distribution in the province of South Australia, according to the last published census of indigenous flowering plants, by Professor Tate (Transactions and Proceedings, Royal Society S.A., vol. XII.). Its home is essentially the more arid portions of the province, where, from its green appearance, it must often provea tempting bait to travelling flocks. H. SUTHERLAND. FLUORESCENCE OF BURSARIA SPINOSA. It has long been noticed that an infusion of the leaves of Bursaria spinosa is strongly fluorescent. On examination this proves to be due to the presence of Msculine, which has been isolated in a crystalline form from the plant, and to which the fluorscence of the bark of the horse-chesnut is also due. K. H. Rennie. BIBLIOGRAPHY. On the ReEcTIFICATION of the NOMENCLATURE of /lectoria Pontoni, Tepper. Dr. F. Karsch, of the Berlin Museum, has identified the fore- going, described in these Transactions, vol. XI., with Alectoria superba, Brunner, described and figured in the “Journal d. Museum Godefroy,” part XIV., p. 196, 1879, from a specimen obtained at Peake Downs, Queensland. ADDITIONAL SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN FUNGI. The following references and translated extracts belong to species of Fungi collected in South Australia by Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, and described by Mr. G. Winter, Prof. P. A. Saccardo, and Dr. F. Ludwig in various European Scientific Journals. The list is largely an addendum to the ‘“ Notes on Australian Fungi,” published in these Transactions, vol. XIT., pp. 150 et seg. The extra-provincial records are supplied from Mueller’s Fragm. Phyt., vol: IT. PANUS LATERITIUS, Saccardo, in Hedwigia, XXVIII., p. 125, tab. 2, fig. 4. Dimidate, sessile, orbicular-lunate, membranous, flaccid, with margin at first rather obtusely involute but soon straight, acute, tan-coloured, spotted with punctiform brick- coloured evanscent tufts. Lamelle somewhat widely apart, few (12 to 20), entire and dimidiate, somewhat narrow, rather hard, subochraceous ; basidia subterete; spores ovate-ellipsoid, apicu- late at the the base 9 to 10 x 6 to 6-5, smooth, hyaline. Allied to P. lunatus, Fr., and P. connabarinus, Fr.; but differs from the first by the lateritis squamulose pileus, and from the second by the colour of the pileus. BoLerus suBToMENTOSUS, rics. Also in N.S.W. TRAMETES HISPIDULA, Berk and C. Pileus scrupose-tomentel- lose, when young cervine-fulvous, when old darker, 2 to 3 ¢.m. broad, concentrically sulcate. Pores bluish-white at the edge ‘75 mm. diameter. Allied to 7’. hispida, which is broader, but not so thick, and the pores are scarcely 5 mm. diameter. Hexacona purissima, Berk. [Saccardo, Bull. Soc. Myce. de France, 1890. ] 239 SrereuUM KALCHBRENNERI, Saccardo,; SS. HirsutuM, J/ries ; var. glaucellum, op. cit. ; and 8. CYATHIFORME, /’ries ; var. minor, are diagnosed in Bull. Soc. Mye. de France, 1890. CYPHELLA POLYCEPHALA, Saccardo in Hedwigia, XX VIIL., tab. 2, fig. 5. Growing in groups of about four to six, rarely two to three, pilei, closely fasciculate, upheld on a common stipitiform base which is subterete, whitish-brown, glabrous and incrassated upwards. Pileus urceolate, much-closed, woolly- white, minutely roughened upwards with filiform hairs 5 w thick ; hymenium immature. A minute fungus | mm. thick and high. CYPHELLA ALBO-VIOLASCENS, (4.S.), Karsten. On vine twigs. [CyPHELLA VILLOSA (Pers.), Karsten. On decayed stems of Cynara scolymis, near Melbourne ; coll. J. G. O. Tepper. | BatTaARREA TEPPERIANA, Ludwig ; Bot. Centrabl., XX VIL., No. 11; Bull. Soc. Myc. de France, vol. V., p. 34, pl. 5. LYCOPERDON BOVISTOIDES, Saccardo, Bull. Soc. Myc. de France, 1890. Uromyces (Uromycopsis) Limosetta, Ludwig ; Hedwigia XXVIII, p. 182. Aicidia scattered or united. The masses of pseudospores are whitish with an irregular margin, not deeply sunk. Spores roundish, polyhedral, colourless, smooth, of about 15 wu diameter. The sori of the teleutospores occur among the peridia although mostly and for long covered by the epidermis, polyhedral, of a dark-brown colour. Teleutospores obovate, ob- long, or club-shaped, rarely subglobular, with a yellowish-brown, thick, smooth membrane, thicker and paler at tne summit. Spores 32 to 40 wu long, 18 to 22 u wide; pedicel as long as or shorter than the spore. Upon the leaves of Limosella aquatica, Karatta, Kangaroo Island. Uromyces (PILEoLARIA) TEPPERIANUS, Saccardo ; Hedwigia XXVITII., p. 126, tab. 2, fig. 1. Teleutospores spheroidal, de- pressed, cinnamon-coloured, 20 to 24 by 18 to 20 w, longitudinally very thinly and closely canaliculate-striate, crenulate on the margin when viewed in front, nucleate ; with long bacillar stipes densely fasciculate, 40 to 60 by 3 to 5 u, hyaline, fixed to the base of the teleutospore by a circular hilum. Can be compared with no other species. Puccrnia (Puccinopsis) Saccarpoi, Ludwig, Hedwigia XXVIIL., p. 362. Aicidie scattered or united in groups, produc- ing on the leaf circular patches, raised around the margin, which dry up in the interior, of a brownish or yellowish tint, from 2 to 4mm. in diameter. The pseudo-peridia are dish-like, white, with deeply-impressed margin, about 215 to 325w in diameter ; peridial cells finely verrucose, 18 to 25% long and 15 to 18 u% 240 broad. Spores polygonal, pale orange, 13 to 15 ~% diameter. Teleutospores roundish or oblong, occasionally grouped around those of the peridia, confluent on the peduncles, &c., generally covered by the epidermis at the border, black. Spores raised upon a pedicel gradually dilating upwards and passing into the lower spore-cell, 50 to 63u long. Lower spore-cell oblong, com- pressed (laterally dilated to about 18), about 29 to 33 long, brown ; upper spore-cell wider, almost globular, quadrate or rec- tangular, with much-enlarged apex, which is blackish-brown, 20 to 25 wide and 23 to 30u long. Upon Goodenia geniculata, Tanunda ; October 29, 1887. PucciniA Matvacearum, Montague. Also in V. Usritaco Teppreri, Ludwig ; Bot. Centralblatt, No. 11, 1889. See Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., vol. XII., p. 153. Uromyces piciratus, Winter; Revue Mycologique, October, 1886. Acervulus solitary, snowy-white, minute, veiled by the finally cleft epiderm, placed in the centre of a black rotund or orbicular, determinate macula, bounded by a very narrow fuscous line, about ‘5 to 1 mm. diameter. Uredospores numerous, ovate or elliptical, golden-brown, densely verrucose, with membrane at the apex sometimes a little thickened, 32 to 35 wu long and 20 to 25 u thick, supported by a hyaline very fragile stipe. Teleuto- spores cuneate-oblong, on a long persistent hyaline stipe, atten- uate at the apex, very much thickened, and bearing three to six digitiform erect or divaricate, often recurved, obtuse processes, at first golden, at length through pale to hyaline, 50 to 60 w long and 14 to 18 w thick. On living leaves of Acacia notabilis, near Gawler, July 1885. Urocystis MuELLERIANA, Zhun. On Juncus sp. PHRAGMIDIUM Barnarpi, Plowr. & Wont. ; Revue Mycylogique, Oct., 1886, p. 2; on the leaves of Rubus parvifolius. Dimerosporium Lupwiaianum, Sacc. Hedwigia XX VIII., p. 127. Mycelial macule amphigenous, dilutely fuliginous, scarcely determinate, appressed ; perithelia here and there crowded, globu- lar, astomous, superficial, 75 w diameter, opaquely fuliginous ; hyphee radiating, concolorous, septulate, unequal, laxly interwoven, appressed, girt at the base; asci broadly elevate-fusiform, some- what obtuse at the apices, very shortly stipitate, 25 to 28 x 9 to 10 w, spuriously paraphysate, octosporous; sporidia distichous shortly fusiform, uniseptate, not constricted, 10 to 12 x 3 u, hyaline. On wilted leaves of Lagenophora Billardiert, Mount Lofty. Allied to D. veiturioides, Sacca. and Berla, from which it differs by the appressed hyphe, by the black contexture of the perithecium, by the perfectly hyaline sporidia, We. 241 NUMMULARIA PUSILLA, Sacc.; Hedwigia, XXVIII., p. 127. Stromata very small for the genus, strictly applanate, blackish, elliptical oblong or sinuous, 2 mm.-diameter, or 4 to 5 by 2 mm., scarcely *D mm.-thick, soon becoming superficial by the seceding periderm ; everywhere fertile, blackish, somewhat shining, with a _ rectangular margin, the periphery vertical ; disk smooth ; ostioles punctiform, somewhat crowded, with the small not prominent margin visible only under a lense ; perithecia parallelly crowded together, roundly oblong, often unequal, } mm. high and } mm. thick ; asci cylindrical (soon nearly absorbed) ; sporidia 8, broadly fusiform, rather straight, somewhat pointed at each end, 18 to 22 by 6 w in diameter, variously guttate, fuliginous. On dead branches of Bursaria spinosa, at Callington. It seems to be allied to WV. cyclisea, Mont., Syll. Pyr., L., p. 370, to WV. microsticta, Mont., Syll. Pyr., I., p. 371, to WV. scutata,, B. & C., Syll. Addit., p- 57, and to Hypo. stigmoides ; but well distinguished by the form and small size of the non-pruinose stromata, by the largish | non-caudate sporidia, Xe. Septoria Bromi, Sacc., Syll. Sphaeropt, p. 562. Perithecia, 150 w broad, widely perforate; sporules tortuous, continuous 40 to 50 by 1 to 1:5 uw. Differs from S. Koeleriw by the peri- thecia three times larger, the spots obsolete. On the sheaths and leaves of grasses at Murray Bridge. PLEUROTUS CHZTOPHYLLUS, Sacc., Hedwigia, XX VIIT., p. 125. Dimidiate, obovate-spathulate, thin, very shortly stipitate, with acute at length rather straight margin, densely shortly white- tomentose ; stipe rather thick, rugulose; lamelle narrow, very crowded, generally entire, colour from white to tan, reaching the stipe, everywhere roughened (under a lense) with small fusiform (cystid) subochraceous setule, 30 to 40 by 12 to 15 wu, spores elliptic-reniform, hyaline, 5 by 3 uv, smooth. On branches in South Australia. Pileus with stipe, 15 to 20 mm. long, 12 to 14 mm. wide, stipe 3 mm. thick. The cuticle under the hair blackens in drying. Allied to P. limpidioides, Karst., Sacc., Syll. V., p. 365, but the lamelle are setulose, not conjoined, everywhere narrow, spores reniform, Wc. Potysticrus sancuineus (L.), Fr. On trunks of trees, Tan- dappa, near Lake Eyre. Potystictus CINNAMOMEUS (/arq.), Sace. On the base of the trunks of Lucalyptus obliqua. The diagnoses of the following species are published in Bull. de la Soc. Myc. de France, 1890 :— Ceriomyces incomptus, Sacc.; a metagenic form of some Polyporus. Q 242 Lycoperdon novistoides, Sace. Tylostoma pulchellum, Sace. Polystigma Australiense, Sacc. ; on Leguminose. Poria mollusca, /’r. Polyporus eucalyptorum, /’r. ; an abnormal flask-shaped form. Also W.A. Xylopodium australe, Berk. ; 8.A., V., N.S.W. Polystictus lilacino-gilvus, Berk. ; P. parvulus, A/.; P. cla- donia, Berk. Fomes fulvus, /’r., var. Naucora conspersa, var. Didymella cladophila (NViess!), Sace., and Cheetomella brachy- ‘ ; ; spora, Sacc., growing on vine twigs. Revision of the THELEPHOREH (Order Hymenomycetes). By Masse, Journ. Lin. Soc., vol. XXV., 1889-90. Includes some additional species, and some new to science, for South Australia. NEw SPECIES OF FLOWERING PLANTS INHABITING ExTRA-TROPICAL SoutH AUSTRALIA. MicRANTHEUM DEMIssuUM, J. v. Mueller, Victorian Naturalist, Sept., 1890 (MZ. hexandrum of South Australian lists, but not of J. Hooker). Bass1a Luenmannl, /. v. IL, op. cit., Aug., 1890. Bassia Tatet, zd., Sept., 1890. HELIPTERUM FITZGIBBONI, 2d., June, 1890. HELIPTERUM JESSENI, id., Aug , 1890. HELIPTERUM TR@DELI, id., Oct., 1890. EREMOPHILA Bart, /. v. M., Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S.W., June, 1890. Evucatyprus LANSDOWNEANA, J’. v. Mueller and J. £. Brown, in “Forest Flora of S. Aust.,” part 9, 1890. Recorp oF UNDESCRIBED PLANTS FROM ARNHEIM-LAND, /’. von Mueller, in Proc. Roy. Soc., N.S. Wales, July, 1890. Dunbaria singuliflora, ~. sp. ; Clerodendron Holtzei, 7. sp. ; Utricularia Wallichiana, Wight ; U. Singeriana, n. sp., Aneilema vaginatum, R. Brown ; Sida Holtzei, n. sp. ; Tylophora Leibiana, n. sp.; Hoya australis, R. Brown ; Habenaria Holtzci, 2. sp. 243 Appitions to the INsecr-FauNA of Sourn AusrratiaA will be found recorded in the following papers :-— a. Vew Speres of Saw-flies. By W. W. Froggatt, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S.W., Sept., 1890. b. New Species of South Australian Coleoptera. By T. Black- burn, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S.W.; Feb., June, and Sept., 1890. ¢. Revision of the Genus Heteronyx. By T. Blackburn, op cit, Feb. and April, 1890. d. New Species of Diptera (Nematocera). By F. A. A. Skuse, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S.W., Sept., 1890. é. Revision of the Australian Lepidoptera (Hepialide and Mono- cteniade). By E. Meyrick, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S.W., April, 1890. f. New Carabide. By T.G. Sloane, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S.W., April, 1890. OLDER TERTIARY GASTROPODS OF AUSTRALIA. Parts I. and II. of the above, by Prof. Tate, in Trans. of this Society, vols. X. and XI., are reviewed by M. Cossmann in “ L’Annuaire Geologique Universel,” vol. V., 1889, pp. 1088-1091. The reviewer remarks that the fauna has an incontestable analogy with that of the Paris Basin, and advises more frequent comparisons with the European species and with those of the Alabama basin ; and adds that if the Australian fauna does not contain species in common with these, yet it occupies at least a sort of middle place between them which are so widely separated geographically. M. Cossmann’s criticisms on the affinities of some species to those of the Paris basin and on their generic location having a high value, are here repeated :— Typhis laciniatus is comparable with 7’. tubifer, Sow., though the varices are more festooned. J/uwrex rhysus has some analogy with MW. bispinosus, Sow. ; and MM. calvus has a slight resemblance to WM. tricarinatus, Lamk. Murex (Chicoreus) Hamiltonensis and WM. irregularis having an absolutely different ornamentation cannot belong to the same group. Murex (Phyllonotus) Eyrer and M. sublevis much resemble the Parisian Mwricidea, notably to M. Stewri, Cossman. In Ocinebra are some Muricidea, as M. biconicus, which has some analogy with WM. Bernayi, Desh., or some Muricopsis as M. alveolatus and M. crassliratus, which resemble WM. Auversiensis, Cossmann. Of Z'rophon, only 7. icosi- phyllus makes an approach to the characters of the genus, the others appear to belong to Muricidea or Muricopsis. Of the Tritons, the first 15 (except 7. ovoideus, which resembles our Simpulum planicostatum) are of very typical species and very distinct from those of the Paris basin. Hpidromus tenwicostatus 244 seems closely allied to 7'riton turriculatus, Desh., but Z. citharel- lus is absolutely identical with Plesiotriton volutella, Lamarck (Cancellaria). Of the large family Fuside, we find in Mr. Tate’s work a first tentative reform of the genus Fusus, in which the older authors, and especially Deshayes, have classed the most heterogeneous species; J”. wncompositus, I’. bulbodes, and F. Tateanus are Clavelle recognisable by their pullus and ornamentation ; L’, tholoides and I’. Aldingensis should constitute a new subgenus, without analogy in the Paris basin, characterised by the tectiform and costulated pullus ; the form and ornamentation of /. aciformis and J, hexagonalis recall very much those of /. funiculosus, Lamarck, which is the type of our new genus Latirofusus, it is probable that /’. aczformis is a synonym of the Parisian species. Siphonalia spatiosa has analogy with S. Maria, Mellev., though the canal is not so much curved; Sipho_ styliformis and S. asperulus appear to be doubtfully classed. The seven species of Fasciolaria are very characteristic, but have no analogies in the Paris-Basin. Some of the species of Peristernia should belong to Latirus ; P. actinostephes, which re- sembles /’. subaffinis, D’Orb., belongs to our new subgenus Latirulus. The five species of Pisania consists of a Latirus (P. purpwroides), a Euthria (P. rostrata), and three of Tritonidea. Voluta sarissa is extremely allied to V. angustata, Desh., V. lirata somewhat recalls V. Fred:rici, Bayan, and V. crassilabrum has some analogy with Septoscapha variculosa, Lamk., sp. Mitra Dennanti is irreconcilable with the typical species ; WZ. alokiza is allied to WM. cupressina; M. complanata and M. ligata have a resemblance to JM. mixta; among the species of Costellaria are some which it is impossible to separate from Fusimitra, Conrad, such as I. leptalea, M. paucicostata, M. terebreformis, whilst M. subcrenularis is very allied to MM. tetraptycta. Ancillaria orycta recalls completely Amalda excavata, Coss- mann. arpa tenuis may be compared with Hocithara mutica. Of the Cancellarie, the following find places in some of the subgenera recently established by M. Jousseaume :— C. Wannonensis is typical, C. calvulata and C. laticostata to Bivetopsis; C. gradata and C. ptychotropis to Bivetia; C. epidromiformis and C. exaltata to Sueltia ;-C. modestina to Merica; C. turriculata, C. Etheridger, C. caperata, C. capillata, C. micra and perhaps C. semicostata to Narona. The Terebre are for the most part related to those of our supra-tertiary beds, not one of them resembles 7. plicatula, Lamk., the only-known species in the Paris-Basin. Cassis exigua is allied to C. teatiliosa. * ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS OF THE Koval Society of South Australia, For 1889-90. ORDINARY MEETING, NOVEMBER 5, 1889. Dr. STIRLING in the chair. Exurisits.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.8., exhibited from Central Australia, (a) the fruit of a (Grevillea tree, said to be that of the ““blood-wood tree ;’ (b) a black substance from the floors of certain caves, supposed to be excremantitious matter; (c) a piece of white, light substance, from a quarry near Mount Sonder, which had much the appearance of a stearate of lime; (d) piece of quartz-crystals and hematite from Mount Sonder; (e) speci- mens of honey ants; (f) nest and tunnels of certain ants ap- parently made in the resinous exudations of a species of 7'riodia, together with sample of surrounding sand. G. GoypErR, Jun., exhibited from Mount Ogilvie specimens of Gersdorfitte, or arsenical nickel ore ; Annabergite, the same oxidised ; Smaltite, or arsenical cobalt ore; and from near Blin- man, Hrythrite, or arsenical cobalt ore oxidised, and a specimen of Graphite and Sulphur. A. Zierz exhibited a collection of native weapons from Cooper’s Creek, showing elaborate carving ; also portions of a skull of an extinct marsupial, 7hylacoleo, or Australian pouched lion, which had been found in excavating a dam at Yam Creek, Bundaree, embedded in red clay and associated with the bones of a Diproto- don and a yet not identified species of kangaroo. The bones of the Diprotodon were as follows :—Base and anterior portion of one skull, two scapule, half of a pelvis, a number of vertebre, of which one, the atlas, was very well preserved, and portions of ribs. All the above fragments apparently belonged to one animal. Papers.—“ Soaring of the Hawk,” by T. W. Kirx, F.R.M.S.; “ Additional List of S.A. Polyzoa,” by Dr. McGi.uivray, Corres- ponding Member. D. B. Apamson stated that he had observed no alteration in the shape and position of the craters of the moon. 246 OrDINARY MEETING, DecemBer 3, 1889. Dr. STIRLING in the chair. Bauior.—Jas. H. Loughhead was elected a Fellow. Exuipits.—Professor Tarr, F.G.8., exhibited coniferous wood, showing woody structure, from the Cretaceous deposits at Boor- thanna, in the Lake Eyre basin, forwarded by W. Baggaley, C.E., the Resident Engineer of the Great Northern Railway extension works. The microscopical preparations revealed very distinct large glands in a single series, as in recent species of Pinus. Dr. St1RLING showed the skull of a native, presenting a marked resemblance to the celebrated Neanderthal skull, and presenting a very ape-like appearance. Papers.—“ Description of a New Eucalypt,” by Baron F. von MveELLER and J. E. Brown, Conservator of Forests; ‘ Fossil Corals of the Cambrian Epoch,” by R. EruertpeGr ; “ Whales and Dolphins of the 8.A. Coast,” by A. Zrerz ; ‘“ Flora and Geology of Southern Yorke’s Peninsula,” by Professor Tarts, F.G.S. ; ** Descriptions of Australian Lepidoptera,” by E. Meyrick. OrDINARY MeetTiInG, Marcu 4, 1890. Water Howcain, F.G.S8., in the chair. RESIGNATION.—The resignation of W. B. PooLE as a member of the Council owing to his leaving the province to visit Europe was accepted with regret, and a hearty vote of thanks was passed to him for his services in the interests of the Society. Evecrion.—Professor Brace was nominated to fill the vacancy in the Council, and was unanimously elected. Exurisits.—J. G. O. Trepprr, F.L.8., exhibited a fruit from Roebuck Bay, W.A., supposed to belong to a species of Adan- sonia, the kernel of which is eaten by the natives; also the fruits of Richardia Ethiopica. He referred to the fruiting of Yucca aloeifolia at Roseworthy Farm as showing the existence of some special insect as the direct instrument of fertilization. J. E. Brown exhibited flowering branchlets and fruits of a new Eucalypt (£. Lansdowneana) from Gawler Ranges, Papers.—“ On the Flnorescence of Bursaria spinosa,” by Pro- fessor RENNIE; “ Notes on Extinct Australian Mammals,” by A. Zintz ; “ Notes on a Parasite of Hntometa ignobilis,” by J. G. O. Tepprr, F.L.S. ; “ Notes on the Life History of Antherwa Helene,” by J. G. O. Tepprr,. F.L.8.; “List of Australian Fungi,” by Dr. Lupwia. / 247 Orpinary Meretine, Aprit 1, 1890. Dr. SrrrRurnG in the chair. Bauior.—Grecory Boarp, metallurgist to the Dry Creek Smelting Works, was elected a Fellow. Exursits.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., showed some aggregations of sand which had the outward appearance of potatoes, found amongst the roots of sedges at the Murray Bridge. It was sug- gested by Professor Tate that they might be casts of the fungus, Mellita australis. Professor Tarr, F.G.S., exhibited a specimen of the Belemnit- oid genus of Spirulirostra, from the Old Tertiary beds at Spring Creek, near Geelong, Victoria. The genus has hitherto been known only by a single species from the Turin tertiaries. The species exhibited was distinct from that. Papers.—‘ Notes on Symptoms of Poisoning in Sheep by Euphorbia eremophila,” by H. Sutherland; ‘ Notes on Plants from Roebuck Bay, W.A., by J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S. ; “ Report on Plants from Central Australia, collected by W. T. Tietkins, F.R.G.8.,” by Baron F. von MuLuer and Professor Tats, F.G.S. OrpINARY MegtinG, May 6, 1890. Dr. STiRLING in the chair. Baitor.—Rev. WILLIAM Gray, New Hebrides, was elected a Fellow; Rosertr ErHertipeGsr, Paleontologist, Australian Museum, Sydney, was elected’an Hon. Fellow. Exursits.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.8., exhibited specimens of entomology, namely Antherwa Helene ; a parasite fly, T’rachinide, on Lntometa ignobilis, with its proper case, causing the premature death of the latter ; specimens of Chwrocampa scrofa, male and female, chrysalis case and larva. The larva was forwarded from Innamincka by W. Lamb. This moth is becoming much scarcer. Also Cherocampa celeris, male and female, chrysalis and larva, probably introduced with vines from France, on the leaves of which the larva feeds. 1t is becoming commoner, being reported by W. H. Cavenagh and F. Bevilaqua of Tanunda. The chrysalis stage is from ten to sixteen days in summer, but much longer in winter. Also specimens of Chwrocampa roseo-maculata, previously only known from New South Wales, but now reported as common about Adelaide, and by W. Lamb at Innamincka, feeding on Convolvulus erubescens and C. sepium, also another Chero- campa species, probably new, from Silverton, reported by F. A. Fiveash, and from Oladdie, by H. McGregor, male and female, chrysalis and larva, the latter from Innamincka (W. Lamb), 248 passed into chrysalis stage February 13, 1889, whence the imago emerged February 25 of same year. W. Howcuin, F.G.S., exhibited a number of water-worn pebbles from a thick bed of conglomerate in the Barossa Range, three miles east of Williamstown, included in highly altered mica and hornblende schists and feldspathic grits, tilted to an angle of 75°; the beds are several hundred feet thick and the pebbles are mainly quartz and feldspathic grit; the pebbles possessing an _ argillaceous constituent were affected by the metamorphic action in a similar way to the argillaceous matrix. Rev. THos. Buacksurn, B.A., showed specimens of Pele’s hair and volcanic products collected by him from the crater of Kilauea, Hawaii. Papers.—‘ Additions to §8.A. Coleoptera,” by Rev. Twos. Buacksurn, B.A.; “ Fossil Remains of Australian Mammals,” by A. Zrerz. ORDINARY MEETING, JUNE 3, 1890. Dr. STIRLING in the chair. PApPER.—“ Cremation,” by Dr. WYLDE. Morion.—After a discussion, the following motion was carried: —“ That the Society is strongly of the opinion that the present mode of disposal of the dead by earth burial is fraught with danger to the health of the community, and it recommends that cremation be permitted by law.” ORDINARY Meerine, Juty 1, 1890. Dr. STIRLING 1n the chair. ; Batiotr.—Capt. Anstruther Thompson was elected a Fellow. Morron.—It was proposed by Prof. Tare, F.G.S., and seconded by 8S. Dixon—“ That the Society desires to draw the attention of the Royal Society of New South Wales to the vast economic and scientific advantages to Australia by a Geological Surveyor being — stationed at Broken Hill; and respectfully request that that Society will bring the subject under the consideration of the New South Wales Government.” The motion was carried with the proviso that Professors Tate and Rennie prepare a draft letter to the above effect. Exuipits.— W. Howcuin, F.G.S8., exhibited the skulls of two aboriginals. One of these was a well-preserved skull of a woman of the extinct Adelaide tribe, the remains having been exhumed from the sandhills near Plympton. The skull showed a deep in- dentation in front, as though from a blow by a waddy. As the remainder of the skeleton was said to have been marked by 249 syphilis, the date of death would probably be within the past 50 years. The second skull was from Meningie. It was of the dolichocephalic type, with the frontal angle very low, the orbital ridges very thick and prominent, and the calvarium had attained the thickness of fully an inch in places. The skull was presented to the museum by the exhibitor. A. W. Fiercuer, B.Sc., ex- hibited Cambrian fossils from Ardrossan and Curramulka, Yorke Peninsula. From Ardrossan there were of the trilobita the genus Dolichometopus ; and of the order pteropoda the genera /Hyolithes and Stenotheca. From Curramulka various trilobite, and an in- vaginated HHyolithes. Calcite, gypsum, fluorspar, copper- and iron-pyrites were found as accessory minerals with the limestone. Prof. Tare spoke of the interest attached to the specimens, and stated that the finding of the fossiliferous limestone at Curra- mulka rendered it probable that there was a bar of Archean rock extending across Yorke Peninsula from Ardrossan to Port Vic- toria. The invaginated pteropod, Salterella or Hyolithes, was strictly Cambrian in its range, and with its associates fixed very definitely the geological horizon of the specimens. The Cambrian limestones of the Flinders Range exhibit relationship with the Ardrossan section in its corals, and the Curramulka section in its trilobites. J. J. East exhibited a specimen of asbestos obtained by J. L. Johnson from Nackera, and a number of mineralogical specimens from Mount Crawford. J. G. O. Tepprr, F.L.8., exhibited cocoons and moths of the family Arctiide, sent from Mount Gambier by W. Weld, who observed them feeding on Acacia longifolia ; also the cocoons of Cossus cinereus, and a specimen of ichneumon which is parasitic on it. The cocoon had an ovipositor inserted into it, and con- tained about 50 of the parasites. Also a collection of 80 species of Australian lichens which had been identified by the Rev. F. R. M. Wilson, of Victoria. OrDINARY MEETING, AuGust 5, 1890. Dr. StrRuineG in the chair. -Exuisrrs.—A. Zierz exhibited a specimen of Glarveola grallaria, a bird new for South Australia, about the size of an English starling, whose general habitat is Central Austalia. In 1884 it was for a few months very numerous about Goodwood, and then disappeared altogether. Also a species of petrel, Puffinus carnipes, picked up on the Glenelg beach in 1888. According to Dr. Ramsay’s list it is only found on the western and south- western coasts. Also a specimen of musk-duck, Biziwra lobata, from Cooper’s Creek, forwarded by W. Lamb ; it was much larger 250 than the species frequenting the River Murray. Collection of native weapons, namely, a peculiarly-shaped boomerang from Roebuck Bay, W.A., used for killing fish, spear-heads from Western Australia made from telegraph insulators. J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.8., a collection of weevils; Prof. Tarn, F.G.S., a collection of shells from the Dry Creek-bore, in illustration of his paper. Papers.—“ Estuarian Foraminifera of the Port Adelaide River,” by W. Howcntn, F.G.8. ‘Geological Section of the Dry Creek-bore,” by Prof. Tarr, F.G.S. ORDINARY MEETING, SEPTEMBER 2, 1890. Dr. StTirLING in the chair. Bauiot.—Alfred Watkins Fletcher, B.Sc., was elected a Fellow. Exuisits.—Dr. StirLine exhibited a specimen of teal of bril- hant plumage of rare occurrence, Anas castanea. He did not know the locality from which it came, but several members had seen specimens in various parts of the province. The exhibitor did not agree with Mr. Gould in considering that it was only the nuptial dress of the male of the ordinary teal; he was satisfied that it was a distinct species. A. ZreTz showed six specimens of fresh-water fish from Cooper's Creek, forwarded by W. Lamb, of Innamincka ; also specimens of ywntha, being oval pieces of wood used by the young male aborigines in certain of their ceremonies. Alsoa painted wooden post sent by Inspector Foelsche from the Northern Territory. It was used to mark the ground for holding a corroboree in honour of the dead. Motion.—In response to a circular-letter from the Royal Geographical Society, Melbourne, stating that Barons Nordensk- jold and Oscar Dickson had offered to subscribe £5,000 towards defraying the expense of an Antarctic Exploring Expedition, provided a similar amount was subscribed in Australia, it was moved by 8. Dixon, and seconded by J. G. O. TEppEr, F.L.S., and unanimously carried—“ That this Society learns with plea- sure of the magnificent offer of Barons Nordenskjold and Oscar Dickson to defray half the expense of an expedition to the Ant- arctic regions. It heartily supports the action of the Australian Antarctic Exploration Committee in appealing to the general public throughout the Australian colonies for subscriptions to supplement the £5,000 already promised.” PapEer.—“ Some New Fungi,” by J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S. 251 AnnuaL Meetine, Ocroser 7, 1890. Dr. STiRLING in the chair. Avupitror.—-D. J. Adcock was proposed and unanimously elected to audit the accounts of the past year. Exuisits.—Prof. Tare, F.G.8., showed a species of land snail, Helix ericetorum, common to and inhabiting open uplands in England, from Southern Yorke Peninsula, where it is found plentifully in life. W. Howcuty, F.G.8S., exhibited a cylindrical stone from the eastern flanks of the Mount Lofty Range, that simulated closely the arenaceous casts of the coal measure-plants, particularly lepidodendron. A. ZiETzZ showed two specimens of a large insectivorous bat, about two feet in diameter, from a cave near Alice Springs, for- warded by Inspector Besley. The genus Megaderma has not been previously observed as occurring in Australia. The largest species hitherto known, Molossus australis, is only one foot in diameter. Also, a live specimen of a beautifully marked small poisonous snake, Vermicilla Lertholdi, from Central Australia. Also a specimen of Phyllopteryx eques, with the ova attached to the belly. ' The annual report and balance-sheet of the Society were read and adopted. The annual reports and balance-sheets of the Field Naturalists’ and Microssopical Sections were accepted. The Council for the ensuing year was elected as follows :— President, Rev. Thomas Blackburn, B.A. ; Vice-Presidents, Prof. Tate, F.G.S., and W. Howchin, F.G.S.; Hon. Treasurer, Walter Rutt, C.E.; Hon. Secretary, W. L. Cleland, M.B.; Members of Council, Prof. Bragg, M.A., Prof. Rennie, D.Sc., E. L. Stirling, M.D., H. T. Whittell, M.D., D. B. Adamson, and Samuel Dixon. The Presipent (Dr. Stirling) then vacated the chair in favour of the President-elect (Rev. Thos. Blackburn, B.A.), and read an address “On Weissman’s Theory of Heredity.” It was carried unanimously that the address be printed. Papers.—‘ Coleoptera of Australia, Pt. IV.,” by Rev. Twos. Biacksurn, B.A. ‘Supplemental Notes of the Flora of Central Australia,” by Baron F. v. Muretuer. “On the Geological Structure of the Adelaide Plains, with especial reference to the Croydon Bore,” by Prof. Tarr, F.G.8. ‘“Gasteropods of the Older Tertiary of Australia, Part ITI.,” by Prof. Tats, F.G.S. bo Ct bo ANNUAL REPORT. The Council has the pleasure of reporting that the work of the Society has been carried on successfully during the past year. The exhibits have been of a varied and interesting nature, most of them having been lent for the occasion by the 8.A. Museum, through the instrumentality of the Hon. Director (Dr. Stirling, — President of the Society). Respecting many of them Messrs. Zietz and Tepper supplied interesting remarks. The Council re- grets that greater interest is not taken by the public in these exhibits, which are of great scientific value, and in some cases unique. The descriptions which accompany their exhibition also invests them with an interest that is frequently wanting on a mere inspection in the museum cases. The Council feels that these efforts on the part of exhibitors to make the meetings in- teresting deserve greater appreciation than they have received. During the past year five Fellows have been elected, and one Corresponding Member transferred to the list of Fellows. The Council has also thought proper to recommend the Society to confer its highest mark of appreciation for scientific labours on Mr. Robert Etheridge, of the Sydney Museum, by creating him an Hon. Fellow. This recommendation has been unanimously endorsed at a monthly meeting. ) The Council has the melancholy duty of reporting the death of two of the Hon. Fellows of the Society during the past year, namely, that of Col. Egerton Warburton and the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods. Co.. EGERTON WARBURTON was elected an Hon. Fellow in 1858, and had thus been a member of the Society for more than 30 years. He arrived in South Australia in 1855, from India, and was almost immediately appointed Commissioner of Police. His military training and love of adventure led him early to enter upon that field of exploration of the three unknown portions of the province, with which his name will be ever inseparably con- nected. As early as 1857 he led a party to the arid and rugged regions of the Gawler Ranges, and in 1860 he examined the country around the Head of the Great Australian Bight, and penetrated in various directions from the coast some 60 miles in- land. In 1873 he was appointed to the command of an expedition which traversed the country north of Lake Amadeus, eventually reaching the coast of Western Australia, after he and his party had endured great privations. Such were some of the labours of 253 Col. Egerton Warburton, who, although he never claimed to be a scientific man in the ordinary meaning of the term, yet possessed the qualities that belong to all imbued with the truly scientific spirit, namely, a love for truth and knowledge, enthusiasm in its pursuit, and untiring energy towards its acquisition. Rey. J. E. Tentson-Woops, F.L.8., F.G.8S.—No heavier loss has this year befallen the Scientific Societies of Australasia than the death of this naturalist. Not only was he one of the fore- most Australasian naturalists, but to very many of us he was far more as a dear personal friend, a delightful companion, and a skilled adviser. He was born in 1832, was ordained in the Catholic faith in 1856, and spent a few years in charge of a pas- toral diocese in the south-east of this colony. Since then his minis- terial duties led him to Tasmania and New South Wales. In 1883, he visited Singapore and the Malay Peninsula, and subsequently passed through the Phillipines, Java, Borneo, and the Northern Territory of South Australia, returning to Sydney in 1886; but during that expedition he contracted a malarial disease, which terminated fatally towards the end of last year. Though at all times a scientific enthusiast, he was nevertheless the devoted priest, and as a preacher he was acknowledged to be singularly earnest and powerful—his fine presence and elocutionary power intensifying his influence. As a scientist his life became a part of the scientific progress and history of Australasia, labouring with equally good results in Geology, Botany, Paleontology and Zoology. He was honoured by all the leading Scientific Societies of Australasia ; and at an early period of his scientific career became a Fellow of the Geological and Linnean Societies of Lon- don. He was awarded the Clarke-Medal of the Royal Society of New South Wales, and gained one of the same Society’s medal for his remarkable paper on the presence of visual organs in the test of certain Mollusca. His early scientific work was the out- come of his residence in the South-Hast ; and his pioneer geological work is in the form of an octavo volume, published in 1862, entitled ‘Geological Observations in South Australia.” In 1865 and 1866, he communicated four papers to the Adelaide Philo- sophical Society on the Geology and Paleontology of the Tertiary Rocks of South Australia. He lent valuable aid to this Society at a critical period of its career by infusing a higher scientific character to its proceedings; four papers adorned the pages of the first three volumes of its Transactions. In 1877, this Society elected him an Honorary Fellow. He is botanically commemor- ated by Styphelia Woodsvi, F.v. Mueller, zoologically by Thalotia Woodsiana, Angas, paleontologically by Echinus Woodsi1, Laube, Paleoseris Woods, Duncan, Triton Woodsii, Marginella Woodsit, Cylichna Woodsu, Leda Woods, Terebratella Woodsw, and 254 Magasella Woodsiana, Tate. As a small tribute of respect to one who has done much for the good of religion and laboured so vigorously for the science he loved, and also for the community in general, in whose interest he sacriticed his valuable life, a Memorial Tombstone has been erected over his grave by public subscription.—R.T. These are the only deaths the Council has to report ; but there have been several resignations of Fellows from varying causes. The membership of the Society consists at the present time of 10 Hon. Fellows, 98 Fellows, 14 Corresponding Members, and | As- sociate. Your Council is of opinion that this membership should be larger than it is, for it is assured that there are many who take an interest in scientific matters scattered throughout the country districts. If al! with these tastes would but identify themselves with the Society and endeavour to contribute to its work, a great impetus would be given to the acquisition and diffusion of scien- tific knowledge. A useful body of workers would also in the course of time be formed, and of these some might be expected to aid in the investigation of the many interesting problems of natural science which still await solution in Australasia. The Field Naturalists and Microscopical Sections continue to thrive, and their annual reports and balance-sheets are appended herewith. Special notice may again be directed to the Supple- mentary Report of the Field Naturalists’ Section on the Native Flora and Fauna, and to emphasise the necessity of the continued strenuous efforts of the scientific public to strengthen the hands of those who during the past year have achieved something, but who are yet far from having, even approximately, gained all that is necessary to be obtained. The Sub-Committee is to be con- gratulated on the past success of its efforts, as the Council is aware of the difficulty with which it is had to contend. Your Council views with satisfaction the healthy growth and progress of the Boys’ Field Club and the Natural Science Classes of the School of Mines. It feels that from these there will be in time strong reinforcements to the ranks of scientific workers. The Library of the Society continues to be enriched by a large number of valuable scientific periodicals and monographs, but your Council is far from satisfied with the present conditions under which the books have to be kept. It had hoped that by this time arrangements might have been made to have had them so placed in some portion of the Public Library that members could have had access to them at any time during the day. The Council feels t! at the present unsatisfactory condition cannot be allowed to continue, but that every effort must be made to place at the disposal of the Fellows the Library in a more efficient way. The earnest attention of the Council, you are about to elect, 259 should be directed to this point. Two new exchanges have been added to the list, namely, the Geological Society of Stockholm, and the American Philosophical Society of Philadelphia. This Council has the further satisfaction of reporting that the work of the Society continues to maintain its previous high character ; and that it has authorised the expenditure of £60 to illustrate Dr. Stirling’s description of the new marsupial, which has been named by him, Psammoryctes typhlops ; and £33 for plates to illustrate a further contribution to the gastropods of the Older Tertiaries of Australia, by Prof. Tate. The Council would direct the attention of the public to the heavy expenditure which the publication of original matter necessitates, and would suggest that the funds be increased by all joining the Society who are interested in science. During the past year the following motions of general or pub- lic interest have been passed by the members at the ordinary meetings :— 1. That the present method of disposal of the dead by earth burial is fraught with danger to the health of the community, and that it recommends that cremation be permitted by law. 2. Expressing an opinion that the Royal Society of N.S.W. should memorialise its Government as to the vast economic and scientific advantages to Australia of stationing a Geological Surveyor at Broken Hill. 3. That the Society heartily supports the action of the Aus- tralian Antarctic Expedition Committee in appealing to the general public of Australia for subscriptions to supplement the £5,000 promised by Barons A. E. Nordenskjold and Oscar Dick- son. During the year a vacancy occurred in this Council owing to the resignation of Mr. W. B. Poole, who desired to visit Europe. This was filled by the election unanimously of Prof. Bragg at the following monthly meeting. The statement of receipts and expenditure by the Hon. Treasurer (W. Rutt, Esq., C.E.), will show that the finances of the Society stand upon a sound basis. 256 ‘06ST “IST 40q09009 MSV “LLAW WHLVIVAA ‘O68T ‘YI9 19q0409 ‘1OYIPUY “MOONY ‘“f ‘a *y001109 punoj pue poqrpny Il Ul O1SF 1 TL Il Oss 8 9 cee i a Ck eS aS yurg ssuraeg Ol €. 88 °* BIeAISNV YYoOYg jo yueg —oourleg ,, 0 OLS * QUeL—U0l}0ag Teotdooso.roT Ay 0 0 & JUVIF)—UWOTPOO S4STPVINGN PTOLT 6 OL O aed 40 ‘oy “Guster q—Aarerqry | eee ne SUISIZIOAPW | OT OL OL AeUONETS pus ‘esuqsog ‘Surulig |S 8 6 ae Ze “"qsolequy ,, 9 6I I : st “* g0mrey \eOe a Se et ge ae " ApIsqNgG QUOTUUIAAO’) ,, “SISSY [VUOISBDDQ pUY JoyeyJoIeD '0 9 60I — —SOS8A\ 4, | O-01.3. * “* WOTqoeG [vordoosoroIPL L 6. 921 ——_———. | O“0C02 mOUpSS S}STTBINZEN PTL] L 619 (‘sjoa 0) SoS aL pure suyipiy (0 ame a 0° ms . Ayatoo0g tefoy 6 O01 SZ a Surlyes4snyyy —suondriiosquy ,, 0 0 “16 (‘soa $[) Sutpurg pure Ssuynuag ie “61 -S6S = “* plVMIOF FYSNOIG vouLTeg oy, —suorjorsuery, Jo 4809 Ag | "68ST “9ST 18qQ07199 pos F Ds F "45 pos F ps F aq] eS ee ee ‘VITVULSAV HLOOS AO ALAIOOS IVAOU HHL HIIM LNOQOOOV NI YHUOSVAML AHL 257 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS To tHE Roya Society or SoutH AUSTRALIA, OcTOBER 7, 1890. WEISMANN’S THEORY OF HEREDITY. No country in the world offers biological problems of more entrancing interest than Australia, and it is often a source of regret to me that the too-exacting requirements of a teaching appointment, coupled with many duties both public and private, are an effectual hindrance to the prosecution of some original lines of research peculiarly Australian, any one of which might have been appropriately made the subject of an address to this Society. But as circumstances have rendered that impossible, I must fall back upon the humbler ré/e of an interpreter of other men’s thoughts, and therefore I purpose this evening to present to you, in terms that I trust will be comprehensible even to those who have had no special training in the subject, an exposition of some recent biological theories that are exciting a good deal of interest and discussion amongst the foremost investigators and physiologists of the day. And indeed, the interest excited has not been confined to the still narrow limits of the Scientific world, but it has extended to the general educated public. The problems of heredity on which I intend to speak are not new. They were under discussion as far back as the time of Aristotle, but in our own days they have assumed a special pro- minence and importance not only from their fundamental relation to the Darwinian theory of evolution, but also from their asso- ciation with the question of the transmission of disease and de- formity, on which subject at last some light is beginning to be shed. I must, however, disclaim any intention of laying before you all the various theories that have been offered of late years in explanation of the facts of heredity; my aim is rather to set before you without argument or comment the salient points of an elaborate and luminous theory that has recently been put for- ward by a distinguished German physiologist and _ philosopher, whose views, in spite of many objections, have met with a very general and favourable acceptance by biologists. And, whether or not they receive entire concurrence, there can be little doubt but that the theory of Professor Weismann, by reason of its extended scope and logical completeness, serves as the best work- ing hypothesis yet extant for future investigations on the subject. R 258 One may say this, and at the same time freely acknowledge that, in some respects, the views of Weismann have been distinctly foreshadowed or overlapped by the statements of other biologists. No one, however, has offered a theory so compact or so logically complete in all its parts. A fresh interest in Weismann’s theories, now some few years old, has been recently kindled by the publication of an English translation of his writings by the Clarendon press; but as his elaborate system of biological philosophy is there presented in a series of disconnected essays, it is a matter of considerable diffi- culty, for those unfamiliar with biological methods of reasoning and research, to gather up the thread of his argument which runs through the whole series of separate articles. This being so, I conceive that I may be of some service in offering to this Society an epitome of the chief theories which comprise his system, in such a form as to make its comprehension as easy as is possible in a subject naturally full of difficulties. And I will take this opportunity of acknowledging the great assistance I have received in this task from the writings of Romanes, Shipley, Sir William Turner, McKendrick, Vines, and others who have appeared either as the advocates, opponents or interpreters of the views of Pro- fessor Weismann. From these I have freely borrowed. Recent researches, especially amongst the Invertebrata, have made it abundantly clear that the young animal arises by the fusion, within the egg- or germ-cell, of an extremely minute par- ticle derived from the sperm-cell produced by the male-parent with an almost equally minute particle derived from the germ. cell itself the product of the female-parent. These particles are termed the male- and female-pronucleus respectively, and the re- sulting body formed by their fusion the segmentation-nucleus, which, though exceedingly minute, is also exceedingly complex both in its chemical and molecular constitution. From this segmentation-nucleus and from the surrounding protoplasm of the egg-cell other cells arise by a process of sub- division, and these at length become arranged in definite layers, called the germinal layers, from which all the tissues and organs of the body are gradually formed in orderly sequence. It is the segmentation-nucleus which thus forms the starting point of all the subsequent complicated changes; and inasmuch as _ this is formed by the fusion of particles of material from both parents we start with the fact of a physical continuity between parent and offspring, and are thus enabled to lay down are fundamental proposition that a physical basis for heredity exists. One result of this physical continuity of substance is that the offspring resembles the parents not only in bodily form and 259 feature, but also in mind and temperament, and in that damiosa hereditas liability to particular diseases. _ So far we are dealing with facts with which every physiologist is familiar. ‘ Now, the size of the segmentation-nucleus, which we have seen is formed by the fusion of particles from both parents, is itself exceedingly minute, and further, in the course of division of the egg-cell the substance of this segmentation-nucleus must in the course of its diffusion amongst the continuously-increasing cells of the growing embryonic body, undergo a degree of attenuation far surpassing the extremest idea of homeopathic dilution ; yet the presence of these attenuated particles is sufficient to stamp the offspring with the characters, not only of the immediate parents, but also with those of still remoter ancestors. It is to be noted also that the power of production of a new individual lies in the special cells called germ- and sperm-cells respectively, which are, so to speak, isolated from the rest of the body and set apart for this special purpose of reproduction. Even at a very early period of growth they are thus marked off from the rest of the embryonic body, taking no part in its growth, but being only dependent on the constituent cells of this for shelter and nutrition. These special cells constitute the essential por- tions of what are called the reproductive organs. The central problem of heredity is therefore the discovery of the manner in which these reproductive cells, marked off as they are from the rest of the body, become stamped, as it were, with the potentiality of transmitting to the offspring the multifarious characteristics and peculiarities, not only of the parent organisms but also to a lesser degree those of preceding ancestors ; or as Weismann himself puts the question—“ How is it that a single cell can reproduce the towt ensemble of the parent with the faith- fulness of a portrait?” He proceeds to offer for the solution of this extremely difficult problem his theory of the ‘Continuity of the Germ-plasm,” which, according to his views, rests upon the fact that the reproductive cells are not derived from the general body-cells of the individual in which they occur, but are the direct descendants of the germ-cells of the parent. In other words Weismann represents that the particulate body formed from the fusion of elements from both parents contains a substance which he calls germ-plasm, and this, he states, is not entirely used up in the formation of a given offspring, but a portion is set aside, it may be at an exceedingly early stage of development, and re- served unchanged to form the germ-cells of the next generation. The sharpest distinction is thus to be drawn between two classes of cells composing the body of the developing germ which are des- tined for entirely different purposes. One set is destined for the 260 growth of the personal structure of the body, which he terms somatic cells; the other for the ultimate perpetuation of the species or blastogenic cells which pass on as it were from genera- tion to generation. Fur ther, it has been shown by previous writers that the above- mentioned particulate body or pronucleus arising out of the fusion of elements from both parents, is really formed by the conjugation of the nuclei, or more accurately, of certain parts of the nuclei, of the respective reproductive cells male and female. So it must be that it is the nuclear substance which is the real bearer of hereditary tendencies and much has been written lately as to the intricate structure of the nuclei of active cells. The two nuclei must be supposed not only to carry over germ-plasm from each immediate parent, but also some fraction from every preceding parent, the amount diminishing in geometrical ratio as we proceed backwards in the ancestral line. This is Weismann’s main contention briefly stated, but in order fully to understand his train of reasoning, and to realise the full force of his conclusions, it 1s necessary to review some other of his facts and arguments which are so intricately bound up with his central theory of heredity as to make the compre- hension of them a necessary preliminary to the consideration of the main issue. Starting from the position that all living organisms, whether plants or animals, consist of one or more cells, we may class them in two great divisions—unicellular and multicellular. The unicellular plants and animals are termed Protophyta and Pro- tozoa, the multicellular Metaphyta and Metazoa respectively, and it is hardly necessary to point out that it is the unicellular plants. and animals which exhibit the phenomena of life in the simplest and most elementary forms. Recognising the well-known facts that the unicellular organisms reproduce themselves by fission, that is, by the division of the parent organism into two approxi- mately equal parts, or by the closely analogous process of gem- mation, in which a small bud of the parent tissue grows from the body to increase in size and to be subsequently separated into an independent individual, Professor Weismann comes to the some- what startling conclusion, which seems to have been overlooked by other biologists, that aboriginally life is immortal, and that the conclusion, that death is necessarily the end of all living things, must be abandoned. For, when a simple unicellular organism, such as the Ameeba, reproduces its kind, it does so by this process of fission or division into two equal parts, each half growing into a Protozoon resembling its parent, and thus the actual and identical protoplasm of the parent Ameeba lives on, as it were, in the bodies of its descendants, each one of which con- 261 tains a fraction of the parental living substance. As this pro- cess of division has gone on from generation to generation it is clear that the protoplasm of the ancestral and primeval Amoeba has lived on ever since Ameeba-like organisms made their appear- ance. The Protozoa then, as also the Protophyta, are endowed with the potentiality of eternal life. This does not of course imply that they cannot die, or that they do not die, but merely that, if they be shielded from fatal accidents, they do not die a natural death, but live on, increasing in size up to a certain limit, and when that limit is reached dividing into two or more similar organisms. And we may go as far as to say that every Protozoon of the present day is alive with the actual life of its primeval ancestor, the body of which has thus lived on in the substance of its descendants ever since life itself made its ap- pearance on this planet. Metazoa and Metaphyta on the other hand do die a natural death. To the higher organisms with which we are most familiar death is undoubtedly the end of all things. These multicellular beings have undoubtedly descended from unicellular organisms which, we have seen, are endowed with the potentiality of everlasting life, and the former must have developed the power of dying when they ceased to consist of simple cells. The question thus arises why should life, imm rtal in the case of the unicellular organisms, have ceased to be so in the case of the multicellular ? Weismann’s answer is based upon the fact that multicellular organisms do not propagate themselves solely by such a-sexual methods as fission and gemmation, but by a sexual process in which the origin of a new individual depends upon the fusion or conjugation of certain specialised portions of two parents. It is true that the general body-cells of multicellular organ- isms can reproduce themselves to a certain degree, as shown in the growth and repair of tissues and organs, or even in certain cases of whole members, but it is only a certain specialised group of these cells which can do so to that unlimited extent which is characteristic of unicellular organisms. It is to this limitation in respect of the power of division of the somatic- or body-cells that the phenomenon of death is owing. Thus we return to the cardinal point which issoimportant. I repeat it at the risk of being tedious, that the cells of the complex Metazoon can be divided into two categories, reproductive cells and body- or somatic-cells, the former inheriting from their ances- tors, the Protozoa, their unlimited power of division, the latter possessing this power only to the extent of the attainment of the limit of size of the individual, and when this limit is attained the 262 organism dies by reason of the impossibility of any further growth of the body. The reproductive cells are, then, the essential factors for the continuance of the species, the somatic for the growth of the individual. Now, it is evident, from the point of view of the species in contradistinction to that of the individual, that a change from the asexual to the sexual method of reproduction must carry with it a distinct advantage, for, it must be remembered that the indi- vidual exists for the good of the species. The advantage which death possesses for the species appears on consideration of the consequences which would ensue if these complex organisms were endowed with immortality, for in such a case all those members of a species which multiplied by sexual methods would, in the course of time, come to be composed of broken down and decrepid individuals, resulting from the inevitable disease and accidents of life, and they would consequently be less well adapted for their place i in nature than younger, healthier, and less- damaged forms. The doom of death, then, appears to have been brought about by natural selection, inasmuch as it is for the benefit of those species which propagate themselves sexually, that the individual composing them should not live longer than is necessary for the purpose of giving origin to the next generation, and fairly launching its members on their own career of struggle for existence. Our position, therefore, stands thus at present :—Protoplasm was originally immortal, and unicellular organisms still preserve this attribute of immortality, but in the case of the multicellular organisms which propagate sexually, natural selection has reduced the term of life within the narrowest limits which are compatible with the performance of the sexual act and the subsequent rear- ing of the progeny up to the period at which they are capable of taking care of themselves. The reproductive elements of their bodies alone have reserved the attribute of immortality, as the means whereby a continuous stream of life has been maintained from the time of its first appearance until now. Why, then, should sexual reproduction, which carries with it the doom of death, have become the universal law for all the higher organisms ? Looking at its universality, it must be as- sumed to play an all-important réle in the scheme of organic life. What is the réle? Briefly, according to Weismann, its object is to furnish congenital variations to the ever ready and ever active agency of natural selection, from which the most favourably — endowed examples of the species may be preserved, and their 263 advantageous endowments passed on to the next generation. How this is brought about will appear if we remember that at each sexual union there is a mixture of two reproductive elements, and that each of these is the product of the fusion of two other reproductive elements of the preceding generation. Thus it fol- lows that the germinal elements of no one member of the species can ever be the same as that of any other member; in fact, each such germinal element has had a different ancestral history, and each represents an admixture derived from thousands, and perhaps millions, of individuals in different lines of descent. In the union of any two of these enormously complex but always differing germinal elements we have the cause of innumerable congenital variations—the only variations which Weismann will allow are transmissible by heredity. Though we may thus make a reasonable attempt to explain the razson détre of the process of sexual reproduction, the cause which led to its adoption is a problem which still awaits suggestion and solution. So far, then, Weismann leads us to the conclusion that the dominion and influence of natural selection can only be made to extend as far back as the Protozoa, over which it is unable to exert any influence at all, for, if natural selection depends for its activity upon the occurrence of congenital variations, and if con- genital variations in their turn depend upon the exercise of the exual method of reproduction, it follows that organisms which do not propagate themselves by this method cannot present con- genital variations, and cannot thus come under the dominion of natural selection ; in other words, while for unicellular organisms Weismann is an exclusive advocate of the views of Lamarck, whose theory, as is well known, was mainly based upon the effect and transmissibility of acquired characters, for the multicellular he is rigidly and entirely his opponent. Inseparably bound up with the theory of the continuity of the germ plasma is the assumption of the great difference which obtains in respect of the transmissibility of characters which are congenital, and characters which are acquired ; and so much im- portance does Weismann lay upon a sharp and clear distinction being made between these two kinds of characters, that I had best quote the words of his own essay on this part of the sub- ject :—“ It is certainly necessary to have two terms which dis- tinguish sharply between the two chief groups of characters—the primary characters which first appear in the body itself, and the secondary ones which owe their appearance to variations in the germ, however such variations may have arisen. We have hitherto been accustomed to call the former ‘acquired characters,’ but we might also call them somatogenic, because they follow from the reaction of the soma under external influence, while all other 264 characters might be contrasted as blastogenic, because they include all those characters in the body which have arisen from changes in the germ. In this way we might prevent the possibility of a misunderstanding. We maintain that the somatogenic character cannot be transmitted, or rather that those who assert that they can be transmitted must furnish the requisite proofs. “The somatogenic characters not only include the effects of mutilation, but the changes which follow from increased or dim- inished performance of function, and those which are directly due to nutrition and any of the other external influences which act upon the body. “Among the blastogenic characters we include not only all the changes produced by natural selection operating upon variations in the germ, but all other characters which result from this latter cause.” For example, a man may either be born with some malforma- tion of one of his fingers or he may acquire such malformation or mutilation as the result of accident or disease. Now in the former case, when the malformation is congenital, it is extremely probable that the peculiarity will be transmitted to his children, while in the case where the man has himself acquired the de- formity, it is, according to Weismann, certain that there will be no such transmission. It is quite true that both medical men and biologists have long been aware of the remarkable tendency that exists for the in- heritance of congenital deformity, but it has been at the same time generally assumed that acquired characters might also be regarded as similarly hereditable, though with less certainty and to a less extent. The difference thus being considered to be one of degree merely. Weismann makes it one of kind, and states it to be a physiological impossibility that acquired characters, as defined by him, can be transmitted under any circumstances. He declares that the evidence put forward by other biologists in favour of the opposite view, which he discusses at considerable length in one of his essays, 1s either unreliable or inconclusive. On this same question much discussion has recently taken place in the pages of Vatwre between some of the most distinguished biologists of the day ; indeed, it still continues with unabated vigour. We are now ina position to resume consideration of Weis- mann’s central theory of heredity, and, recapitulating the sub- stance of what has gone before, we have seen that the body of the multicellular organism is composed of two entirely different kinds of cells—germ-cells and somatic-cells—the former being concerned solely with reproduction and the latter with the build- i ie ee Ti ae 265 ing up of the bodily framework in which the germ-cells find lodgement. Further, the somatic-cells, aggregated as they are into groups constituting the various tissues and organs of the body, become subject to the action of the environment, through and by which they can be modified in various ways during the life-time of the individual. Modifications resulting from such causes are the acquired, or somatogenic characters of Weismann, and according to his view, they can in no case influence the germ-cells and appear in the products of these as congenital or blastogenic characters. The germ-cells on the other hand differ toto celo from the somatic, inasmuch as they are the receptacles of the imperishable germ-plasm, and have no connection with the somatic-cells save that the former are sheltered and nourished by the latter. This germ-plasm took its origin in primeval uni- cellular organisms, and has been handed down from these through remote ages through them and through all the generations of multicellular organisms which, in the course of evolution, suc- ceeded the unicellular; or putting these abstract propositions more concretely, suppose a new individual to be formed by the union of the germ-plasm of two parent organisms, a portion only of this admixture is used up in the formation of the said indi- vidual, a certain residual fraction remains stored up in its repro- ductive cells to be, in its turn, handed over to a member of the next generation. This successive transference from generation to generation represents that continuity of germ-plasm which is the central feature of Weismann’s theory. Again, we must assume that these successive fragments, which are passed on from individual to individual, grow and multiply at the expense of the somatic cells of each individual in which they find lodge- ment. Whilst thus however growing and multiplying the germ- plasm itself faithfully preserves the chemical and molecular qualities of that primeval fragment which the first sexual parents passed on to their first offspring. To make these statements still clearer let me borrow from Sir William Turner the following graphic mode of expressing the above facts.* A B C ey, a ab abe abed. Let the capital letters, A B C D, express a series of successive generations. Suppose A to be the starting point and to represent the somatic or personal structure of an individual, then a may stand for the reproductive cells, or germ-plasm, which the off - spring of A, viz., B, is produced. * The idea would have been better conveyed if the small letters had been included within the capitals. 266 B, like A, has both a personal structure and reproductive cells, or germ-plasm, the latter of which is represented by the letters ab, which are intended to show that while belonging to B they have a line of continuity with A. C stands for an individual of the third generation, in which the reproductive plasm is indicated by abc, to express that, though within the body of C the germ- plasm is continuous with that of both 4 and a. D also contains the reproductive cells abcd, which are continu- ous with the germ-plasm of the three preceding generations, and so on ; or for the sake of clearness to put the matter in yet an- other way as suggested by Dr. Romanes, we might represent the germ-plasm by the metaphor of a yeast-plant, a single particle of which may be put into a vat of nutrient fluid ; there it lives and grows upon the nutriment supplied, so that a new particle may be taken to impregnate another vat, and so on ad infinitum. Here the successive vats would represent successive generations of progeny. But to make the metaphor complete one would require to suppose that in each case the yeast-cell was required to begin by making its own vat of nutrient material, and that it was only the residual portion of the cell which was afterwards able to grow and multiply. But though the metaphor is thus necessarily a clumsy one it may serve to emphasise the all-important feature of Weismann’s theory, viz., the almost absolute independence of the germ-plasm. For, just as the properties of the yeast-plant would be in no way affected by anything that might happen to the vat, short of its being broken up or having its malt impaired, so, according to Weismann, the properties of the gecm-plasm can- not be affected by anything that may happen to,its containing soma, short of the soma being destroyed or having its nutritive functions impaired. The consideration of this theory would be manifestly incom- plete without reference to its modus operandi in the oxigination of new species, and it has already been stated that it requires the assumption that congenital variations only being inheritable no variation impressed upon the organism by the action of its environment—that is, no acquired variation can be in the same way transmitted. Such acquired variations, however advantageous to the indi- vidual, cease with the life of that individual—are intransmisable to succeeding generations, and therefore of no account phylogeneti- cally. Congenital variations alone tell in the process of organic evolution, and, remembering the facts we have stated as to the advantage of sexual reproduction in respect of the production of congenital variations, we can see how the process of natural selec- _ tion has for its base of operations the innumerable congenital 267 variations that have occurred in the course of the thousands of years during which sexual reproduction has been in vogue. Congenital variations are, in fact, dependent on variations of the germ-plasm out of which organisms are built, and this comes. to the same thing as saying that natural selection works in and through these variations of the germ-plasm—that is to say, through natural selection. For picking out the individuals that are best adapted to their own environment, it is really picking out the most suitable and advantageous combinations of germ- plasms which, when expanded into the resulting organisms, realise the best opportunities for survival in the struggle for existence through which they have to pass. And, as we have already stated, a certain overplus of this germ-plasm, not being used up in the somatic or personal structure of a given organism, is handed over to the keeping of an individual of the next generation, and from this a still smaller fraction proceeds to the next, and so on, preserving all the while its own peculiar characteristics, until in the course of sexual reproduction it meets with another fragment of germ-plasm, which may still further improve its qualities, or the reverse. In the former case the fusion will result in the maturation of an organism still better equipped for the struggle for existence than either parent, and natural selection will seize upon the improvement, and cause it to be perpetuated. Putting the matter, then, briefly, we may say that natural selection is ever waiting and watching for such fresh and fortui- tous combinations of germ-plasm as will produce individuals best calculated for survival, and on the other hand that destruction lies in wait for those combinations which result in organisms less favourably endowed. A stability on the part of germ-plasm, unchangeable and un- alterable except by the modifying influence of other germ-plasma itself equally stable, stands, then, as an essential feature of Weis- mann’s theory. The germ-plasm of any organism being of the same essential nature as when it started on its career thousands of years ago. Like the unicellular organisms, it is endowed with the property of everlasting life ; it is immortal. Such a conclusion, however, inevitably leads to the question, What was the cause of those aboriginal differences of character in the germ-plasmas of different multicellular organisms which first gave rise to congenital variations ? Weismann answers that those differences arose out of the original differences in unicellular organisms which were the ances- tors of the multicellular. The former differ from the latter, as we have seen, in that they alone can be influenced by the action their environment and the different species ot unicellular organisms arose in consequence of these differences of reaction. 268 The singular but logical result of this closely-reasoned train of argument is that all congenital variations of multicellular organ- isms are really and actually the remote consequences of differences stamped upon their primeval unicellular ancestors by variations in their surrounding conditions of life. Such is an outline of Weismann’s theory as put forth in the series of essays alluded to. Many objections have been, and are still being, raised to some of his facts and arguments, and even the author himself has modified some of his views since they were first enunciated. ‘Taken as a whole, these essays constitute a re- markable addition to the literature of evolution, and the conclu- sions to which they lead have already exercised a profound in- fluence on the current of modern biological thought, and are des- tined, I think, to bear still further fruits. 269 DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY For the Year 1889-90. TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, AND REPORTS. Presented by the respective Societies, Editors, and Governments: AUSTRIA AND GERMANY. Berlin—Nitzungsberichte der K6niglich Preussischen Akadamie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1889, No. 1 to 53; 1890, No. 1 to 19. —— Kaiser-Koniglich Geologische Reichenstalt, 1889, No. 10. —- Naturenschaftliche Wachenschrift, Band IT., No. 15; Band III., No. 4. ——__ Ergebnisse der Meteorologischen Beobachtungen, 1889. ——- Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde, Band XV., part 1 to 10; Band XVI., part 1 to 9; Band XVII., pt. 1 to 6. —-— Zeitschrift, ditto, ditto, 1888-89, Nos. 133, 138, 140, 142 to 144, 146, 147. Giessen—Oberhessichen Gesellschaft fur Natur und Heilkunde- Bericht, 26, 27. Halle—Leopoldina, Amptliches Organ der Kaiserlich Leopoldino- Carolineschen Deutchen Akadamie Naturforscher, Heft 2 to 4. Munich — Sitzungsberichte Mathematisch-Physicalischen Class K. B. Akadamie der Wissenschaften zu Munich, ' 1887, Heft 3; 1888, Heft 1, 2. Abhandlungen, ditto, ditto, Band XVL., part 3. Wiirzburg—Physikalisch-Medicinischen Gesellschaft zu Wiirz- burg, 1888-89. Vienna—Verhandlungen der K. K. Geologischen Reichenstalt, 1889, No. 18; 1890, Nos. 1 to 5. Vehandlungen der K. K. Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesell- schaft in Wien, Band XXXIX., Th. 1, 2. Kaiser- liche Akadamie der Wissenschaften in Wien. Sitzung der Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Classe, 1889, No. 19 to 24; 1890, No. 1 to 8. BRAZIL. Buenos Ayres—Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias en Cordoba (Republica Argentina), Tome X., part 3; Tome XI., part 3. 270 Rio de Janeiro—Revista do Observatione do Imp. Observatore do Rio de Janeiro ; Anno IV., Nos. 7 to 12 ; Anno V., Nos. 1 to 5. CHILI. ‘Santiago—Verhandlungen des Deutschen Wissenschaftlichen Vereines, Band II., Heft 1. CANADA ANA Nova SCorTtma. Halifax—Proceedings Nova Scotia Institute of Natural Science, vol. VIL., part 3. Montreal—Canadian Record of Sciences, vol. III., Nos. 7, 8; vol. IV., Nos. 1 to 3. ——— Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada ; Contributions to Canadian Paleontology, vol. L, part 2. Micro-Paleontology of Cambro-Silurian Rocks, part 3. Annual Report, vol. III., parts 1, 2 (1887-88). FRANCE. Paris—Sociétié Entomologique de France. Bulletin, parts X VI. to LVI. GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. Belfast—Report and Proceedings of the Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society, 1888-89. Dublin—Scientific Transactions of the Royal Society, vol. IV. (series II.), parts 2 to 5; vol. VI. (new series), parts 3 to 6. Edinburgh—Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vols. XV. and XVI. Physical Society, vol. I. London—Journals of the Royal Microscopical Society ; 1889, parts 5, 6; 1890, parts 1, 2. — Proceedings of the Royal Society, vol. XLIV., Nos. 271 to 280. ——— Transactions of the Entomological Society, 1888-89. — Proceedings of the Linnean Society, 1887-88, 1888-89. List of Members, 1890. Manchester—Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philo- sophical Society, vol. II. (fourth series). Report of the Field Naturalists and Archeological Society, 1889. INDIA. ‘Calcutta—Notes on Indian Inséct Pests (Indian Museum), 1888, vol. I., Nos. 1 to 4. 371 JAPAN. Tokio—Calendar of the Imperial University of Japan, 1889-90. Journals of the College of Sciences, Imperial University, vol. IIT., part 3 — Proceedings of the Seismological Society, vol. XITT. MeExIco. Mexico—Memoirs de la Sociadad Cientifica; J. II., No. 2; ees. los..9;. 40. New Sourn WAtzgs. Sydney—Proceedings of the Linnean Society, N.S.W.; second series, vol. IV., part 3; vol. V., parts 1, 2. — Journals and Proceedings of the Royal Society, N.S.W., vol. XXITI., parts 1, 2. — Australian Museum—Technological Report, 1889 ; Records, vol. I., Nos. 1, 2, 3; Guide to Aus- tralian Museum, 1890. — Sydney Free Library Report, 1889-90. Catalogue Scientific Books, part 1. — Agricultural Gazette, vol. I., part 1, 2 —_—— Australian Association for the (CE of Science —Proceedings, 1889; President’s Report (H. C. Russell, B.A.), 1889. — Department of Sek peace Geological Surveys ; vol. I., parts 1, 2; vol. II., part 1; Annual Reports, 1888 and 1889; Mineral products of New South Wales ; Paleontology, Nos. 1, 3, 4, 5. New ZEALAND. Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute, 1889, vol. XXIT. Colonial ‘Museum and Geological Survey of New Zealand ; Reports of Geological Explorations, 1888-89 ; Catalogue af of the Library ; "Annual Report (twenty- fourth) of the Laboratory. Norway AND SWEDEN. Bergen— Museums Aarsberecht, 1888. Christiania—Forhandlinger ved de Skandinavisha Naturforsheres. Geodatische Arbeiten, Heft VI., VII. —_———— Jahrbuch der Norwegischen Meteorolischen Insti- tuts, 1887. ————— Den Norske-Nordhavs Expedition, XIX. ; Zoologie- Actinida, ved D. C. Danielssen. Stockholm—Geologistra Féreningens, Band XII., Heft 1, No. 127 ; Heft 2, No. 128. 272 QUEENSLAND. Brisbane—Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland, 1889, vol. V., part 5. ———— Queensland Museum Annual Report, 1889. ——— Meteorological Reports and Charts, by Clement L. Wragge, F.A.S., Government Astronomer. —— Report on the Flora and Fauna of the Bellenden-Ker Range. Russia. Kiew—Proceedings of the Society of Naturalists, vol. X., parts 12: SouTH AUSTRALIA. Adelaide—Annual Progress Report Woods and Forests Depart- ment, 1888-89 (J. E. Brown, F.L.8., Conservator of Forests). Meteorological Observations Adelaide Observatory, 1889 (Charles Todd, C.M.G., F.R.S., Government Astronomer). —— —- Report of the Botanic Gardens, 1889 (R. Schomburgk, Ph.D., Curator). ———- Report of the Board of Governors Public Library, 1888-89. ———- Annual Report of the School of Mines, 1889. STRAITS SETTLEMENTS. Perak—Government Gazette, vol. IIT., part 1. SWITZERLAND. Geneva—Compte Rendu des Séances de la Société de Physique et. d’Histoire Naturelle de Généve; vol. III., 1886 ; vol. TV.,. 1887 5 wols Vai. Aea3: Lausanne—Bulletin de la Société Vandois des Sciences Naturelles, vol. XXV., No. 100. TASMANIA. Hobart—Parliamentary Papers. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania, 1889 ; President’s Address, 1889. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. Baltimore—American Chemical Journal, vol. I1., parts | to 7. John Hopkins University Studies, seventh series, Nos. 2 to 12. ———— Ditto, ditto, Circulars, vol. VIII., Nos. 69 to 75; vol. [X., No. 77. Annual Report (fourteenth), 1889. 273 Boston—Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol XXIV., parts 1, 2. — Proceedings of the American Academy of Sciences, vol. XV., part 2. San Francisco—Bulletin of the Californian Academy of Sciences, vol. I., parts 1, 2. Memoirs ditto, ditto, vol. IIL., part 2. State Mineralogist’s Ninth Annual Report, 1890, Californian State Mining Bureau Eighth Annual Report. Cambridge—Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, vol. X VI., Nos. 6 to 9; vol. XVII., Nos. 4 to 6; vol. XIX., Nos. 1 to 4; vol. XX., No. 1. Annual Report of the Curator of the Museum, New York—Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences, vol. VIII., Nos. 1 to 8. Annals ditto, ditto, vol. IV., Nos. 10 to 12. — Library Journal, vol. XIV., No. 12. Minesota—Geological and Natural History Survey, Sixteenth Annual Report. Philadeiphia—Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1889, parts 1, 2. Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute, vol. IT. Salem—Essex Institute Bulletin, vol. X_X., Nos. 1 to 12; vol. XXI., Nos. 1 to 6. Trenton—Journal Trenton Natural History Society, vol. IT., art 1. tion Pablications Smithsonian Institute: Annual Report, 1886 ; Reports of Professor J. Henry, 1886, 1 to 10; Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1883-84, 1884-85. ——-1 Academy of Sciences, vol. IV., part l. ——__—— United States Geological Survey: Bulletins, 49 to 53 ; Monographs and Annual Report, 1885-86. United States Department of Agriculture : Bulletin, No. 1; North American Fauna, Nos. 1, 2. Bulletin United States National Museum, Nos. 33 to 37. Proceedings ditto ditto, vol. X., No. 87; vol. XI, No. 88. VICTORIA. Melbourne—Victorian Naturalist, vol. VI., parts 6 to 11, vol. VITI., Nos. 1 to 5. Field Naturalists’ Club Annual Report (nineteenth). 274 Melbourne—Transactions of the Geological Society of Australia, vol. I., part 4. Ballarat School of Mines Annual Report, 1889. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria (new series), vol. I., part 2, 1889; vol. II. WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Perth—Blue Book, 1889. — Government Geologist : Annual Report by H. P. Wood- ward, F.G.S. MONOGRAPHS AND BOOKS. Presented by the respective Societies, Museums, and Governments. Australian Museum—Catalogue of Australian Birds, part 2, and Supplements. Brown, H. P.—On the Electrical Distribution of Light, Heat, and Power (New York). Brown, H. Y. L.—Record of Mines of South Australia, 1890. ——— Geological Map of the Tertiary Deposits at Barossa. Buxton, Sylvester—Old New World (Salem, U.S.A.) Bailey, F. M.—Catalogue of Plants (Brisbane). — Synopsis Queensland Flora (Brisbane, 1890). British Museum—British Museum Guide Books, 13 vols. Bauernfeind, Carl M. V.—Bayerische Precisions-Nivellenunt (Munich). Darapskey, De L.—Las Aquas Minerales de Chili (Valparaiso). Department of Mines, N.S.W.—Geology of the Vegetable Creek Tin Mining Fields. Etheridge, Robert--The Invertebrate Fauna of the Hawkes- bury Series (Paleontology Department of Mines, N.S. W.). Ettinghausen, Dr.—Contributions to the Tertiary Flora of Aus- tralia (Department of Mines, N.S. W.). Feistmantel, Dr. O.—Geological and Paleontological Relations of the Coal and Plant-bearing Beds of Palzeozoic and Mesozoic Age of Eastern Australia and Tasmania (Department of Mines, N-S. W.). Hayter, H. H., C.M.G.—Victorian Year-book, parts 1, 2, 1888-89. Holmes, W. H.—Textile Fabrics of Ancient Peru Reig Institution). Lendenfeld, Robert V.— Monograph Australian Sponges (London). 275 *Nowell, Cradock—Monetary Powers (Tasmania, 1890). McCay, F.—Prodromus Zoology, Victoria, Decades XTX. and XX. *Mueller, Baron F. von—Second Systematic Census of Australian Plants, part 1—Vasculares. Parker, T. J.—Studies in Biology, No. 4—Skeleton of New Zea- land Crayfishes. Pilling, J. C.—Bibliography Muskhogean Languages (Smithsonian Institution). —————-_ Bibliography Troquoian Languages (Smithsonian Institution). : Russell, H. C.—Results of Meteorological Observations in the Shade in New South Wales, 1887 and 1888. Rain, River, and Evaporation Observations made in New South Wales, 1889. ——————__ Astronomical and Meteorological Workers in New South Wales, 1778 to 1860. —_———— Proposed Method of Recording Variations in the direction of the Vertical. Shanghai—Catalogue Chinese Imperial Collection United States International Exhibition, 1876. Shirley, John—Lichen Flora (Brisbane) Thomas, Cyrus—Earthworks of Ohio (Smithsonian Institution). ——————-_ Problems of Ohio Mounds (Smithsonian Institu- tion). Thurston, “ade ay Batrachia, Salientia, and Apoda (Madras, 1888). Notes on the Pearl and Chank Fisheries, Gulf of Manaar (Madras, 1888). Tepper, J. G. O.—List of Named Insects South Australian Museum. , Woodward, A. S.—Fossil Fishes of the Hawkesbury Series at Gosford (Department of Mines, N.S. W.). 276 LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS, &c. NovemBeEr, 1890. Those marked (¥) were present at the first meeting when the Society was founded. Those marked (L) are Life Fellows. Those marked with an asterisk have contributed papers published in the Society’s Trans- actions. HONORARY FELLOWS. Barkely, Sir Henry, K.C.M.G., K.C.B., iS: Ellery, RB. Lad... F.R.S. *Ktheridge, Robert . Garran, A., LL.D.. Hull, H. M. Jervois, Sir W. F. ‘DEY K.C.M.G., C.B., F.R.S. ; Little, E. Macleay, Sir W. ey: Ls. *Mueller, Baron F. von, K.C. M. G., ¥.R. Ss. Russell, “EL. C.1 Be, E.R.S. . Melbourne Sydney Sydney Hobart England peig Melbourne Sydney CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Bailey, F. M., F.L.S. Canham, J. *Cloud, T. Cy F.C.S. *Dennant, J., F.G.S. *Foelsche, Paul #. Goldstein, J. R. Y. *Hayter, H. HH. M.A., C.M.G., ESS. Holtze, Maurice “Kempe, Rev. J: 0% *McGilivray, P. H., MR. Cie E.LS. *Maskell, W. M._... Nicolay, Rev. C. G. "Richards, Mrs. A. *Stirling, James, F. ai, Sip Ss ee FELLOWS *Adamson, D. B. Adcock, D. J. Angas, J. H. Angove, W. T. Bagot, John 3lackburn, Rev. Thomas, B.A. soard, Gregory Boettger, Otto ie sragg, Prof., M.A. 3rown, J. E., F.L.S. grown, L. G. "Erown, EL. Y..luis 3ussell, J. W. , MB.CG.S. F.G.S. Brisbane Stuart’s Creek Wallaroo Melbourne Palmerston Melbourne Melbourne Palmerston Finke ... Sandhurst New Zealand Fremantle, W.A. iY Beltana Melbourne Adelaide Adelaide Angaston Tea Tree Gully Adelaide Woodville Port Pirie Adelaide Adelaide Sydney ... Two Wells Adelaide Adelaide Date of Election, 1857 1876 1890 1853 1855 1878 1858 1878 1879 1876 1881 1880 1881 1888 1882 1888 1878 1882 1880 1889 1888 1886 1880 1883 1867 1887 1874 1888 1887 — 1887 1890 1884 1886 1881 1882 1883 1884 Campbell, Hon. Allan, M.L.C., L.R.C Edin. Chapman, R. W., B.Sc. *Cleland, W. L., M. B:} Ch. M., ay R.M. Ss. (L) Cooke, EK. Cox, W. C. *Crawford, F. S Davis, F. W. *Dixon, Samuel Dobbie, A. W. : *East, ns J. (Corr. Memb. , 1884) Elder, Sir Thomas .. Eyres, Thomas Fleming, David _... Fletcher, Alfred W., B.Se. ... Fletcher, Rev. W. R., M.A. Foote, H. Fowler, W. Fraser, J. C. Gardner, Wm.. M. D., C.M. Gul, H. P. Gill, Thomas { *Goyder, Geo., jun.... Gray, Rev. William Harris, C. H. i Harrold, ee L. Hay, Hon. A. iy ME L.C. Henry, A., M.D. ... *Howchin, W., F.G.S. Hughes, H.W. .. (F) Kay, R. *Lamb, Prof., M. ay: ERS. Laughton, E. Lendon, A. A., M. D. Lloyd, J. S. Loughhead, Jas. H. Lower, O. B. ; *Lucas, R. B. Magarey, A. T. *Magarey, Hon. S. J., M.B. Mayo, Geo., F.R.C.S. Mayo, G. G. ae _Mestayer, R. L., F.R.M.S. *Meyrick, E. T., BLA. Middleton, W. ‘J. E. Mitchell, J. T., M.D. Molineux, A. (L) Murray, Hon. Dav a M.L. C. Munton, H, S *Parker, Thos. Phillips, W. H. Phillipson, W. T. Poole, W. B. Robertson, R., F. F. Pp. Ss. *Rennie, Prof. E. H.,. D.8c., F.C.S. Renner, F. E., M. D. Russell, William LOS) Adelaide Adelaide Parkside Adelaide Semaphore Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide North Adelaide Kent Town Kent Town Burnside Kulpara Adelaide Adclelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide New Hebrides Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Goo.lwood East Booyoolie Adelaide England Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Parkside Parkside Adelaide North Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Sydney England Upper Sturt Port Adelaide Kent Town Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Petersburg Port Adelaide 1882 1888 1879 1876 1880 1865 1882 1887 1876 1890 1871 1887 1886 1890 1876 1883 1882 1889 1882 1883 1885 1880 1890 1883 1876 1861 1882 1883 1883 1853 1883 1874 1S84 1856 1889 1888 1885 1873 1874 1853 1874 1883 ISS] 1882 1885 1880 1859 1884 1883 1883 1887 1886 1882 1885 1885 1879 *Rutt, Walter, C.E. Salom, Hon. M., M.L.C. *Schomburgk, R., Ph.D. Scott, Jas. L. ‘} Smeaton, Thos. ae Smith, R. Barr Smythe, J. L., B.A ae *Stirling, E. C., M.D., F.R.C.S. Stuckey, J. J., M.A. ma "Tate, Prof. B.; Fi egiiass, Thomas, Jd. D.; MOP E.R. C.S. Thomson, Capt. Anstruther Tepper, J. G. O.,j/BLi&: (Corr. Memb., 1878) *Todd, Charles, C.M.G., M.A., E.R.S. Tyas, J. W. itt su) Umbehaun, C. Vardon, J oseph (3 rae 7 werco, J. C., MED.) ‘E.R.C.S. Vickery, G: ; Wainwright, Ed. H., B.Sc. Ware, W. L. Way, E. W., M. B. Way, S. J., Chief Justice Wheeler, F. *Whittell, H., M. D., F.R.M.S. Wilson, 5 ohn, F.E.T. S. *Wragge, Cc i: F.R.G.S. *Zietz, A. ‘ ASSOCIATE. Hodgson, Mrs. Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Hyde Park Littlehampton Adelaide Glenelg Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Norwood Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Meadows St. Peters Adelaide Adelaide Adelaide Fremantle, W.A. ¥ Adelaide Goodwood Brisbane Adelaide Port Victor 1866 1868 1865 1865 1857 1871 1882 1884 1878 1876 1877 1890 1885 1856 1882 1879 1889 1878 1868 1883 1878 1879 1859 1884 1882 1887 1887 1886 1884 mfr NDA. FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION > OF THE Moval Society of South Australia. a ANNUAL REPORT. THE Committee have pleasure in presenting the following report of the work of the Section for the year ending 30th September, 1890, which completes the seventh year of its existence. Evening Meetings.—During the year eight evening meetings have been held, at which the attendance has on the whole been well maintained. A new departure was made at the commence- ment of the session, when it was attempted to make these gather- ings less formal in character and partake more of the nature of *“‘ gossip” meetings. Two short papers have usually been provided for each meeting, and special efforts have been made to secure exhibits. In the latter direction the help of some of our local correspondents has been very useful. As a result of these steps the evening meetings have been more than usually interesting, and the attendance has in most cases shown an improvement on that of recent years. Papers have been contributed by the following gentlemen :—Professor W. H. Bragg, M.A. ; Dr. R. H. Perks, M.A., F.R.C.S.; Messrs. T. A. Masey, F.Z.S., J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., W. Howchin, F.G.8., and 8. Dixon. Excwrsions.—There have been ten excursions during the year, at which the attendance has on the whole been satisfactory, reaching as high as over 50. In those cases where the number 280 has been small the unfavorable weather has generally accounted for it. Amongst the most successful excursions have been those to the Agricultural College at Roseworthy, to Marion, and to the Smelting and Refining Works at Dry Creek. There has also been, as is customary, one sea trip for trawling and dredging. Some localities have been visited for the first time, the scrub between Gawler and Roseworthy being the most noteworthy, as it contained many plants not previously met with on these excursions. Annual Conversazione.—The first conversazione held in con- junction with the Microscopical Section took place in October last. Notwithstanding the inclement weather it was largely attended, and proved very successful. There was a most in- teresting collection of objects of natural history as well as of microscopes, and Mr. T. A. Masey, F.Z.S., read a paper on “ Aquaria.” It is hoped that a joint conversazione of the two sections will be held annually, as a more interesting display can be made by thus amalgamating their forces. Protection of our Native Fauna and Flora.—A separate report from the Committee appointed for this purpose is presented, from which you will learn that their efforts are being continued with encouraging results. The setting apart of Government Farm as a national reserve, which was one of the chief objects aimed at in appointing this Committee, now seems to have a fair prospect of realization. Your Committee think that there is still room for an extension of these efforts to secure national reserves. Local Correspondents.—Although some of the persons who undertook to act in this capacity have not shown much practical interest in the work, there are others to whom the Section is indebted in various ways, chiefly for sending natural history specimens. It is intended that those persons who have thus given proof of their desire to help us shall be entered on our list as “ Corresponding Members.” Membership.—There have not been so many additions to our roll of membership as last year, but the numerical strength remains about the same, as there have been fewer removals. During the year six persons have joined the Section and ten names have been struck off. The number now on the roll is 108. Samui. Dixon, Chairman. W. H. Setway, Jun., Hon. Sec. Adelaide, 15th September, 1890. 281 SECOND ANNUAL PROGRESS REPORT OF THE NATIVE FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION COMMITTEE. In presenting their second annual progress Report, the Com- mittee appointed by the Section to seek to secure better protection for the native fauna and flora, have to state that although the progress made during the year has been slow, it has still been to some degree at least certain. National Parks.—The Public Service Commission in their most recent report recommended that the whole of Government Farm should be set aside as a National Park. The Cockburn Govern- ment subsequently agreed to take steps to have this suggestion carried into effect; but their retirement from office prevented them from fulfilling their promise. Lately a large deputation from the City Corporation and other municipal bodies and Dis- trict Councils within a radius of 20 miles of Adelaide, as well as the Royal Society and this Section, interviewed the present Premier (Hon. T. Playford) on the subject, and he appeared willing to set aside 1,700 acres of the Farm as a public park, reserving 300 acres for working men’s blocks. It will be remem- bered that in October, 1888, Mr. Playford promised to set apart the whole of Government Farm if such were the public wish. The Committee believe that there is a considerable probability of all the 2,000 acres being eventually gained for the object specified. A report has been prepared. by the Surveyor-General, which contains suggestions that 540 acres of the Farm, 3,250 acres in the Hundred of Noarlunga (adjoining the River Onkaparinga), and 1,200 acres in the vicinity of Mount Crawford should be set apart for the preservation of indigenous plants and animals. The Committee consider that, for the present, it will be expedient to continue their efforts in order to secure the whole of Govern- ment Farm. Forest Reserves.—The Committee have noticed with the greatest regret that an extremely short-sighted policy has caused a con- siderable diminution of the forest areas without any compensating extension. They will continue their endeavours to have this condition of affairs remedied, and amongst other things they intend to try to secure the reservation of about 11,000 acres at Mount Crawford as a natural red-gum forest. As a means of gaining the better protection of the native fauna, the Austral- asian Association will be asked to urge the different colonial Governments to declare all State forests close preserves for harmless animals. Action in the Other Colonies. The statesman-like policy pursued 282 both in New South Wales and Victoria with regard both to forests and national parks stands in marked contrast to the parochial attitude of South Australian Ministers. Game Laws.—The Commissioner of Crown Lands has again issued placards notifying the provisions of the Game Act, and the Committee have reason to believe that this action has been pro- ductive of some good. It has not been considered advisable to seek any alteration of the Game Laws during the present session of Parliament Promotion of Public Sentiment.—A series of articles on the general question was kindly published by the Regzister in October, 1889, and reprints have been circulated. The Australian Natives’ Association and the Wattle-Blossom League have been asked, and have promised to support the movement. In conclusion, the Committee hope before very long to be able to point to some more definite result from their labours. SAMUEL Dixon, Chairman. A. F. Rosin, Hon. Sec. September 16, 1890. 283 ‘O68 ‘tequiaqdeg AGT ‘eprepepy ‘cog ‘UoH “NOC ‘AVAVTIGS “H “M i id | swoaSNv4t 0 ee ‘qyoo1109 punoj pue pojIpny G Ll «6FF G- GF oll ¢ > -- rie 3—s ‘SINT NAV Shae aS "SLAIMOTY “68ST ——EEeEeaBaBBaBBoaBE*)*CcSoSoOoOoOoOoOoOoOoOoOooooo SSeS “O6S8T ‘Aad NALIAG HLOG ONIGNY UVAA YAOL AMOLIGNACXY ANV SLdIGORY VITVELSOV HINOS #O ALYIOOS TVAOU AHL FO NOILOAS TVOIAOOSONOIN 287 GENERAL INDEX. [The species and genera, the names of which are printed in italics, are described as new. | Acantholophus Franklinensis, 92. Acrilla erebelamellata, 234; cylindracea, 233; escharoides, 232: gonioides, 233; glyphos- pira, 233; tnornata, 232; mutica, 233; pachypleura, 232. Address, Presidential, 257. Agriophora atratella, 78; aaesta, 79; cap- noides, 77; cinderella, 78; cinerosa, 78; confertella, 76; diminuta, 79; /asctfera, 80; gravis, 77; horridula, 77. Alectoria superba, 238. Anilaria Deyrollei, 147 ; platessa, 147. Annual Report of Field Naturalists’ Section, 279; Microscopical Section, 284; Society, 252. Antherza Helene, 236. Archean rocks of 8. Yorke-Peninsula, 113. Archeocyathinez, Australian species of, 10. Arnheim-Land, new plants of, 242. Australian Archzeocyathinez, 10; Coleoptera, 82, 121; Fungi, 238; Lepidoptera, 23; Xyloryctide, 23. Biflustra jugalis 3. Blackburn, Australian Coleoptera, 82, 121. Bolboceras Richards, 159. Botany of Central Australia, 94, 170; S. Yorke-Peninsula, 112. Buechnera linearis, 104. Bursaria spinosa, fluorescence of, 237. Cadmus cinnamomeus, 136; luctuosus, 135. Callitris verrucosa, var., 120. Calomela sexmaculata, 138. Caloscula Marie, 230. Calotis latiuscula, 107. Catoryctis eugramma, 43; subnexella, 43; subparallela, 42; tricrena, 44. Central Australia, list of plants of, 94, 170. Cerambyx pullus, 128. Cetacea, S. Australian species of, 8. Chalcolampra rustica, 138. Chalartona craspedota, 66; insincera, 66; intabescens, 65; melipnoa, 65; melitoleuca, 66 Circuloscala foliosa, 226; orycta, 227. Cirsotrema Marie, 230; pleiophylla, 231; transenna, 229. Cis equalis, 127. Clathrus interstriata, 224, Clerarcha agana, 54; dryinopa, 54; graim- matistis, 53. Coleoptera, Australian, 82, 121. Compsotorna olinarchica, 41. ' Conorbis atractoides, 200. Conus acrotholuides, 199; atractoides, 200; complicatus, 195; cuspidatus, 194; extenu- atus,,199; Hamiltonensis, 200; heterospira, 197; Huttoni, 198; ligatus, 196; Murrav- tanus, 200; ptychodermis, 195; pullules- cens, 196; Ralphii, 198. Royal | ! Coscinocyathus 7'atei, 17. Crisposcala echinophora, 226. on lauta, 222; princeps, 220; sublabiata, Crydon-bore, 183. Crypsicharis neocosma,45. Cryptarcha, 121. Cryptophaga albicosta, 33; balteata, 38; de- locentia, 39; dolerastis, 30; ecclesiastis, 32; epigramma, 31; flavolineata, 36: hierastis, 30; irrorata, 34; leucadelpha, 35; lurida, 37; phethontia, 36; porhyrinella, 32; pro- leuca, 31; Pultenaez, 38; rubescens, 35; rubra, 37; russata, 36; sarcinota, 37; spil- onta, 35; stochastis, 30. Cyprea ampullacea, 205; amygdalina, 211; Archeri, 205; brachypyga, 206; consobrina, 211; contusa, 206; dorsata, 212; eximia, gastroplax, 212; gigas, 212; Jonesiana, 205; leptorhyncha, 208; Murraviana, 207; ovulatella, 208; parallela, 203; platypyga, 211; platyrhyncha, 211; pyrulata, 207 ; scalend, 293; spherodoma, 209; subpyrulata, 206; subsidua, 204; toxorhyncha, 210. Delphinus deiphis, 9. Demonassa Macleayi, 131. Didymocantha nigra, 130. Diprotodon-remains, 236. Dolphins, List of, 8. Donations to Library, 269. Dry Creek-bore, 172. Dyschirius Torrensensis, 82. | Eglisia triplicata, 231. Eocene limestones of 8. Yorke-Peninsula, 113. Eragrostis trichophylla, 171. Erato australis, 218; duplicata, 217 ; tllota, 217; minor, 215; Moringtonensis, 217; pyrulata, 216. Eratopsis illota, 217. Erechthites lacerata, 102. Eremophila Tietkensti, 109 ; viscida, 105. Eriostemon argyreus, 107. Estuarine foraminifera, 161. Etheridge, Australian Archeocyathinez, 10. Ethmophyllum Hindei, 14. are eremophila, poisonous properties of, 236. Fluorescence of Busaria spinosa, 237. Foraminifera of Dry Creek-bore, 177; Muddy Creek-beds, 236; Port Adelaide River, 161. Fungi, new species of, 238. Gastropods of the Older Tertiary, described, 185 ; reviewed, 243; of the Older Pliocene, list of, 175. Geology of S. Yorke-Peninsula, 112. Girvanella sp., 19. Goodenia fascicularis, 108, Graimpus griseus, 9. Hectoria Pontoni, 238, 288 Heliotropium filaginoides, var. heteranthum, 171 Helipterum Fitzgibboni, 170. Hemiacirsa lampra, 234; polynema, 235. Heredity, Weissmann’s theory of, 257. Homelacon gracilis, 90. Howchin, Estuarine foraminifera, 161; fora- minifera of Dry Creek-bore, 177; Muddy Creek-beds, 236. Hypertricha ephelota, 74. Ipomea racemigera, 108. Kirk, on the Soaring of the Hawk, 110. Kogia breviceps, 9. Lemophloeus pusillus, 121. Lamellibranchs of Older Pliocene, 174. Lepidiota capdata, 84; grata, 86. Lepidoptera, descriptions of Australian, 23. Leschenaultia striata, 103, 171. Lichenaula arisema, 48; calligrapha, 48; choriodes, 50; laniata, 47; lichenea, 49; lithina, 49; mochlias, 52; musica, 51; tuberculata, 50; undulatella, 47. List of Fellows, 276. Macdonnell Range, plants of, 94, 170. MacGillivray, list of S. Australian Polyzoa, 1. Mammaliferous Drift about Adelaide, 182. Maroga mythica, 41; setiotricha, 40; uni- punctana, 40. Megaptera boops, 8. Melobasis costata, 146; costifera, 146; prasina, 146; purpureo-signata, 146; Thomsoni, 146; viridiobsecura, 146. Membranipora prelonga, 3. Meyrick, Descriptions of Australian Lepido- ptera, 23. Minthea, 121. Muddy Creek-beds, foraminifera of, 236. Mueller, Plants of Central Australia, 94, 170. Natalis constricta, 124; fasciata, 125; hirta, 122; inconspicua, 124; longicollis, 126 ; lugubris, 123; spinicornis, 123. Neobalena marginata, 8. Neolepidiota obscura, 86. Neosimnia exigua, 218. Nodiscala basinodosa, 224; Hamiltonensis, 225; prionota, 225. Notosara nephelotis, 52. Older Pliocene near Adelaide, 172. Older Tertiary Gastropods, 185, 243. Pachydissus boops, 128; T'atei, 129. Paracadmus lucifus, 1385; maculatus, 185. Paropsis ened, 143; circumdata, 143; confusa, 142; gibbosa, 139; Froggatti, 145; hemi- spherica, 141; insularis, 1389; Meyricki, 141; mimula, 142; nigerrima, 145; nitidis- sima, 140; polyglypta, 144. Parasite of Stick-case Moth, 236. Phtthonerodes scotarcha, 45. Phyllotocus dispar, 83. Phyllotreta australis, 146. Phylomictis maligna, 75. Physeter macrocephalus, 9. Pilostibes enchidias, 27; stigmatica, 27. Plants of Central Australia, list of, 94, 170; new species of, 107. Plants of 8. Yorke-Peninsula, list of, 116. Plants, new for 8. Australia and Arnheim- Land, list of, 242. Platymopsis I’renchi, 132. Plectophila discalis, 55; electella, 55. Pleistocene deposits, 8. Yorke-Peninsula, 113. Pliocene deposits in Australia, 172; Croydon- bore, 182; Dry Creek-bore, 172. Pliocene fossils, 174. | oe properties of Euphorbia eremophila, Polyoptilus Erichsoni, 133; gracilis, 134; Lacordairei, 133; robustus, 134, Polyzoa, South Australian, 1. Port Adelaide-river, foraminifera of, 161. Prionopleura crucicollis, 136; erudita, 136; flavocincta, 136; sutwralis, 137. Proceedings of the Society, 245. Procometis bisulcata, 71; diplocentra, 73; genialis, 73; hylonoma, 72; lipara, 72; monocalama, 72. Protopharetra Scoulari, 18. Pseudocedius squamosus, 91. Pseudocavonus antennalis, 87. Pseudolacon rufus, 89. Punctiscala bulbulifera, 228; eritima, 228; loxopleura, 227; microrhysa, 229. Pupation of Antherea Helene, 236. Ramphus australis, 93; distinguendus, 93. Report of Native Fauna and Flora Protection Committee, 281. Scalaria basinodosa, 224; bulbulifera, 228; crebrelamellata, 234; cylindracea, 233; echinophora, 226 ; eritima, 228 ; escharoides, 232; foliosa, 226; glyphospira, 233; gonioides, 233; Hamiltonensis, 225; inornata, 232; interstriata, 224; lampra, 234 ; loxopleura, 227; Mariz, 230; microrhysa, 229; mutica, 233; orycta, 227; pachypleura, 232; pleio- phylla, 231; polynema, 235; prionota, 225; transenna, 229; triplicata, 231 Schizoporella Maplestonei, 4; Smeatoni, 5. Scieropepla acrates, 68; liophanes, 68; oxy- ptera, 70 ; polyxesta, 67; rimata, 69; reversella, 68; serina, 70; silvicola, 69; typhicola, 68. Sequenzia radialis, 192. Sida podopetala, 107. Simnia eaxtqua, 218. Steno rostratus, 9. Stick-case moth, parasite of, 236. Stigmodera apicalis, 147; Castelnaudi, 147; cincta, 157; coelestis, 148; Dawsonensis, 155 ; distinguenda, 148 ; evemita, 153 ; flava, 148 ; flavidula, 148 ; fraterna, 148; Frenchi, 150 ; fusca, 147 ; guttata, 158 ; guttaticollis, 157; jubata, 150; Karatte, 149; Kerre- manst, 147; Lais, 158; Laportei, 147; marmorea, 148; obesissima, 148; pallidi- pennis, 154; picea, 147; rubrocincta, 157 ; stillata, 148; trispinosa, 156; Victoriensis, 152; Wimmeree, 151. Stirling, Address on Weismann’s Theory of Heredity, 257. Soaring of the Hawk, 110. South Australian Archeocyathinee, 10; Plants, 94, 107, 242; Polyzoa, 1; Whales and Dol- phins, 8. Southern Yorke - Peninsula, Geology and Botany of, 112. Symphyletes modestus, 131. Tate, Yorke Peninsula, Geology and Botany of, 112; Gastropods of Older Tertiary of Australia, 185; Tertiary formations about Adelaide, 180; Pliocene deposits at Dry Creek, 172; Plants of Central Australia, 94. Telecrastes bipunctella, 63; calligraimma, 64 ; laetiorella, 62; melanula, 62; micracma, 64; parabolella, 63 ; placidella, 63. Tertiary formations about Adelaide, 172, 180; gastropods, 185, 243. Teucrium grandiusculum, 108. Tietkens, list of plants collected by, 94, 170. 289 Trichotropis aeccrescens, 189 ; angulifera, 186; apicilirata, 190 ; costata, ‘191; fenestrata,— 191 ; interlineata, 190; quingwlirata, 189 ; aaa 188 ; tabulata, 187; triplicata, Trigonotho Trivia avel Etien. 213; erugata, 214; pom- pholugota, 214. hora peltastis, 56. Uzucha humeralis, 26. Warburton, Col. Egerton, obituary notice of, 252. , Water-analysis, Dry Creek-bore, 179. Weismann’s Theory of Heredity, 257. Whales, List of South Australian, 8 Woods, Rev. J. E. Tennison, obituary notice of, 253. Xylorycta argentella, 60; cosmopis, 60; luteotactella, 61; ophiogramma, 58; orec- tis, 60 ; strigata, 59; synaula, 59. Xyloryctide, Australian species of, 23. | Yorke-Peninsula, Geology and Botany of, 112. Zietz, List of S. Australian Whales and Dol- phins, 8 Vardon & Pritchard, Printers, Adelaide. 2 7 Lie. 7 4 S 14 retell : Land hres bie, ¥ " , 7 Ww ORT S id 1 I ; ; Git ful ‘ Peis | nds wd @ 4 a" Cee INE De — iy 7 re a5 phe ais ete it ny f ri “+ ? 21 Kine Tid 4 ‘ - . é a . ¥ ; a oe Mk a . »* : ree Vilwe a," I ve, ih Pst Hy yyy ne Ma UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS-URBANA 506S0U C003 TRANSACTIONS. 11-13 1888-90 112 009772077 3 0